Skip to main content

Full text of "Parish Register Latinw_language="

See other formats


0004373 


PARISH  REGISTER  LATIN:  AN  INTRODUCTION 


C.  Russell  Jensen,  Ph.D. 


Donated  to  the  Family  History  Library  by 


'T  -J 
^  h:  ^'' 

u:  i9  '^ 


VITA  NOVA  BOOKS 

P.O.  Box  520546 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84152 


WARNING      -      DISCLAIMER 

The  purpose  of  this  book  is  to  inform  and  educate. 
Although  the  book  has  been  researched  and  written 
as  painstakingly  as  possible,  there  may  be  inadvertent 
typographic  or  content  errors.   This  book  should, 
therefore,  be  regarded  as  a  general  introduction 
to  the  subject  and  not  as  an  ultimate  authority. 
Neither  Vita  Nova  Books  nor  the  author  guarantees 
that  everyone  using  this  book  will  be  able  to  read 
Latin  parish  register  entries,  although  a  careful 
study  of  the  material  therein  may  be  of  help  in 
learning  to  do  so.   Consequently,  neither  Vita  Nova 
Books  nor  the  author  shall  be  held  liable  or  responsible 
in  any  way  whatsoever  for  the  failure  of  anyone  using 
this  book  to  read  Latin  parish  register  entries;  nor 
shall  Vita  Nova  Books  or  the  author  be  held  liable 
or  responsible  in  any  way  whatsoever  for  any  loss  or 
damage  said  to  arise  directly  or  indirectly  from  any 
information,  or  lack  of  information,  in  this  book. 


Copyright  (c)  1989  by  Vita  Nova  Books 
All  Rights  Reserved.   No  part  of  this  book  may  be 
reproduced  or  utilized  in  any  form  or  by  any  means, 
including  photocopying  or  recording,  or  by  any  computer 
storage  and  retrieval  system,  or  other  storage 
storage  and  retrieval  system,  without  permission  in 
writing  from  the  publisher. 


PREFACE 


The  Latin  of  European  parish  registers,  particularly  but  not 
exclusively  those  from  Roman  Catholic  parishes,  was,  in  many 
respects,  a  unique  blend  of  classical  Roman  literary  Latin, 
ecclesiastical  Latin,  and  medieval  Latin.  Priests  and  other 
ecclesiastical  officials  who  were  well-schooled  in  classical 
Roman  Latin  might  utilize  a  classical  grammar  and  syntax  in 
recording  events  in  their  parishes.  Others  might  rely  more 
heavily  upon  ecclesiastical  usages.  Spelling,  vocabulary, 
certain  aspects  of  grammar,  and  even  abbreviations,  when  used, 
were  frequently  derived  from  medieval  Latin. 

Those  who  work  with  Latin  parish  registers,  e.g.,  family  and 
local  historians,  demographers,  social  historians,  and  others, 
require,  therefore,  a  text  which  will  introduce  them  to  the 
lineaments  of  classical  Roman  Latin  grammar  and  syntax,  but  will 
also  provide  sufficient  background  in  ecclesiastical  and  medieval 
Latin  to  help  in  reading  register  entries.  This  is  especially 
true  for  those  without  previous  preparation  in  Latin,  who  may  be 
unable  to  devote  several  years  to  the  study  of  classical  Latin  at 
a  college  or  university  before  proceeding  to  a  perusal  of  parish 
registers. 

To  aid  in  this  endeavor,  the  following  book  was  written.  It 
combines  the  study  of  Latin  grammar,  classical  and,  to  some 
extent,  medieval,  with  practical  training  in  the  translation  of 
parish  register  entries,  both  printed  and  handwritten.  This 
book,  the  product  of  years  of  teaching  and  research,  is  designed 
for  use  in  the  classroom  where  instructor  supervision  and  aid  are 
readily  available.  It  can  be  completed  either  in  one  or  two 
semesters,  depending  upon  the  preparation  of  those  involved. 

While  there  is,  of  course,  no  substitute  for  learning  in  the 
classroom,  this  book  is  structured  in  such  a  way  that  motivated 
individuals  can,  on  their  own,  work  through  each  of  the  assign- 
ments and  verify  their  results  by  comparing  them  with  the  grammar 
and  translation  key  at  the  end.  It  should  be  noted,  however, 
that  the  systematic  study  of  this  book  will  not  necessarily 
guarantee  the  development  of  a  facility  in  reading  parish 
register  entries,  nor  can  it  replace  the  years  of  study  required 
to  become  proficient  in  classical  languages.  This  text  is  an 
introduction  to  the  subject  of  parish  register  Latin,  and  may,  it 
is  hoped,  be  of  value  to  those  interested  in  perusing  register 
entries. 

The  corpus  of  this  volume  consists  of  14  chapters  on  grammar 
and  vocabulary,  with  illustrative  selections  taken  from  parish 
registers.  There  are  four  appendices  which  contain  the  following 
information:  a  brief  introduction  to  paleography  and  abbrevia- 
tions, a  summary  of  fixed  and  moveable  feast  days,  a  list  of 
Latinized  first  or  given  names,  and  several  practice  documents 
which  can  be  reviewed  as  an  aid  in  improving  translation  skills. 


There  is  also  a  key  to  the  grammar  and  translation,  a 
synopsis  of  declension  and  conjugation,  a  Latin-English  word 
list,  and  a  selected  bibliography-  It  is  hoped  that  the  inclu- 
sion of  additional  material  in  the  appendices  and  bibliography 
might  help  to  make  this  book  a  useful  reference  tool,  as  well  as 
an  introduction  to  Latin  grammar. 

While  the  practice  of  keeping  rudimentary  lists  of  new 
converts,  births,  deaths,  or  marriages,  within  a  geographic  or 
ecclesiastical  jurisdiction  such  as  a  parish,  began  very  early  in 
Christian  history,  the  major  impetus  toward  the  systematic 
recording  of  baptisms  or  christenings,  marriages,  deaths  and 
burials  in  a  particular  area  was  primarily  a  result  of  the  Prot- 
estant Reformation  and  the  Council  of  Trent. 

In  many  parts  of  Europe  such  information  was  not  transcribed 
consistently  until  at  least  the  late  sixteenth  or  early  seven- 
teenth century.  However,  as  a  result  of  the  deliberations  of  the 
Council  of  Trent,  which  met  with  interruptions  between  1545-1563, 
Roman  Catholic  priests  throughout  Europe  began  to  record  all 
baptisms,  marriages,  deaths  and  burials,  as  well  as  confirma- 
tions, and  other  events  in  their  parishes. 

This  means  that  the  student  of  parish  registers  is  likely  to 
encounter  Latin  entries  in  many  areas  of  Europe  in  which  there 
were  Roman  Catholic  parishes.  This  is  particularly  true  of 
central  and  eastern  Europe,  Italy,  Belgium,  and  the  Catholic 
portions  of  the  Netherlands.  Parishes  in  France  and  Spain  often 
used  the  vernacular  French  or  Spanish  rather  than  Latin  in 
recording  entries.  Lutheran  parishes  in  certain  parts  of  central 
Europe  also  used  at  least  some  Latin  in  their  register  entries, 
while  Scandinavian  parishes  retained  the  feast  and  saints'  day 
calendar,  in  some  cases  well  into  the  nineteenth  century.  The 
examples  selected  for  this  text  are,  for  the  most  part,  derived 
from  the  registers  of  Roman  Catholic  parishes  of  central  Europe 
(e.g.,  Germany,  parts  of  Switerland,  the  former  provinces  of 
Alsace-Lorraine,  and  Austria)  with  which  I  am  most  familiar. 

With  few  exceptions,  all  translations  in  this  book  are  my 
own,  even  those  taken  from  such  well-known  works  as  the  Vulgate. 
They  are  rather  literal  to  facilitate  translation  by  those  who 
work  through  the  exercises. 

Since  this  book  deals  primarily  with  the  Latin  of  parish 
registers,  it  does  not,  and  indeed  cannot,  cover  all  aspects  of 
Latin  grammar.  Those  wishing  additional  information  on  the 
subject  should  consult  some  of  the  reference  works  listed  in  the 
selected  bibliography.  The  same  is  true  of  Latin  paleography. 
This  text  should  be  regarded  principally  as  an  introduction  and  a 
point  of  departure  for  future  study. 


CONTENTS 

ALPHABET  AND  PRONUNCIATION  GUIDE   vii 

EXPLANATION  OF  LATIN  LANGUAGE  TERMS  xii 

GLOSSARY  OF  GRAMMATICAL  TERMS  xiv 

CHAPTERS : 

I.        Nouns:  The  First  Declension 
Nouns:  The  Second  Declension 

Masculine  Nouns  Ending  in  -us  or  -er 

Neuter  Nouns  Ending  in  -um 
Latinized  First  Names:  First  and  Second 

Declension  1 

II.        Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declension 
First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives  Ending 

in  -er,  -era,  -erum 
Irregular  First  and  Second  Declension 

Adjectives 15 

III.        Verbs  I:  First  and  Second  Conjugation 

Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 
Active 
Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 

Active  of  esse  and  posse 
Latin  Syntax:  An  Introduction 22 

IV.        Nouns:  The  Third  Declension 

I-Stem  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension 

Latinized  First  Names:  Third  Declension 

Third  Declension  Adjectives  39 

V.        Verbs  II:  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugation 

Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 
Active 
lO-Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation 
Prepositions  52 

VI.        Verbs  III:  The  Perfect  Active  System:  Perfect, 
Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Active  of  all  Four  Conjugations 
Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  of 
esse  and  posse 69 


VII.  Numbers 

Ablative  and  Accusative  of  Time 

Dates  in  Latin  Documents 

Julian  and  Gregorian  Calendars  89 

VIII.  Verbs  IV:  The  Passive  Voice 

Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 

of   all  Four  Conjugations 107 

IX.        Verbs  V:  The  Passive  Voice 

Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 
Indicative  of  all  Four  Conjugations 

Deponent  and  Semi-Deponent  Verbs 

The  Four  Principal  Parts  of  Latin  Verbs   .  .  .  116 

X.        Nouns:  The  Fourth  and  Fifth  Declension 
Some  Uses  of  the  Ablative 
Determining  Place  in  Latin 
Latinized  Place  Names   136 

XI.        Pronouns  and  Possessive  Adjectives 
Formation  of  Adverbs 
Comparison  of  Adjectives  and  Adverbs  148 

XII.        The  Subjunctive  Mood 166 

XIII.        Participles;  The  Periphrastic  Active  and 

Passive;  The  Ablative  Absolute;  Infinitives; 
Indirect  Statement  181 

XIV.        The  Gerund 

Irregular  Verbs:  fio,  vole,  fero,  eo 

Dative  with  Certain  Verbs;  Impersonal  Verbs 

Some  Uses  of  the  Genitive,  Dative,  and 

Accusative 200 

Appendix  A     Handwriting  and  Abbreviations 

Classical  and  Medieval  Latin  226 

Appendix  B     Some  Latinized  Given  Names:  Male  and  Female   .  237 

Appendix  C     Common  Fixed  and  Moveable  Feast  Days  259 

Appendix  D     Sample  Parish  Register  Entries  267 

Key  to  the  Grammar  and  Translation  Exercises 278 

Synopsis  of  Declension  and  Conjugation   3  29 

Latin-English  Word  List 362 

Selected  Bibliography  415 

Index 423 


VI 


ALPHABET  AND  PRONUNCIATION  GUIDE 

N.B.  Although  this  book  emphasizes  reading  Latin,  this 

section  on  pronunciation  is  included  for  reference. 
It  is  also  helpful,  on  occasion,  when  confronted  with 
an  unfamiliar  or  semi-legible  word  to  sound  out  the 
letters  as  an  aid  in  recognizing  the  word. 

A.  Classical  Roman  Literary  Latin,  ca.  90  B.C.  to  150  A.D. 
(academic  pronunciation) 

A    Long,  as  the  a  in  awful  (mater  [mahter] :  mother)* 
Short,  as  the  a  in  ahead  (contentia:  self  control) 

B    As  in  English  (bellum:  war) 

C    Always  hard  as  in  cook;  never  soft  as  in  city  (Cicero:  in 
classical  Latin  is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  Kikero 
in  English. ) 

D    As  in  English  (deinde:  from  there,  then) 

E    Long,  as  the  a  in  rate  (electus:  choice) 
Short,  as  the  e  in  bet  (elegans:  refined) 

F     As  in  English  (familia:  family,  household) 

G    Always  hard  as  in  grant;  never  soft  as  in  general 
(gallus:  rooster) 

H    As  in  English  (hiems:  winter) 

I    Long,  as  the  i  in  machine  (munitio  [muneetio] : 
fortification) 

Short,  as  the  i  in  interest  (incite:  I  stimulate) 
I  is  also  pronounced  as  the  y  in  yet:  a)  at  the  beginning 
of  a  word  preceding  a  vowel  ( iacio  [also  jacio] : 
I  hurl,  is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  yacio  in 
English);  b)  between  tv/o  vowels  (Maius:  the  month  of 
May,  is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  Mai-yus  in 
English) . 

♦Although  Latin  manuscripts  have  no  such  markings ,  modern 
dictionaries  and  grammars  frequently  place  a  line  above 
long  vowels  and  a  small  "u"  above  short  vowels.   The 
procedures  for  determining  long  and  short  vowels  are 
roughly  similar  to  English.   It  should  be  noted,  however, 
that  Latin  vowels  are  long  when  found  in  front  of  the 
double  consonants  nf,  ns,  and,  occasionally,  ng 
(e.g. ,  infantia:  childhood)  or  in  contracted  words 
(e.g.,  nihilxim:  nothing:  but  nilum)  .   Vowels  are 
short  when  preceding  another  vowel  (e.g.,  ferio:  I 
strike)  or,  in  general,  when  they  are  in  front  of  the 
double  consonants  nt  and  nd  (emendo:  I  emend) . 


Vll 


J    There  was  originally  no  j  in  classical  Latin.   The  i  was 
used  instead.   Graininarians  subsequently  separated  the  twcp 
letters,  in  part  to  avoid  confusing  certain  words.   The  j 
is  pronounced  as  the  y  in  yet  (Justus:  just,  fair — 
also  iustus) . 

K    Rare  in  classical  Latin;  used  principally  with  the  vowel 
a  and  pronounced  as  in  English  (Kalendae:  Calends, 
the  first  day  of  the  Roman  month) . 

L    As  in  English  (lacuna:  ditch,  gap) 

M    As  in  English  (mens:  mind,  intellect) 

N    As  in  English  (nomen:  name) 

O    Long,  as  the  o  in  over  (dico:  I  say,  tell) 

Short,  as  the  o  in  off  (optime:  best,  very  well) 

P    As  in  English  (patentia:  patience) 

Q  Only  with  u  in  classical  Latin;  pronounced  as  if  it 
were  spelled  kw  in  English  (quietus  [kweeaytus] :  at 
rest) 

R    Trilled  (rumpo:  I  break  in) 

S    Unvoiced;  always  as  the  s  in  soft,  never  as  the  z  sound 
in  easy  (signum:  sign,  standard,  mark) 

T  Always  hard  as  in  type;  never  soft  as  the  "tion"  in 
nation  (English  pronunciation)  [tertius:  third] 

U    Long,  as  the  double  o  in  mood  (securitas  [secooritas] : 
freedom  from  care) 
Short,  as  the  u  in  put  (purpura:  purple) 

V    Originally,  v  represented  both  the  u  and  the  w.   (There 
was  no  w  or  double  v  in  classical  Latin. )   When  the  two 
were  differentiated,  the  v  remained  w  in  sound.   It  is 
pronounced  as  an  English  w  (vivax:  long-lived,  is  thus 
pronounced  as  through  it  were  spelled  wiwax  in  English). 

X    The  Greek  letter  Chi ,  which  was  included  as  part  of  the 
Latin  alphabet  late  in  the  first  century  B.C.   At  the 
beginning  of  a  word,  it  is  pronounced  as  the  English  z 
(xenium:  gift,  is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled 
zenium  in  English;  note  that  x  appears  initially  in 
words  of  Greek  origin).   If  found  elsewhere  in  a  word, 
it  is  pronounced  as  the  ks  in  kicks  (ex  [eks] :  from, 
out  of ) 


Y    The  Greek  letter  Upsilon,  which  was  incorporated  into  the 
Latin  alphabet  at  about  the  same  time  as  the  X.   Like  the 
latter,  it  is  generally  found  in  words  of  Greek  extraction. 
However,  it  was  used  as  vowel,  rather  than  a  consonant. 
It  is  pronounced  as  the  long  German  umlaut  u  (mude) 
when  long  (Pytho:  Delphi),  and  as  the  short  German 
umlaut  u  (Mucke)  when  short  pyra:  pyre. 

Z    Pronounced  as  the  dz  in  adze  (zamia  [dzamia] :  harm,  damage) 

Diphthongs  (double  vowels  pronounced  with  one  vowel  sound) 

AE   Pronounced  as  the  ai  in  aisle  (saepe  [saipe] :  often) 

AU   Pronounced  as  the  ou  in  mouse  ( laudo  [loudo]:  I  praise) 

EI   Pronounced  as  the  ei  in  reign  (delnceps:  one  after  another) 

EU   Pronounced  as  e  and  u  together  (eh  oo) ,  but  not  slurred 
(seu:  or,  or  if) 

OE   Pronounced  as  the  oi  in  oil  (coeptus  [coiptus] :  beginning) 

UI    Pronounced  approximately  as  whee  but  only  in  the  following 
words:  huius  [wheeus] ,  cuius  [kwheeus] ,  huic 
[hwheeic] ,  cui  [kwhee] ,  and  hui  [hwhee]  (most  of 
which  are  explained  subsequently);  after  q,  ui  is  pronounced 
as  the  English  we  (qui  [kwe]). 

Double  Consonants 

BS   Pronounced  as  the  ps  in  hops  (urbs  [urps] :  city) 

BT   Pronounced  as  the  pt  in  capture  (obtero:  I  trample  on) 

CC   Each  letter  is  pronounced  separately  as  the  k's  in  sick  king 
(occludo:  I  close  up) 

CH   The  Greek  letter  Chi;  in  classical  Latin  each  letter  is 
pronounced  separately  as  the  kh  in  knock  hard 
(Chirographum:  handwriting,  autograph). 

GG   Each  letter  is  pronounced  separately  as  the  gg  in  bog  gold 
(oggero:  I  bring,  offer) 

PH   The  Greek  letter  Phi;  in  classical  Latin  each  letter  is 

pronounced  separately  as  the  ph  in  soup  hot  (phoca:  seal) 

SC   Pronounced  as  the  sc  in  scarf  (scio:  I  know) 

TH   The  Greek  letter  Theta;  in  classical  Latin  each  letter  is 
pronounced  separately  as  the  th  in  not  hard  (thronus: 
throne ) 


B.  Ecclesiastical  Latin  (which  may  approximate  the 
pronunciation  of  the  Latin  in  parish  registers  in 
those  countries  formerly  belonging  to  the  Roman  Empire) 

Ecclesiastical  Latin  is  given  an  Italianate  pronunciation. 
Most  vowels  and  consonants  are  similar  to  classical  Latin, 
but  the  following  differences  should  be  noted: 

AE,  OE    Pronounced  as  the  ay  in  say;  saepe  (often)  and  poena 
(punishment)  are,  for  example,  pronounced  as  if  they  were 
spelled  (in  English),  respectively,  saipe  and  poine  in 
classical  Latin  but  saype  and  payne  in  ecclesiastical  Latin. 

C    Pronounced  as  the  k  in  keg  before  a,  o,  u,  au,  and  h 

C    Pronounced  as  the  ch  in  cheer  before  e,  i,  ae,  and  oe 
(Thus,  for  example,  caelum:  heaven,  sky  [also  coeliun] 
is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  [in  English]  cailum  in 
classical  Latin  but  chaylum  in  ecclesiastical  Latin.) 

CH   Pronounced  as  the  ch  in  chorus 

G    Pronounced  as  the  g  in  gone  before  a,  o,  u,  and  au 

G    Pronounced  as  the  g  in  giant  before  e,  i,  and  ae  (Gens: 
tribe,  clan,  family,  is  pronounced,  for  example,  as 
if  it  were  spelled  [in  English]  gens  in  classical  Latin 
but  jens  in  ecclesiastical  Latin.) 

GN   Pronounced  as  the  ni  in  onion  (Magnus:  great,  large,  is, 
therefore,  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  [in  English] 
magnus  in  classical  Latin  but  maynus  in  ecclesiastical 
Latin. ) 

H    Not  pronounced 

PH   Pronounced  as  the  ph  in  philosophy 

S    Pronounced  as  the  s  in  see  except  when  found  between  two 

consonants  or  at  the  end  of  a  word  after  a  voiced  consonant 
like  r.   Then  it  is  pronounced  as  the  z  in  zebra.   (Rasus: 
shaved,  is  thus  pronounced  as  if  it  were  spelled  [in 
English]  rasus  in  classical  Latin  but  razus  in 
ecclesiastical  Latin. ) 

SC   Pronounced  as  the  sc  in  scan  before  a,  o,  u  and  h 

SC   Pronounced  as  the  sh  in  shame  before  e ,  i ,  and  ae 

(Descendo:  I  go  down,  is,  for  example,  pronounced  as  if 
it  were  spelled  [in  English]  deskendo  in  classical  Latin 
but  deshendo  in  ecclesiastical  Latin. ) 

TH   Pronounced  as  the  th  in  theory 


TI    If  followed  by  a  vowel,  pronounced  tsi  (Gratia: 

grace,  pleasure,  is,  therefore,  pronounced  as  if  it  were 
spelled  [in  English]  gratia  in  classical  Latin  but  gratsia 
in  ecclesiastical  Latin.) 

V    Pronounced  as  in  English 

Syllables 

Latin  words  contain  as  many  syllables  as  they  do  vowels  or 
dipthongs.   Syllabification  occurs  as  follows: 

1)  Two  or  more  vowels  are  separated,  e.g.,  pi-e. 

2)  A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  goes  with  the 
second  syllable,  e.g.,  a-mi-tia. 

3 )  In  the  case  of  two  or  more  consonants  standing  between 
two  vowels,  the  last  consonant  goes  with  the  second 
vowel,  e.g.,  con-ser-vo.   (This  rule  does  not  apply 

to  liquid  consonants,  such  as  r  or  1,  when  preceded  by 
p,  b,  t,  d,  or  go.   These  are  grouped  with  the  following 
vowel,  e.g.,  ma-tres. ) 

4)  Ch,  ph,  th,  and  h  (and  occasionally  su  and  gu)  are 
considered  to  be  single  consonants,  e.g.,  Phar-os. 

5)  Prefixes  constitute  separate  syllables,  sometimes  in 
contravention  to  the  above  statements,  e.g.,  ob-te-go. 

6)  X  is  counted  as  a  double  consonant,  which,  however,  is 
grouped  with  the  preceding  vowel,  e.g.,  vix-it. 

Latin  syllables  are  either  long  or  short,  a  condition  deter- 
mined, in  general,  by  the  amount  of  time  used  for  pronunciation. 
A  long  syllable  contains  a  long  vowel  or  diphthong.  Such  a 
syllable  is  considered  to  be  long  by  nature.  A  syllable  may  also 
be  long  by  position  if  it  contains  a  short  vowel  followed  by  z, 
X,  or  two  or  more  consonants  (with  the  exception  of  p,  b,  t,  or  d 
followed  by  r  or  1). 

A  short  syllable  has  a  short  vowel  before  another  vowel  or  a 
single  consonant.  It  may  also  be  short  if  the  syllable  contains 
a  short  vowel  before  p,  d,  b  or  t  and  a  liquid  (1  or  r). 

Accents 

In  words  of  two  syllables,  the  accent  is  on  the  first  sylla- 
ble, e.g. ,  ver-so.  Words  with  three  or  more  syllables  have  the 
accent  on  the  second  syllable  if  it  is  long,  e.g.,  co-lon-us.  If 
the  second  syllable  is  short,  the  accent  is  on  the  first  sylla- 
ble, e.g.,  te-ne-o. 


EXPLANATION  OF  LATIN  LZ^GUAGE  TERMS 


Classical  Latin,  ca.  80  B.C.  to  150  A.D. 

This  period  is  often  divided  into  two  parts  by  scholars,  the 
so-called  Golden  Age,  ca.  80  B.C. -14  A.D.,  the  age  of  Cicero, 
Virgil,  Horace,  Livy,  and  other  famous  Roman  authors,  and  the 
Silver  Age,  ca.  14-150  A.D.  The  Latin  of  the  Golden  Age,  espe- 
cially that  of  Cicero,  set  the  standard  of  style  and  grammar  for 
future  generations.  Many  dictionaries  and  grammars  are  based 
upon  the  poetry  and  literature  of  this  time.  Hence  the  terms 
"Classical  Latin,"  refers,  basically,  to  literary  Latin  used  by 
educated  Roman  poets,  authors,  playwrights,  etc. 

Later  Latin,  ca.  Second  to  Fifth  Centuries  A.D. 

Classical  grammar,  syntax,  and  vocabulary  became  simplified 
during  this  epoch.  The  language  of  the  common  people  (vulgus) 
was  adopted  for  use  in  many  types  of  writings.  St.  Jerome,  for 
example,  translated  the  Bible  from  Hebrew,  Greek,  and  other 
languages  into  this  vulgar  Latin. 

Ecclesiastical  Latin,  ca.  Second-Sixth  Centuries  A.D. 
(often  considered  by  scholars  to  be  a  variety  of  Later 
Latin;  it  is  also  called  Christian  Latin.) 

The  language  of  the  Christian  church  in  the  Roman  west  and, 
subsequently,  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church.  Based  upon  vocabu- 
lary from  Greek,  Hebrew,  Coptic,  and  other  languages  used  by  the 
early  Christians,  as  well  as  the  grammar  and  vocabulary  of  Later 
Latin,  with  additions  as  the  Church  expanded.  It  includes,  among 
other  sources,  the  Latin  of  liturgy,  theology,  and  scripture. 

Medieval  Latin,  ca.  Sixth-Fifteenth  Centuries  A.D. 

Latin  underwent  many  changes  in  spelling,  writing,  grammar, 
and  vocabulary  during  this  period.  Basically  it  became  simpler 
and  less  stylized  than  classical  Latin.  An  extensive  medieval 
literature  developed  from  the  Church,  courtly  Romances,  etc.  In 
the  twelfth  century,  the  rise  of  universities,  and  the  rediscov- 
ery of  Roman  law,  as  well  as  portions  of  Aristotle,  added  many 
new  words  to  the  medieval  vocabulary.  The  same  is  true  of  the 
resurgence  of  commerce  and  trade,  which  occurred  particularly 
during  the  later  middle  ages,  ca.  llth-15th  centuries.  Medieval 
Latin  moved  steadily  toward  the  vernacular  languages  in  the 
former  Western  Roman  Empire.  It  was  probably  learned  as  a  second 
language  at  a  Cathedral  school,  university,  etc.,  while  a  vernac- 
ular language  such  as  early  French,  Italian,  or  German  was 
learned  as  the  first  language. 


Neo-Latin,  ca.  Fifteenth-Eighteenth  Centuries  A.D. 

The  rediscovery  of  many  classical  Latin  texts,  especially 
those  copied  during  the  reign  of  Charlemagne  in  the  eighth  and 
early  ninth  centuries  A.D.,  during  the  Renaissance  led  to  a 
demand  for  a  return  to  a  "pure"  Latin,  particularly  that  of 
Cicero,  which  became  the  standard  for  writing,  speaking,  and 
reading  Latin.  Neo-Latin  or  new  Latin  was  above  all  the  language 
of  the  educated,  the  language  of  law,  medicine,  philosophy, 
theology,  science,  and,  in  certain  countries  at  least,  politics. 
It  was  gradually  replaced  by  the  vernacular. 

Early  Modem  Latin,  ca.  Fifteenth-Twentieth  Centuries  A.D. 

This  is  the  non-literary,  non-technical  Latin  of  the  period 
since  approximately  1500  A.D.  Unlike  Neo-Latin,  it  retained  a 
good  deal  of  medieval  grammar,  syntax,  vocabulary,  and  spelling. 
A  prominent  example  of  this  type  of  Latin  may  be  found  in 
registers  from  Roman  Catholic  parishes,  which  may  contain  Eccle- 
siastical Latin  together  with  Medieval  Latin  and  even  Classical 
Latin,  depending  upon  how  much  training  in  Classical  Latin  a 
particular  priest  or  scribe  may  have  had.  This  type  of  Latin  is 
also  found,  on  occasion,  in  legal  documents  such  as  wills,  deeds, 
or  other  property  records . 


GLOSSARY  OF  GRAMMATICAL  TERMS 


Adjective  (from  adjicere:  to  throw  to,  to  add):  An  adjec- 
tive is  "thrown  to"  or  "added  to"  a  noun,  and  describes, 
characterizes  or  modifies  a  noun,  as,  for  example,  a  blue  sky,  a 
round  ball,  a  bright  light.  In  English,  adjectives  are,  in 
general,  either  attributive  or  predicate.  An  attributive  adjec- 
tive precedes  the  noun,  as  in  the  above  examples.  Predicate 
adjectives  are  found  in  the  predicates  of  sentences,  particularly 
those  using  the  verb  "to  be"  in  some  form  (is,  was,  are,  were, 
etc.),  e.g..  The  work  is  hard.  Adjectives  can  also  be  used  as 
nouns,  as,  for  example,  the  Good,  the  True,  and  the  Beautiful. 
Latin  attributive  adjectives  generally  come  after  the  noun,  e.g., 
liber  bonus:  a  good  book.  Latin  adjectives  must  agree  with  any 
nouns  they  modify  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

Adverb  (from  ad  +  verbum:  to  or  near  the  verb  or  word):  An 
adverb  modifies  or  describes  a  verb,  an  adjective,  another 
adverb,  or,  infrequently,  a  preposition,  phrase,  clause,  or 
sentence.  In  general,  an  adverb  indicates  some  sort  of 
relationship — cause,  quality,  time,  etc. — as,  for  example,  in  the 
sentence  "She  richly  deserved  her  success."  In  English,  many 
adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  -ly  to  an  adjective,  e.g.,  full 
(adj.),  fully  (adv.).  Adverbs  are  often  made  in  Latin  by  adding 
certain  endings  such  as  -e,  or  -iter  to  adjectives,  whii.e  others, 
like  English,  must  be  memorized  as  they  are  encountered.  Latin 
adverbs  are  not  declined  for  gender,  number,  or  case. 

Apposition  (from  ad  +  ponere:  to  place  next  to):  This  term 
is  used  to  characterize  a  noun,  or  a  phrase  with  a  noun  in  it, 
which  generally  follows  another  noun  or  pronoun  and  explains  or 
describes  something  about  that  noun,  e.g..  The  witnesses  were: 
John  Smith,  farmer,  and  Gerald  Knight,  merchant.  In  this  sen- 
tence, farmer  and  merchant  are  in  apposition  to  John  Smith  and 
Gerald  Knight,  since  these  nouns  indicate  something  about  the 
status  or  occupation  of  each  one.  Latin  nouns  in  apposition  must 
be  in  the  same  case  as  the  nouns  they  clarify,  thus,  for  example. 
Testes  fuerunt  Johannes  Crasser,  agricola,  et  Georgius  Weld, 
caupona:  The  witnesses  were  Johannes  Crasser,  farmer,  and 
Georgius  Weld,  innkeeper.  Both  occupations,  agricola,  and  caupo- 
na, are  in  the  nominative  singular,  as  also  the  names  Johannes 
Crasser  and  Georgius  Weld. 

Article:  An  article  is  either  definite  (the)  or  indefinite 
(a,  an).  There  were  no  definite  or  indefinite  articles  in  clas- 
sical Roman  Latin,  although  in  medieval  Latin  the  demonstrative 
pronoun  ille  (that)  was  sometimes  substituted  for  the  definite 
article  (cf.,  le,  la  [French],  el,  la  [Spanish],  il,  la 
[Italian])  and  unus,  una,  unuM  (the  cardinal  number  one)  was  used 
for  a  or  an  (cf.,  un,  une  [French],  un,  una  [Spanish],  un,  una 
[Italian] ) . 


Case  (from  casus:  a  fall,  because  the  case  endings  appeared 
to  "fall  away'  from  the  Latin  nominative  case):  Case  in  Latin  is 
one  of  the  three  relationships  established  by  declining  a  noun 
(the  other  two  are  gender  and  number).  There  are  seven  cases  in 
Latin:  nominative,  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  ablative,  voca- 
tive, and  locative.  The  first  five  will  be  found  most  frequently 
in  parish  registers,  and  other  documents  of  interest  to  the 
family  historian,  and  will  be  explained  in  detail  subsequently. 

Clause  (from  clausus:  closed,  i.e.,  marking  the  end  of  a 
rhetorical  period  in  Latin):  A  clause  contains  a  subject  and 
verb,  and  is  generally  part  of  a  compound  sentence  in  English. 
There  are  two  types  of  clauses  in  both  Latin  and  English,  depend- 
ent (subordinate)  and  independent  (main).  A  dependent  or 
subordinate  clause  depends  upon  the  remainder  of  the  sentence  for 
its  meaning,  whereas  an  independent  or  main  clause  can  serve  as  a 
simple  sentence  by  itself,  e.g.,  The  godparents  raised  the  child 
from  the  baptismal  font  (main  clause),  after  the  priest  baptized 
it  (subordinate  clause). 

Cognate  (from  cognatus:  begotten):  A  cognate  word  is  one 
based  upon  the  stem  or  root  (v.  stem  and  root)  of  another  word, 
e.g. ,  fief  and  fiefdom. 

Conditional  Sentences  (from  conditio,  conditionis,  f.: 

condition,  situation):  Conditional  sentences  in  both  Latin  and 
English  have  two  parts,  the  protasis  or  condition  (a  subordinate 
clause)  and  the  apodosis  (the  result  or  conclusion,  the  main 
clause).  The  following  sentence  may  illustrate  condition:  If  I 
should  have  money  (protasis),  I  would  have  friends  (apodosis). 

Conjugation  (from  conjugare:  to  join):  The  inflection  of 
verbs;  to  conjugate  a  Latin  verb  is  to  show  five  relationships: 
person,  number,  tense,  mood,  and  voice.  In  Latin,  this  is  done, 
in  general,  by  adding  endings  to  the  verb  stem. 

Conjunctions  (from  conjungere:  to  join  together):  Conjunc- 
tions are  words  which  connect  other  portions  of  a  sentence,  e.g., 
until,  yet,  now,  and,  or.  They  are  not  declined  for  gender, 
number,  and  case  in  Latin. 

Declension  (from  declinare:  to  inflect,  to  turn  aside):  The 
inflection  of  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns,  and  participles;  to 
decline  a  Latin  noun,  adjective,  pronoun  or  participle  is  to 
indicate  gender,  number,  and  case.  This  is  accomplished  by 
adding  endings  to  the  noun  stem 


Discourse  (statement):  There  are  two  types  of  discourse  in 
English  and  in  Latin,  direct  and  indirect.  Direct  discourse 
consists  of  any  statement  not  reported  by  someone  else,  e.g..  The 
grass  is  green.  Indirect  discourse  is  a  statement  about  an  event 
or  circumstance  made  by  someone  else,  e.g.,  She  said  that  the 
grass  is  green. 

Gender:  Gender  is  basically  a  grammatical  device  used  for 
organizing  or  grouping  Latin  nouns.  There  are  three  genders  in 
Latin:  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter.  Males  are  in  the 
masculine  gender,  in  Latin,  and  females  are  in  the  feminine,  but 
many  things  are  not  in  the  neuter  as  might  be  supposed.  Grammar- 
ians appear  to  have  assigned  Latin  nouns  a  gender,  with  the 
obvious  exception  of  men  and  women,  with  little  regard  to  sex. 

Gerund  (from  gerere:  to  bear):  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun 
which,  in  English,  is  formed  by  adding  -ing  to  the  verb  stem, 
e.g..  Running  is  healthy  exercise.  In  Latin,  a  gerund  is  de- 
clined like  a  neuter  noun,  but  only  in  the  singular,  and  for  all 
cases  except  the  nominative. 

Genxndive  (from  gerere:  to  bear):  The  gerundive  in  Latin  is 
the  future  passive  participle,  a  verbal  adjective  passive  in 
meaning.  It  can  be  declined  like  an  adjective  and  has  tense  and 
voice  like  a  verb. 

Inflection  (from  inflectere:  to  bend):  Inflection  involves 
the  addition  of  suffixes  or  prefixes  to  the  stems  or  roots  of 
nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  and  other  parts  of  speech. 
In  Latin,  the  inflection  of  verbs  is  known  as  conjugation,  and 
that  of  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns,  and  participles  is  known  as 
declension. 

Infinitive  (from  infinitus:  unlimited,  endless):  The  infini- 
tive is  a  verbal  noun,  which  means  that  it  has  tenses  and  voice, 
like  a  verb,  but  may,  in  theory,  be  declined  like  a  noun.  Latin 
infinitives  are  conjugated  for  tense  and  voice,  and  are  regarded 
as  neuter  singular  nouns,  but  are  not  declined  for  gender, 
number,  and  case. 

In  English,  the  present  and  other  infinitives  are  formed  by 
adding  the  preposition  "to"  to  the  verb  itself,  e.g.,  to  walk,  to 
run,  to  think,  etc.  (all  present  infinitives).  The  present 
infinitive  in  Latin  is  formed  by  adding  re,  or  ere  to  the  present 
stem  of  the  verb,  e.g.,  baptizare:  to  baptize;  sepelire:  to  bury. 
Latin  has  six  infinitives:  the  present  active,  the  perfect 
active,  the  future  active,  the  present  passive,  the  perfect 
passive,  and  the  future  passive  (rare). 


Mood  (from  modus,  modi,  m. :  manner,  means  [an  alternate  form 
of  mode] ) :  This  term  applies  to  verbs  and  indicates  the  means  or 
manner  in  which  the  action  of  a  verb  is  carried  out.  Latin  verbs 
have  three  moods:  1)  Indicative — which  indicates  factual  state- 
ments and  those  for  which  a  speaker  or  writer  assumes  full 
responsibility,  e.g..  Labor  durus  est.  (The  work  is  hard.)  2) 
Imperative — used  to  express  commands  in  the  second  person  singu- 
lar and  plural,  e.g.,  Laborate!  (You  all)  Work!  3)  Subjunc- 
tive--a  mood  not  frequently  used  in  English,  but  with  many  uses 
in  Latin  such  as,  for  example,  condition  contrary  to  fact,  com- 
mand (for  the  first  and  third  person,  singular  and  plural), 
purpose,  result,  etc.,  e.g.,  Noverint  universi  quod  ....  (Let  all 
know  that  ....). 

Noun  (from  nomen,  nominis,  n.:  name):  A  noun  is  a  word  which 
names  a  person,  a  place,  a  thing,  an  idea,  a  concept,  a  sub- 
stance, a  quality,  etc.,  e.g.,  tree,  freedom,  work,  love,  truth. 
In  Latin,  nouns  are  declined  for  gender,  number,  and  case. 

Number  (from  numerus,  numeri,  m. :  a  number):  Number  in  Latin 
and  English  is  either  singular  (one)  or  plural  (more  than  one), 
and  is  used  with  nouns  (thing,  things)  pronouns  (I,  we),  verbs 
(he/she  works,  they  work),  and  other  parts  of  speech.  In  Eng- 
lish, the  plural  of  regular  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  -s ,  e.g., 
tree,  trees.  Latin  nouns  add  a  number  of  different  endings  to 
the  noun  stem  to  indicate  plurality. 

Object  (from  objicere:  to  throw  in  the  way  of):  There  are 
two  types  of  object,  direct  and  indirect.  The  direct  object,  as 
the  name  suggests,  receives  the  action  of  a  verb  or  prepositional 
phrase  directly  (without  an  intervening  part  of  speech),  e.g.. 
The  girl  ran  the  race.  In  this  sentence,  the  subject  is  girl, 
the  verb,  ran,  and  the  direct  object  of  the  verb,  ran,  is  race. 
In  Latin,  the  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs  must  be  in  the 
accusative  case.  Thus,  for  example,  Parochus  infantem  baptiza- 
vit:  The  priest  baptized  the  child.  (Infantem  is  in  the 
accusative  case.)  The  indirect  object  receives  the  action  of  the 
verb  indirectly,  and  is  generally  translated  in  English  by  adding 
the  prepositions  "to"  or  "for,"  e.g..  He  gave  a  gift  to  his 
friend.  In  this  sentence,  he  is  the  subject,  gave,  the  verb, 
gift,  the  direct  object,  and  to  his  friend  the  indirect  object. 
The  indirect  object  is  indicated,  in  Latin,  by  the  dative  case, 
e.g..  Item  lego  filio  meo  Ricardo  duas  acras  prati.  (Likewise,  I 
bequeath  to  my  son  Richard  two  acres  of  meadow. ) 


Participle  (from  particeps ,  participis:  sharing  in, 
participating  in):  A  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective  which,  in 
Latin,  is  declined  for  gender,  number,  and  case,  like  an  adjec- 
tive, but  may  also  take  tense  and  voice  like  a  verb.  In  English, 
there  are  two  major  participles,  the  present  and  the  past.  The 
present  is  formed  by  adding  -ing  to  the  verb  stem,  e.g. ,  running, 
working,  thinking,  playing,  talking.  The  past  participle  of 
regular  verbs  is  formed  by  adding  -ed  to  the  verb  stem,  e.g., 
worked,  played,  talked--but  ran,  thought.  Latin  has  four 
participles,  the  present  active,  the  future  active,  the  perfect 
passive,  and  the  future  passive  (also  called  the  gerundive). 

Person  (from  persona,  personae,  f.:  an  actor's  mask,  a 
character  in  a  play,  an  individual):  In  English  and  in  Latin 
there  are  three  persons,  singular  and  plural:  singular — I,  you, 
he/she/it  ;  plural — we,  you  (all),  they.  English  uses  the  above 
pronouns  to  indicate  person  with  verbs,  while  person  was  usually 
shown  in  Latin  by  endings  attached  to  the  verb  stem.  Personal 
pronouns  were  not  used  with  verbs  in  classical  Latin  except  for 
emphasis. 

Phrase  (from  phrazein:  to  point  out — a  Greek  verb):  A  phrase 
consists  of  a  number  of  words  used  to  express  some  type  of 
thought  or  idea  without  a  subject  or  a  verb.  There  are  three 
types  of  phrases:  prepositional  (during  the  day),  participial 
(trimming  the  hedge),  and  infinitive  (to  work  alone). 

Predicate  (from  praedicare:  to  affirm,  assert):  The  predi- 
cate, in  an  English  sentence,  is  that  portion  of  the  sentence 
which  usually  follows  the  subject  and  the  verb,  e.g..  The  weather 
(subject)  is  (verb)  hot  (predicate).  The  predicate  is  generally 
related  in  some  respect  to  the  subject,  or  it  attempts  to 
establish  a  relationship  with  the  subject.  Thus,  for  example. 
They  (subject)  studied  (verb)  the  Latin  language  (predicate, 
which  explains  what  "they"  studied) .  Because  meaning  in  a  Latin 
sentence  is  obtained  from  the  endings  of  nouns ,  verbs ,  and  other 
parts  of  speech,  the  word  order  of  simple  English  sen- 
tences— subject-verb-predicate — need  not  be  observed.  (see  also 
"syntax" ) 

Prefix  (from  praefigere:  to  fasten  before):  A  prefix 
consists  of  one  or  more  letters  attached  to  the  beginning  of  a 
word  to  help  provide  meaning,  cf.,  for  example,  "close"  and 
"foreclose"  (to  close  in  advance).  In  Latin,  prefixes  are 
often  found  in  the  form  of  prepositions  added  to  verbs,  nouns,  or 
adjectives  in  order  to  create  new  words,  e.g.,  mittere  (to  send), 
amittere  (to  send  away — a  +  mittere). 


Preposition  (from  praeponere:  to  place  before):  A  preposi- 
tion usually  precedes  a  noun  or  pronoun  and  establishes  some  type 
of  relationship  with  that  particular  part  of  speech,  e.g.,  We 
spent  our  vacation  in  Hawaii.  The  use  of  the  preposition  "in" 
here  helps  to  explain  "where"  we  spent  our  vacation.  Among 
others,  English  prepositions  include:  in,  on,  at,  to,  for, 
within,  among,  between,  above,  below,  over,  and  under.  The 
object  of  a  Latin  preposition  (e.g. ,  a  noun  which  follows  it)  is 
either  in  the  ablative  or  accusative  case.  A  few  prepositions 
use  both  cases.  Thus,  for  example,  ex  silva:  from  (out  of)  the 
wood  (ablative  case),  ad  villain:  toward  the  village/villa 
(accusative  case). 

Pronoun  (from  pro  +  nomen:  in  place  of  the  name  or  noun):  A 
pronoun  commonly  replaces  a  noun,  e.g..  The  food  is  good.  It 
(pronoun)  is  good.  English  and  Latin  pronouns  include,  among 
others,  personal  (I,  you,  he/she/it,  we,  you  all,  they), 
possessive  (mine,  yours,  his/her/its,  ours,  yours,  theirs), 
demonstrative  (this,  that),  relative  (who,  which,  what),  inter- 
rogative (who?  what?),  and  reflexive  (myself,  yourself, 
himself /herself /itself ,  etc.) 

Root  (from  old  English  rot):  A  root  is  that  part  of  a  word 
from  which  the  rest  is  derived,  principally  by  adding  suffixes  or 
prefixes.  In  Latin,  there  are  two  types  of  roots:  1)  verbal  or 
predicative  roots,  which  indicate  objects,  actions,  or  qualities; 
for  example,  the  "i"  in  the  verb  ire  (to  go);  2)  pronominal  or 
demonstrative  roots  which  do  not  show  actions  or  objects,  but, 
rather,  point  out  the  relationship  of  such  actions  with  a  speaker 
or  protagonist;  for  example,  the  tu  in  tui  (of  you,  singular  and 
familiar) . 

Sentence  (from  sententia,  sententiae,  f.:  opinion):  A 
sentence  generally  contains  a  number  of  words  which  express  some 
type  of  thought.  The  most  common  simple  sentence  in  English  has 
a  subject,  a  verb,  and  a  predicate  or  object.  However,  a  simple 
sentence  can  also  consist  only  of  subject  and  verb,  e.g..  They 
studied.  In  addition  to  the  simple  sentence,  there  are  two  other 
types  of  sentences  in  English — compound  and  complex.  A  compound 
sentence  often  has  two  main  clauses  (which  contain  a  subject  and 
a  verb)  joined  by  a  conjunction,  e.g..  He  left  the  office  and 
went  home.  A  complex  sentence  has  at  least  one  independent  or 
main  clause  and  one  or  more  dependent  or  subordinate  clauses 
(clauses  which  are  not  complete  sentences),  e.g..  After  he  left 
the  office,  he  went  home. 


81:6111  (from  Old  English  stefn  or  stemn:  the  stem  of  a  plant): 
The  stem  consists  of  that  part  of  the  word  which  remains 
unchanged  after  the  addition  of  suffixes  or  prefixes.  In  Latin, 
the  stem  of  nouns  is  found  when  the  ending  of  the  genitive  singu- 
lar is  removed.  In  the  case  of  verbs,  the  present  stem  is 
obtained  by  removing  the  -re  or  -ere  of  the  present  infinitive, 
while  the  perfect  stem  (the  third  principal  part  of  a  Latin  verb 
when  the  first  person  singular  indicative  active  ending  -i  is 
added)  is  that  which  is  left  after  the  omission  of  the  perfect 
personal  endings.  In  Latin,  there  are  three  types  of  stems:  1) 
root  stems,  either  the  same  as  the  root  itself  or  formed  from  the 
root,  e.g.,  es-tis:  you  are,  root:  es;  2)  primary  stems,  which 
comprise  the  root  and  a  suffix,  e.g.,  sta  (root),  tu  (suffix), 
statu  (stem),  status:  position  (the  word  itself);  3)  secondary 
stems,  those  which  are  formed  from  other  stems  by  adding  suffix- 
es, e.g.,  victor  (stem),  ia  (suffix),  victoria:  victory  (the  word 
itself) 

Subject  (from  subjicere:  to  throw  or  place  under):  The 
subject  of  a  sentence  can  be  either  a  person  or  a  thing  which 
carries  out  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  for  example,  in  the 
sentence  "The  priest  baptized  the  child,"  priest  is  the  subject, 
baptized,  the  verb,  and  child,  the  object.  In  Latin,  the  subject 
need  not  come  first  in  a  simple  sentence,  whereas  in  English  it 
generally  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  such  a  sentence. 

Suffix  (from  sub  +  figere:  to  fasten  below  or  underneath):  A 
suffix  is  a  letter  or  letters  which  is  attached  to  the  stem  or 
root  of  a  word,  after  the  last  letter  of  the  stem  or  root,  e.g., 
arbor  (stem)  +is  (suffix  [case  ending])  =  arboris:  of  the  tree. 
The  attachment  of  suffixes  is  usually  done  in  order  to  form 
complete  words . 

Syntax  (from  syntattein:  to  order,  arrange  [a  Greek  verb]): 
The  syntax  of  a  sentence,  clause,  or  phrase  is  the  order  or 
arrangement  of  the  words  therein.  In  English,  word  order  is  very 
important  for  determining  meaning.  In  the  sentence,  for  example, 
"The  priest  buried  the  deceased  child,"  the  order  subject  (the 
priest) -verb  ( buried) -predicate  (the  deceased  child)  must  be 
strictly  observed.  If  this  order  is  changed,  the  meaning  is  also 
altered.  ("The  deceased  child  buried  the  priest,"  would,  after 
all,  make  no  sense  in  English.)  Because  Latin  is  a  highly  in- 
flected language,  the  word  order  is  far  less  important  than  in 
English. 

Tense  (from  tempus,  temporis,  n. :  time):  The  tense  of  a  verb 
indicates  the  time  of  the  action  of  that  verb.  In  Latin,  there 
are  six  tenses:  present,  future,  imperfect,  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect. 


Voice  (from  vox,  vocis,  f.:  voice):  There  are  two  voices  in 
both  English  and  Latin,  the  active  and  the  passive.  In  the 
active  voice,  the  subject  acts  through  or  by  means  of  the  verb, 
e.g..  The  priest  married  Henry  Wilson  and  Julia  Worth.  In  the 
passive  voice,  the  subject  is  acted  upon,  or  receives  the  action 
of  the  verb,  e.g.,  Henry  Wilson  and  Julia  Worth  were  married  by 
the  priest. 


Abbreviations  used  in  this  Book 


abl. 
ace. 
adj  . 
adv. 
cf . 

cl. 

conj 

dat 

dep 

d.o 

e.g 


ablative  case  gen. 

accusative  case  i.e., 

adjective  m. 

adverb  n . 

confer  N . B . 

(compare)  part, 

classical  pass, 

conjunction  perf. 

dative  case  pi . 

deponent  pi"ep  • 

direct  object  sing. 

exempli  gratia  v. 

(for  example)  voc. 
feminine  gender 


genitive  case 

id  est  (that  is) 

masculine  gender 

neuter  gender 

nota  bene  (note  well) 

participle 

passive 

perfect 

plural 

preposition 

singular 

vide  ( see ) 

vocative 


XXI 


CHAPTER  I 


Nouns:  The  First  Declension 

Nouns:  The  Second  Declension 

Masculine  Nouns  Ending  in  -us  or  -er 

Neuter  Nouns  Ending  in  -um 

Latinized  First  Names:  First  and  Second  Declension 


Introduction 

Latin  is  one  of  several  languages  within  the  Indo-European 
language  family  which  depends  upon  inflection  (from  inflectere: 
to  bend)  for  its  meaning,  rather  than  syntax  (the  organization 
and  structure  of  a  sentence),  as  in  English.  Inflection  is 
accomplished,  in  Latin  by  adding  suffixes  (endings)  or,  infre- 
quently, prefixes,  to  the  stems  of  nouns,  adjectives,  verbs, 
participles,  and  other  parts  of  speech. 

The  attachment  of  endings  to  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives, 
and  participles  in  order  to  obtain  meaning  is  called  declension 
(from  declinare:  to  turn  aside,  bend  away  from).  In  the  case  of 
verbs,  the  same  process  is  known  as  conjugation  (from  conjugare: 
to  yoke  together,  connect). 

This  chapter  will  consider  the  declension  of  nouns,  espe- 
cially those  belonging  grammatically  to  categories  known  as  the 
first  and  second  declension. 

The  Declension  of  Latin  Nouns 

A  Latin  noun,  pronoun,  adjective  or  participle  is  declined 
by  adding  an  ending  to  the  stem  (that  part  of  the  word  which 
remains  unchanged  during  the  process  of  declension).  These 
endings  indicate  or  establish  the  following  three  relationships: 
Gender,  Number,  and  Case.  The  meaning  of  each  of  these  terms  may 
be  explained  and  illustrated  through  the  use  of  the  first  declen- 
sion feminine  noun  ecclesia  (church,  a  Latinized  Greek  word)  as 
well  as  other  feminine,  masculine  and  neuter  nouns  from  the  first 
and  second  declension. 

Gender:  Latin  nouns  are  either  masculine,  feminine,  or 
neuter,  e.g.,  ecclesia  (feminine),  amicus  (friend — masculine), 
testamentum  (will,  testament — neuter).  Gender,  in  Latin,  should 
be  considered  principally  as  a  grammatical  convenience,  a  way  of 
organizing  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  and  participles.  Al- 
though males  are  in  the  masculine  gender,  females  in  the  femi- 
nine, and  some  things  in  the  neuter  gender,  many  nouns  were 
assigned  genders  by  Latin  grammarians  with  little  regard  to  sex. 
In  addition,  certain  largely  male  occupations  (in  ancient  Rome) 
are  masculine  in  gender  but  declined  like  feminine  nouns  of  the 
first  declension,  for  example:  nauta  (sailor),  agricola  (farmer), 
poeta  ( poet ) . 


Number:  Singular  or  Plural  (one  or  more  than  one);  ecclesia 
(church),  ecclesiae  (churches).  In  English,  the  plural  of  regu- 
lar nouns  is  formed  by  adding  an  -s  to  the  noun  stems  (tree, 
trees),  although  irregular  nouns  change  in  various  ways  in  the 
plural  (man,  men,  woman,  women,  child,  children).  In  Latin, 
however,  there  are  a  number  of  plural  endings,  depending  upon  the 
type  of  declension. 

Case  (from  casus,  casus,  m. :  a  fall,  since  the  endings 
seemed  to  "fall  away"  from  the  nominative  case):  There  are  seven 
cases  in  Latin: 

Nominative  (from  nomen,  nominis,  n.:  name):  a  case  which 
stands  without  alteration;  the  subject  of  a  sentence  is  usually 
in  the  nominative  case,  but  the  nominative  case  may  also  be  found 
in  the  predicate  of  a  sentence,  provided  the  main  verb  is  a 
copula  or  linking  verb,  generally  some  form  of  "to  be"  (is,  are, 
was,  were,  etc.),  without  a  direct  object,  e.g.,  Haec  est  patrina 
mea.  (This  is  my  godmother. ) 

Genitive  (from  genetivus ,  -a,  -um:  inborn,  innate):  This 
case  indicates  ownership  or  possession,  and  has  a  number  of 
special  uses  which  will  be  discussed  subsequently.  It  is  often 
translated  in  English  by  adding  the  prepositions  "of"  or  "from" 
to  a  noun,  e.g.,  Parochus  ecclesiae  parochialis  Sancti  Thomae 
est.   (He  is  the  priest  of  the  parish  church  of  St.  Thomas.) 

Dative  (from  datus,  -a,  -um:  given):  This  is  the  case  of  the 
indirect  object  which  receives  the  action  of  a  verb  indirectly. 
In  Latin,  it  is  also  used  with  certain  verbs,  and  has  other 
usages,  which  will  be  reviewed  later.  The  dative  case  is  gener- 
ally translated,  in  English,  by  adding  the  prepositions  "to"  or 
"for"  to  a  noun,  e.g.,  Dux  terram  ecclesiae  donavit.  (The  duke 
donated  land  to  the  church. ) 

Accusative  (from  accusatus,  -a,  -xna:  accused,  blamed):  The 
accusative  is  the  case  of  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  i.e.,  the 
noun,  or  other  part  of  speech,  which  receives  the  action  of  a 
verb  directly,  e.g.,  Ecclesiam  parochialem  aedif icaverunt.  (They 
built  the  parish  church. )  The  accusative  case  is  also  used  as 
the  object  of  certain  Latin  prepositions.  English  nouns  do  not 
have  any  special  endings  or  distinguishing  characteristics  to 
indicate  that  they  are  in  the  accusative  case.  Pronouns  in  the 
dative  or  accusative  case  do,  however,  change  their  nominative 
form,  e.g..  He  gave  her  (not  she)  a  book.  She  loved  him  (not 
he)  . 

Ablative  (from  ablatus,  -a,  -um:  [having  been]  separated): 
The  ablative  case  indicates,  among  other  things,  separation, 
instrument  (the  means  by  which  something  is  accomplished),  loca- 
tion, time,  and  is  the  object  of  certain  Latin  prepositions. 
This  is  a  very  flexible  and  widely  used  case  in  Latin,  and  a 
number  of  its  important  uses  will  be  considered  subsequently. 
Prepositions  such  as  by,  from,  with,  after,  when,  etc.,  are 


usually  required  when  translating  nouns  in  this  case  into  Eng- 
lish, e.g.,  Ecclesia  parochiali  aedificata,  fabri  lignarii  abier- 
unt.  (After  the  parish  church  was  built,  the  carpenters  depart- 
ed. Or,  more  literally:  The  parish  church  having  been  built,  the 
carpenters  departed. ) 

Vocative  (from  vocare:  to  call):  This  case  is  used  when 
addressing  someone  or  something  directly,  and  is  often  character- 
ized by  the  letter  O  in  front  of  the  noun,  e.g.,  O  mulier,  magna 
est  fides  tua!  Fiat  tibi ,  sicut  vis.  (O  woman,  great  is  thy 
faith!  Be  it  unto  thee  even  as  thou  wilt.  [from  the  Vulgate, 
Matthew  15:28;  English  translation:  King  James  Version])  This 
case  is  now  more  or  less  defunct  in  English,  and  its  use  in  non- 
literary  Latin  documents  is  relatively  rare.  Consequently,  with 
certain  exceptions  noted  in  the  examples,  the  noun  paradigms  for 
the  vocative  case  will  not  be  included.  Generally,  however,  they 
are  the  same  as  the  nominative,  singular  and  plural. 

Locative  (from  locare:  to  place):  The  locative  case,  as  the 
name  suggests,  is  used  to  indicate  place  where  or  place  at  which 
in  certain  special  place  usages  in  Latin.  It  is  not  employed  as 
frequently  in  parish  registers  as  the  first  five  cases  above.  The 
specific  uses  of  the  locative  are  summarized  under  the  section  on 
determining  place  in  Latin. 

Whereas  in  English  there  are  no  special  endings  added  to 
nouns  to  indicate  the  case  to  which  they  belong,  in  Latin,  case 
endings  are  attached  directly  to  the  stem  of  noun.  The  stem  of  a 
noun  may  be  obtained  by  omitting  the  ending  of  the  genitive 
singular. 

Grammarians  have  traditionally  divided  Latin  nouns  into  five 
declensions,  each  of  which  differs  slightly  or  considerably  from 
the  others.  In  this  chapter,  nouns  of  the  first  and  second 
declension  will  be  considered. 


The  First  or  "a"  Declension  (so-called  because  nouns 

in  the  nominative  singular  end  in  the  letter  "a") 

ecclesia  (church,  stem  ecclesi) 

Case  Singular        Case  Ending 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


ecclesia 

ecclesiae 

ecclesiae 

ecclesiam 

ecclesia 


a 

ae 

ae 

am 

a 


Meaning 

a/the  church 
of/from  a/the  church 
to/for  a/the  church 
a/the  church  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc. 
a/the  church 


Case 


Plural 


Case  Ending    Meaning 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


ecclesiae 

ecclesiarum 

ecclesiis 

ecclesias 

ecclesiis 


ae         ( the )  churches 
arum      of/from  the  churches 
is        to/for  the  churches 
as        (the)  churches  (d.o.) 
is         by/f roiii/with,  etc. 
a/the  churches 


In  medieval  Latin,  the  -a  of  the  -ae  diphthong  (a  double 
vowel  pronounced  with  one  sound)  was  often  omitted,  a  pratice 
occasionally  continued  in  Latin  parish  register  entries. 
Consequently,  ecclesie  might  be  translated  as  "of/from  the 
church"  (genitive  singular),  "to/for  the  church"  (dative 
singular)  or  "the  churches"  (nominative  plural).  The  sense  of 
the  sentence  will  determine  the  proper  translation  in  each  case. 

In  parish  registers,  the  -e  of  the  -ae  diphthong  was  some- 
times omitted,  and  a  mark  of  some  type  indicating  this  omission 
was  placed  next  to  the  -a.  Thus,  for  example,  ecclesiaP  = 
ecclesiae.  Another,  and  much  more  common,  practice  in  parish 
register  entries  was  the  combination  of  -a  and  -e  in  ligature, 
i.e.,  written  so  closely  together  that  the  two  can  scarcely  be 
distinguished,  e.g.,  ecclesvcE^  =   ecclesiae. 

Care  must  be  taken  to  differentiate  these  two  letters  and  to 
avoid  reading  them  both  as  the  letter  -a.  They  are  most  likely 
to  be  found  in  the  genitive  singular  of  first  declension  nouns 
and  first  names,  which  are  treated  as  nouns,  for  example:  Heri 
natus  et  hodie  baptizatus  est  Martinus  filius  legitimus  Petri 
Weller  et  Mari  Beck.  (Yesterday  [was]  born  and  today  was 
baptized  Martin,  legitimate  son  of  Peter  Weller  and  Maria  Beck. ) 

Note  above  that  no  definite  or  indefinite  articles  (the,  or 
a,  an)  are  provided.  Classical  Roman  Latin  had  no  articles, 
definite  or  indefinite.  Consequently,  ecclesia  (nominative 
singular)  can  be  read  either  as  "the  church"  or  "a  church," 
depending  upon  the  apparent  sense  of  the  sentence.  Demonstrative 
pronouns  and  adjectives  such  as  ille  (that),  and  the  cardinal 
number  unus ,  una,  unum  (one)  were,  however,  occasionally 
substituted  for  "the"  or  "a/an"  respectively  in  medieval  and 
early  modern  Latin.  (of.,  French:  le,  la,  un,  une;  Spanish:  el, 
la,  un/uno,  una;  Italian:  il,  la,  un/uno ,  una). 

Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  generally  feminine  in 
gender,  such  as,  for  example,  parochia,  parochiae,  f.:  parish; 
puella,  puellae,  f.:  girl,  filia,  filiae,  f.:  daughter.  As 
indicated  previously,  however,  occupations  in  the  first  declen- 
sion are  usually  masculine  in  gender,  even  though  they  are  de- 
clined exactly  like  ecclesia,  e.g.,  bibliopega,  bibliopegae,  m. : 
bookbinder. 


Second  E)eclension  Nouns 


Nouns  of  the  second  declension  are  either  masculine  or 
neuter  in  gender.  Masculine  nouns  are  of  two  types,  those  which 
end  in  -us  in  the  nominative  singular,  e.g.,  annus  (year),  and 
those  ending  in  -er  in  the  nominative  singular,  e.g.,  magister 
(teacher).  Neuter  nouns  of  the  second  declension  end  in  -ixm  in 
the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  and  -a  in  the  nominative 
and  accusative  plural,  e.g.,  matr imonium ,  matrimonia  (marriage, 
marriages)  . 

The  Second  Declension:  Masculine  Nouns  ending  in  -us 

in  the  Nominative  Singular 

baptismus  (baptism  [Greek] ,  stem:  baptism) 

Case  Singular       Case  Ending    Meaning 

a/the  baptism 
of/from  a/the  baptism 
to/for  a/the  baptism 
a/the  baptism  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc. 
a/the  baptism 
O  baptism! 


Nominative 

baptismus 

us 

Genitive 

baptismi 

i 

Dative 

baptismo 

o 

Accusative 

baptismum 

um 

Ablative 

baptismo 

o 

Vocative 

baptisme 

Plural 

e 

Nominative 

baptismi 

i 

Genitive 

baptismorxim 

orum 

Dative 

baptismis 

is 

Accusative 

baptismos 

OS 

Ablative 

baptismis 

is 

(the)  baptisms 
of/from  the  baptisms 
to/for  the  baptisms 
(the)  baptisms  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
the  baptisms 

Note  that  masculine  nouns  of  the  second  declension  such  as 
baptismus  have  the  vocative  ending  -e  in  the  singular,  an  ending 
different  from  the  nominative  singular.  If,  however,  the  stem  of 
the  noun  ends  in  -i,  such  as,  for  example,  filius  (son,  stem: 
fili),  then  the  vocative  singular  also  ends  in  -i.  Hence,  fili: 
0  son!  (vocative  singular).  The  masculine  vocative  singular 
possessive  adjective  meus  (my)  also  ends  in  -i  (with  the  -e 
omitted),  e.g.,  fili  mi!  (O  my  son!).  NOte  that  the  -i  of  the 
vocative  contracts  with  the  -i  of  the  stem  vowel  so  that  only  one 
-i  remains  (fili,  not  filii).  Certain  masculine  second  declen- 
sion nouns  such  as  Deus  remain  the  same  in  the  vocative  as  in  the 
nominative  singular. 


The  Second  Declension:  Masculine  Nouns  ending  in  -er 

in  the  Nominative  Singular 

magister  (teacher;  stem,  magistr,  N.B. ! ) 
Case  Singular       Case  Ending    Meaning 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


magister 

magistri 

magistro 

magistrum 

magistro 


Plural 


er 

i 

o 

um 

o 


a/the  teacher 
of/from  a/the  teacher 
to/for  a/the  teacher 
a/the  teacher  (d.o.) 
by /with/from,  etc. 
a/the  teacher 


Nominative 

magistri 

i 

Genitive 

magistrorvim 

orum 

Dative 

magistris 

is 

Accusative 

magistros 

OS 

Ablative 

magistris 

is 

(the)  teachers 
of/from  the  teachers 
to/for  the  teachers 
(the)  teachers  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
the  teachers 

Nouns  such  as  magister  are  exactly  the  same  in  declension  as 
the  masculine  nouns  ending  in  -us  (in  the  nominative  singular), 
with  the  exception  of  the  nominative  singular.  Note  that  the 
stem  of  these  second  declension  masculine  nouns  may  or  may  not 
end  in  -er.  The  -e  is  retained,  for  example,  in  the  noun  puer 
(boy,  child),  e.g.,  pueri  (of  the  boy,  child),  puero  (to/for  the 
boy,  child),  puerum  (the  boy,  child  [d.o.]),  puero  (by,  with, 
from,  etc.  the  boy,  child).  The  genitive  singular  ending  (which 
is  usually  provided  in  dictionaries)  will  indicate  whether  the  -e 
is  retained  or  dropped  in  the  stem. 


The  Second  Declension; 


Neuter  Nouns  Ending  in  -um 
in  the  Nominative  Singular 


matrimonium  (marriage,  stem:  matrimoni) 
Case  Singular       Case  Ending    Meaning 


Nominative 

matrimoni  vim 

um 

Genitive 

matrimonii 

i 

Dative 

matrimonio 

o 

Accusative 

matrimonium 

um 

Ablative 

matrimonio 

o 

a/the  marriage 
of/from  a/the  marriage 
to/for  a/the  marriage 
a/the  marriage  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom ,  etc . 
a/the  marriage 


Plural 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


matrimonia 
mat r imon i orum 
matrimoniis 
matrimonia 
matrimoniis 


a  (the)  marriages 

orum      of/from  the  marriages 
is        to/for  the  marriages 
a         (the)  marriages 
is         by /with/from,  etc. 
the  marriages 


Note  that  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  singular  have 
the  same  ending  (um),  and  that  the  neuter  nominative  and 
accusative  plural  also  have  a  similar  ending  (a).  All  neuter 
nouns,  regardless  of  the  declension  to  which  they  belong  grammat- 
ically, will  have  the  same  ending  in  the  neuter  singular  nomina- 
tive and  accusative,  and  the  same  ending  in  the  neuter  plural 
nominative  and  accusative.  However,  the  singular  will  have  a 
different  ending  than  the  plural.  Neuter  second  declension  nouns 
differ  from  masculine  second  declension  nouns  only  in  the  above 
case  endings. 

Latinized  Given  Names:  First  and  Second  Declension 

First  or  given  names  in  Latin  parish  registers  and  many 
other  documents  are  generally  treated  as  proper  nouns  of  the 
first,  second,  or  third  declension  (see  Chapter  IV).  Given  names 
of  the  first  and  second  declension  are  declined  according  to  the 
paradigms  for  first  and  second  declension  nouns  listed  above. 
Examples  follow: 

First  Declension  Female  Given  Names 

Maria  (Mary,  Maria,  Marie)         Anna  (Anna,  Ann) 

Singular  (The  plural  of  given  names  is  rare) 

Latin  English         Latin     English 

Anna 

of/from  Anna 
to/for  Anna 
Anna  (d.o. ) 
by/with/from , 
etc.  Anna 

*Also  found  without  the  -a  of  the  ae  in  diphthong  in 
medieval  documents  such  as  wills,  e.g.,  Marie  (of/from, 
to/for  Mary),  Anne  (of /from,  to/for  Anna — note  that 
this  is  not  the  given  name  Anne). 


Norn. 

Maria 

Mary 

Anna 

Gen. 

Mariae* 

of/from  Mary 

Annae* 

Dat. 

Mariae* 

to/for  Mary 

Annae* 

Ace. 

Mariam 

Mary  (d.o. ) 

Annam 

Abl. 

Maria 

by/with/from , 
etc.  Mary 

Anna 

Second  Declension  Male  Given  Neunes 

(There  are  no  neuter  given  names.) 


Petrus  ( Peter ) 


Marcus  ( Mark ) 


Singular 

Latin 

English 

Latin 

English 

Nom. 

Petrus 

Peter 

Marcus 

Mark 

Gen. 

Petri 

of/from  Peter 

Marci 

of/from  Mark 

Dat. 

Petro 

to/for  Peter 

Marco 

to/for  Mark 

Ace. 

Petrum 

Peter  ( d . o . ) 

Marcum 

Mark  (d.o.) 

Abl. 

Petro 

by /with/from, 
etc .  Peter 

Marco 

by /with/from, 
etc .  Mark 

There  are  also  a  few  male  names  which  belong  grammatically 
to  the  first  declension  but  are  masculine  in  gender,  for  example: 

Baimabas  (Barnabas,  Barnaby) 

Singular 


Latin 

Nom .  Barnabas 

Gen .  Bamabae 

Dat .  Bamabae 

Ace .  Bamabam 

Abl .  Barnaba 


English 

Barnabas ,  Barnaby 

of /from  Barnabas,  Barnaby 

to/for  Barnabas,  Barnaby 

Barnabas,  Barnaby  (d.o.) 

by /with/from,  etc.  Barnabas,  Barnaby 


Thomas  ( Thomas ) 

Singular 

Latin  English 


Nom .  Thomas 

Gen .  Thomae 

Dat .  Thomae 

Ace .  Thomam 

Abl .  Thoma 


Thomas 

of/from  Thomas 

to/for  Thomas 

Thomas  (d.o. ) 

by /with/from,  etc.  Thomas 


Note  that  the  -s  of  Barnabas  and  Thomas,  the  last  letter  in 
the  nominative  singular,  is  not  retained  in  the  other  eases. 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  I 


A .  Grammar 

Decline  femina  and  auriga  for  all  cases,  singular  and 
plural.  Decline  filius,  puer,  and  signum  for  all  cases,  singular 
and  plural. 

B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  the  following  first  and  second  declension  nouns.  Note 
that  many  Latin  dictionaries  and  lexica  list  the  full  nominative 
singular  of  the  noun,  the  genitive  singular  ending,  and  the 
gender,  e.g.,  ecclesia,  -ae,  f.  Here,  however,  the  full  nomina- 
tive and  genitive  singular  are  provided,  together  with  the  gen- 
der, e.g.,  ecclesia,  ecclesiae,  f.  In  addition,  the  medieval 
spelling  of  genitive  singular  first  declension  nouns,  in  which 
the  -a  of  the  -ae  diphthong  is  dropped  (e.g.,  ecclesie  =  eccles- 
iae) is  given  in  parentheses  in  order  to  alert  the  reader  to  the 
possibility  of  encountering  such  spelling.  Parish  register 
entries,  however,  generally  do  not  omit  the  -a  from  the  -ae 
diphthong. 


First  Declension  Nouns:  Femi- 
nine Gender 

amita,  amitae  (amite),  f.: 

aunt  (paternal) 
anima,  animae  (anime),  f.: 

soul,  spirit 
avia,  aviae  (avie),  f.:  grand- 
mother 
consobrina,     consobrinae 

( consobrine ) ,  f:  female 

cousin 
ecclesia,         ecclesiae 

(ecclesie),   f.:   church 

( Greek ) 
familia,  familiae  (familie), 

f:  family 
femina ,  f eminae  ( f emine ) ,  f . : 

woman 
feria,  feriae  (ferie),  f.:  day 

of  the  week,  fair,  holiday 
filia,  filiae  (filie),  f.: 

daughter 
hora ,  horae  ( here ) ,  f . :  hour 
infantia,         infantiae 

(infantie),  f.:  childhood 
marita,  maritae  (marite) ,  f.: 

wife 
matertera ,  materterae  ( mater- 

tere) ,  f.:  aunt  (maternal) 


parochia,  parochiae 

(parochie) ,    f.:    parish 

patrina,  patrinae  (patrine), 
f . :    parish 

puella,  puellae  (puelle),  f.: 
girl 

sepultura ,  sepulturae  ( sepul- 
ture) ,    f.:    burial 

sponsa,  sponsae  (sponse),  f.: 
bride ,    betrothed 

via,  viae  (vie),  f.:  way, 
road,    street 

vidua,  viduae  (vidue),  f.: 
widow 

villa,  villae  (ville),  f.: 
village,    villa,    town 


First  Declension  Nouns; 
line  Gender 


Mascu- 


agricola,  agricolae 

(agricole),    m. :    farmer 

auriga,  aurigae  (aurige),  m.  : 
driver    (e.g.    of   carts) 

bibliopega,  bibliopegae 

(bibliopege) ,  m. :  bookbind- 
er 

nauta,  nautae  (naute),  m.: 
sailor 


Second    Declension    Masculine 
Nouns  ending   in   -us 

advocatus ,       advocati ,      m  .  : 

advocate,    lawyer 
agnatus ,     agnati ,     in.:     blood 

relative   in   the  male    line 
agnus,    agni,    m. :    lamb 
Agnus    Dei:     the    Lamb    of    God 

(Jesus   Christ) 
amicus,    amici,    m. :    friend 
angelus,     angeli,     m.:     angel, 

messenger    (Greek) 
annus,    anni,    m. :    year 
avunculus,    avunculi,    m. :    uncle 

(maternal ) 
avus,    avi,    m. :    grandfather 
baptismus,       baptismi ,      m. 

baptism    (Greek) 
canonicus ,       canonici ,      m. 

canon,    cathedral   official 
capellanus,     capellani,     m. 

chaplain 
cibus,    cibi,    m. :    food 
cippus,    cippi,    m. :    gravestone 
colonus,    coloni ,    m. :    settler, 

farmer,    peasant 
datus ,     dati ,    m. :     date     (also, 

datum ,    dati ,    n . ) 
Deus ,    Dei ,    m . :    God 
discipulus,     discipuli,     m.: 

pupil,    disciple 
domesticus,     domestici,     m.: 

servant,    a  male   servant 
dominus ,     domini,     m.:     lord, 

master,     noble,     the     Lord 

(Jesus   Christ) 
episcopus,      episcopi,      m.: 

bishop 
filius,    filii,    m. :    son 
maritus,    mariti,    m. :    husband 
mundus,    mundi,    m. :    world 
notus,    noti,    m.  :    illegitimate 

ma 1 e    ( gnothus ) 
pagus ,     pagi,     m.:     village, 

district 
parochus,    parochi,    m.  :    parish 

priest,    priest 
patrinus,    patrini ,    m. :    godfa- 
ther 
patruus ,     patrui ,     m.:     uncle 

(paternal ) 
rusticus,    rustici,    m. :    peas- 
ant,   farmer,    rustic 


sanctus,     sanctii,     m.:     saint 

(male) 
servus ,     servi ,     m.:     servant, 

serf,    slave 
sobrinus,    sobrini,    m. :    cousin 
socius,     socii,     m.:     comrade, 

ally 
sponsus ,     sponsi,     m.:     groom, 

betrothed 
vicinus,    vicini,    m. :    neighbor 
viduus,    vidui,    m. :    widower 

Second  Declension  Masculine 
Nouns   ending   in   -er  or   -r 

armiger,  armigeri,  m. :  squire, 
esquire    (as   a   title) 

faber,  fabri,  m.  :  smith, 
maker,    blacksmith 

liber,  libri,  m. :  book 

magister,  magistri,  m. :  teach- 
er 

puer,  pueri,  m. :  boy,  child 

vir,  viri,  m. :  man 

Second  Declension  Neuter  Nouns 

bannum,  banni  ,  n.  :  bann  , 
marriage  announcement 

biduum,  bidui ,  n.:  two-year 
period 

caelum,  caeli,  n. :  heaven,  sky 

coelum  (see  caelum) 

coemeterium,  coemeterii,  n.: 
cemetery  (cimeterium) 

donum,  doni,  n. :  gift 

evangelium  (see  euangelium) 

euangelium,  euangelii,  n.: 
gospel,  good  news  (Greek) 

fatum,  fati,  n.:  fate,  destiny 

matrimonium,  matrimonii,  n.: 
marriage 

puerperium,  puerperii,  n.: 
childbirth 

officium,  officii,  n. :  office, 
duty,  position 

scriptum,  scripti ,  n.:  writ- 
ing ,  document 

signum,  signi,  n. :  sign,  mark 

testamentum,  testamenti ,  n.: 
will 

verbum,  verbi,  n.:  word 


10 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  from  Latin  to  English: 

Patrina  mea  est.   (mea:  my,  a  possessive  adjective  which 
must  be  in  the  same  case  and  have  the  same  gender  and 
number  as  the  noun  it  modifies;  est:  he/she  is;  the 
subject  of  this  verb  can  be  either  "she"  [patrina  is 
feminine]  or  patrina. ) 

test amen turn  amitae 

Vidua  est.   (est:  she  is) 

aurigae  (three  possible  translations — give  all  three) 

Aviam  habet.   (habet:  he/she  has;  two  possible  translations; 
note  that  aviam  is  in  the  accusative  case  because  it  is 
the  direct  object  of  the  verb  habet.   Hence  the  subject 
of  this  sentence  is  either  "he"  or  "she.") 

baptimus  filii 

discipulis  (two  possible  translations) 

anno  domini  ( anno :  in  the  year ) 

Testcunentum  condidit.   (condidit:  he/she  made;  testcimentum 

is  in  the  accusative  case,  since  it  is  the  direct  object 
of  condidit.   Two  possible  translations.) 

Catharinae  (declined  like  Anna;  two  possible  translations) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  from  English  to  Latin: 

the  daughter  of  the  cousin 

to/for  the  sailor 

She  is  my  wife. 

of/from  the  burial 

He/she  has  a  godmother .  ( ace . ) 

of/from  the  servants 

to/for  the  cemetery 

the  marriage  of  the  teacher 


11 


by  means  of  the  baptism 

of /from  Stephen  (Stephanus) 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #1 

Translate  the  following  birth  entry  for  1736,  with  the  aid 
of  the  vocabulary  provided  after  the  entry. 


1  avL-tiCi^/ni^ti'  CUTA-Mc 


■paihmi^t*:  ctrrA.iio€43ufn.A^ 


Vocabulary 

Sept  =  September 
Clasina:    the  child's  name 
pater,    patris,    m. :    father    (a 

third    declension   noun,    v. 

Chapter  IV) 
Henricus   Van    der   Mortel:    the 

father's  name 
mater:     mother     (from    mater, 

matris ,    f . :    mother ,    a  third 

declension  noian,    v.    Chapter 

IV) 
Susanna     de     Visscher:      the 

mother's  name 
matrina   (see  above) 


Joanna  Dekers :  name  of  the 
godmother 

nata:  born  (perfect  passive 
participle  of  nascor, 
nasci,  natus  sum:  bear, 
give  birth  to,  v.  Chapter 
IX  [agrees  with  Clasina,  a 
female  name] ) 

eodem  die:    on  the  same  day 

post  merid  (post  meridiem): 
after  noon    (p.m.) 

circa,  prep.  +  ace:  about, 
aroiand 


12 


me:  me  (ablative  singular  of 
the  personal  pronoun  ego, 
V.  Chapter  XI) 

Dominico:  ablative  singular  of 
Dominicus,  Dominici,  m.: 
Dominic  (a  given  name) 

Weiland:  a  surname 

ejusdem  =  eiusdem:  of  the  same 
(genitive  singular  of  idem, 
eadem,  idem,  demonstrative 
pronoun:  the  same  [v. 
Chapter  XI];  refers  to 
Dominicus  Weiland) 

immediate  immediate  (ablative 
singular  of  immediatus, 
immediata,  immediatum: 
immediate) 

successor! :  successor  (abla- 
tive singular  [in  this 
entry]  of  successor,  suc- 
cessoris,  m. :  successor  [a 
third  declension  noun,  v. 
Chapter  IV] ) 

continuatus  est:  was  continued 
(perfect  indicative  pas- 
sive, third  person  singular 
[V.  Chapter  IX]  of  conti- 
nuo ,  continuare,  conti- 
nuavi,  continuatum:  contin- 
ue [refers  to  Dominicus 
Weiland] ) 

ibidem,  adv.:  in  the  same 
place;  here:  the  same 
(i.e.,  Dominicus  Weiland) 

pastore:  pastor  (ablative 
singular  of  pastor,  pasto- 
ris,  m.  :  pastor,  shepherd 
[third  declension  noun,  v. 
Chapter  IV] ) .  Note  the 
syntax  or  word  order  of  the 
sentence  in  the  above 
introduction.  The  baptis- 
mal register  was  begun  by 
Peter  Kaufman  and  continued 
by  Dominicus  Weiland.  The 
"and"  is,  however,  under- 
stood here. 


anno  millesimo  septingentesimo 
vigesimo  primo:  in  the  year 
one  thousand  seven  hundred 
twenty-one  (literally:  in 
the  one  thousand  seven 
hundred  and  twenty-first 
year  [ablative  of  time,  v. 
Chapter  VII],  i.e.,  1721) 

ad  majorem  Dei:  to  the  greater 
(glory)  of  God 

Beataqz  =  Beataeque :  and  of 
the  blessed  (Note  here  the 
z-like  mark  or  sign  which 
abbreviates  the  letters  -ue 
after  a  -q.  )  -Que  is  an 
enclitic  conjunction,  which 
means  that  it  lacks  an 
independent  accent  and  is 
pronounced  as  part  of  the 
word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached. Its  meaning  is 
"and."  In  classical  Latin, 
-que  was  generally  placed 
at  the  end  of  the  last  of 
the  two  words  to  be 
connected  by  "and."  In 
medieval  and  parish  regis- 
ter Latin,  however,  -que 
often  followed  the  first  of 
the  two  words. 

virginis:  genitive  singular  of 
virgo ,  virginis ,  f . :  virgin 
(a  third  declension  noun, 
v.  Chapter  IV);  goes  with 
Beataeque  virginis 

gloria,  gloriae,  f.:  glory 
(accusative  singular 
because  of  the  preposition 
ad  which  requires  an  accu- 
sative object)  Note  that 
the  English  word  order  here 
would  probably  be  ad  majo- 
rem gloriam  Dei  beataeque 
virginis,  and  translate 
accordingly. 


14 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #  2 

Translate  the  following  introductory  remarks  to  the  baptis- 
mal entries  from  a  parish  register  for  the  year  1721,  with  the 
aid  of  the  vocabulary  given  below  the  entry. 


Vocabulary 

iste:  this  (from  iste,  ista, 
istud,  adj .  and  demonstra- 
tive pronoun,  v.  Chapter 
XI;    modifies   liber) 

baptismalis,  baptismale: 
baptismal  (modifies  liber; 
third  declension  adjective, 
V.    Chapter   IV) 

inceptus :  begun  (perfect 
passive  participle  [v. 
Chapter  IX]  of  incipio, 
incipere,  incepi,  inceptum: 
begin;  translate  this  in 
the  following  word  order: 
iste  baptismalis  liber 
inceptus . 


a,    prep.    +   abl.:    by,    from    (v. 

Chapter  V) 
R.     =     Reverendo:      ablative 

because   of   a 
Reverendo      admodum:      Right 

Reverend    (an  ecclesiastical 

title) 
domino:    ablative    singular   of 

dominus    (also    part    of    his 

title) 
Petro:         Peter         (ablative 

singular   of    Petrus,    object 

of  the  preposition  a) 
Kaufmein:    a  surname 


13 


CHAPTER  II 


Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declension 
First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives  Ending 
in  -er,  -era,  -erum 
Irregular  First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives 

Introduction 

Adjectives  (from  adjicere:  to  throw  to,  add)  modify,  de- 
scribe, or  characterize  nouns  in  some  way,  e.g..  The  blue  sky. 
The  little  child.  The  round  ball.  Such  adjectives  are,  in 
English,  known  as  attributive  adjectives,  since  they  are  connect- 
ed directly  to  the  noun  without  an  intervening  verb.  In  Latin, 
attributive  adjectives  must  agree  with  (i.e.,  be  like)  the  nouns 
they  modify  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

If  a  noun  is,  for  example,  genitive,  plural,  and  neuter,  the 
adjective  (or  adjectives)  modifying  it  must  also  be  genitive, 
plural,  and  neuter,  e.g.,  matrimoniorum  bonorum  (of  the  good 
marriages).  Note  that  the  Latin  attributive  adjective  frequently 
follows  its  noun  except  when  used  for  special  emphasis  or  when 
describing  how  much,  how  many,  or  how  large.  In  English,  by 
contrast,  the  adjective,  with  the  possible  exception  of  archaic 
or  poetic  usages,  generally  precedes  its  noun,  cf . ,  for  example, 
the  learned  teacher  and  magister  eruditus. 

Adjectives  may  also  be  found  in  the  predicate  of  a  sentence, 
particularly  one  which  has  a  copula  or  linking  (intransitive) 
verb  such  as,  for  example,  some  form  of  the  verb  "to  be"  (is, 
are,  was,  were,  etc.).  Thus,  for  example:  Matrimonium  est  bonum. 
(or,  Matrimonium  bonum  est.  Marriage  is  good.)  Liber  est  mag- 
nus.  (or.  Liber  magnus  est.  The  book  is  large.)  Puer  est 
parvus.   (or,  Puer  parvus  est.   The  boy,  or  child,  is  small.) 

An  adjective  may  also  be  used  in  place  of  a  noun,  e.g.,  mali 
(the  bad  men),  malae  (the  bad  women),  mala  (the  bad  things).  An 
adjective  used  as  a  noun  is  sometimes  known  as  a  substantive. 

The  Declension  of  First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives 

First  and  second  declension  adjectives  modify  nouns  of  these 
two  declensions,  as  well  as  those  of  the  other  three  Latin 
declensions.  They  are  declined  in  exactly  the  same  way  as  the 
respective  first  and  second  declension  nouns. 

In  the  example  immediately  below,  the  word  defunctus,  defunc- 
ta,  defunctum  (dead,  deceased)  is  used.  This  is  actually  a 
perfect  passive  participle,  a  verbal  adjective  which  is  employed 
here  simply  as  an  attributive  adjective. 


15 


defxinctus,  defuncta,  defvmctum  (dead,  deceased) 
Singular 


Case 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nominative 

defimctus 

defuncta 

defunctvun 

Genitive 

defuncti 

defunctae 

defuncti 

Dative 

defuncto 

defunctae 

defuncto 

Accusative 

defunctum 

defunctam 

defunctum 

Ablative 

defuncto 

defuncta 

defuncto 

Plural 

Case 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nominative 

defuncti 

defunctae 

defuncta 

Genitive 

defunctorum 

defunctarum 

defunctorum 

Dative 

defunctis 

defunctis 

defunctis 

Accusative 

defunctos 

defunctas 

defuncta 

Ablative 

defunctis 

defunctis 

defunctis 

The  -er  form  of  the  masculine  noun  is  also  found  in  certain 
adjectives: 

aeger,  aegera,  aegerum:  sick  (also,  eger,  egera,  egerum) 

Singular 


Case 

Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 

Plural 

Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


Masculine 

aeger 

aegeri 

aegero 

aegerum 

aegero 


aegeri 

aegerorum 

aegeris 

aegeros 

aegeris 


Feminine 

aegera 

aegerae 

aegerae 

aegeram 

aegera 


aegerae 

aegerarum 

aegeris 

aegeras 

aegeris 


Neuter 

aegerum 

aegeri 

aegero 

aegerum 

aegero 


aegera 

aegerorum 

aegeris 

aegera 

aegeris 


Note  that  the  meaning  of  the  above  two  adjectives  is  always 
"dead"  and  "sick,"  respectively.  The  exact  meaning  is,  of 
course,  dependent  upon  the  use  of  these  adjectives  with  an  appro- 
priate noun,  such  as,  for  example,  infans  defunctus  (the  dead  or 
deceased  child,  masculine  nominative  singular),  puellae  aegerae 
(of  the  sick  girl,  feminine,  genitive,  singular). 

Adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension  may  be  listed 
in  dictionaries  as  follows: 


16 


bonus,  bona,  bonum  (good — like  defunctus,  defuncta, 
defunctum)  or,  bonus,  -a,  -um 

liber,  libera,  liberum  (free — like  aeger,  aegra, 
aegrum)  or,  liber,  -era,  -erum 

There  are  nine  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension 
which  end  in  -ius  in  the  genitive  singular  and  -i  in  the  dative 
singular.   These  adjectives  are  declined  like  the  example  below: 

totus,  tota,  totum  (whole) 


Singular 

Case 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nominative 

totus 

tota 

totum 

Genitive 

totius 

totius 

totius 

Dative 

toti 

toti 

toti 

Accusative 

totum 

totam 

totum 

Ablative 

toto 

tota 

toto 

Plural 


Case 


Masculine 


Feminine 


Neuter 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 


toti 

totorum 

totis 

totos 

totis 


totae 

totarum 

totis 

totas 

totis 


tota 

totoirum 

totis 

tota 

totis 


The  other  eight  irregular  adjectives  include; 


alius,  alia,  aliud 
alter,  altera,  alterum 
neuter ,  neutra ,  neutrum 
nullus,  nulla,  nullum 
solus,  sola,  solum 
ullus,  ulla,  ullum 
unus ,  una ,  unum 
uter ,  utra ,  utrum 


other ,  another 

the  other  (of  two) 

neither 

none,  no 

only,  alone 

any 

one ,  a ,  an 

which  ( of  two ) 


17 


EXERCISES:    CHAPTER   II 


A .  Grammar 

Decline  bonus,  bona,  bonum  and  liber,  libera,  liberim  for 

all  genders,  numbers,  and  cases. 

B.  Vocabulary 

In    addition    to    the    first    and    second    declension    adjectives 
discussed   in   the   body  of   this   chapter,    learn   the   following: 


abortivus,     abortiva,     abort i- 

vum:    prematurely  born 
baptizatus,  baptizata, 

baptizatum:  baptized 

(perfect  passive   participle 

[V.    Chapter    IX]    used   as    an 

adjective) 
beatus,  beata ,  beatum: 

blessed,    fortunate 
bonus,    bona,    bonum:    good,    kind 
certus ,     certa,     certum:     cer- 
tain,   fixed,    sure 
copulatus,  copulata, 

copulatum:     married     (perf. 

pass.    part,    as   adj.) 
def unctus ,  defuncta, 

defunctum:     dead,     deceased 

(perf.    pass.    part,    as   adj.) 
honestus,    honesta,       honestum: 

honest,    upright,    honorable 
inchoatus,     inchoata,     inchoa- 

tum:    begun 
illegitimus,         illegitima, 

illegitimum:    illegitimate 
intestatus,    intestata,    intes- 

tatum:      intestate      (died 

without   a  valid  will) 
magnus,    magna,    magnum:    large, 

great 
malus,    mala,    malum:    bad,    evil 
meus ,     mea ,     meum:     my,     mine 

(possessive   adjective,  v. 

Chapter  XI) 
mortuus ,  mortua,  mortuum: 

dead,  deceased  (perf.  pass. 

part,  as  adj . ) 
multus,  multa,  multum:  many 
oriundus ,  oriunda,  oriundum: 

originating  from,  born  (in) 


parvus,  parva,  pairvuin:  small, 
little 

pudicus,  pudica,  pudicum: 
chaste ,    pure 

relictus,  relicta,  relictum: 
left  behind,  abandoned 
(when  used  as  a  noun: 
relicta,  relictae,  f.: 
widow,  survivor  [relict], 
relictus,  relicti,  m.: 
widower,  survivor  [relict], 
perf.    pass.    part,    as   adj.) 

sanctus,  sancta,  sanctum: 
holy,  sacred  (when  used  as 
a  noun:  sancta,  sanctae, 
f.:  saint  [female],  sanc- 
tus, sancti,  m. :  saint 
[male] ) 

sepultus,  sepulta,  sepultum: 
buried  (perf.  pass.  part, 
as   adj . ) 

ultimus,    ultima,    ultimum:    last 

unigenitus,  unigenita, 
unigenitum:  only  begotten, 
only  born 

aeger,  aegera,  aegerum:  sick 
( eger ) 

dexter,  dextra,  dextrvun:  right 
(direction) 

liber,  libera,  liberum:  free 
(do  not  confuse  with  liber, 
libri,  m. :  book) 

pulcher,  pulchera,  pulcherum: 
beautiful 

sacer,  sacra,  sacrum:  sacred, 
holy 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  from  Latin  to  English: 

Nauta  magnus  est. 

liber  baptizatorum  pueronun,    copulatomm,    et  defixnctorxun 

ecclesia  Beati  Sctncti  Petri 

Unum  f ilium  habet. 

Filixis  meus  parviis  est. 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  from  English  to  Latin: 

the  book  of  the  church  of  Saint  Peter 

The  honorable  Thomas  Mattingly  and  the  chaste  Anna  Barbara 
Wilcox  were  married  (copulati  sunt). 

Today  (hodie)  Martin  (Martinus) ,  illegitimate  son  of 
Mathilda  Stieger,  originating  (use  the  feminine,  genitive 
singular,  because  "originating"  is  in  apposition  to  "of 
Mathilda")  from  (ex)  Rottweiller,  died  (mortuus  est). 

the  parish  of  the  blessed  (fem.)  Saint  Mary  (gen.  sing.) 

a  prematurely  born  (fem.)  daughter 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document   #1 

Translate   the   following  excerpt   from  a   death   register  with 
the  aid  of   the  vocabulary  below: 

19 


Vocabulary 


hodie,  adv. :  today 

13a:  tertia  decima  (die)  =  on 

the  13th  (day)   [v.  Chapter 

VII  for  more  information  on 

the  abbreviation  of  dates . ] 
Augusti:  of  August 
mortuus  est:  died,  has  died 
Josephus:  a  given  name 
Josephi:   of  Joseph   (gen. 

sing. ) 
Burger:  a  surname 
civis,  civis,  m.:  citizen 

(third   declension   noun,    v. 

Chapter   IV) 
Rosemensis:     (probably)     of 

Rotenwiller      (Bas     Rhin, 

France) 
Anna  =  Annae    (gen.    sing.) 
Lemena:    a  surname 
friburgensis   in  Jetlcindia:    of 

Frieburg      im      Uechtland 

(German    spelling.     Canton 

Fribourg,    Switzerland) 
aetatis     circiter:     of     the 

approximate  age    (of) 
octo    mensium:     8    months     (v. 

Chapter  VII) 
sepultusque    est:     and    he    was 

buried 
extra  portam:    beyond    (outside 

of)    the  gate    (Often,   beyond 

the  gate  of  the  city,   where 

the     poor     were     usually 

buried. ) 
praesentibus    testibus:     the 

witnesses    present     (were) 

[an    ablative    absolute;    v. 

Chapter     XIII      for     more 

information  on  this  usage] 
Laurentio:     Laurence     (abl. 

sing,    of   Laurentius) 
Wehr:    his   last  name 
aedituo:        abl.        sing.        of 

aedituus,      aeditui,     m.: 

sexton 


eccles.  =  ecclesiae  (gen. 
sing. ) 

cathed.  =  cathedralis  (gen. 
sing.  of  cathedralis, 
cathedrale:  cathedral  [a 
third  declension  adjective, 
V.  Chapter  IV];  note  that 
cathedralis  is  an  adjective 
which  modifies  ecclesiae. 
Do  not  translate  it  as  a 
noun. ) 

Argentinensis:  of  Strasbourg 
(Argentinensis  is  a  Latin- 
ized form  of  Strasbourg. 
Note  that  the  English 
syntax  here  would  probably 
be:  aedituus  cathedralis 
ecclesiae  Argentinensis, 
and  translate  accordingly. ) 

Teuschin:    a  surname 

coniuge:  wife,  the  ablative 
singular  of  conjux 

(coniux);  conjugis,  m.  or 
f.:  husisand,  wife,  spouse 
(conjunx) 

Jois  =  Joannis:  of  John 
(Joaimes  is  a  third  declen- 
sion noun,    V.    Chapter   IV. ) 

Jacobi,  from  Jacobus  (declined 
like  Martinus,  Stephanus, 
Petrus,    etc. ) 

Henny:    a  surname 

civis   (see  above) 

hujus:  of  this  (also  huius, 
genitive  singular  of  hie, 
haec,  hoc:  this,  the  lat- 
ter ;  V .  Chapter  XI ) 

civitatis:  city,  genitive 
singular  of  civitas,  civi- 
tatis, f.:  city  (a  third 
declension  novin,  v.  Chapter 
IV) 


20 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #  2 

Translate  the  following  marriage  entry  with  the  aid  of  the 
vocabulary  below: 


Vocabulary 

eodem  die:  on  the  same  day 

sacramentaliter ,  adv.: 
according  to  the  sacrament 
(i.e.,  the  proper  ecclesi- 
astical ritual) 

copulati  sunt  ( see  above  D . ) 

hon.  =  honestus 

juvenis:  young  man,  bachelor 
(third  declension  adjective 
and  noun,  v.  Chapter  IV) 

Marxer:  a  surname 

et,  conj . :  and 

hon.  =  honesta 

virgo,  virginis,  f.:  virgin 
(third  declension  noun,  v. 
Chapter  IV) 


Mar.  =  Maria 

Meyer:  a  surname 

coram,  prep.  +  abl.:  in  the 

presence  of  (v.  Chapter  V) 
testibus:  the  witnesses  (third 

declension  noun,  abl.  pi., 

V.  Chapter  IV) 
Matt:  a  surname 
Joane  =  Joanne  (John,  a  third 

declension  noun,  v.  Chapter 

IV) 
Meyer:  a  surname 


21 


CHAPTER  III 


Verbs  I:  First  and  Second  Conjugation 

Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative  Active 

Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 

Active  of  esse  and  posse 

Latin  Syntax:  An  Introduction 


Introduction 

It  will  be  recalled  that  the  inflection  of  nouns, 
adjectives,  pronouns,  and  participles,  the  addition  of  suffixes 
or  endings  to  the  stems  of  these  parts  of  speech,  is  known  as  de- 
clension and  indicates  gender,  number,  and  case.  The  inflection 
of  Latin  verbs,  the  process  of  attaching  endings  (and  occasional- 
ly prefixes)  to  verb  stems,  is  called  conjugation  (from 
conjugcire:  to  join,  link).  The  conjugation  of  Latin  verbs  estab- 
lishes five  relationships,  namely,  person,  number,  tense,  mood, 
and  voice.  This  chapter  defines  these  terms  and  discusses  their 
uses. 

The  Conjugation  of  Latin  Verbs 

As  indicated  above,  Latin  verbs  are  conjugated  for  person, 
number,  tense,  mood,  and  voice.  The  meaning  of  each  of  these 
terms  may  be  explained  by  using  the  first  conjugation  verb  copu- 
lare  (to  marry)  as  an  example. 

Person:  First,  Second,  Third  (I,  you,  he/she/it  [singular]; 
we,  you  all,  they  [plural]),  e.g.,  copulas:  you  (singular)  marry. 

Number:  Singular  or  Plural,  e.g.,: 

Singular  Plural 

copulo:    I  marry  copulamus 

copulas   you  marry  copulatis 

copulat   he/she/it  (if  applicable)     copulemt 
marries 


we  marry 

you  all  marry 

they  marry 


Tense  (from  tempus,  temporis,  n.:  time):  The  time  of  the 
action  of  the  verb.   Latin  verbs  have  six  tenses: 


Present 

Future 

Imperfect 

Perfect 

Pluperfect 


copulo 

copulabo 

copulabam 

copulavi 

copulaveram 


Future  Perfect  copulavero 


I  marry,  am  marrying,  do  marry 

I  shall  marry 

I  married,  was  marrying,  etc. 

I  married,  have  married 

I  had  married 

I  shall  have  married 


22 


Note  that  Latin,  unlike  English,  has  no  eitiphastic  or  pro- 
gressive forms,  so  that  copulo,  and  the  other  persons,  singular 
and  plural,  in  the  present  indicative  active  might  be  translated 
as  follows,  using  the  first  person  singular  as  an  example:  copu- 
lo: I  marry,  I  am  marrying,  I  do  marry  (as  in  the  above 
paradigm) .  The  apropriate  translation  will  be  determined  by  the 
general  sense  of  the  sentence. 

Each  of  these  tenses  will  be  discussed  in  greater  detail  in 
this  chapter  and  in  subsequent  chapters. 

Mood  (from  modus,  modi,  m. :  manner,  way,  means):  The  means 
or  manner  in  which  the  action  of  a  verb  is  indicated.  There  are 
three  moods  for  Latin  verbs : 

Indicative  (from  indicatus,  -a,  -um:  shown,  made  known):  The 
indicative  mood  is  used,  as  the  name  suggests,  to  indicate  that 
which  is  presently  taking  place,  as  well  as  statements  of  fact  or 
those  for  which  a  speaker  or  author  assumes  full  responsibility. 
Parish  register  entries  are  generally  in  the  indicative,  although 
the  subjunctive  may  be  found  on  occasion,  e.g.,  copulo:  I  marry 
(a  statement  of  fact). 

Imperative  (from  imperare:  to  command):  The  imperative  mood 
is  used  to  give  commands  in  the  second  person  singular  and  plu- 
ral. It  is  generally  not  found  in  parish  registers,  e.g.,  copu- 
la!: you  (singular)  marry! 

Subjunctive  (from  siibjungere:  to  subordinate):  Although  rare 
in  English,  this  mood  is  utilized  frequently  in  Latin;  for  exam- 
ple, as  a  command  form  for  the  first  and  third  person,  singular 
and  plural,  to  express  purpose,  result,  condition,  concession, 
doubt  or  uncertainty,  etc.,  e.g.,  copulem:  I  marry. 

Voice  (from  vox,  vocis,  f.:  voice):  Latin,  like  English,  has 
two  voices,  active  (the  subject  acts)  and  passive  (the  subject  is 
acted  upon  by  someone  or  something).  Compare,  for  example,  the 
following  two  sentences:  Filiam  meam  copulat.  (He  marries  my 
daughter,  [active] )  Henricus  Wort  et  Anna  Sophia  Wildmann  a  me 
parocho  copulati  siont.  (Henry  Wort  and  Anna  Sophia  Wildmann  were 
married  by  me,  the  parish  priest.   [passive]) 

There  are  also  two  verb  forms,  verbal  nouns  and  verb  adjec- 
tives which  display  characteristics  of  nouns  or  adjectives  as 
well  as  verbs: 

Verbal  Nouns 

Infinitives  (from  infinitus,   infinite,   infinitum: 

unlimited):  Infinitives  may  be  conjugated  for  tense  and  voice, 
like  a  verb,  and  may,  like  a  noun,  be  used  as  the  subject  of  a 
sentence  or  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  e.g.,  Errare  est  huma- 
num.  (To  err  is  human.).  In  English,  the  present  infinitive  is, 
for  example,  formed  by  placing  the  preposition  "to"  in  front  of  a 


23 


verb,  e.g.,  to  run,  to  sing,  to  think,  to  work.  In  Latin,  the 
present  active  infinitive  is  formed  by  adding  -re  or  -ere  to  the 
present  stem  of  a  verb,  e.g.,  habere:  to  have.  The  present 
infinitive  is  the  second  principal  part  of  a  Latin  verb. 

Gerund  (from  gerere :  to  bear,  carry):  The  gerund  is 
declined,  like  a  noun,  but  only  in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusa- 
tive, and  ablative  cases,  neuter  singular.  Like  a  verb,  it  may 
take  a  direct  object.  The  gerund  is  active  in  meaning  and  is 
translated  in  English  by  adding  -ing  to  the  verb  stem,  e.g., 
copulandi  (of  marrying). 

Supine  (from  supinus,  supina,  supinum:  lying  on  one's  back): 
The  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the  fourth  declension.  It  is  used 
only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  singular.  The  accusative 
expresses  purpose,  especially  after  verbs  of  motion  or  those 
suggesting  motion,  while  the  ablative  is  employed  with  certain 
adjectives  or  with  verbs  of  saying,  relating,  perceiving,  etc. 
In  the  latter  usage,  it  is  generally  found  in  fixed  expressions 
such  as  mirabile  dictu  (a  wonderful  thing  to  relate  or  say).  The 
accusative  singular  supine,  such  as,  for  example,  copulatum,  may 
also  be  used  as  the  fourth  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb. 

Verbal  Adjectives 

Participles  (from  particeps,  participis:  sharing  in):  Latin 
participles  are  declined  like  adjectives,  and,  like  adjectives, 
must  agree  with  any  nouns  they  modify  in  gender,  number,  and 
case.  Participles  are  conjugated  for  tense  and  voice,  like 
verbs,  and  may  take  direct  objects.  Latin  present  participles, 
for  example,  are  translated  in  English  by  adding  -ing  to  the  verb 
stem.  Thus,  for  example,  copulcins  (marrying,  present  participle, 
nominative  singular  of  all  three  genders).  Note  that  in  Latin 
the  gerund  and  the  present  participle  are  guite  different  in 
form.  In  English,  however,  both  end  in  -ing.  Compare,  for 
example,  the  following  sentences:  Heating  (gerund)  a  home  in 
winter  is  easier  with  proper  insulation.  By  using  proper  insula- 
tion, we  decreased  our  heating  (adjective)  bills  by  30%. 

Conjugation  may  be  further  explained  by  conjugating  the  verb 
"to  marry"  in  English  in  the  present  tense,  indicative,  mood,  and 
active  voice: 

Person         Singular  Plural 

First  I  marry  we  marry 

Second         you  marry  you  (all)  marry 

Third  he/she/marries      they  marry 

For  each  person,  singular  and  plural,  a  personal  pronoun — I, 
you,  he,  she,  (it,  if  applicable),  we,  you  (all),  they — precedes 
the  English  verb.  There  are  no  changes  in  the  verb  itself,  with 
the  exception  of  the  third  person  singular  in  which  marry  becomes 
marries. 


24 


Personal  pronouns  are  generally  omitted  in  the  nominative 
case  in  classical  Latin,  except  for  emphasis.  They  are  used  on 
occasion  in  later  and  medieval  Latin,  and  may  be  found  in  such 
documents  as  wills.  Pronouns  do  not  appear  frequently  in  parish 
registers.  Generally,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  preceding  examples, 
the  verb  itself  is  altered  by  attaching  a  different  ending  for 
each  person,  singular  and  plural,  to  the  verb  stem.  For  the 
present,  future,  and  imperfect  tenses,  indicative  and  subjunctive 
moods,  and  the  active  voice,   these  endings  are: 


Person 

Singular 

First 

Second 

Third 


Ending 


-o,  or 

-s 
-t 


Plural 


First 

Second 

Third 


-mus 
-tis 
-nt 


To  conjugate  a  Latin  verb,  consequently,  endings  are  added 
to  the  stem  (in  the  above  examples,  the  present  stem)  to  show 
person,  number,  tense,  mood,  and  voice.  The  process  of  conjuga- 
tion in  English  frequently  requires  the  use  of  pronouns,  and  is 
often  dependent  upon  the  position  of  the  verb  in  a  sentence. 

The  First  and  Second  Conjugation:  Present  Indicative  Active 

The  present  stem  of  the  verb  (which  is  the  basis  for  the 
present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative  active  and  passive,  as 
well  as  the  present  subjunctive  active  and  passive)  is  obtained, 
for  the  first  two  conjugations,  by  dropping  the  -re  of  the 
present  infinitive,  the  second  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb, 
e.g.,  copulare  (to  marry),  stem  copula-,  habere  (to  have),  stem, 
habe- .  The  endings  listed  above  are  then  added  to  the  present 
stem  in  order  to  form  the  present  indicative  active: 

copulare  (to  marry,  present  stem:  copula;  First  Conjugation) 

Singular  Meaning 


copulo 

copulas 

copulat 

Plural 

copulamus 
copulatis 
copulant 


I  marry 

you  marry 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  marries 

Meaning 

we  marry 

you  (all)  marry 

they  (or  a  noun)  marry 


25 


Note  that  the  -a  of  the  present  stem  copula  is  absorbed  by 
the  -o  of  the  first  person  singular  ending.  Note  also  that 
classical  Latin  had  no  separate  endings  for  the  familiar  (e  q 
thou)  and  polite  (you)  forms  of  the  second  person  singular  aAd 
plural.  This  is  also  true  of  personal  pronouns,  which  are  dis- 
cussed in  a  subsequent  chapter. 


Examples : 

Filium  eomm 
Filiam  eomm 
Filium  eorum 
Filias  eorum 
Filios  eorum 
Filias  eorum 


copulo. 
copulas . 
copulat. 
copulamus. 
copulatis . 
copulant. 


I  marry  their  son. 
You  marry  their  daughter. 
She  marries  their  son. 
We  marry  their  daughters. 
You  (all)  marry  their  sons, 
They  marry  their  (i.e., 
someone  else's)  daughters. 


•  ^v,  r^V"  °^  "°""^  "'^^  ^^  substituted  for  the  personal  pronoun 
in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural.  Thus,  for  example,  Anna 
Maria  Becker  filium  eorum  copulat.  (Anna  Maria  Becker  marries 
their  son.)  Agricolae  filias  eorum  copulant.  (The  farmers  marry 
their  [I.e.,  someone  else's]  daughters.) 

habere  (to  have,  present  stem:  habe;  Second  Conjugation) 
Singular  Meaning 


habeo 
habes 
habet 

Plural 

habemus 
habetis 
habent 

Examples ; 


I  have 
you  have 
he/she/it  has 

Meaning 

we  have 

you  (all)  have 

they  have 


Amicos  habeo. 

Amicos  habes 

Pater  meus  amicos  habet. 

Amicos  habemus . 

Amicos  habetis. 

Magistri  amicos  habent. 


I  have  friends. 

You  have  friends. 

My  father  has  friends. 

We  have  friends. 

You  (all)  have  friends. 

The  teachers  have  friends 


The  First  and  Second  Conjugation:  Future  Indicative  Active 

The  future  indicative  active  of  the  first  and  second  conju- 
gation (I  shall  marry,  you  will  marry,  i  shall  have,  etc.)  is 
formed  by  adding  the  future  tense  sign  -bi  to  the  present  stem  of 
the  verb,  together  with  the  endings  previously  given   e  a 
copulabit  (he/she  will  marry).  ^  given,  e.g., 


26 


copulare  (First  Conjugation] 
Singular  Meaning 


copulabo* 
copulabis 
copulabit 

Plural 

copulabimus 
copulabitis 
copulcibunt*  * 


I  shall  marry 

You  will  marry 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will  marry 

Meaning 

we  shall  marry 

you  (all)  will  marry 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  marry 


*In  the  first  person  singular,  the  -i  of  the  tense  sign 
-bi  merges  with  the  -o  to  become  copulabo;  this 
is  also  true  of  the  second  conjugation  habebo. 

**In  the  third  person  plural,  first  and  second  conjugation, 
-u  is  added  to  the  -b,  rather  than  -i,  to  indicate 
futurity. 


Examples : 

Filium  eorum 
Filiam  eorum 
Filium  eorum 
Filios  eorum 
Filias  eoirum 


copulabo . 
copulabis . 
copulabit . 
copulabimus . 
copulabitis . 


Filios  eorum  copulabunt. 
habere  (Second  Conjugation) 


I  shall  marry  their  son. 

You  will  marry  their  daughter. 

She  will  marry  their  son. 

We  shall  marry  their  sons. 

You  (all)  will  marry  their 

daughters . 

They  will  marry  their  sons. 


Singular 

habebo 

habebis 

habebit 

Plural 

hcLbebimus 
habebitis 
habebunt 

Examples : 

Amicos  habebo. 
Amicos  habebis. 
Amicos  habebit. 
Amicos  habebimus. 
Amicos  habebitis, 
Amicos  habebimt. 


Meaning 

I  shall  have 

you  will  have 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

Meaning 

we  shall  have 

you  (all)  will  have 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 


I  shall  have  friends. 
You  will  have  friends. 
He/she/it  will  have  friends, 
We  shall  have  friends. 
You  (all)  will  have  friends. 
They  will  have  friends. 


27 


The  First  and  Second  Conjugations:  Imperfect  Indicative 

Active 

The  imperfect  tense  generally  denotes  continuous  or  repeated 
action  in  classical,  Roman  Latin  (although  in  medieval  Latin,  and 
the  Latin  of  parish  registers,  its  meaning  is  frequently  that  of 
a  single,  completed  act)  which  has  taken  place  in  the  past.  "I 
wrote"  expresses  a  single,  completed  act,  whereas  "I  used  to 
write"  (periodically),  "I  kept  writing"  (repeatedly),  "I  wrote" 
(habitually,  day  after  day)  indicate  repetition  and  continuity. 
Hence  the  action  of  the  latter  is  incomplete  (unfinished)  or 
imperfect. 

Although  the  classical  meaning  of  the  imperfect  should  be 
learned,  the  reader  of  parish  register  entries,  and  other  Latin 
documents,  should  be  aware  that  the  distinction  between  completed 
and  continuous  action  was  frequently  overlooked  by  priests, 
scribes,  and  others  who  used  the  imperfect  and  the  perfect  (which 
indicates  completed  action)  more  or  less  interchangeably. 

The  tense  sign  of  the  imperfect  is  -ba,  which  is  combined 
with  the  present  stem  of  the  verb,  and  the  endings  listed  above, 
to  form  the  imperfect  tense,  e.g.,  copulabat:  he/she  used  to 
marry,  kept  on  marrying,  was  marrying,  etc. 

copulare  (First  conjugation) 


Singular 

copulabam 
copulabas 
copulabat 


Meaning 

I  was  marrying,  I  married,  etc. 
you  were  marrying,  you  married,  etc, 
he/she  (or  a  noun)  was  marrying, 
he/she  married 


Plural 

copulabamus 
copulabatis 

copulabant 


Meaning 

we  were  marrying,  we  married,  etc. 
you  (all)  were  marrying,  you  (all) 
married,  etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  marrying,  they 
married,  etc. 


Examples : 


Filiam  eorum  copulabam. 
Filium  eorum  copulabas. 
Filiam  eorum  copulabat. 
Filios  eorum  copulabamus. 
Filias  eorum  copulabatis. 

Filios  eorum  copulabant. 


I  married,  etc.  their  daughter. 

You  married,  etc.  their  son. 

He  married,  etc.  their  daughter. 

We  married,  etc.  their  sons. 

You  (all)  married,  etc.  their 

daughters . 

They  married,  etc.  their  sons. 


28 


habere  (Second  Conjugation) 


Singular 

habebam 
habebas 
habebat 


Plural 

hcibebamus 
habebatis 

habebant 


Examples : 

Amicos  habebam. 
Ami cos  habebas. 
Amicos  habebat. 
Amicos  habebamus. 
Amicos  habebatis. 
Amicos  habebant. 


Meaning 

I  was  having,  I  had,  etc. 
you  were  having,  you  had,  etc. 
he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  having, 
he/she/it  had,  etc. 

Meaning 

we  were  having ,  we  had ,  etc . 
you  (all)  were  having,  you  (all) 
had ,  etc . 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  having, 
they  had,  etc. 


I  had,  etc.  friends. 

You  had,  etc.  friends. 

He/she  (or  a  noun)  had,  etc.  friends, 

We  had,  etc.  friends. 

You  (all)  had,  etc.  friends. 

They  (or  a  noun)  had,  etc.  friends. 


The  Verb  esse:  Present,  Future,  Imperfect  Indicative  Active 

The  verb  esse  (to  be)  is  known  technically  as  a  copula  or 
linking  verb  between  various  parts  of  the  sentence.  It  is  in- 
transitive, as  in  English,  meaning  that  it  takes  no  direct  object 
and  has  no  passive  voice.  Consequently,  in  a  simple  sentence  of 
subject-verb-predicate,  both  subject  and  predicate  remain  in  the 
nominative  case,  e.g.,  Magister  eruditus  est.  (The  teacher  is 
learned.)   Esse  is  irregular  in  its  principal  parts. 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  esse 


Singular 


Meaning 


sum 

es 

est* 

Plural 


I  am 
you  are 
he/she/it  is 

Meaning 


svimus 
estis 
sunt* 


we  are 

you  (all)  are 

they  are 


*Est  can  also  mean  "there  is,"  sunt  "there  are." 


29 


Examples : 

Mercator  sum. 
Amita  mea  es. 
Filius  meus  est. 
Agricolae  sumus. 
Amici  mei  estis. 
Testes  sunt. 


I  am  a  merchant. 

You  are  my  aunt. 

He  is  my  son . 

We  are  farmers. 

You  (all)  are  my  friends. 

The  witnesses  are.   (or,  There  are 

witnesses . ) 


Futvire  Indicative  Active  of  esse 


Singular 

ero 

eris 

erit 

Plural 

erimus 
eritis 
erunt 

Examples : 

Socius  tuus  ero. 
Junio  in  Roma  eris. 
Januario  hie  erit. 
eras  in  urbe  erimus, 
Maio  ibi  eritis. 
Julio  hie  erunt. 


Meaning 

I  shall  be 

you  will  be 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

Meaning 

we  shall  be 

you  (all)  will  be 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be 


I  shall  be  your  comrade. 
In  June,  you  will  be  in  Rome. 
He/she  will  be  here  in  January. 
Tomorrow,  we  shall  be  in  the  city. 
In  May,  you  (all)  will  be  there. 
In  July,  they  will  be  here. 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  esse 

Singular  Meaning 


eram 
eras 
erat 


Plural 

eramus 
eratis 
erant 

Examples : 

Discipulus  eram. 
Magister  eras. 
Socius  erat. 


I  was ,  used  to  be ,  etc . 
you  were ,  used  to  be ,  etc . 
he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was, 
used  to  be,  etc. 

Meaning 

we  were,  used  to  be,  etc. 

you  (all)  were,  used  to  be,  etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  were,  used  to  be,  etc, 


I  was,  used  to  be,  a  pupil. 

You  were,  used  to  be,  a  teacher. 

He/she  was,  used  to  be,  a  comrade. 


30 


Patrini  ereunus.  We  were,  used  to  be,  godparents. 

Infantes  eratis.  You  (all)  were,  used  to  be,  children, 

Fabri  erant.  They  were,  used  to  be,  blacksmiths. 

The  Verb  posse:  Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect 
Indicative  Active 

The  verb  posse  (can,  be  able  [to])  is  a  combination  of  the 
adjective  potis  (able,  capable)  and  the  verb  esse.  In  the  proc- 
ess of  combining  the  two,  certain  changes  occur  in  the  structure 
of  the  verb  which  are  noted  in  the  paradigms  (examples  of  conju- 
gation or  declension)  below: 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  posse 

Singular  Meaning 

possum*  I  can ,  I  am  able  ( to ) 

potes  you  can,  you  are  able  (to) 

potest  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  can,  is  able  (to) 

Plural  Meaning 

possumus*  we  can,  we  are  able  (to) 

potestis  you  can,  you  are  able  (to) 

possunt*  they  (or  a  noun)  can,  they  are  able  (to) 

*In  the  first  person,  singular  and  plural,  and  the  third 
person  plural,  the  -t  of  pot  is  changed  to  -s. 

In  order  to  complete  the  meaning  of  "be  able , "  what  is  known 
as  a  complementary  infinitive  is  required,  i.e.,  "to"  (do  some- 
thing). Thus,  for  example,  Magister  potest  docere.  (The  teacher 
is  able  to  [can]  teach.)  Complementary  here  has  the  sense  of 
completing  or  finishing  the  thought. 

Examples : 

Possum  laborare.  I  can  (am  able  to)  work. 

Potes  baptizare.  You  can  (are  able  to)  baptize. 

Potest  legere.  He/she  can  (is  able  to)  read. 

Possumus  videre.  We  can  (are  able  to)  see. 

Potestis  studere.  You  can  (are  able  to)  study. 

Possunt  nubare.  They  can  (are  able  to)  marry. 

Future  Indicative  Active  of  posse 

Singular  Meaning 

potero  I  shall  be  able  (to) 

poteris  you  will  be  able  (to) 

poterit  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be  able  (to) 


31 


Plural 


Meaning 


poterimus 
poteritis 
potemnt 


we  shall  be  able  (to) 

you  (all)  will  be  able  (to) 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  able  (to) 


Examples : 

Julio  venire  potero. 

eras  proficisci  poteris. 

Augusto  abire  poterit. 

Perendie  navigare  poterimus. 

eras  mane  discedere  poteritis, 

Octobre  revenire  poterunt. 


I  shall  be  able  to  come 

in  July. 

Tomorrow,  you  will  be  able 

to  depart . 

In  August,  he/she  will  be 

able  to  go  away. 

The  day  after  tomorrow,  we 

shall  be  able  to  sail. 

Tomorrow  morning,  you  will 

be  able  to  leave. 

In  October,  they  will  be 

able  to  come  back. 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  posse 

Singular  Meaning 


poteram 
poteras 
poterat 


Plural 

poteramus 
poteratis 

poterant 


I  was  able  (to) ,  I  could 
you  were  able  (to),  you  could 
he/she/it  (or  a  novin)  was  able  (to), 
he/she/it  could 

Meaning 

we  were  able  (to),  we  could 
you  (all)  were  able  (to), 
you  (all)  could 
they  (or  a  noun)  were  able  to, 
they  could 


Examples : 

Hie  remanere  poteram. 
Scribere  poteras. 
Laborare  poterat. 
Librum  legere  poteramiis. 
Redire  poteratis. 
Baptizare  poterant. 

Latin  Syntax:  An  Introduction 


I  was  able  to  remain  here. 
You  were  able  to  write. 
He/she  was  able  to  work. 
We  were  able  to  read  the  book, 
You  (all)  were  able  return. 
They  were  able  to  baptize. 


Inasmuch  as  the  endings  attached  to  the  stems  of  nouns , 
adjectives,  verbs,  and  other  parts  of  speech  provide  meaning  in  a 
Latin  sentence,  it  should  be  apparent  that  Latin  is  not  bound  by 
the  fixed  word  order  of  simple  English  sentences,  especially 
those  with  transitive  verbs  taking  direct  objects,  i.e.,  subject- 


32 


verb-predicate.   If  the  word  order  in  such  sentences  is  changed, 
the  meaning  is  also  altered. 

One  may  write,  for  example,  "The  parish  priest  will  baptize 
the  child,"  but  any  of  the  following  alterations  in  word  order 
changes  the  sense  of  the  sentence: 

The  child  will  baptize  the  parish  priest. 
Will  baptize  the  child  the  parish  priest. 
The  child  the  parish  priest  will  baptize. 

The  order  of  each  of  the  above  examples ,  and  other  word 
orders  as  well,  may,  however,  be  quite,  acceptable  in  a  Latin 
sentence,  e.g.  , 

Parochus  baptizabit  infantem. 
Infcintein  baptizabit  parochus. 
Parochus  infantem  baptizabit. 
Baptizabit  infantem  parochus. 
Baptizabit  parochus  infantem. 

Each  of  these  sentences  has  exactly  the  same  meaning,  i.e., 
"The  parish  priest  will  baptize  the  child."  Parochus,  the  nomi- 
native singular,  will  always  be  the  subject  in  any  of  the  above 
word  orders,  just  as  infantem,  the  accusative  singular,  will 
always  be  the  predicate,  the  direct  object,  and  baptizabit,  the 
third  person  singular  future  indicative  active  of  baptizare  will 
always  be  the  verb. 

The  word  order  or  syntax  of  documents  using  simple  Latin 
prose,  such  as  parish  registers,  sometimes  approximates  that  of 
the  English  subject-verb-predicate.  Frequently,  however,  the 
priest  or  scribe  employed  a  more  classical  syntax  which  placed 
the  main  verb  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  Consequently,  when 
translating  Latin  sentences,  it  is  best  for  beginners  to  trans- 
late each  word  as  it  occurs  in  the  sentence,  regardless  of  wheth- 
er or  not  it  makes  sense  in  English,  and  then  arrange  the  sen- 
tence to  correspond  to  correct  English  word  order.    For  example: 

Hodie  baptizatus  est  infans  filius  legitimatus  Martini 
Forster  et  Annae  Catherinae  Rickert. 

Today  was  baptized  (See  Chapter  IX  on  the  perfect  passive 
for  an  explanation  of  why  this  should  not  be  translated 
as  "is  baptized.")  a  child,  the  son  legitimate  of  Martin 
Forster  and  (of)  Anna  Gather ina  Rickert. 

The  basic  word  order  of  classical  Latin,  especially  prose, 
is  summarized  below  for  reference: 

In  a  simple  Latin  sentence,  the  subject  often  came  first  and 
the  main  verb  last,  e.g.,  Caesar  Galliam  vicit.  (Caesar 
conquered  Gaul.  [Caesar  Gaul  conquered.])  This  was  especially 
true   if  no  part  of  the  sentence  was  given  special  emphasis. 


33 


Whatever  was  to  be  emphasized  was  usually  placed  first  in 
the  sentence,  e.g.,  Galliam  Caesar  vicit.  (Caesar  conquered 
Gaul.)  Vicit  Galliam  Caesar.  (Caesar  conquered  Gaul.)  The  last 
word  or  place  was  never,  in  theory  at  least,  emphasized  in  a 
proper  Latin  sentence. 

For  additional  information  on  classical  Latin  syntax,  con- 
sult some  of  the  grammars  listed  in  the  selected  bibliography  at 
the  back  of  this  book. 

Note  that  in  the  vocabulary  provided  for  this  chapter  the 
first  two  principal  parts  of  the  Latin  verb  are  listed  for  all 
verbs  reviewed  in  the  chapter.  These  include:  the  first  person 
singular,  present  indicative  active  and  the  present  infinitive, 
e.g.,  copulo,  copulare  (I  marry,  to  marry).  The  other  two  prin- 
cipal parts  of  the  Latin  verb,  the  first  person  singular,  perfect 
indicative  active  and  the  perfect  passive  participle  are  dis- 
cussed in  Chapter  VI  and  Chapter  IX  respectively. 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  III 


A .  Grammar 

Conjugate  baptizare  (like  copulare),  docere  (like  habere), 
and  sum  in  the  present,  future,  and  imperfect  indicative  active 
tenses . 


B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  the  following  verbs.  Note  that  this  book  follows  the 
practice  of  many  Latin  dictionaries  and  lexica  in  introducing  the 
four  principal  parts  of  the  Latin  verb  to  the  reader.  Below  are 
listed  the  first  two,  the  first  person  singular,  present  indica- 
tive active  (e.g.,  copulo:  I  marry),  and  the  present  infinitive 
(e.g. ,  copulare :  to  marry ) . 


First  Conjugation  Verbs 

approbo ,  approbare :  approve 
baptize,  baptizare:  baptize 
copulo,  copulare:  marry 
habito,  habitare:  live  in, 

dwell 
humo ,  humare :  bury 
marito ,  maritare :  marry 
narro,   narrare:   narrate, 

relate 
nubo ,  niibare :  marry 
oro,  orare:  ask,  beg,  pray 
probo ,  probare:  prove,  ap- 
prove, test,  probate 
servo,  servare:  save,  preserve 


Second  Conjugation  Verbs 

debeo ,  debere :  owe ,  ought 

doceo,  docere:  teach 

habeo,  habere:  have,  hold 

moneo ,  monere :  warn 
remaneo,  remanere:  stay 

teneo,  tenere:  hold,  keep 

video,  videre:  see 

Other  Verbs 

possum,  posse:  can,  be  able  to 
Slim,  esse:  be 


34 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Infantem  meum  baptizeibit. 

(infantem:  child,  accusative  singular;  a  third  declension 
noun,  V.  Chapter  IV.) 

Nauta  est. 

Aviae  sunt. 

Avxmculi  matrimonium  filiarum  earum  approbant. 
(earum:  of  their  [daughters]) 

Filli  avunculi  filli  fratris  sunt. 

(fratris:  of  the  brother;  study  the  case  endings 
very  carefully  in  this  sentence.   Is  filli  the 
genitive  singular  or  the  nominative  plural?   Is 
avxmculi  the  genitive  singular  or  nominative 
plural?   Is  the  second  filli  nominative  singular 
or  genitive  plural?  Which  usage  seems  to  make  the 
best  sense? ) 

Consobrina  feibulas  narreiba't. 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

They  are  sailors. 

The  witnesses  (testes)  are: 

My  daughters  used  to  work  (laborabant)  in  the  village 
(in  villa) . 

Today  (see  previous  chapters  for  this  word),  John  (Johannes) 
Merz,  legitimate  son  of  Thomas  Merz  and  Maria  Catharina 
Belcher,  was  baptized  (baptizatus  est). 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #1 

Translate  the  excerpt  on  the  following  page  from  a  Lutheran 
parish  register  which  describes  conditions  in  and  around  the  city 
of  Darmstadt,  Germany,  during  the  Thirty  Years'  War  (1618-1648). 


35 


Vocabulary 

hie:  this  (goes  with  annus) 

furiosus,  furiosa,  furiosum: 
furious ,  maddening 

quippe,  adv. :  indeed,  certain- 
ly, to  be  sure 

in  eo:  in  it 

Mars,  Martis,  m. :  the  Roman 
god  of  war 

cum,  preposition  +  ablative: 
with  (V.  Chapter  V) 

Libitina,  Libitinae,  f.:  the 
Roman  goddess  of  the  dead 

ovo ,  ovare  ( ovi ,  ovatum): 
celebrate,  exult 

i.e.  =  id  est:  that  is 

ira,  irae,  f.:  anger,  wrath 

terras,  ace.  pi.  of  terra, 
terrae,    f.:    land,    earth 

hastis,  hastis,  f.:  spear  (el. 
Latin:  hasta,  hastae,  f.) 
(here,  a  third  declension 
noun,    V.    Chapter   IV) 

bellum,    belli,    n.:    war 


pestis,  pestis,  f.:  plague, 
pestilence  (third  declen- 
sion noun,  V.  Chapter  IV); 
note  that  haste,  bello  et 
peste  are  all  ablatives  of 
means ,  and  the  idea  is  that 
God  punished  the  area  with 
(by  means  of)  these  three 
items . 

cum  analogis:  with  similari- 
ties, i.e.,  like  (since  the 
minister  is  comparing  the 
wrath  of  God  to  Mars  cele- 
brating with  Libitina); 
from  analogus,  analoga, 
analogum:  having  a  similar- 
ity or  proportion 

ita,    adv.:    thus,    so 

premebat,  from  premo,  premere 
(pressi,  pressum) :  press, 
suppress,  oppress  (third 
conjugation  verb,  v.  Chap- 
ter V) 


36 


ut:    that 

Darmstadii,  gen.  sing,  of 
Darmstadius,  Darmstadii, 
m.  :  the  city  of  Darmstadt 
(a  city  now  in  the  state  of 
Hessen,    Germany) 

ex,  preposition  +  ablative: 
from   (v.    Chapter  V) 

curia,  curiae,  f.:  court  (ex 
curia:  from  the  court  [of ] , 
goes   with   Darmstadt) 

intra,  preposition  +  accusa- 
tive: within;  here,  proba- 
bly,   under 

cujus  (cuius):  whose  (from 
qui,  quae,  quod:  who, 
which,  what  [v.  Chapter 
XI]) 

tectum,    tecti,    n. :    roof 

fames,  famis,  f.:  hunger  (a 
third  declension  noun,  v. 
Chapter   IV) 

grassansq  =  grassansque:  and 
walking  about,  proceeding 
(from:  grassor,  grassari, 
grassatus  sum:  walk  about, 
proceed  [deponent  verb,  v. 
Chapter   IX] ) 

Bellona,  Bellonae,  f.:  Roman 
goddess  of  war,  sister  of 
Mars 

incolas,  ace.  pi.  of  incola, 
incolae,  f.:  inhabitant, 
resident  (accusative  be- 
cause it  is  the  object  of 
the  verb  compulerat) 

plerusque,  pleraque,  pler- 
umgue:  very  many,  a  large 
part  (Note  that  the  -que 
here  is  not  the  enclitic 
con j unction   "and . " ) 

compulerat:  had  forced, 
compelled  (fames 

grassansque  bellona 

compulerat:  hunger  and 
walking  about  Bellona  [war] 
had  forced  [many  under  the 
protection  of  the  court  of 
Darmstadt] ;  compulerat  is 
the  pluperfect  indicative 
active  third         person 

singular  of  compellere:  to 
force,    compel) 


eodem  carru:  in  the  same  cart; 
from  carrus ,  carrus ,  m.: 
cart  (a  fourth  declension 
noun,    v.    Chapter  X) 

ultra,  adv.  &  preposition  + 
accusative:  beyond,  more 
than 

a,  preposition  +  ablative: 
from,    here,    probably,    of 

libitinariis:  the  dead,  from 
libitinarius,  libitinaria, 
libitinarium:  dead  (as  a 
noun:    a  dead  person) 

evecti  fuerint:  were  carried 
out  (to  be  buried),  from 
eveho ,  evehere ,  evecti, 
evectum:  carry  out  (a  third 
conjugation  verb,  v.  Chap- 
ter V) 

fuerint:  perfect  subjunctive 
active,  third  person  plural 
of  esse  (v.  Chapter  XII  for 
more  information  on  the 
subjunctive. ) 

videatur:  is  seen  (i.e.,  the 
recording  of  the  event 
described  above); 

literally:  shall  be  seen 
(the  present  subjunctive 
passive  of  video,  videre: 
see  [but  in  the  passive 
voice  often:  seem];  v. 
Chapter  IX  for  additional 
information  on  the  passive 
voice. ) 

matricula,  matriculae,  f.: 
register 

ecclesiastica:  ecclesiastical 
(Note:  before  matricula  the 
preposition  in  +  abl.:  in, 
inside  of,  within,  is 
understood. ) 

Darmstatina:  Darmstadt  (as  an 
adjective,  i.e.,  the 
ecclesiastical  register  of 
Darmstadt  [The  preposition 
"of"  may  be  added  to  pro- 
vide a  more  felicitous 
translation. ] ) 

ann.    =  anno 


37 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 


Document  #  2 

Translate  the  following  birth  entry  with  the  aid  of  the 
vocabulary  below. 


'  1'  *f 
'.  I* 


ct 


Vocabulary 

Under  infantes  (children): 

nata:  (she  was)  born 
19a  =  decima  nona  (die):  on 
the  19th  (day) 

Under  parentes  ( parents ) : 

Heimburger:  a  surname 
incola,  incolae,  f.:  resident 
Colm. :  of  Colmar 
et  (see  previous  chapters) 
Lambolcinii:  a  place  name 
vinitor,  vinitoris,  m. :  vine 

dresser 
Roos:  a  surname 
ex:  from  (prep.  +  abl.) 
Doplischirand:  a  place  name 
oriunda:  originating,  spring 

from 

Under  patrini 

Oberrieder:    a  surname 

civis    (see  previous  chapters) 


Colm.    (see  above) 

et   (see  above) 

procuratoris:  proxy  lawyer, 
representative  (from  procu- 
rator,   procuratoris,    m. ) 

magistratrus:  of  the  magis- 
trate (of  Colmar)  [from 
magistratus ,  magistratus , 
m. :    magistrate] 

tertianus:  the  third  (goes 
with  his  name),  from  ter- 
tiannus,  tertiana, 

terticoium:    third 

Schidyn:    a  surname 

civis    (see   above) 

Colm.    (see   above) 

et   (see  above) 

textoris:  of  a  weaver  (from 
textor,  textoris,  m.: 
weaver ) 

pud.  =  pudica  (see  previous 
chapters ) 

virgo,  virginis,  f.:  virgin 
(see  also  Chapter   II) 


38 


CHAPTER  IV 


Nouns:  The  Third  Declension 

I-Stem  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension 

Latinized  First  Names:  Third  Declension 

Third  Declension  Adjectives 


Introduction 

The  stem  of  most  third  declension  nouns  (which  remains  after 
the  genitive  singular  ending  is  removed)  ends  in  a  consonant  and 
is  often  very  different  from  the  nominative  singular.  For  this 
reason,  the  nominative  and  genitive  singular,  as  well  as  the 
gender,  of  third  declension  nouns  should  be  memorized  together, 
e.g.,  tempus  (time — nominative  singular),  temporis  (of 
time — genitive  singular),  n.  (neuter  gender).  Note  that  in  the 
above  example,  the  stem  of  the  noun  is  tempor.  Third  declension 
nouns  can  be  either  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter  in  gender. 

Third  Declension  Nouns 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  declined  according  to  the 
examples  given  below. 


pater,  patris,  m. :  father  (stem:  patr) 


Singular 


Case 


Ending 


Meaning 


Nom .  pater 

Gen .  patris 

Dat .  patri 

Ace .  pat rem 

Abl .  patre 

Plural 


IS 

i 

em 

e 


a/the  father 
of/from  a/the  father 
to/for  a/the  father 
a/the  father  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  a/the 
father 


Nom .  patres 

Gen .  patrum 

Dat .  patribus 

Ace .  patres 

Abl .  patribus 


es 

um 

ibus 

es 

ibus 


(the)  fathers 
of/from  the  fathers 
to/for  the  fathers 
(the)  fathers  (d.o. ) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  the 
fathers 


39 


confirmatio,  conf irmationis,  f 


Singular 


Case 


Nom.  confirmatio 

Gen .  conf irmationis 

Dat.  conf irmationi 

Ace .  conf irmationem 

Abl .  conf irmatione 


Ending 


xs 

i 

em 

e 


confirmation 
(stem,  confirmatio) 


Meaning 


a/the  confirmation 
of/from  a/the  confirmation 
to/for  a/the  confirmation 
a/the  confirmation  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc.  a/the 
confirmation 


Plural 


Nom.  conf irmationes  es 

Gen.  conf irmationum  urn 

Dat.  conf irmationibus  ibus 

Ace .  conf irmationes  es 

Abl .  conf irmationibus  ibus 


(the)  confirmations 
of/from  the  confirmations 
to/for  the  confirmations 
(the)  confirmations  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  the 
conf  irmat ions 


From  these  examples,  it  should  be  clear  that  a  new  set  of 
case  endings  is  required  for  nouns  of  the  third  declension.  The 
above  endings  will  be  found  for  all  masculine  and  feminine  nouns 
of  the  third  declension,  with  the  exception  of  i-stem  nouns  to  be 
discussed  subsequently.  Neuter  nouns  are,  however,  somewhat 
different  from  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion, as  noted  in  the  example  below: 

tempus,  temper is,  n. :  time  (stem:  tempor) 

Singular 


Case 

Nom .  tempus 

Gen .  temporis 

Dat .  tempori 

Ace .  tempus 

Abl .  tempore 


Plural 

Nom .  tempera 

Gen .  temporum 

Dat .  temporibus 

Ace .  tempera 

Abl .  temporibus 


Ending 


IS 

i 


a 

um 

ibus 

a 

ibus 


Meaning 

a/the  time 
of/from  a/the  time 
to/for  a/the  time 
a/the  time  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
a/the  time 


(the)  times 
of/from  the  times 
to/for  the  times 
(the)  times  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc. 
the  times 


40 


In  the  above  examples,  note  that  the  nominative  and  accusa- 
tive plural,  masculine  and  feminine  genders,  have  the  same  end- 
ing. This  is  also  true  of  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative, 
singular  and  plural.  The  meaning  in  each  case  must  be  determined 
by  the  sense  of  the  sentence. 

I-Stem  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension 

A  few  third  declension  nouns  have  a  stem  ending  in  -i,  to 
which  case  endings  are  added  in  the  genitive  plural  of  all  gen- 
ders, the  ablative  singular  and  the  nominative  and  accusative 
plural,  neuter  gender.  Certain  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  such 
as  tussis,  tussis,  f.:  cough  also  end  in  -i  (the  actual  stem)  in 
the  ablative  singular  and  -im  in  the  accusative  singular.  Mascu- 
line nouns  such  as  ignis,  ignis,  m. :  fire,  may  also  have  an  -i 
ending  in  the  ablative  singular.  Generally,  however,  masculine 
and  feminine  nouns  retain  the  ablative  singular  ending  -e  from 
the  regular  third  declension  endings. 

I-stem  nouns  generally  belong  to  one  of  the  following  cate- 
gories: a)  nouns  ending  in  -is,  -is,  or  -es,  -is  in  the  nomina- 
tive and  genitive  singular  respectively  (see  examples  below);  b) 
neuter  nouns  ending  in  -e  (cf.  mare  below),  -al,  or  -ar  in  the 
nominative  singular  such  as  animal  or  exemplar  (example);  c)  a 
number  of  nouns  ending  in  -s  or  -x  in  the  nominative  singular 
such  as  mons,  mentis,  m. :  mountain.  A  few  examples  are  provided 
below: 


testis ,  testis ,  m . 

Singular 


or  f.:  witness  (stem,  testi) 


Case 

Nom.  testis 

Gen .  testis 

Dat .  testi 

Ace .  testem 

Abl .  teste 


Ending 


IS 

is 
i 

em 

e 


Meaning 

a/the  witness 
of/from  a/the  witness 
to/for  a/the  witness 
a/the  witness  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
a/the  witness 


Plural 


Nom .  testes 

Gen .  testium 

Dat .  testibus 

Ace .  testes 

Abl .  testibus 


es 

ium 

ibus 

es 

ibus 


(the)  witnesses 
of/from  the  witnesses 
to/for  the  witnesses 
(the)  witnesses  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc. 
the  witnesses 


41 


civis,  civis,  m. :  citizen  (stem:  civi) 
Case  Ending         Meaning 


Singular 

Nom.  civis 

Gen .  civis 

Dat .  civi 

Ace .  civem 

Abl .  cive 

Plural 

Nom.  cives 

Gen .  civium 

Dat .  civibus 

Ace .  cives 

Abl .  civibus 


IS 

is 
i 

em 
e 


es 

ium 

ibus 

es 

ibus 


a/the  citizen 

of/from  a/the  citizen 

to/for  a/the  citizen 

a/the  citizen  (d.o.) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  a/the  citizen 


(the)  citizens 

of/from  the  citizens 

to/for  the  citizens 

(the)  citizens  (d.o.) 

by /with/from,  etc.  the  citizens 


tussis ,  tussis ,  f . 

Singular 


cough  (stem:  tussi) 


Case 


Nom.  tussis 

Gen.  tussis 

Dat.  tussi 

Ace.  tussim  (N.B.) 

Abl .  tussi 


Plural 


Case 


Ending 

is 
is 
i 

im  (m) 

i  ( ) 


Ending 


Nom. 

tusses 

es 

Gen. 

tussium 

ium  (urn) 

Dat. 

tussibus 

ibus 

Ace. 

tusses 

es 

Abl. 

tussibus 

ibus 

mare ,  maris ,  n 

.  :  sea  (stem: 

Singular 

mari) 


Case 

Nom .  mare 

Gen .  maris 

Dat .  mari 

Ace .  mare 

Abl .  mari 


Ending 


xs 
i 


Meaning 

a/the  cough 
of/from  a/the  cough 
to/for  a/the  cough 
a/the  cough  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  a/the 
cough 


Meaning 

(the)  coughs 
of/from  the  coughs 
to/for  the  coughs 
( the )  coughs  (d.o. ) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  the  coughs 


Meaning 

a/the  sea 

of/from  a/the  sea 

to/for  a/the  sea 

a/the  sea  (d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  a/the  sea 


42 


Plural 

Nom. 

maria 

Gen. 

marium 

Dat. 

maribus 

Ace. 

maria 

Abl. 

maribus 

ia  (a)  (the)  seas 

ium  (um)  of /from  the  seas 

ibus  to/for  the  seas 

ia  (a)  (the)  seas  (d.o.) 

ibus  by /with/from,  etc, 


Latinized  First  Names  of  the  Third  Declension 


the  seas 


Latinized  given  names  of  the  third  declension  are  declined 
exactly  like  masculine  or  feminine  nouns  of  the  same  declension. 
Examples  follow: 

Jo(h)annes,  Jo(h)annis,  m. :  John  (English),  Jean  (French), 

Johann  (German)  (stem:  Joann) 


Case 

Nom •  Joannes 

Gen .  Joannis 

Dat .  Joanni 

Ace .  Joannem 

Abl .  Joanne 


Ending 


IS 

i 

em 
e 


Meaning 

John 

of/from  John 

to/for  John 

John  (d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  John 


Note  that  Joanne,  without  the  -h  after  the  -o,  is  not 
"JoAnn,"  but,  rather,  the  ablative  singular  of  Joannes.  The 
female  equivalent  of  Joannes  is  Joanna,  Joannae,  f.:  JoAnn, 
Joanna,  a  first  declension  noun. 

Vico,  Viconis,  m. :  Guy  (stem:  Vicon) 

Case  Ending         Meaning 


Nom .  Vice 

Gen .  Viconis 

Dat.  Viconi 

Ace .  Viconem 

Abl .  Vicone 


IS 

i 
em 

e 


Guy 

of/from  Guy 
to/for  Guy 
Guy  (d.o. ) 
by/with/f rom , 


etc .  Guy 


Agnes,  Agnetis,  f.:  Agnes  (stem:  Agnet) 
Case  Ending         Meaning 


Nom .  Agnes 

Gen .  Agnetis 

Dat .  Agneti 

Ace .  Agnetem 

Abl .  Agnete 


IS 

i 

em 

e 


Agnes 

of/from  Agnes 

to/for  Agnes 

Agnes  (d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  Agnes 


43 


Felicitas,  Felicitatis,  f.:  Felicity  (stem:  Felicitat) 

Case  Ending         Meaning 

Nom.  Felicitas  Felicity 

Gen.  Felicitatis  is  of /from  Felicity 

Dat.  Felicitati  i  to/for  Felicity 

Ace.  Felicitatem  em  Felicity 

Abl.  Felicitate  e  by/with/f rom,  etc.  Felicity 

Third  Declension  Adjectives 

A  large  number  of  third  declension  adjectives  are  declined 
like  i-stem  third  declension  nouns,  rather  than  those  with  a 
consonant  stem,  i.e.,  the  ablative  singular  ends  in  -i,  the 
neuter  nominative  and  accusative  plural  in  -ia,  and  the  genitive 
plural  of  all  three  genders  in  -ium.  These  adjectives  have  been 
divided  by  grammarians  into  three  different  groups:  a)  those  with 
the  same  nominative  singular  for  all  three  genders;  b)  those  with 
the  same  nominative  singular  ending  for  masculine  and  feminine 
genders,  but  a  different  ending  for  the  neuter;  c)  those  with  a 
different  nominative  singular  ending  for  all  three  genders. 
Examples  of  each  type  of  adjective  are  provided  below. 

par  (m. ,  f.,  n.),  paris  (gen.  sing.):  equal,  like 
(same  nominative  singular  ending  for  all  three  genders) 

Singular 

Case  Masculine  &  Feminine     Neuter 

Nom .  par  par 

Gen .  paris  paris 

Dat .  pari  pari 

Ace .  par em  par 

Abl .  pari  pari 

(N.B. ! ) 

Plural 

Nom .  pares  paria 

Gen .  parium  parium 

Dat .  paribus  paribus 

Ace .  pares  ( is ) *  paria 

Abl .  paribus  paribus 

*An  alternate  ending  in  classical  Latin  found  rarely 
in  parish  register  entries. 

parochialis  (m.  &  f.),  parochiale  (n. ) :  parish  (e.g., 
parish  church) ,  parochial 

(same  nominative  singular  ending  for  masculine  and  feminine 
genders;  different  ending  for  the  neuter  singular) 


44 


singular 

Case 

Masculine  &  Feminine 

Neuter 

Norn. 

parochial is 

parochiale 

Gen. 

parochialis 

parochialis 

Dat. 

parochial i 

parochiali 

Ace. 

parochialem 

parochiale 

Abl. 

parochiali 

parochiali 

Plural 

Nom. 

parochiales 

parochialia 

Gen. 

parochial ium 

parochial ium 

Dat. 

par och  i  a 1 i bus 

parochialibus 

Ace. 

parochiales 

parochialia 

Abl. 

parochialibus 

parochialibus 

celeber  (m. ) ,  Celebris  (f.),  celebre  (n.):  famous 
(three  different  nominative  singular  endings  for  all  three 
genders ) 


Singular 

Case 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

celeber 

Celebris 

celebre 

Gen. 

Celebris 

Celebris 

Celebris 

Dat. 

celebri 

celebri 

celebri 

Ace. 

celebrem 

celebrem 

celebre 

Abl. 

celebri 

Plural 

celebri 

celebri 

Nom. 

celebres 

celebres 

celebria 

Gen. 

celebrium 

celebrium 

celebrium 

Dat. 

celebribus 

celebribus 

celebribus 

Ace. 

celebres 

celebres 

celebria 

Abl. 

celebribus 

celebribus 

celebribus 

Note  that,  as  also  with  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declension,  the  meaning  of  each  of  the  above  adjectives  is  de- 
pendent upon  its  use  with  a  noun.  They  mean,  respectively, 
"equal,"  "parish,"  and  "famous"  in  each  of  the  cases  and  numbers 
above . 

There  are  also  a  few  consonant  stem  adjectives,  which  have 
endings  similar  to  those  of  the  consonant  stem  third  declension 
nouns.  Like  i-stem  nouns  adjectives  of  category  "a"  above,  these 
also  have  the  same  nominative  singular  ending  for  masculine, 
feminine,  and  neuter  genders.  In  their  declined  form,  as,  for 
example,  in  a  parish  register  entry,  they  can,  in  general,  easily 
be  differentiated  from  similar  i-stem  adjectives,  e.g.. 


45 


c(a)elebs  (m. ,  f.,  n. ) #  c(a)elibis  (gen.  sing.): 
unmarried,  bachelor  (as  a  noun)  (same  nominative  singular 
ending  for  all  three  genders) 


Singular 


Case 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Plural 


Masculine  &  Feminine 

c(a)elebs 
c(a)elibis 
c(a)elibi 
c(a)elibem 
c(a)elibe  (N.B. ) 


c(a)elibes 

c(a)elibum 

c(a)elibibus 

c(a)elibes 

c(a)elibibus 


Neuter 

c(a)elebs 

c(a)elibis 

c(a)elibi 

c(a)elebs 

c(a)elibe 


c(a)eliba 

c(a)elibuin 

c(a)elibibus 

c(a)eliba 

c(a)elibibiis 


Note  that  caelebs  (or  celebs)  frequently  applied  to  males, 
particularly  in  marriage  entries,  in  Latin  parish  registers. 
An  unmarried  female  was  often  designated  as  pudica  virgo 
(chaste  virgin)  or  pudica  (chaste). 

Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  can,  of  course,  be  used 
with  nouns  of  the  first  or  second  declension,  just  as  adjectives 
of  the  first  and  second  declension  may  be  used  with  nouns  of  the 
third,  e.g. , 

magister  celeber  a  famous  teacher 

matricula  ecclesiae  parochialis     register  of  the  parish  church 


rex  bonus 


leges  malae 


the  good  king 


bad  laws 


When  i-stem  adjectives  are  used  as  nouns,  the  ablative 
singular  generally  ends  in  -e,  like  a  third  declension  consonant 
stem  noun,  rather  than  -i. 

Third  declension  adjectives  may  be  listed  in  dictionaries  as 
follows: 

a)  adjectives  with  the  same  nominative  singular  for  all 
three  genders:  felix,  felicis  (happy — like  par,  paris) ,  or  felix, 
-icis. 


46 


b)  adjectives  with  the  same  nominative  singular  for  mascu- 
line and  feminine  genders  but  a  different  ending  for  the  neuter 
singular:  omnis,  omne  (all,  every — like  parochialis,  parochiale) 
or,  omnis,  -e. 

c)  adjectives  with  three  different  nominative  singular 
endings  for  all  three  genders:  celer,  celeris,  celere  (swift, 
fast — like  celeber,  Celebris,  celebre) ,  or,  celer,  -eris,  -ere. 

d)  adjectives  with  consonant  stems  and  the  same  endings  for 
all  three  genders  in  the  nominative  singular:  vetus ,  veteris, 
(old — like  caelebs,  caelibis) ,  or,  vetus,  -eris,  abl .  sing.  -ere. 

The  following  examples  illustrate  the  use  of  nouns,  i-stem 
nouns,  and  adjectives  of  the  third  declension: 

liber  ecclesiae  parochialis 

(the  book  or  register  of  the  parish  church) 

Omnes  milites  adfuerunt, 

(All  knights  were  present. ) 

Die  prime  mensis  novembris  dominus  Carolus  pro  me  notario 
comparuit . 

(on  the  first  day  of  the  month  of  November,  Lord  Charles 
before  me,  the  notary,  appeared.   Or:  On  the  first  day 
of  the  month  of  November,  Lord  Charles  appeared  before  me 
the  notary. ) 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  IV 


A.  Grammar 

Decline  aetas,  aetatis,  f.  (age),  fons,  f ontis ,  m.  (font, 
spring,  baptismal  font),  nomen,  nominis,  n.  (name),  civis,  civis, 
m.  (citizen),  felix,  felicis  (happy,  fortunate — like  par),  omnis, 
omne  (all,  every--like  parochialis),  celer,  celeris,  celere 
(swift,  quick — like  celeber) ,  vetus,  veteris  (old — like  caelebs) , 
Michael,  Michaelis,  m.  (Michael),  and  Mathildis,  Mathildis,  f. 
(Mathilda;  also  Mathilda,  Mathildae,  f.). 

B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  the  nouns  and  adjectives  given  in  the  chapter,  plus 
the   following: 

Third   Declension  Nouns  (conjunx),     pi.:     married 

couple,    spouses 
compater,      compatris,      m.  :  dux,    ducis,    m.  :    duke,    leader 

godfather  fons,    f ontis,    m.:     font,    bap- 

con  jux,     conjugis,     m.     or    f.:  tismal    font,    spring,    foun- 

husband    or    wife,     spouse  tain 


47 


f rater,  fratris,  m. :  brother 
heres,  heredis,  m.  or  f.:  heir 
homo,  hominis,  m. :  human  being 
infans,  infantis,  in.:  child 
labor,  laboris,  iti.  :  work 

levans,  levantis,  m.  or  f.: 

godparent 
levantes,  m.  pi.:  godparents 
miles,  militis,  in.:  knight, 

cavalry  soldier 
nepos ,  nepotis,  m.:  nephew, 

grandson,  descendent 
neptis,  neptis,  f.:  grand- 
daughter, niece,  descendent 
parens,  parentis,  m.  or  f.: 

parent,  father,  mother 
parentes,  m.  pi.:  parents 
pater,  patris,  m. :  father 
susceptor,  susceptoris,  m.: 

godparent 
susceptores,  m.  pi.:  godpar- 
ents; note  that  both  sus- 
ceptores and  levantes  refer 
to  the  practice  of  raising 
the  child  from  the  baptism. 
aetas ,  aetatis ,  f . :  age 
aetatis  suae:  abbreviates  anno 
aetatis  suae:  in  the  year 
of  his  or  her  age,  age 
aetatis  circiter:   of  the 

approximate  age  (of) 
civitas,  civitatis,  f.:  city, 

citizenship 
commater,   commatris,   f  •  : 

godmother,  sponsor 
confirmatio,  conf irmationis, 

f.:  confirmation 
cognatio,  cognationis,   f.: 

blood  relationship 
copulatio,  copulationis,  f.: 

marriage 
dos ,  dot is ,  f . :  dowry 
lex,  legis,  f.:  law 
mater ,  matris ,  f . :  mother 
mulier,  mulieris,  f.:  woman 
proles,  prolis,  f.:  offspring, 

issue,  child 
soror,  sororis,  f.:  sister 
uxor,  uxoris,  f.:  wife 
virgo,  virginis,  f.:  virgin 
altare,  altaris,  n. :  altar 


caput,  capitis,  n. :  head 
corpus,  corporis,  n.:  body 

( human  body ) 
genus ,  generis ,  n :  type ,  kind , 

birth,  descent,  origin 
nomen,  nominis,  n. :  name 
tempus,  temporis,  n. :  time 

Third  Declension  I-Stem  Nouns 

hostis,  hostis,  m. :  enemy  (cl. 
Latin:  an  enemy  of  the 
Roman  state  rather  than  a 
personal  enemy  [which  was 
inimicus,  inimici,  m. ] ) 

mensis,  mensis,  m. :  month 

mors ,  mortis ,  f . :  death 

nox,  noctis,  f.:  night 

testis,  testis,  m.  or  f.: 
witness 

Third   Declension  Adjectives 

adulescens ,     adulescentis : 

young  ( as  a  noun :  young  man 
or  woman),  adolescent  (also 
adolescens) 

compos,  compotis:  having 
control  of,  having  posses- 
sion of 

felix,  felicis:  happy,  fortu- 
nate 

fortis,  fortis:  strong,  brave, 
powerful,  bold 

peur,  paris:  equal 

superstes ,  superstitis:  sur- 
viving, still  living 

fidelis,  fidele:  loyal,  faith- 
ful 

omnis,  omne:  all,  every 

parochialis,  parochiale: 
parish,    parochial 

similis,    simile:    like 

talis,  tale:  such,  of  such  a 
kind 

acer,    acris,    acre:    sharp,    keen 

celeber,  Celebris,  celebre: 
famous 

caelebs,  caelibis:  unmarried 
(as  a  noun:  bachelor) 
[celebs] 

vetus,    veteris:    old 


48 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

In  hoc  rotulo  nomina  baptizatorum  infantum  ( inf  antixim)  et 
susceptonim  continentur . 

(hoc:  this;  rotulus,  rotuli,  m. :  roll,  record; 
continentiir :  are  contained) 

Testes  huius  ortus  fuerunt:  Michael  Worthington  arm.  et 

Matthaeus  Foss,  miles 

(huius:  of  this;  ortus,  ortus:  birth  [a  fourth 

declension  noun,  v.  Chapter  X];  fuerunt:  were;  arm.  = 

armiger  [v.  Chapter  I]) 

Johannes  filius  Caroli,  cancelloris  regii,  duxit  Mathildam 

filiam  Thomae,  clarissimi. 

(Carolus,  Caroli,  m. :  Charles,  Carl;  cancellor  regius: 
royal  chancellor;  duxit:  he  led  [short  for  duxit 
matrimonium:  he  led  into  marriage] ;  clarissimus, 
clarissima,  clarissimum:  most  illustrious) 

Hie  sunt  nomina  eorum  omnium  qui  in  ecclesia  parochiali 
Beati  Scincti  Pauli,  in  coemeterio  extra  portcim  sepulti  sunt, 
(hie:  here;  sunt:  are;  eorum:  of  those;  qui:  who; 
sepulti  sunt:  were  buried) 

Heri  in  matrimonio  sancto  conjuncti  sunt:  caelebs  Jalcobus 
Walder,  filius  legitimus  Johannis  Walder  et  Mathildae 
Vorwcind,  et  pudica  virgo  Maria  Anna  Rueckstaetter ,  filia 
legitima  Wilhelmi  Rueckstaetter  et  Margaretae  Oberbauer. 
(heri:  yesterday;  conjuncti  sunt:  were  joined) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

The  godparents  were  (fuerunt)  Thomas  Brown  and  Mathilda 
Westover . 

In  this  register,  the  names  of  all  of  the  baptized  children 
and  godparents  are  contained  (see  above). 

The  witnesses  of  this  marriage  (huius  matrimonii)  were: 
Martin  Vineaux,  farmer  and  citizen  of  this  place  (huius 
loci),  Pierre  (Petrus)  Waldeck,  innkeeper  (caupo, 
cauponis,  m. )  and  citizen  of  this  place,  and  Jean  Paul 
Giron,  blacksmith  (fciber)  and  citizen  of  St.  Martial 
(Sancti  Martialis). 

The  labor  of  all  built  (aedef icavit)  the  city. 
(Remember,  "city"  must  be  in  the  accusative  case,  since 
it  is  the  direct  object  of  aedef icavit. ) 


49 


To  all  the  faithful  (use  the  dative)  in  Christ  (in  Christo) , 
greetings!  (salutatio,  salutationis,  f.:  a  greeting) 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  # 1 


With  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  below,  translate  the  follow- 
ing birth  entry: 


dTiftm 


M 


(/atoPUA  - 


^ 


fcvrtmttd 


4" 


MU*.  .^^ 


Vocabulary: 
Under   Infeintes 

natus :    born 

24a:  vicesima  quarta  (die):  on 
the  24th  day  (i.e.,  the 
24th;  the  month  is  not 
given   in  this  entry) 

Under  Parentes 

Laurentius:  Laurence  (declined 

like  Matthaeus) 
Mentzer:  a  surname 
coriarius,   coriarii ,   m.: 

tanner 
Tcintz:  the  mother's  surname 
oriunda  (see  Chapter  II) 
ex,  prep.  +  abl.:  from 
Thuringhemio :  abl.  singular  of 

Thuringhemius  =  Turckheim, 

Haut  Rhin,  France 
civis:  note  that  this  is  the 

genitive  singular 


hospes ,  hospitis ,  m . :  innkeep- 
er, host,  tenant,  stranger, 
guest 

Under  Patrini 

Mentzer:  a  surname 

lanio,  lanionls,  m. :  butcher 
(Ictnius,  Icinii,  m) 

Brucher :  a  surname 

Tantzin  nata:  born  Tantz  (The 
-in  is  a  feminine  ending  in 
German  and  may  be 
ignored.),  i.e.,  her  maiden 
name  was  Tantz 

^^ 
Jois  =  Johannis  (the  genitive 

singular) 
Ephippiarius ,  Ephippiarii,  m. : 

saddle  maker  (a  word  of 

Greek  extraction) 
uxor  (see  the  vocabulary  list 

above ) 


50 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #2 

Translate    the    following   birth    entry,    with    the    aid    of    the 
vocabulary  below: 


^       /tu    \c^   "*^  {fiyu^fSsi/  ^uhniff  ^^i^^rsJ^nu  WfiAe^ffM-  at/pangKi  dntinit^ 


Vocabulary 

heri,    adv.:    yesterday 
hora:    hour    (see  Chapter   I) 
circiter,    adv:    approximately 
quinta:     fifth     (see    Chapter 

VII) 
pomerdiana:    in    the    afternoon 
(from  pomeridianus ,    pomeri- 
diana,    pomeridianvtm:    of,    or 
relating  to,    the   afternoon) 
natus  est:    was  born 
infantulus,    infantulus,    m. :    a 
little     child     (male),     a 
little  boy 
ex,    prep.    +   abl.:    from,    by    (in 
this      case      "to,"      would 
appear  to   be  more   appropri- 
ate) 
Antonio:     a    given    name     (The 
nominative     is     Antonius. 
This   is   ablative  because  ex 
requires       the       ablative 
case. ) 


qif^  :    quondcim,    adv.:    the   late, 

the   former,    formerly  „ 

Antonii:    a  given  name    (nomina-        uj 


DC  UJ  CO 
<  —1  — 


m 


I-  >^ 


CO  h- 


tive:    Antonxus) 
Micherelli:    a   surname 
Maria  =  Mariae 
Antonia  =  Antoniae 
filia   (note  the   f) 
Siva  =  a  surname 
ambcibus :    both 
loci:    of   the  place    (of) 
Lostalli:    a  place  name 
qui:    who    (the  child)  ^ 

ob     periculum:      because     c^  £  — ' 

danger    (of   death)  5  2*" 

baptizatus   fuit:    was  baptizec^  ^^  ^ 
domi:    at  home  u.  co  c^ 

a  me:    by  me 

Francisca:    a  given  name 
ut    supra:     as    above     (This    is 

the    midwife    who    baptized 

the  child  at  home.) 


QC  ^^  ^_ 

O  m  TT 
H-  >  O 

t  < 


0004373 
51 


CHAPTER  V 

Verbs  II:  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugation 
Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative  Active 
lO-Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation 
Prepositions 

Introduction 

The  third  conjugation  is  quite  different  from  the  first  and 
second,  although  the  present  infinitives  of  third  conjugation 
verbs  seem  to  resemble  those  of  the  second.  In  the  latter  the 
present  stem  is  found  by  dropping  the  -re  of  the  present 
infinitive,  leaving  a  stem  such  as  habe  or  doce.  The  present 
stem  of  third  conjugation  verbs  is  obtained  by  omitting  the  -ere 
S£  5^?.^''^^^^}^  infinitive,  e.g.,  vivere  (to  live),  stem:  viv,  so 
that  the  verb  stem  ends  in  a  consonant  rather  than  a  vowel  The 
endings  given  below  are  added  to  this  stem  to  form  the  present 
future,  and  imperfect  indicative  active  tenses. 

Verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  have  tense  signs  and  endings 
similar  to  those  of  the  third.  It  should,  however,  be  recognized 
that  m  the  fourth  conjugation,  the  present  stem  is  found  just 
as  It  IS  for  verbs  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations,  by 
dropping  the  -re  ending  of  the  present  infinitive.  Fourth 
conjugation  verbs  end  in  -ire  in  the  present  infinitive,  such  as 
for  example,  sepelire  (to  bury),  stem:  sepeli. 

Third  Conjugation  Verbs 

When  the  -ere  of  the  present  infinitive  of  third  conjugation 
verbs  IS  omitted,  the  present  stem,  as  indicated  above,  ends  in  a 
consonant.  It  is  therefore  necessary  in  certain  of  the  persons 
and  numbers  to  add  what  is  known  as  a  thematic  vowel,  a  vowel 
which  comes  between  the  stem  and  the  inflectional  ending,  in 
order  to  prevent  a  conjunction  of  consonants.  The  vowels  and 
are^'arfollows^  present,  future,  and  imperfect  indicative  active 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  vivere  (to  live,  stem:  viv) 

Singular 
Verb  Ending         Meaning 

vivo  o  I  live 


vxvxs  is 

vivit  it 


you  live 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  lives 


52 


Plural 


Verb 


vivimus 
vivitis 
vivxint 


Ending 

imus 
itis 
ixnt: 


Meaning 

we  live 

you  (all)  live 

they  (or  a  noun)  live 


In  the  present  tense,  third  conjugation  verbs  add  -i  to 
those  endings  given  in  an  earlier  chapter  for  the  present  tense 
of  first  and  second  conjugation  verbs.  The  -i,  like  the  -a  of 
first  conjugation  verbs,  is  absorbed  by  the  -o  of  the  first 
person  singular.  The  third  person  plural,  present  indicative 
active  ends  in  -unt,  which,  unlike  verbs  of  the  first  and  second 
conjugation,  is  not  an  indication  of  the  future  tense. 


Examples : 

In  vice  vivo. 
In  vice  vivis. 
In  vice  vivit. 
In  vice  vivimus. 
In  vico  vivitis. 
In  vico  vivunt. 


I  live  in  the  village. 

You  live  in  the  village. 

He/she  (or  a  noun)  lives  in  the  village. 

We  live  in  the  village. 

You  (all)  live  in  the  village. 

They  (or  a  noun)  live  in  the  village. 


The  tense  sign  of  the  future  for  third  conjugation  verbs  is 
-e,  rather  than  -bi.  Hence  the  future  indicative  active  is 
formed  by  adding  -e  to  the  stem  except  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar. 

Future  Indicative  Active  of  vivere 


Singular 


Verb 

vivam 
vives 
vivet 


Plural 


Verb 


vivemus 
vivetis 
vivent 

Examples : 

In  rure  vivam. 
In  rure  vives. 
In  rure  vivet. 


Ending 


£im 
es 
et 


Ending 

emus 
etis 
ent 


Meaning 

I  shall  live 

you  will  live 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  live 


Meaning 

we  shall  live 

you  (all)  will  live 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  live 


I  shall  live  in  the  country. 

You  will  live  in  the  country. 

He/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  live  in  the  country. 


53 


In  rure  vivemus.     We  shall  live  in  the  country. 

In  rure  vivetis.     You  (all)  will  live  in  the  country. 

In  rure  vivent.      They  (or  a  noun)  will  live  in  the  country. 

The  imperfect  indicative  active  tense  of  third  conjugation 
verbs  is  formed  by  adding  the  tense  sign  -ba  to  the  present  stem 
of  the  particular  verb.  Since,  however,  the  present  stem  ends  in 
a  consonant,  a  thematic  vowel,  in  this  case  an  -e ,  is  placed 
between  the  consonant  ending  and  the  -b  of  the  -ba  tense  sign. 
The  endings  given  in  Chapter  III  are  then  added  to  the  imperfect 
tense  sign. 

Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  vivere 


Meaning 

I  was  living,  used  to  live,  etc. 
you  were  living,  used  to  live,  etc, 
he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  living, 
used  to  live,  etc. 


Singular 

Verb 

Ending* 

vivebam 

ebam 

vivebas 

ebas 

vivebat 

ebat 

Plural 


vivebamus       ebamus         we  were  living,  used  to  live,  etc. 
vivebatis       ebatis         you  (all)  were  living,  used  to 

live,  etc. 
vivebant       ebant  they  (or  a  noun)  were  living,  used 

to  live,  etc. 

*with  thematic  vowel  included 

Examples : 

In  hac  parochia  vivebctm.  I  used  to  live  in  this  parish. 

In  hac  parochia  vivebas.  You  used  to  live  in  this  parish. 

In  hac  parochia  vivebat.  He/she  used  to  live  in  this  parish. 

In  hac  parochia  vivebamus.  We  used  to  live  in  this  parish. 

In  hac  parochia  vivebatis.  You  (all)  used  to  live  in  this  parish, 

In  hac  parochia  vivebant.  They  used  to  live  in  this  parish. 

Fourth  Conjugation  Verbs 

Verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation,  as  indicated  above,  end  in 
-ire  in  the  present  infinitive.  Once  the  -re  is  dropped,  the 
stem  vowel  -i  remains,  together  with  the  rest  of  the  stem. 
Fourth  conjugation  verbs  are  conjugated  in  the  present,  future, 
and  imperfect  indicative  active  as  follows: 


54 


Verb 


Present  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire  (to  bury,  stem:  sepeli) 
Singular 

Ending         Meaning 


sepelio 
sepelis 
sepelit 


Plural 


Verb 


sepelimus 
sepelitis 
sepeliunt 


Ending 

mus 
tis 
xint 


Examples : 

Filiam  meam  sepelio. 
Filium  tuum  sepelis. 
Filiam  suam  sepelit. 
Filium  nostrum  sepelimus. 
Filiam  vestram  sepelitis, 
Filium  suum  sepeliunt. 


I  bury 

you  bury 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  buries 


Meaning 

we  bury 

you  (all)  bury 

they  (or  a  noun)  bury 


I  bury  my  daughter. 

You  bury  your  son. 

He/she  buries  his/her  (own)  daughter, 

We  bury  our  son. 

You  (all)  bury  your  daughter. 

They  bury  their  (own)  son. 


Future  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire 


Singular 


Verb 


sepeli am 

sepelies 

sepeliet 

sepeliemus 

sepelietis 

sepelient 


Ending 

Etm 

es 

et 

emus 

etis 

ent 


Meaning 

I  shall  bury 

You  will  bury 

He/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  bury 

we  shall  bury 

you  (all)  will  bury 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  bury 


Note  that  the  -i  of  the  stem  is  retained  in  the  future  tense 
of  fourth  declension  nouns. 


Examples : 

Infantem  sepeliam. 
Infantem  sepelies. 
Infantem  sepeliet. 
Infantem  sepeliemus, 
Infantem  sepelietis, 
Infantem  sepelient. 


I  shall  bury  the  child. 

You  will  bury  the  child. 

He/she  will  bury  the  child. 

We  will  bury  the  child. 

You  (all)  will  bury  the  child. 

They  will  bury  the  child. 


55 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire 

Singular 
Verb  Ending*        Meaning 


sepeliebam 
sepeliebas 
sepeliebat 

ebam 
ebas 
ebat 

Plural 

sepe 1 i ebamus 
sepeliebatis 
sepeliebant 

ebamus 
ebat is 
ebant 

I  buried,  was  burying,  etc. 
you  buried,  were  burying,  etc, 
he/she  (or  a  noun)  buried, 
was  burying,  etc. 


we  buried,  were  burying,  etc. 
you  buried,  were  burying,  etc. 
they  (or  a  noun)  buried, 
were  burying,  etc. 

*with  thematic  vowel  included 

Note  that  in  the  imperfect  indicative  active,  the  vowel  -e 
is  placed  between  the  -i  of  the  stem  ending  and  the  tense  sign 
and  endings  of  the  imperfect.  The  use  of  the  thematic  vowel  -e 
has  also  been  noted  in  connection  with  verbs  of  the  third  conju- 
gation . 

Examples : 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  sepeliebam. 

(Yesterday  I  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in  the  cemetery 
beyond  the  gate . ) 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  sepeliebas. 

(Yesterday  you  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in  the  cemetery 
beyond  the  gate . ) 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  parochus 
sepeliebat. 

(Yesterday  the  parish  priest  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in 
the  cemetery  beyond  the  gate . ) 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  sepeliebamus. 

(Yesterday  we  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in  the  cemetery 
beyond  the  gate . ) 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  sepeliebatis. 

(Yesterday  you  [all]  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in  the  cemetery 
beyond  the  gate . ) 

Heri  pauperem  nomen  nescio  in  coemeterio  extra  portam  parochiani 
sepeliebant . 

(Yesterday  the  parishioners  buried  a  pauper,  name  unknown,  in  the 
cemetery  beyond  the  gate. ) 


56 


Repetition  and  continuity,  characteristic  of  the  imperfect 
tense,  obviously  do  not  apply  to  sepelire.  Consequently,  the 
imperfect  may  be  translated  here  as  a  simple  past  tense. 

lO-Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation 

A  number  of  third  conjugation  verbs  are  conjugated  like 
those  of  the  fourth  conjugation  in  the  present  and  future  indica- 
tive active  tenses.  The  stem  of  these  verb  endings  is  -i,  rather 
than  a  consonant.  Consequently,  they  are  known  as  -io  verbs  of 
the  third  conjugation,  since  the  first  person  singular,  present 
indicative  active  ends  in  -io.  Note,  however,  that  the  present 
infinitive  of  third  conjugation  -io  verbs  ends  in  -ere,  rather 
than  -ire  like  those  of  the  fourth  conjugation.  The  conjugation 
of  -io  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  is  as  follows: 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  facere  (to  make,  do,  stem:  faci) 

Singular 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 

facie  o  I  make 

facis  s  you  make 

facit  t  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  makes 

Plural 

facimus  mus  we  make 

facitis  tis  you  (all)  make 

faciunt  unt  they  (or  a  noun)  make 

Examples : 

Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  facio. 

(I  make  this  benefice  [a  gift  or  grant]  in  the  presence  of  the 
most  reverend  lord  bishop  himself.) 

Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  facis. 

(You  make  this  benefice  in  the  presence  of  the  most  reverend 
lord  bishop  himself.) 

Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  facit. 

(He/she  makes  this  benefice  in  the  presence  of  the  most 
reverend  lord  bishop  himself.) 

Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  facimus. 

(We  make  this  benefice  in  the  presence  of  the  most  reverend  lord 
bishop  himself.) 

Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  facitis. 

(You  [all]  make  this  benefice  in  the  presence  of  the  most  reverend 
lord  bishop  himself.) 


57 


Hoc  beneficium  coram  reverendissimo  domino  episcopo  ipso  faciunt. 

(They  make  this  benefice  in  the  presence  of  the  most  reverend  lord 
bishop  himself.) 

Future  Indicative  Active  of  f acere 

Singular 
Verb  Ending 


faciam 
facies 
faciet 


am 
es 
et 


Plural 


Verb 


faciemus 
facietis 
facient 


Ending 

emus 
etis 
ent 


Meaning 

I  shall  make 

you  will  make 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  make 


Meaning 

we  shall  make 

you  (all)  will  make 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  make 


Examples : 


Annam  Barbaram  filiam  meam  heredem  meam  faciam. 

(I  shall  make  Anna  Barbara,  my  daughter,  my  heir.) 

Annam  Barbaram  filiam  tuam  heredem  tuam  facies. 

(You  will  make  Anna  Barbara,  your  daughter,  your  heir.) 

Maria  Tibaldi  Anna  Barbaram  filiam  suam  heredem  suam  faciet. 

(Maria  Tibaldi  will  make  Anna  Barbara,  her  daughter,  her  heir.) 

Annam  Barbaram  filiam  nostram  heredem  nostram  faciemus. 

(We  shall  make  Anna  Barbara,  our  daughter,  our  heir.) 

Anna  Barbaram  filiam  vestram  heredem  vestram  facietis. ) 

(You  [all]  will  make  Anna  Barbara,  your  daughter,  your  heir.) 

Franciscus  et  Bertha  Steinhauer  Anna  Barbaram  filiam  suam 
heredem  suam  facient. 

(Franciscus  and  Bertha  Steinhauer  will  make  Anna  Barbara 
their  [own]  daughter,  their  heir.)  ' 

Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  f acere 

Singular 


Verb 

faciebam 
faciebas 
faciebat 


Ending*   Meaning 


ebam 
ebas 
ebat 


I  made,  was  making,  used  to  make,  etc. 
you  made,  were  making,  used  to  make,  etc, 
he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  made,  was  making, 
used  to  make,  etc. 


58 


Plural 

faciebamus     ebamus    we  made,  were  making,  used  to  make,  etc. 
faciebatis      ebatis     you  (all)  made,  were  making,  used  to 

make ,  etc . 
faciebant       ebant      they  (or  a  noun)  made,  were  making,  used 

to  make,  etc. 

*thematic  vowel  included 
Examples: 

Johannem  Ribeaux  procuratorem  meum  faciebam. 

(I  made  [was  making,  etc.]  Jean  Ribeaux  my  procurator  [legal 
representative] . ) 

Johannem  Ribeaux  procuratorem  tuum  faciebas. 

(You  made  Jean  Ribeaux  your  procurator.) 

Geraldus  de  Martiali  Johannem  Ribeaux  procuratorem  suum  faciebat. 

(Gerald  de  Martiali  made  Jean  Ribeaux  his  [own]  procurator. ) 

Johannem  Ribeaux  procuratorem  nostrum  faciebamus. 

(We  made  Jean  Ribeaux  our  procurator.) 

Johannem  Ribeaux  procuratorem  vestrum  faciebatis. 

(You  [all]  made  Jean  Ribeaux  your  procurator.) 

Franciscus  Berengarii  et  Petrus  Jacquet  Johannem  Ribeaux 
procuratorem  suum  faciebant. 

(Francois  Berengarii  and  Pierre  Jacquet  made  Jean  Ribeaux  their 
[own]  procurator. ) 

Prepositions 

Prepositions  (from  praepositus:  [having  been]  placed  in 
front  or  before)  are  generally  "placed  before"  other  words  such 
as  nouns,  and  explain  or  clarify  those  words  in  some  way.  Thus, 
for  example,  "They  walked  into  the  forest."  In  this  sentence, 
"into"  indicates  where  they  walked.  Into  is,  of  course,  the 
preposition. 

In  Latin,  the  object  of  a  preposition,  a  noun,  pronoun,  or 
other  part  of  speech,  is  either  in  the  ablative  or  the  accusative 
case.  A  few  prepositions  take  both  cases.  Common  prepositions 
taking  the  ablative  and  accusative  cases  are  listed  below. 

Common  Ablative  Prepositions 

Preposition  Meaning 

a,  cib  (before  vowels),  abs    from,  away  from 

(the  outside  of),  by 
cum  with 


59 


de 

e,  ex 
in 
pro 

Examples : 

a  villa 

cum  laude 

de  silva 

de  bello  Gallico 

ex  Roma 

in  domo 

pro  patria 


from,  down  from,  about 
from  (out  of  the  inside  of) 
in,  on,  at 
for,  in  place  of,  in  front  of 


(away)  from  the  village 

with  honor  (praise) 

(down)  from  the  wood 

about  (concerning)  the  Gallic  war 

from  Rome 

at  home  (in  the  house) 

for  the  fatherland 


Note  that  if  cum  was  used  with  an  adjective  and  a  noun,  it 
was  often  placed  between  the  adjective  and  the  noun,  e.g.,  magna 
cum  laude  (with  high  honor  [with  great  praise]).  Note  also  that 
the  preposition  de  was  frequently  used  as  the  beginning  of  the 
title  of  a  book  or  treatise  in  Latin.  It  can  often  be  omitted 
when  translating  such  a  title. 

In  parish  registers,  the  preposition  ex  was  used,  on  occa- 
sion, to  indicate  a  place  of  origin  or  residence.  Thus,  for 
example,  Patrinus  fuit  Bemardus  Rulon  civis  ex  Steinheim.  (The 
godfather  was  Bernardus  Rulon,  citizen  [of]  from  Steinheim.) 

Common  Accusative  Prepositions 


Preposition 

ad 

ante 

apud 

circum 

contra 

inter 

ob 

per 

post 

super 

trans 


Meaning 

to,  toward,  for,  near,  at 

before  (in  time  and  place) 

near,  at,  by,  at  the  house  of, 

in  the  presence  of 

around 

against 

between ,  among 

toward,  on  account  of,  for 

through,  by,  for 

after  (of  time),  behind  (of place) 

above ,  over 

across 


Examples : 

ad  ecclesiam 
ante  meridiem 
apud  parochum 
circum  urbem 
contra  be  Hum 
inter  silvas 
ob  iter 
per  duos  annos 


to  (toward)  the  church 

before  noon  (midday — a.m. ) 

at  the  house  of  the  parish  priest 

around  the  city 

against  the  war 

between  the  woods 

for  (by)  the  journey,  way 

for  (through)  two  years 


60 


post  meridiem 
super  montes 
trans  maria 


after  noon  (midday — p.m. ) 
above  the  mountains 
across  the  seas 


Common  Prepositions  taking  both  Ablative  and  Accusative 

Preposition  Meaning 


in  +  abl. 
in  +  ace. 
sub  +  abl. 

sub  +  ace . 


Examples: 

in  urbe 
in  iirbem 
sub  carruca 

sub  carrucam 


in,  inside,  on,  at 

into,  to,  against 

under,  up  under,  close  to 

(after  verbs  of  rest) 

under,  close  to 

(after  verbs  of  motion) 


in  (inside)  the  city 

into  the  city 

under  the  cart  (e.g.,  baggage 

lying  siib  carruca) 

under  the  cart  (e.g.,  baggage 

falling  sub  carrucam) 


In  medieval  and  parish  register  Latin,  prepositions  often 
acquired  meanings  rather  different  from  those  of  classical, 
Roman  Latin.  The  context  of  a  particular  document  may,  there- 
fore, suggest  a  meaning  different  from  those  given  here.  In  such 
instances,  glossaries  or  lexica  of  medieval  Latin,  such  as  those 
listed  in  the  selected  bibliography  at  the  back  of  this  book, 
should  be  consulted. 

A  number  of  compound  verbs  in  Latin  were  formed  by  combining 
a  preposition  and  a  verb.  Thus,  for  example:  circumspectare  (to 
look  around),  from  circum  +  spectare  (to  look  at,  look 
carefully),  superscribere  (to  write  above),  from  super  and  scri- 
bere  (to  write).  The  meaning  of  the  preposition  used  to  form 
such  a  verb  often  provides  an  important  clue  to  defining  the  verb 
itself. 

An  understanding  of  Latin  prepositions  and  compound  verbs 
should  also  be  of  help  in  learning  new  English  words.  What,  for 
example,  might  the  following  words  mean:  circumnavigate, 
superman,  submarine,  contradict  (from  dicere:  to  say,  tell), 
interject  (from  jacere  [iacere]:  to  throw).  These  are  just  a  few 
examples  of  the  way  in  which  a  knowledge  of  Latin  contributes  to 
a  greater  understanding  of  the  English  language,  which  derived 
approximately  60%  of  its  vocabulary  from  Latin. 


61 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  V 


A .  Grammar 


Conjugate  contraho,  contrahere  (third  conjugation),  venio, 
venire  (fourth  conjugation),  and  capio,  capere  (third  conjugation 
io-verb)  for  all  of  the  tenses  discussed  in  this  chapter. 

B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  all  of  the  verbs  conjugated  in  this  chapter,  together 
with  all  prepositions  listed,   plus  the  following: 


Third  Conjugation  Verbs 

ago,  agere:  do,  discuss,  lead, 
drive,  discuss,  etc. 

contraho ,  contrahere :  contract 
(e.g.,  a  marriage),  trans- 
act 

decedo,  decedere:  die,  depart, 
go  away 

dico,  dicere:  say,  tell 

duco,  ducere:  lead 

emo ,  emere :  buy 

gigno,  gignere:  beget,  pro- 
duce, be  born 

lego,  legere:  read,  choose, 
gather,  select 

nosco,  noscere:  know  (be 
acquainted  with) 

promitto,  promittere:  promise 

scribo,  scribere:  write 

vivo,  vivere:  live 

Fourth  Conjugation  Verbs 

audio ,  audire :  hear 
consentio,  consentire:  agree, 

be  in  harmony  or  accord 
nescio,  nescire:  not  to  know, 

be  ignorant  of 
scio,  scire:  know  (how  to  do 

something) 
sepelio,  sepelire:  bury 
venio ,  venire :  come 
invenio,  invenire:  find,  come 

upon 

lO-Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjuga- 
tion 


f acio ,  f acere ; 
f ugio ,  f ugere : 

Prepositions 


make ,  do 
flee 


capio,  capere; 

capture 


take,  seize. 


a,  ab,  abs,  +  abl.:  from,  away 

from  (the  outside  of),  by 
absque  +  abl . :  without 
ad  +  ace:  to,  toward,  for, 

near 
ante  +  ace . :  before 
apud  +  ace:  at,  by,  near,  at 

the   house   of,   in   the 

presence  of 
circum  +  ace . :  around 
coram  +  abl.  &  ace:  in  front 

of,  in  the  presence  of, 

before 
cvtm  +  abl.  :  with 
de  +  abl.:  from,  down  from, 

about 
e,  ex  +  abl.:  from  (out  of  the 

inside  of) ,  out  of 
extra  +  ace . :  beyond 
in  +  abl.:  in,  inside,  on,  at 
in  +  ace . :  into 
infra  +  ace.:  below 
inter  +  ace . :  between ,  among 
intra  +  ace . :  within 
juxta  +  ace:  next  to,  beside, 

according  to  (iuxta) 
per  +  ace.:  through,  by,  for 
post  +  ace . :  after 
pro  +  abl.:  for,  in  place  of 
prae  +  abl.:  before  (pre) 
praeter  +  ace.:  except  (pre- 

ter) 
prope  +  ace . :  near 
propter  +  ace.:  on  account  of 
sub  +  abl.:  under  (rest) 


62 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English. 

Libruin  etiam  legere  promittimus . 
(etiam,  adv. :  moreover) 

Willelmus  de  Leye,  junior,  et  Rosalinda  Ralston  matximonium 
contrahent. 

Pater  infctntis  nescit  scribere;  igitur  signum  facet, 
(igitur:  see  Chapter  IV,  Exercise  F.) 

Conferimus  libere  et  quiete  Stephano  Winckmeier  terrain  in 

perpetuo  possidendam. 

(conferimus:  we  confer,  grant;  libere  et  quiete:  freely 
and  quietly  [adverbs] ;  Stephano:  this  is  dative;  translate 
accordingly;  in  perpetuo:  forever;  possidendam:  to  be 
possessed  [geriindive,  v.  Chapters  XIII  and  XIV]) 

Volo  quod  Jakobus  Hofbauer  matriculam  huius  peirochiae  ab 

mense  Jaunuarii  ad  mensem  Decembris  anno  millesimo 

septingentesimo  vicesimo  sexto  sumat. 

(volo:  I  will,  I  wish;  quod:  that;  huius:  of  this 
[goes  with  parochiae] ;  mensis,  mensis,  m. :  month; 
anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  vicesimo  sexto:  in  the  year 
1726;  sumat:  shall  record  [the  svibject  is  Jcikobus 
Hofbauer] ,  shall  take  down;  present  subjunctive  active  of 
sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi,  sumptum:  take  down, 
record  [v.  Chapter  XII]) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin. 

George  Wilson  and  Sophia  Graham  will  contract  a  marriage. 

He  came  (use  veniebat)  into  the  parish  (use  parochia) , 
impregnated  (use  impraegnabat )  Martha,  a  serving  girl 
( f  ctmula ,  f  cimulae ,  f .  )  and  orphan  ( orba ,  orbae , 
f.),  under  the  promise  (promissum,  promissi,  n.  or, 
promittum,  promitti,  n.)  of  marriage  (use  matrimonium) , 
and  fled  (use  fugiebat) . 

We  promise  moreover  (etiam)  to  write  the  epistle  (epistula, 
epistulae ,  f . ) . 

The  mother  produced  (use  the  imperfect  of  gignere)  twins, 
(gemellos)  upon  whom  (quibus)  the  names  were  placed 
(imposita  sunt)  Fredericus  and  Thomas.   Both  (use  ambo) 
of  these  (eorum)  were  baptized  (baptizati  sunt)  by 
me  (ab  me),  Stephania  Leguinne  the  midwife  (obstetrix, 
obstetricis,  f.  [use  the  ablative  here])  because  of 


63 


imminent  (imminens)  peril  (periculum)  of  death  (use 
mors,  mortis,  f.  [use  the  genitive  case]). 

I  will  come  into  the  city. 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 
Documents  #1  and  #2 


With  the  help  of  the  vocabulary  below,  translate  the  follow- 
ing two  pages  from  a  parish  register  recording  burials  and 
deaths . 

"  /■■   ■  '  '''■■■':     '.  ^-i?i 


..^^/^^^^^^'^^^^'^"'^^^  "^ 


^..y^^ 


■7" 


^. 


^JU^.  i^i^^^  z///^^^'- 


7^' 


'^tiia^'^- 


0 


N.y 


64 


Vocabulary 


incipit  (from  incipio, 
incipere,  incepi,  inceptum: 
begin):    begins 

hie,  adv.:  here  (with  "the" 
understood  before   liber) 

sti.    =  sancti 

Argentina ,  Argentinae ,  f . :  one 
of  a  number  of  Latin  names 
for   the   city  of   Strasbourg 

constans ,  present  participle 
of  consto,  constare, 
constavi,  constatirm:  here, 
consisting  of  (with  de  + 
abl  .  understood;  hence, 
ducentis,    and   foliis) 

ducentis:  two  hundred  (abla- 
tive plural),  from  ducenti, 
ducentae ,  ducenta:  200 
(cardinal  number;  v.  Chap- 
ter VII  for  additional 
information  on  numbers . ) 

octoginta  septem:  87  (v. 
Chapter  VII) 

folium,    folii,    n.:    page,    leaf 

datum:  given  (perfect  passive 
participle  of  do,  dare, 
dedi,    datum:    give) 

Argentinae:  at  Strasbourg 
(locative  case,  v.  Chapter 
X) 

vigesima  octava:  28th  (goes 
with  die  =  on  the   28th  day) 

J\inii:  of  June  (from  Junius, 
Jvinii,  m.  :  June;  v.  Chapter 
VII) 


anno  millesimo  septingentesimo 
quadragesimo  quinto:  in  the 
year  one  thousand  seven 
hundred  forty-five 

(literally:  in  the  one 
thousand  seven  hundred 
forty-fifth  year,  v. 
Chapter  VII) 

explicit:  ends  (from  explico, 
explicare,  explicavi, 

explicatum:  unfold,  i.e., 
to  unroll  a  papyrus  scroll 
to  the  end,  hence,  to  end, 
bring  to  an  end;  treated 
here  as  a  third  conjugation 
verb,  third  person  singu- 
lar,   with   liber.) 

hie    ( see   above ) 

sti .     ( see   above ) 

Argenta  =  Argentinae  (see 
above ) 

palatium,    palatii,    n.:    palace 

episcopalis ,  episcopale ,  ad j . : 
episcopal  (as  an  adjective 
modifying  palatio) 

vigesima  septima  Junii:  on  the 
27th    (day)    of   June 

anno  millesimo  septingentesimo 

decimo  nono:  in  the  year  one 
thousand  seven  hundred 
nineteen    (v.    Chapter  VII) 


65 


A  note  on  incipit  and  explicit.  Many  medieval  texts  began 
with  the  word  incipit  (or,  hie  incipit)  and  concluded  with  ex- 
plicit (or,  hie  explicit).  These  two  terms  are  often  used  to 
identify  anonymous  or  undated  documents. 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Register 

Document  #3 

Translate  the  two  death  entries  below  with  the  help  of  the 
vocabulary  which  is  given  after  the  entries. 


r/J> ff''^' ■fc.-f:-'     ^^^    Z'^'^'"^'' y^'"^^!^  y,c.^-i.^    \ 


5 


66 


Vocabulary 


Entry   #1 

catalogus,      catalog!,      in.: 

catalog 
xenodochium,     xenodochii,     n.: 

hospital,  senior  citizens 
center,  hostel  (from  the 
Greek  xenodokeion:  a  place 
for  strangers  to  lodge;  an 
inn) 

regius,    regia,    regium:    royal 

site:    located 

extra  portam  (See  previous 
chapters   for  this  phrase.) 

vulgo,  adv.  commonly  (goes 
with  dictam) 

Lahienem:  a  place  name;  the 
nominative  is  probably 
Lahienis 

dictam:  called  (perfect  pas- 
sive participle  of  dice, 
dicere,  dixi,  dictum:  say, 
tell,  call);  note  that  the 
English  syntax  here  would 
probably  be  as  follows: 
site  extra  portam  vulgo 
dictam  Lahienem;  translate 
accordingly.  (N.B.  Lahie- 
nem and  dictam  are  accusa- 
tive because  of  extra.  The 
gate  is,  therefore,  common- 
ly  called   Lahienis. ) 

anno:  in  the  year  (v.  Chapter 
VII) 

die  12a  7bris:  on  the  12th  day 
of  September  (v.  Chapter 
VII  for  more  information  on 
the  abbreviation  of  Septem- 
ber. ) 

mortuus  est:  died  (or,  has 
died) 

Petrus  de  Vaisseaux:  his  first 
and   last   names 

levis  armaturae:  of  the  light- 
armed    ( troops ) 

civis  (the  c  is  hidden  in  the 
margin) 

Benj :    a  place  name 

milite  (from  miles,  militis, 
m.:  cavalry  soldier, 
knight,  soldier):  (being)  a 
soldier;    the   English  syntax 


here  would  probably  be 
milite  levis  armaturae; 
translate   accordingly. 

omnibus  ecclesiae  sacramentis 
provisus:  provided  with  all 
the  sacraments  of  the 
church  (i.e.,  the  last 
rites,;  v.  Chapter  X  for 
additional  information  on 
this   usage. ) 

aetatis  suae  (the  su  of  suae 
is  hidden  in  the  margin): 
his   age    (here) 

circiter  32  annorum:  about  3  2 
years    (here) 

sepultusqz  est  =  sepultusque 
est:    and  he  was   buried 

proprio  (the  p  is  hidden  in 
the  margin):  private 
(here);  from  proprius, 
propria,  proprium:  one's 
own,  private  (goes  with 
coemeter io ) 

assistentibus  testibus: 

(being)  assisted  by  the 
witnesses,  or  the  witnesses 
assisting  (were);  v. 
Chapter  XIII  for  additional 
information  on  this   usage. 

Philippe  Forbet:  his  first  and 
last  name 

dicto:  called  (see  above) 

Argentcourt:  his  nickname 

infirmario:  from  infirmarius, 
infirmarii,  m.:  hospital 
orderly,  male  nurse  (This 
is  in  the  ablative  case 
because  of  assistentibus 
testibus,  an  ablative 
absolute,  v.  Chapter  XIII.) 

praedicti:  of  the  aforesaid 
(from  praedictus,  praedic- 
ta,  praedictvim:  aforesaid) 

Claudio  Verdun:  his  first  and 
last  names;  note,  however, 
that  Claudio  is  in  the 
ablative  case  for  the  same 
reason  that  infirmario  is 
in  the  ablative  case.  The 
nominative  form  of  Claudio 
is  Claudius:  Claude 

eticim,  adv.  :  also  (here) 


67 


infirmario  (see  above) 

Entry  #2 


die  14a  7bris:  on  the  14th  day 

of  September  (see  above) 
mortuus  est:  see  above 

dnus  =  dominus :  lord  (as  a 

title) 
N:  his  name  was  omitted 
la  Premiere  des  Gendarmes  de 
Bourgogne:  the  head  of  the 
police  constables  (gen- 
darmes) of  Bourgogne  (his 
occupation,  French) 

oibus  =  omnibus 
santis  =  sacramentis 


omnibus  ecclesiae  sacramentis 
provisus  ( see  above ) 

aetatisqz  =  aetatisque 

aetatisque  suae  36  circiter 
annorum  ( see  above ) 

sepultusqz  =  sepultusque 

sepultusque  est  (see  above) 

in  coemeterio  (the  in  is 
hidden   in  the  margin) 

assistentibus  testibus  (see 
above ) 

supra  signatis:  signed  below 
(who  have  signed  below); 
the  English  syntax  here 
would  probably  be  assisten- 
tibus testibus  supra 
signatis;  translate 

accordingly. 


68 


CHAPTER  VI 


Verbs  III:  The  Perfect  Active  System 

Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 

Indicative  Active  of  all  Four  Conjugations 

Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 

of  esse  and  posse 

Introduction 

The  perfect  active  system  is  one  of  the  most  important  for 
the  study  of  Latin  parish  registers,  and  other  documents  as  well, 
since  the  entries  were  generally  written  down  after  the 
event — baptism,  marriage,  or  death — had  already  occurred. 
Whereas  the  imperfect,  which  was  discussed  in  Chapter  III,  ex- 
presses continuous  or  repeated  action,  the  perfect  system  indi- 
cates action  which  is  completed  in  the  past.  Compare,  for 
example,  copulabant  (they  married,  kept  on  marrying,  married 
habitually,  etc. — imperfect  [incomplete])  and  copulaverunt  (they 
married  [presumably  once  only] — perfect  [complete]).  In  this  re- 
gard, the  Latin  perfect  is  similar  to  the  English  simple  past 
tense  or  present  perfect  tense,  e.g.,  I  came,  I  have  come  (a  com- 
pleted, not  a  continuous  action). 

The  Perfect  Active  System 

There  are  three  tenses  in  the  perfect  active  system:  perfect 
indicative  active,  pluperfect  indicative  active,  and  future 
perfect  indicative  active.  While  the  last  two  are  not  found 
frequently  in  parish  registers,  they  do  occur  in  other  types  of 
documents.  The  future  perfect,  for  example,  may  be  used  in  place 
of  the  simple  future,  with  exactly  the  same  meaning,  e.g. ,  copu- 
laverint:  they  will  marry  (literally:  they  will  have  married). 
Substituting  the  future  perfect  for  the  future  was  relatively 
common  in  certain  types  of  later  medieval  Latin  documents  such 
as,  for  example,  wills,  a  practice  continued  by  some  parish 
priests . 

The  perfect  indicative  active  includes  the  English  simple 
past  tense  (The  priest  baptized.),  past  progressive  (The  priest 
was  baptizing.),  past  emphatic  (The  priest  did  baptize.),  and  the 
present  perfect  (The  priest  has  baptized.).  However,  the  simple 
past  or  present  perfect  can  generally  be  used  to  translate  the 
Latin  perfect  in  many  parish  register  entries. 

The  pluperfect  indicative  active  is  similar  to  the  English 
past  perfect  (copulaverant:  they  had  married) ,  and  the  future 
perfect  to  the  English  future  perfect  (copulaverint:  they  will 
have  married). 

To  form  the  perfect  active  system  tenses,  a  new  stem  is 
required,  one  which  constitutes  the  third  principal  part  of  the 


69 


Latin  verb  and  must  be  learned  as  it  occurs  in  this  book,  in 
other  grammars,  in  dictionaries,  or  in  documents.  The  perfect 
stem  of  first  conjugation  verbs  consists  of  the  present  stem 
(e.g. ,  baptiza)  plus  -v  (the  perfect  stem  of  all  first  conjuga- 
tion verbs  ends  in  -v)  plus  the  perfect  system  endings,  e.g., 
copul av ,  bapti  z av ,  humav . 

Perfect  stems  of  the  other  conjugations  are  often  irregular 
and  should  be  memorized  as  they  are  encountered.  However,  the 
perfect  stems  of  second  conjugation  verbs  sometimes  end  in  -u, 
e.g.,  habu  (from  habere).  Stems  of  third  conjugation  verbs  may 
end  in  -did  (vendidi:  I  sold,  from:  vendo,  vendere) ,  -x  (vixi:  I 
lived,  from  vivere) ,  -c  (didici:  I  learned,  from  disco,  discere) , 
-SB  or  -s  (decessi:  I  died,  departed,  from  decedo,  decedere) ,  or 
-rr  (cucurri:  I  ran,  from  curro,  currere) .  Some  third  conjuga- 
tion -io  perfect  stems  end  in  -c  (feci:  I  made,  from  facere) ,  and 
a  number  of  fourth  conjugation  perfect  stems  end  in  -v  (sepelivi: 
I  buried,  from  sepelire) . 

The  perfect  indicative  active  is  formed  by  combining  the 
perfect  stem,  the  third  principal  part  of  a  Latin  verb,  and  the 
perfect  indicative  active  endings,  as  shown  below: 

Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  copulare  (stem: 
copulav — first  conjugation) 


Verb 

copulavi 

copulavisti 

copulavit 

copul avimus 
copulavistis 
copul averunt 


Ending 

i 

isti 

it 

imus 

istis 

ervmt 


Meaning 

I  married,  have  married 

you  married,  have  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  married, 

has  married 

we  married,  have  married 

you  (all)  married,  have  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  married,  have 

married 


Another  ending  for  the  third  person  plural ,  perfect  indica- 
tive active  is  -ere  ( copulavere ) .  This  ending  may  be  encountered 
in  documents  written  during  the  later  Middle  Ages  such  as,  for 
example,  wills,  as  well  as  in  some  parish  registers.  In  order  to 
avoid  confusing  this  ending  with  the  infinitive  endings  of  second 
and  third  conjugation  verbs,  both  of  which  also  end  in  -ere, 
always  look  for  the  perfect  stem.  Compare  the  following  as 
examples:  habuere:  they  have  had  (perfect  stem  habu),  but  hat>ere: 
to  have  (present  infinitive). 

The  pluperfect  indicative  active  (from  plus  guam  perfectus: 

more  than  perfect)  adds  the  imperfect  of  the  verb  esse  to  the 
perfect  stem. 


70 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  copulare 


Verb 

copulaveram 

copulaveras 

copulaverat 

copulaveramus 

copulaveratis 

copul aver ant 


Ending 

eram 

eras 

erat 

eramus 

eratis 

erant 


Meaning 

I  had  married 

you  had  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  had  married 

we  had  married 

you  (all)  had  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  married 


The  future  perfect  indicative  active  is  formed  by  adding  the 
future  of  esse  to  the  perfect  stem  of  the  verb.  The  third  person 
plural  ending  is,  however,  erint,  rather  than  erunt. 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  copulare 


Verb 


copul avero 

copulaveris 

copulaverit 

copulaverimus 
copulaveritis 
copulaverint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 
eritis 
erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  married 

you  will  have  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

married 

we  shall  have  married 

you  (all)  will  have  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

married 


The  examples  below  are  given  for  copulare  only,  albeit  the 
sequence  of  tenses  and  the  endings  are  valid  for  all  of  the 
con j  ugations : 

Georgius  Steinacker  et  Anna  Maria  Grenz  copulaverunt. 

(Georg  Steinacker  and  Anna  Maria  Grenz  married.   [an  action 
completed  in  the  past,  prior  to  whatever  is  taking  place 
at  the  moment] ) 

Georgius  Steinacker  et  Anna  Maria  Grenz  copulaverant. 

(Georg  Steinacker  and  Anna  Maria  Grenz  had  married, 
[considerably  prior  to  whatever  is  occurring  at  the 
moment] ) 

Georgius  Steinacker  et  Anna  Maria  Grenz  copulaverint. 

(Georg  Steinacker  and  Anna  Maria  Grenz  will  have  married, 
[e.g.,  by  the  Feast  of  St.  Stephen  this  event  will  have 
taken  place;  when  the  feast  day  is  celebrated,  they 
already  will  have  been  married.]) 


71 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  habere  (stem: 
habu — second  conjugation) 


Verb 


habui 

habuisti 

habuit 

habuimus 
habuistis 
habuervmt  ( ere ) 


Ending 

i 

isti 

it 

imus 

istis 

erunt 


Meaning 

I  had,  have  had 

you  had,  have  had 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had, 

has  had 

we  had,  have  had 

you  (all)  had,  have  had 

they  (or  a  noun)  had,  have  had 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  habere 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 


habueram 

eram 

habueras 

eras 

habuerat 

erat 

habueramus 

eramus 

habueratis 

eratis 

habuerant 

erant 

I  had  had 

you  had  had 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  had 

we  had  had 

you  (all)  had  had 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  had 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  habere 


Verb 


habuero 

habueris 

habuerit 

habuerimus 
habueritis 
habuerint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 
eritis 
erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  had 

you  will  have  had 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  had 

we  shall  have  had 

you  (all)  will  have  had 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  had 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  vivere  (stem; 
vix — third  conjugation) 


Verb 


Ending 


VIXX 

1 

vixisti 

isti 

vixit 

it 

vix imus 

imus 

vixistis 

istis 

vixerunt 

(ere) 

erunt 

Meaning 

I  lived,  have  lived 

you  lived,  have  lived 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  lived, 

has  lived 

we  lived,  have  lived 

you  (all)  lived,  have  lived 

they  (or  a  noun)  lived, 

have  lived 


72 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  vivere 


Verb 

vixeram 

vixeras 

vixerat 

vixeramus 

vixeratis 

vixerant 


Ending 

eram 

eras 

erat 

eramus 

eratis 

erant 


Meaning 

I  had  lived 

you  had  lived 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  lived 

we  had  lived 

you  (all)  had  lived 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  lived 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  vivere 


Verb 


vixero 

vixeris 

vixerit 

vixerimus 
vixeritis 
vixerint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 
eritis 
erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  lived 

you  will  have  lived 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  lived 

we  shall  have  lived 

you  (all)  will  have  lived 

they  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  lived 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire  (stem: 
sepeliv — fourth  conjugation) 


Verb 


Ending 


sepelivi* 

i 

sepelivisti 

isti 

sepelivit 

it 

sepelivimus  imus 

sepelivistis         istis 
sepeliverunt  (ere)   erunt 


Meaning 

I  buried,  have  buried 

you  buried,  have  buried 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  buried, 

has  buried 

we  buried,  have  buried 

you  (all)  buried,  have  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  buried, 

have  buried 


*The  alternate  perfect  stem  sepeli  may  also  be  found 
on  occasion. 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 


sepe liver am 
sepe liver as 
sepe liver at 
sepeliveramus 
sepe liver at is 
sepe 1 i ver ant 


eram 

eras 

erat 

eramus 

eratis 

erant 


I  had  buried 

you  had  buried 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  had  buried 

we  had  buried 

you  (all)  had  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  buried 


73 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  sepelire 


Verb 


sepelivero 

sepeliveris 

sepeliverit 

sepeliverimus 

sepeliveritis 

sepeliverint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 

eritis 

erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  buried  | 

you  will  have  buried 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will  have  buried 

we  shall  have  buried 

you  (all)  will  have  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  buried 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  facere  (stem: 
fee — third  conjugation  io-verb) 


Verb 


feci 

fecisti 

fecit 

fecimus 

fecistis 

f ecerunt  ( ere ) 


Ending 

i 

isti 

it 

imus 

istis 

erunt 


Meaning 

I  made ,  have  made 

you  made ,  have  made 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  made,  has  made 

we  made ,  have  made 

you  (all)  made,  have  made 

they  ( or  a  noun )  made ,  have  made 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  facere 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 


feceram 

feceras 

fecerat 

feceramus 

feceratis 

fecerant 


eram 

eras 

erat 

eramus 

eratis 

erant 


I  had  made 

you  had  made 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  made 

we  had  made 

you  (all)  had  made 

they  ( or  a  noun )  had  made 


{ 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  facere 


Verb 


fecero 

feceris 

fecerit 

fecerimus 

feceritis 

fecerint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 

eritis 

erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  made 

you  will  have  made 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have  made 

we  shall  have  made 

you  (all)  will  have  made 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  made 


As  an  aid  in  understanding  the  perfect  active  system,  it  may 
be  useful  review  the  time  sequence  of  each  tense  involved: 

Perfect:  An  action  completed  in  the  recent  past,  rather 
close  in  time  to  the  present,  e.g..  Terrain  tenui .  (I  held  the 
land,  possibly  until  as  late  as  yesterday;  the  implication  is 
that  at  the  present  time  I  probably  do  not  hold  it. ) 


74 


Pluperfect:  An  action  completed  in  the  more  remote  past, 
i.e.,  further  removed  from  the  present  than  the  perfect,  e.g., 
Terram  tenueram.  (I  had  held  the  land — perhaps  ten  years  earli- 
er, but  not  now. ) 

Future  Perfect:  An  action  which  simultaneously  looks  to  the 
future  and  the  past.  When  the  event  or  action  takes  place,  it 
will  do  so  in  the  future,  and  when  this  has  occurred  it  will  also 
be  in  the  past,  e.g..  Post  festum  Conceptionis  Mariae  terram 
vendidero.  (After  the  Feast  of  the  Conception  of  Mary,  I  will 
have  sold  the  land;  by  the  time  this  feast  has  arrived,  the  land 
will  no  longer  belong  to  me. ) 

The  Perfect  Active  System  of  esse 

The  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses  of  esse 
are  obtained  by  adding  the  appropriate  endings  to  the  perfect 
stem  fu. 

Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  esse  (stem:  fu) 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 


fui 

fuisti 

fuit 

fuimus 

fuistis 

f uerunt  ( ere ) 


1 

isti 

it 

imus 

istis 

erunt 


I  was ,  I  have  been 

you  were ,  have  been 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was, 

has  been 

we  were ,  have  been 

you  (all)  were,  have  been 

they  ( or  a  noun )  were , 

have  been 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  esse 


Verb 

fueram 

fueras 

fuerat 

fueramus 

fuerat is 

fuerant 


Ending 

eram 

eras 

erat 

eramus 

eratis 

erant 


Meaning 

I  had  been 

you  had  been 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

we  had  been 

you  (all)  had  been 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  esse 


Verb 

fuero 

fueris 

fuerit 

fuerimus 
fueritis 
fuerint 


Ending 

arc 

eris 

erit 

erimus 
eritis 
erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  been 

you  will  have  been 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been 

we  shall  have  been 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  been 


75 


The  Perfect  Active  System  of  posse 

The  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  indicative 
active  tenses  of  posse  are  obtained  by  adding  the  endings  for 
these  tenses  to  the  perfect  stem  potu. 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  posse  (stem:  potu) 


Verb 


potui 

potuisti 

potuit 

potuimus 
potuistis 
potuerunt  ( ere ) 


Ending 

i 

isti 

it 

imus 

istis 

erunt 


Meaning 

I  could,  I  was  able  (to) 

you  could,  you  were  able  (to) 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  could, 

was  able  (to) 

we  could,  were  able  (to) 

you  (all)  could,  were  able  (to) 

they  (or  a  noun)  could,  were 

able  (to) 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  posse 


Verb 


potueram 
potueras 
potuerat 

potueramus 
potuerat is 
potuerant 


Ending 

eram 
eras 
erat 

eramus 
eratis 
erant 


Meaning 

I  had  been  able  (to) 

you  had  been  able  (to) 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

able  (to) 

we  had  been  able  (to) 

you  (all)  had  been  able  (to) 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been  (to) 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  posse 


Verb 


potuero 

potueris 

potuerit 

potuerimus 
potueritis 

potuerint 


Ending 

ero 

eris 

erit 

erimus 
eritis 

erint 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  been  able  (to) 

you  will  have  been  able  (to) 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  able  (to) 

we  shall  have  been  able  (to) 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

able  (to) 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  able  (to) 


Note  that  the  third  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb  is 
given  in  the  vocabulary  of  most  standard  Latin  dictionaries  and 
lexica  (together  with  the  other  principal  parts)  as  the  first 
person  singular,  perfect  indicative  active,  e.g.,  copulo,  copu- 
lare,  copulavi  (I  marry,  to  marry,  I  married  [have  married]). 
The  fourth  principal  part,  the  perfect  passive  participle  will  be 
discussed  in  Chapter  IX.  The  first  three  principal  parts  of  all 
verbs  included  in  all  of  the  chapters  to  this  point  are  listed 
below.   These  should  be  studied  carefully. 


76 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  VI 


A.  Grammar 


Conjugate  habitare  (first  conjugation),  tenere  (second 
conjugation),  venders  (third  conjugation),  venire  (fourth  conju- 
gation), and  capere  (third  conjugation  io-verb)  in  the  perfect, 
pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  indicative  active.  The  perfect 
steins  of  each  of  these  verbs  are  given  below  in  the  third  princi- 
pal part  of  each  one. 

B.  Vocabulary 

In  addition  to  all  of  the  verbs  given  in  body  of  this  chap- 
ter, learn  the  first  three  principal  parts  of  the  following 
verbs.  Note  that  many  standard  Latin  dictionaries  and  lexica 
list  the  four  principal  parts  of  Latin  verbs.  With  the  discus- 
sion of  the  perfect  system  active,  three  of  these  four  have  been 
introduced  to  the  reader.  These  include:  first  person  singular, 
present  indicative  active,  present  infinitive,  and  first  person 
singular,  perfect  indicative  (for  example:  baptize:  I  baptize; 
baptizare:  to  baptize;  baptizavi:  I  baptized,  have  baptized). 
The  fourth  principal  part,  the  perfect  passive  participle,  will, 
as  indicated  on  the  preceding  page,  be  discussed  in  Chapter  IX. 


First  Conjugation  Verbs 

adjuvo,  adjuvare,  adjuvavi: 

help,  aid  (adiuvo) 
allege,  allegare,  allegavi: 

accuse,  allege 
appello,  appellare,  appellavi: 

call,  name,  appeal,  accuse 
approbo ,  approbare ,  approbavi : 

approve,  approve  a  business 

or  legal  transaction 
baptize,  baptizare,  baptizavi: 

baptize 
cause,   causare,   causavi: 

cause,  give  as  a  reason, 

accuse 
cepule,  copulare,  cepulavi: 

marry,  join 
celebre ,  celebrare ,  celebravi : 

celebrate;        nuptias 

celebrare:  to  celebrate  the 

nuptials,  to  marry 
de,  dare,  dedi:  give 
habite,  habitare,  habitavi: 

live  in,  dwell 
hume,  humare,  humavi:  bury 


laude,   laudare,   laudavi: 

praise 
lege,  legare,  legavi:  leave, 

bequeath 
marite,  maritare,  maritavi: 

marry 
narre,   narrare,   narravi : 

narrate,  relate 
ere,  erare,  oravi:  pray,  ask, 

beg 
prebe,  prebare,  prebavi:  test, 

prove ,  approve ,  probate 
seirve,  servare,  servavi:  save, 

preserve 

Second  Conjugation  Verbs 

centinee ,  centinere ,  centinui : 

contain,  connect 
debeo,  debere ,  debui :  owe, 

ought 
despendeo,      despondere, 

despendi :  betroth 
decee,  docere,  decui:  teach 
habee ,  habere,  habui :  have, 

hold 


77 


jaceo,    jacere,    jeci:    lie,    lie 

down    (iaceo) 
moneo,    monere,    monui:    warn 
remaneo ,     remanere,     remansi: 

remain,    stay 
teneo,     tenere ,     tenui :     hold, 

keep 
video,    videre,    visi:    see 

Third  Conjugation  Verbs 

absolve,     absolvere,     absolvi: 

absolve,    forgive,    release, 

complete    (studies) 
acquiesce,  acquiescere , 

aquevi :     die,     repose,     be 

content  with 
ago,    agere,    egi:    do,    drive, 

discuss,    lead,    act,    etc. 
cerno,  cernere ,  crevi : 

discern,    perceive 
condo,       condere,       condidi : 

found,     make,     construct; 

testamentum    condere:     to 

make   a  will 
contraho ,     contrahere,     con- 

treixi:    contract,    contract   a 

marriage 
decedo ,      decedere ,      decessi: 

die,    depart,    go   away 
detego ,     detegere,     detexi : 

reveal,    uncover,    detect 
dice,    dicere,    dixi:    say,    tell, 

call 
decumbo ,     decumbere ,     decubui : 

die,    lie   down 
dego,     degere,     degi :     spend 

time,     pass     time,     live, 

exist,    dwell,    reside,    rest; 

vitam     degere:      to     spend 

(one's)    life,    live 
duco,    ducere,    duxi:    lead 
emo ,    emere ,    emi :    buy 
gigno,    gignere,    genui :    beget, 

produce,    be   born 
lego,     legere,     lexi:     read, 

choose,  gather 
nosco,  noscere,  novi:  know  (be 

acquainted  with) 
pono ,     ponere ,     posui :     put, 

place,    lay 
impono ,     imponere,     imposui: 

place   upon,    impose 


promitto,     promittere,     pro- 

missi:    promise 
relinquo,  relinquere, 

relinqui:     leave    behind, 

abondon 
requiesco,     requiescere,     re- 

quievi:    rest,    lie 
scribo ,     scribere,     scripsi: 

write 
subscribe,     subscribere ,     sub- 

scripsi:  undersign, 

underwrite,    sign   below 
sumo,     sumere ,     sumpsi:     take 

down,    complete,    finish 
vendo,    venders,    vendidi:    sell 
vivo,    vivere,    vixi:    live 

Fourth  Conjugation  Verbs 

abdormio,     abdormire ,     abdor- 

mivi:    sleep   away,    die 
audio,    audire,    audivi:    hear 
consentio ,    consentire :    consen- 

si:     agree,     be    in    harmony 

with 
cupio,    cupire,    cupivi:    desire, 

want 
custodio,  custodire, 

custodivi :      guard,      keep 

watch 
scio,    scire,    scivi:    know    (how 

to   do   something) 
sepelio,     sepelire,     sepelivi 

(or,    sepelii):    bury 
venio,    venire,    veni:    come 
invenio,      invenire,      inveni: 

find,    come  upon 

Third  Conjugation   -10  Verbs 

capio,     capere,     cepi:     take, 

seize,    capture 
concipio,    concipere,    concepi : 

conceive,  comprehend, 

become   pregnant 
facio,    facere,    feci:    make,    do 
fugio,    fugere,    fugi:    flee 

Other  Verbs 

possum,  posse,  potui:  can,  be 

able  (to) 
sum,  esse,  fui:  be 


78 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

In  dolor ibus  partus  obi it  Agnes  de  Groot  dum  vivens  uxor 
Wilhelmi  Sloet,  vulgo  dicti  Gerrit,  civis  et  brasiatoris 
huius  loci  nono  die  mensis  Junii  anno  domini  nostri  MDCLXXX. 
(dolor,  doloris,  m.  :  pain;  partus,  partus,  in.:  birth, 
childbirth  [fourth  declension  noun,  v.  Chapter  X;  note  here 
that  partus  is  genitive  singular  "of  birth"];  obiit: 
died  [V.  Chapter  XIV];  dum  vivens:  while  living;  vulgo 
[see  Chapter  V,  Exercise  E,  3];  dicti:  called;  brasiator, 
brasiatoris,  m. :  brewer  [e.g.,  of  beer];  huius  loci:  of 
this  place;  nono  die:  on  the  ninth  day;  anno  domini  nostri 
MDCLXXX:  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1680  [v.  Chapter  VII  for 
additional  information  on  Roman  numerals.]) 

Nos,  parochi  huius  parochiae  Beatorxun  Sanctorum  Petri  et 
Pauli,  Abnerum  Roth  et  Eleanoram  Murphy  copulavimus. 
(nos:  we  [goes  with  copulavimus];  parochi:  nominative 
plural;  huius:  of  this;  Abnerum:  Abner,  ace.  case) 

Heri  ego  Stephanus  Rotgermann  decanus  seniculam  n.n. ,  quae 

in  vicum  nostrum  erravit  et  a  morbo  ignoto  juxta  forum 

obiit,  in  coemeterio  figulorum  sepelivi. 

(heri:  yesterday;  ego:  I;  decanus,  decani,  m. :  deacon; 
senicula,  seniculae,  f.:  a  little  old  lady;  n.n.:  name 
unknown  [n.n.:  nomen  nescio:  I  do  not  know  the  name;  name 
unknown];  erro,  errare,  erravi  [erratum]:  wander,  stray, 
travel;  morbus,  morbi,  m. :  disease;  figulus,  figuli,  m. : 
a  potter  [in  this  case,  the  potters'  cemetery  where  the 
poor  were  buried] ) 

23  Julii  exhalavit  animam  suam  Johanna  Jakobina  Seidt,  post 
longum  morbum,  vidua  Michaelis  Johannis  Nethe,  omnibus 
sacramentis  ecclesiae  provisa  et  die  sequenti  sepulta  est. 
(Julii:  of  July;  exhalavit:  from  exhalo,  exhalare, 
exhalavi  [exhalatum] :  breathe  out,  expire,  die;  omnibus 
sacramentis  ecclesiae  provisa:  see  Chapter  V,  Exercise 
E,  3;  die  sequenti:  on  the  following  day;  sepulta  est: 
she  was  buried) 

Agnes  Nebl,  mulier,  pauper,  laboriosa,  pia  erga  Deum, 
postquam  ultra  novem  menses  in  stomacho  suo  ita  laboraverat, 
ut  cibos  vix  non  omnes,  quos  sumpserat,  iterum  evomere 
coacta  sit,  periculum  mortis  sentiens,  sacramentum  petiit, 
atque  in  divinam  voluntatem  resignatissma  post  plures  dies 
in  agone  exspiravit  15  December  1777  anno  aetatis  suae  54 
et  eodem  die  sepulta  est. 

(mulier,  mulieris,  f.:  woman;  laboriosa,  laboriosae,  f.: 
worker  [female];  postquam:  after;  novem  menses:  9  months 
suo:  her;  ita:  so,  thus;  laboro,  laborare,  laboravi 
[laboratum]:  work;  ut:  so  that;  cibus,  cibi,  m. :  food; 
vix;  scarcely;  hardly;  sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi  [sumptum] : 


79 


take,  use  [here] ;  itenim:  again;  evomo,  evomere,  evomui 
[evomitvun]  :  vomit;  coacta  sit:  she  was  compelled  [perfect 
passive  subjunctive  of  cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactiun: 
compel  v.  Chapter  XII];  sentiens:  sensing,  feeling;  petiit: 
she  asked  [for] ,  from  peto,  petere,  petii  [or  petivi] , 
petitum:  ask,  seek  after,  request,  beg,  entreat;  atque: 
and;  resignatissma:  most  resigned;  plures:  many;  agon, 
agonis,  m. :  agony  [contest — Greek;  also  cl .  Latin]; 
exspiro,  exspirare:  exspiravi,  exspiratum:  die, 
breathe  out,  exhale) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

The  witnesses  of  this  (huius)  baptism  were:  Thomas 
Plumboldt,  merchant  (mercator,  mercatoris,  m. )  and 
citizen  of  this  place  (huius  loci) ,  and  Wilfredus  Crom, 
goldsmith  (aurifaber,  aiirifabri,  m.  )  and  citizen  of 
Snodlond  (Snodlondus,  Snodlondi,  m. ) 

The  physician  (medicus,  medici,  m. )  made  (use  fecit)  an 

operation  (operatic,  operationis,  f.)  and  removed  (use 

removeo,  removere,  removi  [remotum] )  an  infant 

of  the  female  sex  (sexus  feminei)  from  the  womb  (ex  utero) 

of  its  (eius)  mother.   I  (ego),  Francesca  Capelli,  midwife 

midwife  (obstetrix,  obstetricis,  f.)/  baptized  this 

(hunc)  child  (ace.  case),  because  of  danger  of  death 

(see  previous  chapters  for  this  phrase),  and  gave  (use  do, 

dare,  dedi,  datvim)  it  (ei)  the  name  (ace.  case) 

Maria  Angelica  (ace.  case). 

Paul  Bitrand,  a  faithful  (use  fidelis,  fidele)  servant 
(use  famulus,  famuli,  m. :  servant)  for  (use  per  +  ace.) 
many  years  in  our  (nostro)  apothecary  (pharmacopolius, 
pharmacopolii,  m. ) ,  swelled  up  (use  intumesco,  intumescere, 
intumui)  with  dropsy  (use  hydrops,  hydropis,  m.  in  the 
ablative  ease  without  a  preposition  [an  ablative  of  cause] ) 
and,  provided  with  all  of  the  sacraments  of  the  church  (see  the 
previous  chapter  for  this  usage),  died  (obiit)  in  agony 
on  the  twelfth  of  August  (duodecimo  August!)  1765  in  the 
year  of  his  age  40. 

Today  (hodie)  I,  Walter  Grund,  parish  priest  of  the  parish 
of  St.  Victor  (Victor,  Victoris,  m. )  married  the  honest 
(ace.  case)  young  man  (ace.  ease)  Rudolf  (ace.)  Schmelzer, 
a  blacksmith  (faber,  fabri,  m. ,  ace.  case)  and  citizen 
(ace.)  of  Oppenheim  (Oppenheimensis) ,  legitimate  (ace.) 
son  (ace.)  of  Friedrich  (Frederici)  Schmelzer,  farmer 
(gen.  case)  and  citizen  of  Oppenheim  (see  above)  and  Maria 
(gen.)  Anna  (gen.)  Duersch  his  wife  (uxoris  eius),  and 
the  chaste  (ace.)  virgin  (ace.)  Apollonia  (ace.)  Barabara 
(ace.)  Wuerth,  legitimate  (ace.)  daughter  (ace.)  of  the 
deceased  (gen.)  Nicolaus  (gen.)  Wuerth,  while  living  (see 


80 


above)  a  carpenter  (lignarius,  lignarii,  m.  [use  the 
gen.  case  here] )  and  citizen  of  Oberkatzbach 
(Oberkatzbachensis) ,  and  Martha  (gen.)  Eva  (gen.)  Moench 
his  wife  (see  above).   The  witnesses  of  this  marriage 
(huius  matrimonii)  were:  Joseph  Wund  farmer  from 
Oppenheim  (ex  Oppenheimense )  and  Adam  Winck  blacksmith 
from  Oberkatzbach  (ex  Oberkatzbachense) . 

Yesterday,  I  buried  Jean  (use  Johcumem) ,  the  illegitimate 
(ace.)  son  (ace.)  of  Jeanne  (Joanna,  Joannae,  f.  [gen. 
case  here])  Montreaux  in  the  potters'  cemetery  (see  above) 
beyond  the  gate  of  our  village  (villae  nostrae) .    Within 
a  few  days  (paucis  diebus)  after  the  death  (use  mors, 
mortis,  m. )  of  this  child  (huius  infantis) ,  the  mother 
died  (use  obiit)  also  (etiam)  and  was  carried  away 
(delata  est)  by  her  father  ( ab  patre  suo)  to  be  buried 
(sepelienda)  in  the  tomb  (tumulus,  tumuli,  m. ) 
of  his  family  (familiae  suae). 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Translate  the  following  parish  register  entries  with  the  aid 
of  the  vocabulary  below. 

Document  #1:  Birth 


fii-^u^  'Jinno  ^tnini  iiif  ^t'Cl^  Jiu^uf/i 


wxsau 


81 


Vocabulary 

1756:  the  date 

15  August!:  15th  of  August 

Ego :  see  above 

Jo  =  Johannes 

Albertus  a  Lauda:  his  name 

missionarius  Cappuccinus:  a 
Capuchin  missionary  (i.e., 
a  member  of  th  order  of 
Capuchin  friars — a  branch 
of  the  Franciscan  friars 
founded  in  1529  and  active 
in  preaching  and  missionary 
work) 

infantula,  infantulae,  f.:  a 
little  child  (female) 

nocte  antecedent!:  in  the 
preceding  night 

ex 

Joanne  Gobba:  the  father's 
name 

et 

J 
Mra  =  Maria    (also   in   the   left 
margin):     a    given    name    of 
both  mother  and  daughter 


Dominica    Porta:     the    mother's 

name 
eius:    his 
cui  nomen  imposui:    upon  whom  I 

placed  the  name 
Mciria 

domnus    =   domxnus:     lord    (as    a 

title) 
judex,    judicis,    m.  :    judge 
Amabilis:    a   given  name 
Paravisius:    a   surname 
Pizzetta:    the    surname    of    the 

godmother 
Lostallo:    a   place   name 
hec  =  haec:    these 

et  haec  omnia:  and  these 
things  all  (or,  and  all 
these  things)     [were   done] 

Sancti:  goes  with  Nicolai 
Gabioli  (the  name  of  the 
church ) 


82 


Document  #  3 :  Death 

Note  that  since  this  entry  is  from  a  parish  in  Germany,  the 
handwriting  does  contain  some  German  Gothic  letters  or  partial 
letters,  especially  the  -s,  which  appears  to  be  an  -f  here. 
Compare  the  vocabulary  below  with  the  handwritten  entry  as  you 
translate. 


I  ■   ^  :7^-^^i  I  izf  ^'.^y^,    t^KytiC^  ^Jj^'  %.iJiC^X^^^'  ■   _  .V 


Vocabulary 

Potinger:  a  surname 

erat:  was 

vir 

praefectus,     praef ecti ,     m.: 

magistrate 
res,    rei,    f.:    thing,    matter 
lignarius,    lignaria,    lignari- 

um:      relating     to     wood, 

forest 
aguarius ,    aguaria,    aguarium: 

relating    to    water;     hence 

Andreas     Potinger    was     a 

magistrate     of     wood     and 

water . 
strenuus,     strenua,     strenum: 

active ,    vigorous ,    strenuous 
robustus,    robusta,    robustum: 

powerful,    hard,    firm,    solid 

(like   an  oak  tree) 
cui:    to  whom 
vires:    plural   of  vis,    vis,    f.: 

force,     power,     violence; 

plural :    strength 
inconcussus ,        inconcussa, 

inconcussum:  unshaken 

(firm) 
sanitas,        sanitatis ,        f.: 

health,    good   sense,    sanity 


longaevus,  longaeva, 

longaevum:  long  (as  in  long 
life) ,    aged,    old 

promittere 

videbantur:  seemed  (third 
person  plural ,  imperfect 
indicative  passive;  the 
passive  form  of  video, 
videre,  visi,  visum,  which 
means  "seem"  rather  than 
"see.")  Note  that  the 
subject  of  this  verb  is 
vires  corporis.  The  entire 
sentence,  if  placed  in  an 
English  word  order,  would 
probably  read:  cui  vires 
corporis  videbantur 

promittere  inconcussem 
sanitatem  et  vitam  longae- 
vam;    translate  accordingly. 

aft   (at),    con j . :    but,    moreover 

expectatio ,  expectationis ,  f . : 
expectation  (the  object  of 
contra ) 

jam   (iam),    adv.:    now,    already 

mense  Octobr  =  mense  Octobris: 
in  the  month  of  October 


84 


Document    #2:    Death 


,.  J . ■-        — 


Vocabulary 

Left  Hand  Margin 

Joseph 

Ma  =  Maria 

Fidelis:     one    of    the    child's 

given  names 
Michcirolus:    the   surname    (which 

is  declined  in  this  entry) 

Entry 

_♦ 

dni  =  domini 

1734:    the  year 

26  Junii:    26th  of   Jvine 

evolavit:  from  evolve, 
evolare,  evolavi 

(evolatum) :    fly,    fly   away 

ad 

consortium  consortii,  n.: 
fellowship,  society,  commu- 
nity,   association 

Angelorum:    of   the   angels 

cuiusdam  infantuli:  of  a 
certain  infant  (cuiusdam, 
from  quidam:  ,  quaedam, 
quoddam:  a  certain  person 
or  thing,  someone,  some- 
thing) 

Anto  =  Antonio  (nominative: 
Antonius ) 

Mciria:    his  middle  given  name 


Micharolo:  the  surname  de- 
clined 

Dominica  Jacomella:  the  given 
names   of   his  wife 

coniugibj    =  conjugibus 

mensium  quatuor  circiter: 
about  four  months  (of 
months)    (of   age) 

eiusq.  =  eiusque:  and  his 
(goes  with  corpus,  the  next 
word) 

sepultum  fuit:    was   buried 

p.    =  per 

me  =  me    ( ace . ) 

J.    =  Johannem 

Aloysium  (nominative:  Aloy- 
sius) 

conciontm  =  concionatorem: 
from  concionator,  conciona- 
toris,    m. :    preacher 

cappuccinum:  Capuchin  (modify- 
ing preacher) 

Miss:  =  missioncirium:  mission- 
ary,   ace.      sing. 

tumulus,  tumuli,  m. :  cemetery, 
hill,    burial   mound,    mound 

parvulorum:  of  the  children 
(literally:  of  the  small 
ones   —   from  parvus) 

S.    =  ScUicti 

Nicolai  Gabioli  (see  above) 


83 


male,  adv.:  badly  (from  malus, 
mala,  malum:  bad,  evil) 

se  habere:  a  reflexive  verb; 
when  used  with  male:  to  be 
badly  off,  to  be  sick 

coeperat:  began  (from  coepi, 
coepisse,  coeptum,  a  defec- 
tive verb  for  which  the 
present  tense  is  supplied, 
except  in  rare  cases ,  by 
incipio,  incipere,  incepi , 
inceptum:  begin;  the  above 
three  forms  are,  consecu- 
tively: the  first  person 
singular,  perfect  indica- 
tive active,  the  perfect 
infinitive  [v.  Chapter 
XIII],  and  the  perfect 
passive  participle  [v. 
Chapter  IX] . ) 

vir  robustus:  the  robust 
(healthy)  man 

paulatim,  adv.:  gradually, 
little  by  little 

deficiebat:  failed,  ceased 
(from  deficio,  deficere, 
def eel ,  defectum:  fail, 
cease ) ;  note  that  the  tense 
here  is  imperfect  and 
translate  accordingly 

viribus:  from  his  strength 

exhaustus,  exhausta,  exhaus- 
tum:  exhausted,  emptied 
out,  deprived,  taken  away 

officio  suo:  his  duty 

amplius,  adv.:  longer,  more, 
further 

fungi:  to  perform  (from 
fungor,  fungi,  functus  sum: 
be  busy,  be  engaged  in, 
perform,  execute;  a  depo- 
nent verb,  V.  Chapter  IX; 
note  that  the  direct  object 
of  this  verb  officio  suo  is 
in  the  ablative  case. 
Fungor  is  one  of  a  small 
number  of  deponent  verbs 
which  take  ablative  objects 
[v.  Chapter  IX  for  addi- 
tional details] ) . 

mature,  adv.:  soon,  too  soon 


SS.  =  Sanctis:  modifies  sacra- 
mentis 

munitus:  fortified;  Sanctis 
sacramentis  munitus:  forti- 
fied by  (means  of  the)  holy 
sacraments 

morbo:  by  a  disease 

qui:  which 

erat  ( see  above ) 

peripneumonia ,  peripneumoniae , 
f.:  pneumonia,  pleurisy 

ingravescente :  being  op- 
pressed; present  participle 
of  ingravesco, 

ingravescare ,  ingravescavi , 
ingravescatum:  to  become 
heavy,  be  oppressed, 
burdened;  here  an  ablative 
absolute  when  combined  when 
morbo  (v.  Chapter  XIII  for 
additional  information  on 
this  usage.).  The  meaning 
is  "being  burdened  or 
oppressed  by  (with)  dis- 
ease . " 

et:    above  the   line 

ad  extrema:  to  the  last  things 
(i.e.,    the  end  of   life) 

deductus :    led ,    brought 

31   Jan.    =   31  Januarii 

7  vesp.  =  7  vespertina:  at  7 
in  the  evening  (7  p.m.); 
from  vespertinus,  vesperti- 
na, vespertinum:  of,  or 
relating  to,    the  evening 

efflavit:  he  breathed  out 
(goes  with  animam;  "his"  is 
understood  with  animam. ) ; 
from  efflo,  efflare,  ef- 
flavi,  eff latum:  breathe 
out,    blow  out 

agonizantem:  suffering  (modi- 
fies animam) ;  present 
participle  of  agonize, 
agonizare,  agonizavi, 
agonizatum:    suffer,    agonize 

confortante  ( comf ortante ) : 
being  comforted  (i.e.,  by 
the   lates   rites) 

exanimis,  exanime,  adj.:  dead, 
lifeless 

tumulo  tradente:  being  carried 
to   the   tomb    (buried) 


85 


Document    #4:    Marriages 

Translate  the  following  marriage  entries  from  a  Polish 
parish  register  of  1815  with  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  included 
below. 


/fif7t4/2t    t^)S/0 


0 


t^'fe:    -.    (>^^r^. 


/o-  -7-: : — '" I«T      7^i__  --V2. 


f^/,  r/^i/S. 


m- 


^/er>y^  J*  «m«^    PTTm^m^  ^t^-"*'^ 


t^„,^/<M«/    •^M^   ^ifc*^     •^iWr.     «■*>»/*► 


86 


Vocabulary: 


Haurytki:  a  place  name 

Millesimo  Octingentesimo 
Decimo  quinto:    1815 

praemissis  tribus  bannis 
continuis  diebus  dominicis : 
after  the  publication  of 
marriage  banns  (announce- 
ments )  on  three  consecutive 
Sundays  (an  ablative  abso- 
lute; V.  Chapter  XIII  for 
additional    information) 

dies  dominica,  diei  dominicae, 
f.:  Sunday  (the  day  of  the 
Lord) 

guarum:  of  which  (relative 
pronoun,    v.    Chapter   XI) 

Ima  =   prima:    the   first 

Dca  =  Dominica 

2do  =  secundo:  the  second, 
i.e.,  the  first  (bann)  was 
on  the   second  Sunday 

2da  =   seciinda:    second 

Dca    ( see   above ) 

3cia  =  tercia  (tertia):  third, 
i.e.,  the  second  (bann)  was 
on  the  third  Sunday 

^   =  et 

4ta  =  quarta:  fourth;  missing 
here  are  the  words  tertia 
dominica  (and  the  third 
[bann]  was  Sunday  the 
fourth  [i.e.,  the  fourth 
Sunday] ) 

post  Epiphaniam:  after  Epipha- 
ny, a  fixed  feast  day 
occurring  on  January  6th 
each  year.  Note  however, 
that  these  banns  were  read 
on  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  Sundays  after  Epiph- 
any (v.  Chapter  VII  for 
additional  information  on 
feasts   days. ) 

nullo  impedimento  canonico 
detecto:  (and)  no  canonical 
hindrance  (to  the  marriage) 
having  been  uncovered  (an 
ablative  absolute;  v. 
Chapter  XIII) 

praevioq  =  praevioque 


praevioque  examine  liberi 
consensus:  and  (being) 
previously  examined  of 
(their  own)  free  consent 
(an  ablative  absolute,  v. 
Chapter   XIII) 

caeteris  praemittendis :  (and) 
the  remaining  (information, 
banns,  etc. )  to  be  an- 
nounced (gerundive,  v. 
Chapter  XIII  and  Chapter 
XIV) 

Ego:    I 

Caspar  Godleviski:  name  of  the 
priest 

V.E.B.  =  vicarius  ecclesiae 
Bochoviensis:  vicar  of  the 
church  of  Bochoviensis  (a 
place   name) 

laboriosus ,  laboriosi,  m.: 
worker,    laborer 

Sobotowski :  the  groom's  sur- 
name 

juven^    =   juvenis 

Bogumila,  Bogumilae,  f.: 
Bogumila  (the  bride's  first 
name) 

Vrolewna:    her   surname 

parochianis:  (being)  parish- 
ioners (i.e.,  the  groom  and 
bride) 

Boo' avi'e  =  Bochoviensis:  (of 
the   parish)    of   Bochoviensis 

interrogo,  interrogare, 

interrogavi  ( interrogatum) : 
question,    ask 

eor  -  eortim:  of  them,  their 
de  eorum  mutuo  consensu  (super 
libera)  secum  contrahendi 
voluntate  explorato:  (and  I 
asked  [them] )  about  their 
mutual  consent  above  freely 
(given)  with  them  to  be 
contracted,  (being) 

voluntarily  examined  (being 
examined  by  [their  own] 
will);  i.e.,  I  questioned 
them  concerning  their 
willingness  to  contract  (a 
marriage)  of  their  own  free 
will. 


87 


matrimonio:     supply     in    with 

this 
coniunxi   =  conjunxi 
eosgz   =   eosque:    and   them 
ritus,    ritus,    f.:    rite    (fourth 

declension,    v.    Chapter  X) 
de  ritu:    according   to   the   rite 
S .    =   Sanctae : 
sanctae  matris  ecclesiae 
benedixi:       from      benedico, 

benedicere,  benedixi 

(benedictum) :    bless 
praesentibus     testibus:     the 

witnesses   present    (were) 
Rogowoski :    a   surname 
Chudrinski:    a   surname 
Wiercienie:    a   place   name 
praemissis      tribus      bannis 

continuis     dominicis     (see 

above ) 
una:    one    (i.e.,    the   first) 
dca    4ta:     the    fourth    Sunday 

(after  Epiphany) 


dca  5ta:  the  fifth  Sunday 
(after   Epiphany) 

dominica 

Tpef"""^  =  7  post  Epiphania(in)  : 
the  seventh  Sunday  after 
Epiphany  (i.e.,  the  third 
bann  was  posted  on  the  7th 
Sunday  after  Epiphany) 

nobilis,  nobilis:  noble 

Wiercienski:  the  groom's 
surname 

Rosalia,  Rosaliae,  f.:  Rosalie 
(the   bride's   first   name) 

Wiercienska:    her   surname 

For  the  rest  of  the 
vocabulary  for  the  second 
entry,  see  above.  Note 
that  the  surname  of  the 
last  witness  is  mostly  cut 
off    in   this   entry. 


88 


CHAPTER  VII 


Numbers 
Ablative  and  Accusative  of  Time 

Dates  in  Latin  Documents 
Julian  and  Gregorian  Calendars 


Introduction 

There  are  two  kinds  of  numbers  in  Latin,  as  also  in  English, 
cardinals  (from  cardo,  cardinis,  m. :  hinge,  axis,  turning  point) 
and  ordinals  (from  ordo,  ordinis,  m. :  line,  row,  series).  Cardi- 
nals indicate  the  amount,  such  as  1,  2,  3,  etc.,  while  ordinals, 
as  the  name  implies,  show  order  or  sequence,  e.g.,  first,  second, 
third. 

Numbers 

Cardinal  numbers  in  Latin  from  one  to  one  hundred,  with  the 
exception  of  unus,  una,  unum  (one),  duo,  duae,  duo  (two),  and 
tres,  tria  (three)  are  indeclinable  adjectives.  No  matter  what 
the  gender,  number  and  case  of  the  nouns  they  modify,  these 
numbers  remain,  therefore,  unchanged,  e.g.,  septem  menses  (seven 
months — nominative  and  accusative  plural),  nonaginta  annonm  (of 
ninety  years — genitive  plural). 

Unus  is  declined  like  those  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declension  which  have  the  genitive  singular  ending  -ius 
and  the  dative  singular  ending  -i  for  all  three  genders  (see 
Chapter  II) . 

unus ,  una ,  unum  ( one ,  a ,  an ) 

Case      Masculine      Feminine       Neuter    Meaning 

Nom.      unus  una  unum      one,  a,  an 

Gen.      unius  unius  vmius     of /from  one,  a,  an 

Dat.      uni  uni  uni       to/for  one,  a,  an 

Ace .      unum  unam  unum      one ,  a ,  an  ( d . o . ) 

Abl.       uno  una  uno       by/with/f  rom, 

etc.  one,  an,  an 

Example : 

Unam  filiam  habet.   (He/she  has  one  daughter. ) 


89 


duo ,  duae ,  duo 


Case 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Meaning 

Nom. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

two 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

of/from  two 

Dat. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

to/for  two 

Ace. 

duos 

duas 

duo 

two  ( d . o . ) 

Abl. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

by/wi th/f rom , 
etc .  two 

Example : 

Parentes  duorum  puerorum  sunt. 

(They  are  the  parents  of  two  boys  [children] . ) 


tres 

,  tria 

Case 

Masculine 

Nom. 

tres 

Gen. 

trivun 

Dat. 

tribus 

Ace. 

tres 

Abl. 

tribus 

Example: 

Feminine 

tres 

trium 

tribus 

tres 

tribus 


Neuter 

Meaning 

tria 

three 

trium 

of/from  three 

tribus 

to/for  three 

tria 

three  ( d . o . ) 

tribus 

by/wi th/f rom , 

etc .  three 

Tres  ex  agricolis  in  agro  sunt. 

(Three  of  the  farmers  are  in  the  field. ) 

Note  that  with  all  numbers  except  milia,  the  ablative  prepo- 
sitions ex  or  de  were  generally  used  in  classical  Latin,  rather 
than  the  genitive.  Parish  register  entries  may,  however,  include 
both  usages . 

Cardinal  numbers  from  200  to  900  are  declined  like  adjec- 
tives of  the  first  and  second  declension  plural,  e.g.,  ducenti, 
ducentae,  ducenta  (200),  trecenti,  trecentae,  trecenta  (300). 

mille  (1000) 


Case 

Mase .  & 

Fem. 

Meaning 

Neuter 

Meaning 

Nom. 

mille 

1000 

milia 

thousands 

Gen. 

mille 

of/from  1000 

milium 

of/from  thousands 

Dat. 

mille 

to/for  1000 

milibus 

to/for  thousands 

Ace. 

mille 

1000  (d.o.) 

milia 

thousands  (d.o.) 

Abl. 

mille 

by /with/from , 
etc.  1000 

milibus 

by/with/from , 
etc .  thousands 

90 


Note  that  the  genitive  of  the  whole,  which  completes  the 
meaning  of  the  word  immediately  preceding  it,  was  used  in  classi- 
cal Latin  with  milla.   The  meaning  is  thousands  (of). 

Examples : 

In  rure  mille  coloni  laborabant. 

(One  thousand  peasants  [farmers,  settlers]  used  to  work 
in  the  country . ) 

In  rvire  milia  colonorum  laborabant. 

(Thousands  of  peasants  used  to  work  in  the  country. ) 

Ordinal  numbers  are  declined  like  adjectives  of  the  first 
and  second  declension,  e.g,  primus,  prima,  primum  (first), 
secundus,  secunda,  secundum  (second),  tertius,  tertia,  tertium 

(third) 

Examples: 

Prima  die  mensis  Novembris  Carolus,  infans,  filius 
legitimus  Jakobi  Wagner  et  Berthae  Mitler,  baptizatus  est. 

(On  the  first  day  of  the  month  of  November,  the  infant 
Charles,  legitimate  son  of  Jakob  [or  James]  Wagner  and 
Bertha  Mitler,  was  baptized. ) 

Secunda  hora  noctis,  tempestas  magna  fuit. 

(In  the  second  hour  of  the  night,  there  was  a  great  storm.) 


Numb 

ers 

Numerals 

Cardinals 

Meaning 

Ordinals 

Meaning 

I 

unus,  -a,  -um 

1 

primus,  -a,  -um 

1st 

II 

duo ,  duae ,  duo 

2 

secundus,  -a,  -um 

2nd 

III 

tres ,  tria 

3 

tertius ,  etc . 

3rd 

IV 

quattuor 

4 

quartus 

4  th 

V 

quinque 

5 

quintus 

5  th 

VI 

sex 

6 

sextus 

6  th 

VII 

septem 

7 

Septimus 

7  th 

VIII 

octo 

8 

octavus 

8  th 

IX 

novem 

9 

nonus 

9th 

X 

decem 

10 

decimus 

10th 

XI 

undecim 

11 

undecimus 

11th 

XII 

duodecim 

12 

duodecimus 

12  th 

XIII 

tredecim 

13 

tertius  decimus 

13th 

XIV 

quattuor dec  im 

14 

quartus  decimus 

14th 

XV 

quindecim 

15 

quintus  decimus 

15th 

XVI 

sedecim 

16 

sextus  decimus 

16th 

XVII 

septemdecim 

17 

Septimus  decimus 

17th 

XVIII 

duodeviginti 

18 

duodevicesimus 

18th 

XIX 

undeviginti 

19 

undevicesimus 

19th 

91 


Numerals 

Cardinals 

Meaning 

XX 

viginti 

20 

XXI 

viginti  unus 

21 

XXII 

viginti  duo 

22 

XXIII 

viginti  tres 

23 

XXIV 

viginti  quattuor 

24 

XXV 

viginti  quinque 

25 

XXVI 

viginti  sex 

26 

XXVII 

viginti  septem 

27 

XXVIII 

viginti  octo 

28 

XXIX 

viginti  novem 

29 

XXX 

triginta 

30 

XXXI 

triginta  unus 

31 

XL 

quadraginta 

40 

XLI 

quadraginta  unus 

41 

L 

quinquaginta 

50 

LI 

quinquaginta  unus 

i          51 

LX 

sexaginta 

60 

LXI 

sexaginta  unus 

61 

LXX 

septuaginta 

70 

LXXI 

septuaginta  unus 

71 

LXXX 

octoginta 

80 

LXXXI 

octoginta  unus 

81 

XC 

nonaginta 

90 

XCI 

nonaginta  unus 

91 

C 

centum 

100 

CI 

centum  unus 

101 

CXX 

centum  viginti 

120 

CL 

centum  quincjuaginta  150 

CC 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

200 

ccc 

trecenti ,  etc . 

300 

CD 

quadringenti 

400 

D 

quingenti 

500 

DC 

sescenti 

600 

DCC 

septingenti 

700 

DCCC 

octingenti 

800 

CM 

nongenti 

900 

M 

mille 

1000 

Meaning 


vic(g)esimus 
vic(g)esimus  primus 
vic(g)esimus  secundus 
vic(g)esimus  tertius 
vic(g)esimus  quartus 
vic(g)esimus  quintus 
vic(g)esimus  sextus 
vic(g)esimus  septimus 
vic(g)esimus  octavus 
vic(g)esimus  nonus 
tric(g)esimus 
tric{g)esimus  primus 
quadr ages  imus 
quadragesimus  primus 
quinquages  imus 
quinquagesimus  primus 
sexagesimus 
sexagesimus  primus 
septuagesimus 
septuagesimus  primus 
octogesimus 
octogesimus  primus 
nonages imus 
nonages imus  primus 
centesimus 
centesimus  primus 
centesimus  vic(g)esimus 
centesimus  quinquagesimus 
ducen tes  imus 
trecentes  imus 
quadringentesimus 
quingentes imus 
ses ( X ) centesimus 
sept ingentes imus 
oct ingentes  imus 
nongen tes  imus 
mi lies imus 


20th 

21st 

22nd 

23rd 

24th 

25th 

26th 

27th 

28th 

29th 

30th 

31st 

40th 

41st 

50th 

51st 

60th 

61st 

7  0  th 

71st 

80th 

81st 

90th 

91st 

100th 

101st 

120th 

150th 

200th 

300th 

400th 

500th 

600th 

700th 

800th 

900th 

1000th 


Roman  Numerals 

Roman  numerals  may  be  used  instead  of  Arabic  numerals  in 
parish  registers  or  other  documents.  There  are  seven  basic 
numerals  from  which  all  others  are  formed.  These  include:  I  (1), 
V  (5),  X  (10),  L  (50),  C  (100),  D  (500),  and  M  (1000).  In  order 
to  make  other  number  combinations  from  these  seven,  place  addi- 
tional numerals  to  the  right  of  the  first  numeral,  e.g.,  I  (1), 
II  (2),  X  (10),  XII  (12).  To  subtract,  place  numerals  to  the 
left  of  the  basic  numeral,  e.g.,  X  (10),  IX  (9  =  10  minus  1),  C 
(100),  XC  (90  =  100  minus  10). 


92 


The  Days  of  the  Week 

In  the  Christian  calendar,  feria,  feriae,  f .  (a  neuter 
plural  in  classical  Latin  with  the  meaning  of  feast  or  festival 
days)  was  used  for  a  day  of  the  week  on  which  no  feast  or  saint's 
day  was  celebrated.  Eventually,  it  came  simply  to  mean  "day,"  as 
in  a  day  of  the  week.  Days  of  the  week  were  often  named  by 
adding  numbers  to  feria,  e.g.,  feria  secunda  (Monday,  the  "sec- 
ond" day  of  the  week  in  the  Christian  calendar). 

Sunday  was  often  called  either  the  day  of  the  Lord  (domini- 
ca,  dies  dominica)  or  the  first  day  of  the  week  (feria  prima)  in 
commemoration  of  the  resurrection  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
which,  according  to  the  New  Testament,  occurred  on  the  first  day 
of  the  week.  This  day  replaced  the  Jewish  Sabbath  or  seventh  day 
of  the  week  as  the  day  of  worship  and  rest  in  Christianity.  In 
the  Roman  calendar,  the  days  of  the  week  took  their  names  from 
various  gods  and  goddesses,  e.g.,  dies  Veneris  (the  day  of  Venus 
=  Friday),  as  well  as  the  sun  and  the  moon. 


Latin 


English 


dominica,  dies  dominica  (dominicus)  Sunday  (the  day  of  the  sun. 


dies  Solis,  feria  prima 
feria  secunda,  dies  Lunae 

feria  tertia,  dies  Martis 

feria  quarta,  dies  Mercurii 

feria  quinta,  dies  Jovis 

feria  sexta,  dies  Veneris 

feria  septima,  dies  sabbatina 
( sabbatinus ) ,  sabbatum,  dies 
Saturni 


the  first  day  of  the  week) 
Monday  (the  second  day  of  the 

week,  the  day  of  the  moon) 
Tuesday  (the  third  day  of  the 

week,  the  day  of  Mars) 
Wednesday  (the  fourth  day  of 

the  week,  the  day  of  Mercury) 
Thursday  (the  fifth  day  of  the 

week,  the  day  of  Jove/ Jupiter ) 
Friday  (the  sixth  day  of  the 

week,  the  day  of  Venus) 
Saturday  (the  sabbath  [from 

the  Jewish  calendar] ,  the 
day  of  Saturn) 


For  the  week  itself,  two  terms  were  used,  one  of  Greek  and 
one  of  Latin  origin.  These  were,  respectively,  hebdomada, 
hebdomadae,  f.  (week,  or,  hebdomas,  hebdomadis,  f. --Greek)  and 
septimana,  septimanae,  f.  (week — Latin). 

The  Months  of  the  Year 

Latin  months  are  either  second  declension  masculine  nouns 
(declined  like  baptismus  or  filius)  or  third  declension  masculine 
nouns  (declined  like  pater,  patris) .  Since  the  Roman  calendar 
originally  began  in  March,  the  months  September,  October,  Novem- 
ber, and  December  were  number  seven  (septem),  eight  (octo) ,  nine 
(novem) ,  and  ten  (decem)  respectively.  In  parish  registers,  and 
other  documents  as  well,  these  four  months  were  often  abbreviated 
by  substituting  an  Arabic  number  or  a  Roman  numeral  for  septem, 
octo,  novem,  and  decem,  e.g.,  7ber,  Vbris,  Vllber,  Vllbris  = 


93 


September,  of  September,  8ber,  8bris,  Vlllber,  Vlllbris,  =  Octo- 
ber, of  October,  9ber,  9bris,  IXber,  IXbris  =  November,  of  Novem- 
ber, lOber,  lObris,  Xber,  Xbris  =  December,  of  December. 

Latin  English 

Januarius,  Januarii,  m.  January 

Februarius,  Februarii,  m.  February 

Martius,  Martii,  m.  March 

Aprilis,  Aprilis,  m.  April 

Maius,  Mail,  m.  May 

Junius,  Junii,  m.  June 

Julius,  Julii,  m.  July 

Augustus ,  Augusti ,  m .  August 

September,  Septembris,  m.  September 

(7ber,  7bris,  Vllber,  Vllbris) 

October,  Octobris,  m.  October 

(8ber,  Sbris,  Vlllber,  Vlllbris) 

November,  Novemberis ,  m.  November 

(9ber,  9bris,  IXber,  IXbris) 

December,  Decembris,  m.  December 

(lOber,  lObris,  Xber,  Xbris) 

January  was  named  for  the  Roman  (or  old  Italian)  God  Janus, 
who  was  traditionally  represented  as  having  two  faces.  His  image 
was  often  placed  over  the  outer  door  (janua)  of  a  Roman  household 
to  protect  the  house  against  intruders  and  various  types  of  evil 
or  misfortune.  February  was  named  after  the  Roman  festival  of 
purification,  Februa  (a  neuter  plural),  which  occurred  on  Febru- 
ary fifteenth.  March,  as  is,  perhaps,  obvious,  took  its  name 
from  Mars  (genitive  singular  Martis)  the  Roman  God  of  agriculture 
and  war.  April  may  have  been  derived  either  from  the  Greek 
goddess  Aphrodite  (Venus  in  Latin)  or  the  verb  aperire  (to  open 
(since  many  flowers  open  in  the  spring).  In  classical  Latin 
Aprilis  was  an  adjective  which  modified  mensis  (month). 
Subsequently,  mensis  was  dropped  and  Aprilis  became  a  noun. 

May  was  named  after  Maia,  the  daughter  of  Atlas  and  Pleione 
in  Greco-Roman  mythology,  who  became  the  mother  of  Mercury  with 
Jupiter  as  the  father.  Maius  was  also  originally  an  adjective 
modifying  mensis.  June  was  name  for  Juno  (Greek:  Hera),  the  wife 
of  Jupiter,  head  of  the  gods.  July  was  called  such  in  honor  of 
Julius  Caesar  (Julius  was  the  name  of  an  old  Roman  tribe  or 
clan);  its  original  name  was  Quintilis  or  Quinctilis  (the  fifth 
month).  August  was  named  for  Augustus  Caesar,  the  successor  of 
Julius  Caesar  and  his  grand-nephew.  Its  original  name  was  Sexti- 
lis  (the  sixth  month) . 

Ablative  and  Accusative  of  Time 

Time  when  or  within  which  is  generally  expressed  in  Latin  by 
the  ablative  without  a  preposition.  When  translating  into  Eng- 
lish, the  prepositions  on,  in,  at  or  within  must  be  added,  e.g.: 


94 


Anno  domini  1778 

(in  the  year  of  the  [our]  Lord  1778) 

Anno  millesimo  sescentesimo  quarto  et  die  nono  mens is 
Xbris  Johannes  Bemelli  et  Isabella  Corolli  copulati  sunt. 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  four,  and  on  the  ninth 
day  of  the  month  of  December,  John  Bernelli  and  Isabella 
Corolli  were  married.   Literally:  in  the  one  thousand 
six  hundred  fourth  year  .  .  .  ) 

Duration  and  extent  of  time  are  indicated  by  using  the  accu- 
sative case.  In  classical  Latin,  this  was  done  without  a  prepo- 
sition, e.g..  In  urbe  tres  dies  remansit.  (He/she  remained  in 
the  city  for  three  days.)  Latin  documents  of  the  medieval  and 
early  modern  periods,  however,  may  contain  examples  of  duration 
or  extent  of  time  in  which  an  accusative  preposition  might  be 
used,  e.g.,  Elizabetha  filia  Robert!  per  tres  annos  in  vico 
vixit.  (Elizabetha,  daughter  of  Robert,  lived  in  the  village  for 
three  years . ) 

Dates  in  Latin  Documents 

The  dating  of  many  Latin  primary  sources  such  as  parish 
registers,  wills,  leases,  marriage  contracts,  tax  or  civil  re- 
cords, and  ecclesiastical  transactions  of  various  sorts  (bishops' 
registers,  the  formularies  of  papal  notaries,  etc.)  was  accom- 
plished in  a  number  of  different  ways.  Examples  of  some  of  the 
more  common  methods  of  dating  are  provided  below.  (The  problems 
involved  in  determining  approximate  dates,  or  time  periods,  when 
no  specific  information  is  available  in  the  document,  will  not  be 
discussed  here.  Those  interested  should  consult  a  standard 
reference  work  on  the  subject  of  diplomatics  such  as  Giry  [listed 
in  the  bibliography] . ) 

1)  Ordinal  Numbers  with  the  Ablative  of  Time 

Anno  domini  (Christi,  Gratiae)  millesimo 
septingentesimo  septuagesimo  octo  et  die  vicesimo 
tertio  mens is  August i  . . . 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  [of  Christ,  of  Grace]  one 
thousand  seven  hundred  seventy-eight  and  on  the  twenty- 
third  day  of  the  month  of  August  . . . 

This  is  the  most  common  method  of  dating  parish  registers. 
Note  that  these  are  ordinal  numbers  and  are  correctly  translated 
as  "In  the  one  thousand  seven  hundred  and  seventy-eighth  year  of 
our  Lord  and  on  the  twenty-third  day  of  the  month  of  August  ..." 
It  is,  however,  customary  to  treat  them  as  cardinal  numbers  and 
to  translate  them  as  above. 

2)  Day,  Month,  Year  with  Arabic  Numbers 

23  August  1778 

(23[rd]  of  August  1778) 


95 


3 )  With  Roman  Numerals 

XXIII  August!  millesimo  DCCLXXVII  (or,  XXIII  August! 
MDCCLXXVII ) 

(August  23,  1777) 

4)  Abbreviated,  wholly  or  in  part 

o     0        0 
XXIII  die  mensis  August!,  anno  Dom.  M  DCC  LXXVII  ... 
(vicesimo  tertio  die  mensis  August!,  anno  Domini  millesimo 
septingentesimo  septuagesimo  septimo  .  .  .  [on  the  twenty- 
third  day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand 
seven  hundred  seventy-seven  . . . ] ) 

5)  According  to  Feast  or  Saints'  Days 
(the  ecclesiastical  calendar) 

3.  Ep!phan!a(am)  renata  est  Bertha  filia  legitima  Jacobi 
Bauer  et  Mariae  Barbarae  Wortmann. 

(The  third  Sunday  [after]  Epiphany  [6  January],  Bertha, 
legitimate  daughter  of  Jacob  [James]  Bauer  and  Maria 
Barbara  Wortmann  was  baptized. ) 

The  ecclesiastical  calendar  was  organized  according  to 
saints'  days,  feast  days,  and  other  special  holidays  such  as 
Christmas  and  Easter.  There  were  two  types  of  feast  days  in  the 
ecclesiastical  calendar,  fixed  and  movable.  Fixed  feast  days 
were  celebrated  on  the  same  day  each  year,  while  the  celebration 
of  movable  feast  days  varied  from  year  to  year.  Movable  feast 
days  were  usually  calculated  on  the  basis  of  their  proximity  to 
important  holidays  in  the  church  calendar  such  as  Christmas, 
Easter,  and  Trinity  Sunday.  In  the  example  above,  3.  Epiphania 
means  three  Sundays  after  Epiphany,  a  fixed  feast  day  which  was 
celebrated  on  the  sixth  of  January  each  year.  (Three  Sundays 
after  Epiphany  is,  however,  a  movable  feast  day.) 

To  determine  dates  based  upon  fixed  feast  days,  locate  the 
day  in  the  list  of  fixed  and  movable  feast  days  in  Appendix  B  of 
this  book.  To  calculate  movable  feast  days,  a  special  calendar 
of  fixed  and  movable  feast  days,  such  as,  for  example,  that  found 
in  R.  Cheney.  Handbook  of  Dates  for  Students  of  English  History. 
London:  Royal  Historical  Society,  1978,  should  be  consulted.  A 
useful  summary  of  dating  procedures  such  as  the  determination  of 
Easter,  a  movable  feast  day,  or  the  hours  of  the  day,  is  found  in 
the  article  "Medieval  Chronology,"  by  R.  Dean  Ware,  in  James  M. 
Powell,  ed. ,  Medieval  Studies:  An  Introduction  (New  York:  Syra- 
cuse University  Press,  1976),  pp.  127-221.  See  also,  Reginald  L. 
Poole,  Studies  in  Chronology  and  History  (Oxford:  At  the  Claren- 
don Press,  1934;  reprint  ed. ,  1969),  pp.  7-27. 


96 


6)  Based  upon  the  Beginning  of  the  Christian  Era 

In  nomine  Domini  Amen.   Anno  eiusdem  incamationis 
millesimo  trecentesimo  sexagesimo  quarto  et  die  septimo 
mens is  Marti i  . . . 

(In  the  name  of  the  Lord,  Amen.   In  the  one  thousand 
three  hundred  sixty-fourth  year  of  [after]  the 
incarnation  of  the  same  [i.e.,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ], 
and  on  the  seventh  day  of  the  month  of  March  . . . ) 

Dating  according  to  the  Christian  era,  e.g.,  anno  Domini, 
anno  incamationis  Dei  or  Domini,  anno  gratiae,  was  begun  in  the 
sixth  century  A.D.  It  was  reckoned  from  1  A.D.,  which  was  con- 
sidered to  be  the  year  of  the  birth  of  Christ.  The  chronology  of 
many  parish  registers  was  based  upon  this  date  as  the  birth  year 
of  Jesus  Christ. 

7)  By  the  Reign  of  a  Pope,  King  or  other  Ruler 

. . .  pontif icatus  sanctissimi  patris  et  domini  nostri 
dominorum,  divina  providentia  papa,  Drbani  quinti  anno 
secixndo  .  .  . 

( . . .  in  the  second  year  of  the  pontificate  of  our  most 
holy  father  and  lord  of  lords  Urban  V,  by  divine 
providence  pope...  [or,  by  the  grace  of  God]) 

To  determine  the  year,  if  it  is  not  provided  in  the  docu- 
ment, on  the  basis  of  papal  reign,  it  is  useful  to  consult  a  list 
of  popes  such  as  that  found  in  Cheney,  Handbook  of  Dates  of 
Students  of  English  History,  pp.  3  3-39.  In  the  case  of  Urban  V, 
he  was  pope  from  1362-1370.  Hence  the  second  year  of  the  pontif- 
icate of  Urban  V  would  be  sometime  (depending  upon  whether  or  not 
the  calculation  was  based  upon  the  date  of  election  or  corona- 
tion) in  the  year  1364. 

emno  quinto  domini  Johannis  rege  f rancorum  regnante  . . . 

(in  the  fifth  year  of  the  reign  of  lord  Jean,  King  of 
France  ...  ;  literally:  in  the  fifth  year  of  the  Lord  Jean 
reigning  King  of  the  Franks  ...  ) 

Approximately  the  same  procedure  may  be  used  for  determining 
the  regnal  year  as  for  the  papal  year,  albeit  there  are  certain 
problems  involved  in  arriving  at  an  exact  date  not  found  in 
connection  with  the  popes.  The  regnal  year  might,  for  example, 
begin  on  the  day  of  coronation,  the  day  of  the  death  of  the 
preceding  king,  or  the  day  of  the  king's  first  use  of  independent 
power.  In  general,  however,  the  regnal  year  can  be  established 
by  referring  to  a  list  of  medieval  or  early  modern  kings  or 
rulers  and  their  reigns,  such  as  that  available  in  William  L. 
Langer,  comp.  &  ed.  An  Encyclopedia  of  World  History  (many 
editions).  With  regard  to  Jean,  King  of  France,  it  must  first  be 
decided  which  king  named  Jean  is  sought.  This  can  be  accom- 
plished through  the  use  of  supporting  information  such  as  papal 
year,  indiction  (see  below),  any  kind  of  date,  or  through  various 


97 


sorts  of  internal  evidence  such  as  document  structure,  style, 
type  of  abbreviations  (or  lack  thereof),  etc.  Although  the  above 
example  does  not  indicate  this,  the  Jean  in  question  was  Jean  le 
Bel,  King  of  France  1350-1364.  Therefore,  the  fifth  year  of  the 
reign  of  Jean  would,  in  all  likelihood,  be  1355. 

8)  From  the  Indiction,  a  Fifteen-Year  Cycle 

Anno  millesimo  trecentismo  sexagesimo  quarto  et  die 
duodecimo  mensis  martii  indictione  secunda  .  .  . 

(In  the  one  thousand  three  hundred  [and]  sixty-fourth 
year,  and  on  the  twelfth  day  of  the  month  of  March 
[in  the]  second  indiction  ...  ) 

The  indiction  was  originally  a  fifteen-year  tax  cycle  estab- 
lished in  the  later  Roman  Empire.  Medieval  chronologists  began 
their  computation  of  the  indiction  from  the  year  312  A.D.  The 
number  of  the  indiction,  first,  second,  third,  etc.,  refers  to 
its  position  within  a  particular  fifteen-year  cycle.  Indictione 
secunda  in  the  above  example  is,  therefore,  the  second  year  of 
the  cycle.  The  Romans  based  these  cycles  on  an  indictional  year 
beginning  1  September,  a  practice  continued  until  the  eighth 
century  A.D.,  when  it  was  changed  to  24  September,  rather  than  a 
calendar  year  beginning  in  March  or  January.  (Occasionally, 
however,  the  papal  chancellery  utilized  an  indictional  year 
beginning  on  25  December  or  1  January. ) 

The  standard  method  of  determining  an  indictional  year,  if 
the  date  is  known,  is  to  subtract  312  from  the  year  in  question 
and  divide  the  results  by  15.  The  remainder  is  the  indictional 
year.  In  the  excerpt  above,  the  date  is  1364;  1364  minus  312  = 
1052  divided  by  15  =  7,  with  a  remainder  of  2.  Thus  the  indic- 
tional year  is  2  and  indictione  secunda  is  correct. 

It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  inasmuch  as  the  indiction- 
al year  began  in  September,  any  date  after  1  September  (prior  to 
the  eighth  century  A.D.)  or  24  September  (thereafter)  will  be 
included  in  the  next  indiction.  Thus  1  October  1364  would  be 
indictione  tertia,  even  though  there  is  a  remainder  of  2 .  In 
many  documents,  additional  forms  of  chronological  evidence  such 
as  the  date,  regnal  or  papal  years,  will  generally  be  found, 
together  with  the  indiction,  and  will  frequently  corroborate  the 
latter, 

9)  Using  the  Roman  Civil  Calendar 

Datum  apud  Swinford  vi  kalendis  Maii,  anno  Dom.  M  CC 
nonages imo  primo  . . . 

(Given  at  Swinford,  on  the  sixth  Kalends  of  May 
[26  April]  one  thousand  two  hundred  ninety-one  ...  ) 


98 


In  the  Roman  civil  calendar,  days  of  the  week  were  generally 
established  with  reference  to  Kalendae  (Calendae),  Nonae,  or 
Idus.  Kalendae  (Kalends  or  Calends)  occurred  on  the  first  day  of 
the  Roman  month,  Nonae  (Nones)  on  the  fifth  day,  with  the 
exception  of  the  months  of  March,  May,  July,  and  October,  when 
they  took  place  on  the  seventh  day,  and  Idus  (Ides)  on  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  months  of  March,  May,  July,  and  October,  and 
on  the  thirteenth  day  for  all  other  months.  Dates  were  fixed  by 
their  proximity  to  Kalendae,  Nonae,  or  Idus.  In  the  above 
example,  vi  kalendis  Maii  is  six  days  before  the  Kalends  of  May 
(1  May).  The  Romans  called  the  day  prior  to  Kalends  pridie, 
which  was  counted  as  day  #2  in  determining  the  date  from  Kalends. 
Thus  vi  kalendis  Maii  is  26  April  rather  than  25  April,  which 
might  be  expected  if  30  April  were  counted  as  the  first  day 
before  Kalends. 

Nonae,  like  Kalendae,  was  counted  backwards,  in  this  case 
from  the  fifth  or  seventh  day  of  the  month.  Thus,  for  example, 
iv  nonae  Februarii  is  2  February,  iii  nonae  Februarii  is  3  Febru- 
ary, and  pridie  nonae  Februarii  is  4  February.  The  same  proce- 
dure was  used  with  regard  to  Idus,  e.g.,  viii  idus  Februarii 
would  be  6  February.  See  Cheney,  Handbook,  for  Roman  calendar 
tables . 

The  Julian  and  Gregorian  Calendars 

Those  who  work  with  parish  registers,  should  recognize  that 
prior  to  1582,  the  Julian  Calendar,  begun  by  Julius  Caesar  and 
amended  by  Augustus,  was  the  principal  calendar  for  many  parts  of 
Europe.  This  calendar  was  divided  into  seven  months  of  31  days: 
January,  March,  May,  July,  August,  October,  and  December;  four 
months  of  30  days:  April,  June,  September,  and  November;  and  one 
month,  February,  of  28  days,  which  was  lengthened  to  29  days 
every  fourth  year.   Thus  a  year  of  3  65  1/4  days  was  established. 

It  was,  however,  discovered  in  the  sixteenth  century  that 
this  calendar  did  not  agree  precisely  with  the  solar  year,  e.g., 
the  solstices.  By  this  time,  a  discrepancy  of  ten  days  between 
the  calendar  year  and  the  solar  year  had  been  created.  In  order 
to  align  the  calendar  with  the  changing  seasons,  ten  days  were 
omitted  from  the  calendar  approved  by  Pope  Gregory  XIII  in  1582. 
Consequently,  5  October  was  followed  by  15  October  in  that  year. 

Because  this  calendar  originated  with  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church,  it  was  not  immediately  adopted  in  Protestant  areas  of 
Europe  (and,  for  that  matter,  in  certain  Catholic  regions  as 
well).  As  a  result,  it  is  important  to  learn  exactly  when  a 
particular  area  or  country  may  have  adopted  the  Gregorian  calen- 
dar. To  aid  in  this  endeavor,  a  table  of  adoption  dates  is 
included  below. 


99 


Country  or  Area 


Julian  Date     Gregorian  Date   Year  of  Adoption 


Spain 
Portugal 
Poland 
( German  & 
Areas ) 
France 
Lorraine 
Dutch  Catholic 
Provinces: 
Holland 
Brabant 
Flanders 
Hennegau 

Catholic  Areas  of 
Germany  &  Central 
Europe : 
Bishopric  of 
Luettrich 
Bishopric  of 
Augsburg 

Archbishopric  of 
Trier 

Bavarian  Bishoprics 
Brixen 
Eichstaett 
Freising 
Regensburg 
Salzburg 

Upper  Alsace  and 
Breisgau  (Austria) 
Bishopric  of  Basel 
Duchy  of  Juelich- 
Berg 

Archbishopric  of 
Cologne 
Bishopric  of 
Wuerzburg 
Archbishopric  of 
Mainz 

Margravate  of  Baden 
Bishopric  of 
Strasbourg 
Duchy  of  Cleves 
Bishopric  of 
Muenster 

Styria  (Steiermark) 
Bohemia 
Austria 


)         5 

October 

15 

October 

1582 

5 

October 

15 

October 

1582 

5 

October 

15 

October 

1582 

5 

October 

15 

October 

1582 

trian 

10 

December 

20 

December 

1582 

10 

December 

20 

December 

1582 

22  December  1  January  (1583)  1583 

22  December  1  January  (1583)  1583 

22  December  1  January  (1583)  1583 

22  December  1  January  (1583)  1583 


11 

February 

21 

February 

1583 

14 

February 

24 

February 

1583 

5 

October 

15 

October 

1583 

6 
6 
6 
6 
6 

October 
October 
October 
October 
October 

16 
16 
16 
16 
16 

October 
October 
October 
October 
October 

1583 
1583 
1583 
1583 
1583 

14 
21 

October 
October 

24 
31 

October 
October 

1583 
1583 

3 

November 

13 

November 

1583 

4 

November 

14 

November 

1583 

5 

November 

15 

November 

1583 

12 
17 

November 
November 

22 

27 

November 
November 

1583 
1583 

17 
18 

November 
November 

27 
28 

November 
November 

1583 
1583 

18 

15 

7 

7 

November 
December 
January 
January 

28 
25 
17 
17 

November 
December 
January 
January 

1583 
1583 
1584 
1584 

100 


Country  or  Area 

Catholic  Swiss 

Cantons: 

Fribourg 

Lucern 

Schwyz 

Solothurn 

Unterwalden 

Uri 

Zug 

Lausitz 

Silesia  (Schlesien) 

Hungary 

(did  not  take  effect 
Duchy  of  Westphalia 

(Westf alen) 
Bishopric  of 
Paderborn 
Siebenbuergen 
Appenzell  (Catholic 

Swiss  Canton) 
Duchy  of  Prussia 
Pf alz-Neuburg 
Valais  (Catholic 

Swiss  Canton,  part) 
Bishopric  of 
Osnabrueck 
Bishopric  of 
Hildesheim 
Valais  (Catholic 

Swiss  Canton,  part) 
Principality  of 
Minden 

Strasbourg  (city) 
Protestant  Areas  of 
Germany 
Denmark 
Norway 

Dutch  Protestant 
Provinces: 
Gelderland 
Zutphen 

Utrecht  (part) 
Overijssel 
Utrecht  (part) 
Drenthe 
Friesland 
Groningen 
Protestant  Swiss 
Cantons: 
Basel 
Bern 
Biel 


Julian  Date 

Gregorian  Date   Ye^ 

ar  of  , 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

12 

January 

22  January 

1584 

13 

January 

23  January 

1584 

13 

January 

23  January 

1584 

23 

January 

2  February 

1584 

ct 

legally  unt 

il  1587) 

2 

July 

12  July 

1584 

17 

June 

27  June 

1585 

15 

December 

25  December 

1590 

7 

January 

17  January 

1597 

23 

August 

2  September 

1612 

14 

December 

24  December 

1615 

22 

December 

1  January  (1622) 

1622 

1624 


15 

March 

26 

March 

1631 

19 
) 

February 

1 

March 

1656 

2 

February 

12 

February 

1668 

6 

February 

16 

February 

1682 

19 

February 

1 

March 

1700 

19 

February 

1 

March 

1700 

19 

February 

1 

March 

1700 

1 

July 

12 

July 

1700 

1 

July 

12 

July 

1700 

1 

July 

12 

July 

1700 

30 

November 

12 

December 

1700 

30 

November 

12 

December 

1700 

31 

December 

12 

January  (1701) 

1701 

31 

December 

12 

January  (1701) 

1701 

31 

December 

12 

January  (1701) 

1701 

1 

January 

12 

January 

1701 

1 

January 

12 

January 

1701 

1 

January 

12 

January 

1701 

101 


Country  or  Area 


Julian  Date 


Gregorian  Date   Year  of  Adoption 


Geneva 

Neuchatel 

Schaf fhausen 

Thurgau 

Zuerich 

Appenzell 

Glarus 

Great  Britain 


1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
20 
20 
2 


January 

January 

January 

January 

January 

December 

December 

September 


(including  colonies) 

Sweden  18  February 

Finland  (as  a  18  February 

Swedish  province) 

Graubuenden  (Swiss  18  February 

Protestant  Canton) 
Bulgaria  (part)       1  November 

Greece  (part)  15  July 
Estonia  1  January 

Russia  (western)      1  January 
Latvia  2  February 

Lithuania  2  February 

Rumania  (Catholic)  5  March 
Yugoslavia  5  March 

Greece  (part)  5  March 
Rumania  (Greek)  5  March 
Russia  (eastern)  5  March 
Bulgaria  (part)       4  September 


12 

January 

1701 

12 

January 

1701 

12 

January 

1701 

12 

January 

1701 

12 

January 

1701 

1 

January  (1724) 

1724 

1 

January  (1724) 

1724 

14 

September 

1752 

1 

March 

1753 

1 

March 

1753 

1  March 

13  November 
28  July 

14  January 

14  January 

15  February 
15  February 
18  March 

18  March 

18  March 

18  March 

18  March 

17  September 


1812 

1916 
1916 
1918 
1918 
1918 
1918 
1919 
1919 
1920 
1920 
1920 
1920 


Grammar 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  VII 


Decline  unus,  una,  unixm,  duo,  duae,  duo,  tres,  tria,  primus, 
prima,  primum,  and  milia  for  all  appropriate  genders,  numbers, 
and  cases . 


B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  all  of  the  vocabulary  in  the  corpus  of  this  chapter 
plus  the  following: 


anno  gratiae:  in  the  year  of 

Grace  =  anno  domini 
eras,  adv. :  tomorrow 
heri ,  adv . :  yesterday 
hodie,  adv.:  today  (in  hoc 

die) 
matutinus,        matutina, 

matutinvun:  of,  or  relating 

to,  the  morning,  early  in 

the  morning 
meridianus,  meridiana,  merid- 


ianum:  noon,  midday  (as  an 

adjective),  of,  or  relating 

to ,  noon 
perendie,  adv. :  the  day  after 

tomorrow 
pridie,  adv.:  the  day  before, 

yesterday 
vespertinus ,    vespertina, 

vespertinum:  evening  (as  an 

adjective),  of,  or  relating 

to ,  the  evening 


102 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Anno  Christi  millesimo  quingentesimo  nonagesimo  quinto  et 
die  tertio  mensis  Xbris  .  .  . 

Epiphania  (v.  Appendix  C  for  the  date)  millesimo 
octingentesimo  quadragesimo  sexto  baptizati  sunt  gemelli, 
filli  legitimi  Josephi  Conrad  et  Susannae  Magdalenae  Meyer, 
conjugum  ex  Boxwiller. 
(baptizati  sunt:  were  baptized;  gemelli:  twins) 

Hie  sunt  nomina  et  cognomina  baptizatorum  in  ecclesia  nostra 
parochiali  sanctae  Marthae  una  cum  nominibus  et  cognominibus 
parentum  et  patrinorum  quoque  ab  anno  MDCCLXIV. 
(hie:  here;  cognomen,  cognominis,  n. :  family  name, 

surname;  nostra:  our;  una  cum:  together  with;  quoque: 

also;  write  the  year  in  Arabic  numerals) 

Anno  domini  1774,  Circumcisionis  Domini,  contraxerunt 
matrimonium  Henricus  Bierdregger  et  Catarina  Gemuesen,  ambo 
de  Deventer;  peirochiis  fuit  Jan  Classen. 
(Circumcisionis  Domini  [Octava  Nativitatis  Christi] :  a 

fixed  feast  day  [v.  the  list  in  Appendix  C  for  the  exact 
day];  contreixerunt :  contracted;  ambo,  adv.:  both) 

Datum  apud  Hereford  v  Kalendae  April  is  Anno  Dom.  M  CC 
quadragesimo  uno. 

(datum:  given;  give  the  day  and  year  in  Arabic  numerals, 
as  also  the  correct  month  for  this  date) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  and  seventy-two,  and 
on  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  October  (abbreviate), 
George  Walker  and  Mary  Catherine  Spelt  were  married 
( copulati  sunt ) . 

In  the  year  of  Grace,  one  thousand  five  hundred  and  thirty- 
five,  on  the  twentieth  of  March,  old  (use  vetus)  John 
Brenner,  widower  of  Mathilda  Steinheim  died  (mortuus  est) 
and  was  buried  (sepultus  est)  on  the  twenty-second  of 
March . 

On  the  day  of  the  Discovery  of  (the  bones  of)  St.  Stephen, 
the  First  Martyr  (v.  the  list  of  feast  days  in  Appendix  C 
for  a  day  and  month)  1634  (use  Roman  numerals  for  this 
date) ,  the  child  Margaretha,  legitimate  daughter  of  William 
Smith  and  Barbara  Anna  Wheeler  was  born  (nata  est)  and 
was  baptized  (baptizata  est)  3  Sundays  after  the  same 
feast  day  (post  idem  festum) . 


103 


Given  (dattun)  on  the  tenth  of  January  1802  (use  ordinal 
numbers  and  the  ablative  of  time). 

Done  (actum)  in  the  pontificate  (in  pontificatu)  of  our 
most  holy  father  and  lord  of  lords  Urban  (gen.  Urbanis)  by 
divine  providence  pope. 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

Translate  the  birth  entry  below  from  a  Polish  parish. 


^^.^  fl^.^   ^-...^  Siy.^   if^^<>^ 


^»*M*fA^Mmi 


Vocabulary 

Chrostkowo:  a  place  name 

1818 

ego:  I 

Fulgentius:  a  first  name 

Petrykowski:  a  surname 

Hon.  =  Honnesis:  Latinized 
name  of  the  parish  of  Honne 
(part  of  Chrostkowo) 

nomine:  by  the  name  of 

Mairtinum: 

natum:  born 

ejusdem  =  eiusdem:  of  the  same 

honestae  Catharinae  (genitive 
singulars) 

Mxirawski:  her  surname 

famula,  famulae,  f.:  servant 
(female),  apprentice  (This 
noun  is  also  genitive 
singular  in  the  entry. ) 


patris  ignoti 

ignotus,  ignota,  ignotum: 

vmknown 
patrini  fuere  =  patrini  fuer- 

unt 
Melchior:  a  first  name 
Hawieki:  a  surname 
meiritatus  =  maritus:  married 
Nerienna:  a  first  name 
Jankowfka:  a  surname 
virgo 
cunbo 

Krentowo:  a  place  name 
omnes  catholici 


104 


Document  #2 

Translate  the  following  death  entries  from  a  French  parish 
register,  and  calculate  the  dates  in  these  entries  using  the 
information  on  the  Roman  civil  calendar  provided  previously. 


/^.: -'■— '     -         /    .^^_.9'^^,:,,^yS<^, 


;'fi./. 


-T/^Q^.-,^^'/-  -^ 


<^iL yo,-/ p^--—-    .,.c^.    ^/4i^ 


105 


Vocabulary 


Idibus  Januarii:  see  above 
under  the  Roman  civil 
calendar 

decessit:    died,    departed 

Del  Tombe:    a   surname 

pupilla,  pupillae,  f.:  orphan 
(female),    minor,    ward 

pastor,  pastoris,  m. :  pastor, 
shepherd 

decimo  octavo  Kalendas;  note 
that  Kalendis  or  Kalenda- 
Tvaa:    is  also  possible 

decessit:    departed    (here) 

de  vita:    from   life 

pupillus,  pupilli,  n.:  orphan 
(male),    minor,    ward 

Sentis:    a   surname 

flamen,  flaminis,  m. :  priest 
(In  ancient  Rome,  the 
priest  of  a  particular 
deity  such  as  Jupiter. ) 

curialis,  curiale,  adj.:  of, 
or  belonging  to,  the  curate 
(the  parish  in  this  case; 
hence,  flamen  curialis, 
would  be  the  parish 
priest. ) 


quinto  Kalendas  (Kalendis) 

vita  =  vitae 

statio,  stationis,  f.:  sta- 
tion,   place  of   abode 

de  statione  vitae:  from  the 
station  of   life 

decessit:    departed    (here) 

Amulphus:    a  first  name 

Waresquelle:    a   surname 

viduus 

curia:  curate  (here),  i.e.,  a 
parish  priest 

pridie  Kalendas  (Kalendis) 

a  vita:  from  life 

de  Flandre:  a  surname 

pubes ,  pubis ,  f . :  youth ,  young 
adult 

quarto  Idus  (Idibus  or  Idubus) 

ex  vita 

Julianus:  a  given  name 

Del  Salle:  a  surname 

orbus,  orbi,  m. :  orphan  (male) 

tertio  Idus  (Idibxis  or  Idubus) 

e  vita  cessit:  from  life 
departed 

Petrus 

Cola:  a  surname 


106 


CHAPTER  VIII 


Verbs  IV:  The  Passive  Voice 
Present,  Future,  and  Imperfect  Indicative 
of  all  Four  Conjugations 

Introduction 

In  the  passive  voice,  the  subject  receives  the  action  of  the 
verb  but  does  not  act  (is  acted  upon  rather  than  acts).  The  term 
passive  comes  from  the  deponent  Latin  verb  patior,  pati ,  passus 
sum:  suffer,  allow,  permit,  since  the  subject  permits  or  "suf- 
fers" itself  to  be  acted  upon.  Compare,  for  example,  the  follow- 
ing sentences:  The  priest  baptized  the  child,  (active)  The  child 
was  baptized  by  the  priest,  (passive) 

Baptismal  and  marriage  entries  are  often  in  the  passive 
voice,  because  these  activities  were  performed  by  the  parish 
priest  or  other  ecclesiastical  official.  Burials,  though  not 
necessarily  carried  out  by  the  priest  himself,  were  generally  in 
the  passive  voice,  as  also  births.  Deaths  were  usually  recorded 
in  the  active  voice. 

The  Passive  Voice 

The  passive  voice  requires  different  endings  from  those 
previously  given  for  the  active  voice.  These  are  added  directly 
to  the  present  stem  to  form  the  present,  future,  and  imperfect 
indicative  active  of  all  four  conjugations.  In  the  third  and 
fourth  conjugations,  certain  changes,  indicated  below,  occur  in 
the  verb  stem.  First  and  second  conjugation  verb  stems  remain, 
however,  unchanged. 

Present  Indicative  Passive,  First  and  Second  Conjugation 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 

copulor  r  I  am  married 

copularis*  ris  you  are  married 

copulatur  t\ir  he/she  (or  a  noun)  is  married 

copulamur  mur  we  are  married 

copulamini  mini  you  (all)  are  married 

copulantur  ntur  they  (or  a  noun)  are  married 

*The  alternate  ending  -re  may  also  be  found  on  occasion. 


107 


Verb 


Ending 


Meaning 


doceor 

doceris 

docetur 

docemur 

docemini 

docentxir 


r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


I  am  taught 

you  are  taught 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  is  taught 

we  are  taught 

you  (all)  are  taught 

they  (or  a  noun)  are  taught 


For  illustrative  purposes,  doceo,  docere,  docui,  doctum 
(teach)  is  substituted  for  habere  in  these  examples. 

Future  Indicative  Passive,  First  and  Second  Conjugations 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 


copulabor 

copulaberis* 

copulabitur 

copulabimur 

copulabimini 

copulabuntur 


r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 
ntur 


I  shall  be  married 

you  will  be  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

married 

we  shall  be  married 

you  (all)  will  be  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  married 


Verb 


*In  the  second  person  singular,  the  tense  sign  -bi  is 
changed  to  -be . 

Ending 


docebor 

r 

doceberis 

ris 

docebitur 

tur 

docebimur 

mur 

docebimini 

mini 

docebuntur 

ntur 

Meaning 

I  shall  be  taught 

you  will  be  taught 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

taught 

we  shall  be  taught 

you  (all)  will  be  taught 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  taught 

Imperfect  Indicative  Passive,  First  and  Second  Conjugations 

Verb  Ending         Meaning 

I  was  married 

you  were  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  was  married 

we  were  married 

you  (all)  were  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  married 


copulabar 

r 

copulabaris 

ris 

copulabatur 

tur 

copulabamur 

mur 

copulabamini 

mini 

copulabantur 

ntur 

108 


Verb 


Ending 


Meaning 


I  was  taught 

you  were  taught 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  was  taught 

we  were  taught 

you  (all)  were  taught 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  taught 

Present  Indicative  Passive,  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugation 
and  Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs 


docebar 

r 

docebaris 

ris 

docebatur 

tur 

docebamur 

mur 

docebamini 

mini 

docebantur 

ntur 

Verb 


promittor 

promitteris 

promittitur 

promittimur 
promittimini 
pr omi  ttun tur 


Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


Meaning 

I  am  promised 

you  are  promised 

he/she/It  (or  a  noun)  Is 

promised 

we  are  promised 

you  (all)  are  promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  are  promised 


In  order  to  avoid  an  awkward  English  translation,  promittere 
will  replace  vivere  as  an  example  of  third  conjugation  verbs  in 
the  passive  voice. 


Verb 


Ending 


sepelior 

r 

sepeliris 

ris 

sepelitur 

tur 

sepelimur 

mur 

sepelimini 

mini 

sepeliuntur 

ntur 

Verb 

capior 

caperis 

capitur 

capimur 

capimini 

capivmtur 


Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


Meaning 

I  am  burled 

you  are  burled 

he/she  It  (or  a  noun)  is  buried 

we  are  burled 

you  (all)  are  burled 

they  (or  a  noun)  are  buried 

Meaning 

I  am  taken 

you  are  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  is  taken 

we  are  taken 

you  are  taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  are  taken 


For  ease  of  translation,  capere  will  be  substituted  for 
facere  as  an  example  of  a  third  conjugation  -io  verb  in  the 
passive  voice. 

Note  that  In  the  present  indicative  passive  for  third  conju- 
gation and  third  conjugation  -io  verbs,  the  second  person  singu- 
lar Is  formed  by  adding  an  -e,  rather  than  an  -i  to  the  stem.  In 
the  third  conjugation,  the  -e  and  -i  are  actually  thematic  vowels 
placed  between  the  stem  and  the  ending.  The  stem  remains  pro- 
mitt  ,  etc . 


109 


Future  Indicative  Passive,  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugation 
and  Third  Conjugation  lO-Verb 


Verb 


promittar 

promitteris 

promittetur 

promittemur 
promittemini 
pr omi  ttentur 


Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


Meaning 

I  shall  be  promised 

you  will  be  promised 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

be  promised 

we  shall  be  promised 

you  (all)  will  be  promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

promised 


The  future  indicative  passive,  second  person  singular,  for 
the  third  conjugation,  and  the  present  indicative  passive,  second 
person  singular,  have  the  same  ending.  Note  also  that  the 
passive  stem  of  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  passive, 
third  conjugation  -io  verbs  and  fourth  conjugation  verbs,  is  -ie, 
rather  than  -i  alone. 


Verb 

sepeliar 

sepelieris 

sepelietur 

sepeliemur 

sepeliemini 

sepelientur 

Verb 


Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 

Ending 


Meaning 

I  shall  be  buried 

you  will  be  buried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

be  buried 

we  shall  be  buried 

you  (all)  will  be  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  buried 

Meaning 


capiar 

capieris 

capietur 

capiemur 

capiemini 

capientur 


r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


I  shall  be  taken 

you  will  be  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

taken 

we  shall  be  taken 

you  (all)  will  be  taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  be 

taken 


Imperfect  Indicative  Passive,  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugation 
and  Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs 


Verb 


promittebar 
promittebaris 
pr omi  ttebatur 

promittebamur 
promittebamini 
pr omi  tteban tur 


Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


Meaning 

I  was  promised 

you  were  promised 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was 

promised 

we  were  promised 

you  (all)  were  promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  promised 


110 


Verb 


Ending 


Meaning 


sepeliebar 

sepeliebaris 

sepeliebatur 

sepeliebamur 

sepeliebamini 

sepeliebantur 

Verb 

capiebar 

capiebaris 

capiebatur 

capiebamur 

capiebamini 

capiebantur 

Example : 


r 

ris 

tur 

miir 

mini 

ntur 

Ending 

r 

ris 

tur 

mur 

mini 

ntur 


I  was  buried 

you  were  buried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was 

buried 

we  were  buried 

you  (all)  were  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  buried 

Meaning 

I  was  taken 

you  were  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  taken 

we  were  taken 

you  (all)  were  taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  taken 


Hodie  Petrus  Torlini  et  Angela  Maria  Portelli  a*  me  Josepho 
Hinck  parocho  huius  parochiae  copulantur. 

(Today,  Peter  Torlini  and  Angela  Maria  Portelli  are  married 
by  me  the  parish  priest  of  this  parish.   Note  that  the 
tense  here  is  present. ) 

*The  preposition  a  (ab,  abs)  was  often  used  with  verbs 
in  the  passive  voice  to  show  the  agent  (in  this  case,  the 
priest)  by  whom  (or  which)  something  was  done. 

EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  VIII 


A.  Grammar 

Conjugate  baptizare  (first  conjugation),  tenere  (second 
conjugation),  vendere  (third  conjugation),  venire  (fourth  conju- 
gation) ,  and  fugere  (third  conjugation  io-verb)  in  the  passive 
voice,  present,  future,  and  imperfect  tenses. 

B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  the   following  words: 


abluo,    abluere,    ablui:    wash, 

baptize 
Claude,     claudere,     clausi: 

close,    enclose,    finish 
concipio,    concipere,    concepi: 

conceive,    become    pregnant, 

comprehend 
decumbo ,    decumbere ,    decubui : 

lie   down,    die 


munio,  munire,  munivi:  forti- 
fy,   strengthen,    protect 

relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui: 
leave   behind,    abandon 

subscribe,  subscribere, 

subscripsi:  undersign, 
write  below 


111 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Heri  septima  die  mensis  Vllbris  anima  infantis  n.n. ,  qui  ab 
matre  eius  relinquebatur,  Deo  omnipotenti  reddidit, 
(reddo,  reddere,  reddidi:  return,  give  back,  pay;  is  it 

possible  to  determine  the  sex  of  the  child  from  the 

information  in  this  entry?   Why  or  why  not?) 

4  Epiphania  (4  post  Epiphaniam)  aimo  domini  MDCLXXXIV 
(write  in  Arabic  numerals)  Mathilda  Reichwald  filia  legitima 
Matthaei  Reichwald  et  Agnetis  Meinert  baptizabitur. 

Sepelitur  in  coemeterio  honestus  vir  Georgius  Meyer ing. 

Anno  Gratiae  1779,  Francisca,  filia  illegitima  Mariae 
Louisae  Franchon,  confirmabitur. 

In  hac  matricula  nomina  defunctorum  in  hac  parochia 

continentur . 

(hac:  this  [in  both  uses;  ablative  singular]) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

The  honest  young  man  Henrich  Longue  from  Hammwiller  and  the 

chaste  virgin  Maria  Sattler  were  married  (use  the  imperfect 

indicative  passive,  third  person  plural,  of  copulare) 
on  the  same  day  (eodem  die). 

23  June  1685  is  buried  a  poor  (mendicus)  Frenchman  (Callus, 
Galli,  m. )  who  (qui)  died  (obiit)  in  the  hospital 
( xenodochium ,  xenodochii,  n. ) 

After  a  brief  (brevis,  breve)  illness  (morbus,  morbi,  m. ) 
her  soul  (anima  sua)  was  returned  (use  the  imperfect 
passive  third  person  singular  of  reddere  above)  to  Almighty 
God. 

The  child  will  be  baptized  in  the  parish  church  by  me  (a 
me),  Martinus  Forcellini,  priest  of  the  parish  of  St.  Agnes. 
(Martinus  and  priest  must  be  in  the  ablative  case  because  of 
the  preposition  a. ) 

We  will  donate  (done,  donare,  donavi  [donatum] )  a  forest 
(silva,  silvae,  f.)  to  the  diocese  (diocesis,  diocesis,  f., 
or  diocesa,  diocesae,  f.). 


112 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

Translate  the  following  entry  recording  the  celebration  of 
an  aimiversarium,  a  special  day  commemorating  a  variety  of  activ- 
ities such  as  the  consecration  of  a  bishop,  a  death,  etc. ,  from  a 
parish  in  Germany.  Since  there  are  some  Gothic  letters  in  this 
entry,  study  the  vocabulary  carefully  and  compare  the  printed 
words  with  those  in  the  written  entry. 


^^~^*^  17J 7;i^'/-' A>r^-^^^^  cc^^^tU*^  iU^.  ^i^l 


Vocabulary 

Stum  =  sextum 

fundatum:  established,  founded 
(from  fundo,  fundare, 
fundavi,  fundatum:  found 
establish  [anniversarium, 
not  found  here,  is  the 
antecedent] ) 

pro 

Joe     =  Jocinne 
Wildt:    a  surname 
celebratur:     from    celebro, 

celebrare,         celebravi, 

celebratum:    celebrate 
8tva  =  octava 
legata:    donated    (from    lego, 

legare,     legavi,     legatum: 

bequeath ,    donate ) 
summa  capitalis:    a  chief,    main 

or  capital   sum 

cAh^         =  sunt 

viginti 

florenus,      floreni,      m.:      a 

Florin    (a   gold   coin   minted 

in  Florence) 


de    quorum    annuo:    from   which 

yearly 
interesse:    it  is  necessary   (v. 

inters  vim  in  the  word  list) 
solvuntur:     to    be    paid    (from 

solve,      solvere,      solvi, 

solutum:    pay) 
parocho    ( dative ) 
30 
ludimagister ,     ludimagistri, 

m.  :     teacher     (also    dative 

here) 
10 

pauperibus  ( dative ) 
sex 


J 


=  et 

ecclesia  =  ecclesiae  (dative) 

14 

xgeri  =  crucigeri:  Kreutzer 
(from  crucigerus,  crucig- 
eri, m.:  Kreutzer,  a 
denomination  of  currency,  a 
coin) 


113 


Document  #2 

Translate  all  of  the  death  entries  for  November  and  December 
from  a  parish  register  in  northern  France.  Since  this  area  was 
in  the  former  province  of  Alsace-Lorraine,  where  both  German  and 
French  were  spoken,  there  are  some  Gothic  letters,  and  some 
German  words  (which  are  translated  in  the  vocabulary  below)  in 
the  entries.  Study  the  vocabulary  which  follows  carefully  as  a 
help  in  identifying  these  letters  (and  words)  and  in  making  the 
proper  translation. 


ITV. 


*UL> 


A^/tJ^-. 


T:3miSSLL3XS]BKcsgJSCBMaBBX£. 


114 


Vocabulary 

in  novo  coemeterio:    in   the   new 

cemetery 
allhir    =    allhier:     from    here, 

here,     at     this     place     (a 

German  word) 
honesta  vidua 
Ursula:    a   first   name 
Krysserin:     her    surname     (the 

-in   is    a   feminine   ending   in 

German ) 
mortua:    died 
negligentia,    negligentiae,    f.: 

neglect,    negligence 
domesticus ,     domestici ,     m.: 

servant 
eodem:    on   the   same    (day) 
honestus  vir 

Hanss   =   Hans:    a   first  name 
Cronhart:    his   surname 
Zinde:    also   part   of    his    sur- 
name 
gewester      Buerger      allhir: 

former    citizen    from    here 

( German ) 


Zoboltin:  a  surname 

vulgo,  adv. :  commonly  (called) 

die  alte  Witschgerin:  the  old 
Witschger  (her  nickname 
[German] ) 

allhir  (see  above) 

Georg:  a  given  name 

Oetterlin:  a  surname 

gewester  Buerger  allhir  (see 
above ) 

Meyerin:  a  surname  (i.e.  , 
Meyer,  the  -in  is  a  German 
feminine  ending) 

allhir  (see  above) 

extrema  unctio:  extreme  unc- 
tion (the  last  anointing, 
part  of  the  sacraments  of 
the  last  rites) 

H.  =  Hans:  a  given  name 

Michel 

Braunrissen:    a  surname 

gewester  Buerger  allhir  (see 
above ) 


115 


CHAPTER  IX 


Verbs  V:  The  Passive  Voice 
Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 
Indicative  of  all  Four  Conjugations 
Deponent  and  Semi -Deponent  Verbs 
The  Four  Principal  Parts  of  Latin  Verbs 


Introduction 

In  the  previous  chapter,  the  passive  voice  was  discussed, 
and  the  present,  future,  and  imperfect  tenses  in  the  passive 
voice  were  explained.  This  chapter  will  consider  the  perfect 
system  passive.  The  perfect  system  passive  --  perfect, 
pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  —  combines  the  perfect  passive 
participle,  the  fourth  principal  part  of  a  Latin  verb,  with  the 
present  or  perfect,  the  future,  or  the  imperfect  of  esse  (e.g., 
sum  or  fui,  ero,  eram) . 

The  Perfect  Passive  Pari:iciple 

The  perfect  passive  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective,  which 
means  that  it  is  declined  like  an  adjective  and  has  tenses  and 
voices  like  a  verb.  Since  it  is  an  adjective,  it  must  agree  with 
any  nouns  or  pronouns  it  modifies  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 
(Participles  are  discussed  in  greater  detail  in  Chapter  XIII.) 

The  perfect  passive  participle  is  declined  like  an  adjective 
of  the  first  and  second  declension  such  as  bonus,  bona,  bonum  or 
beatus,  beata,  beatum.  Its  meaning  is  always  passive.  Thus,  for 
example,  copulatus  literally  means  "having  been  married,"  or, 
when  used  as  an  adjective  "married."  The  stem  of  the  perfect 
passive  participle  (actually  the  supine  stem,  v.  Chapter  III)  is 
found  by  omitting  the  endings  -us,  -a,  -um  from  the  singular,  or 
-i,  -ae,  -a  from  the  plural,  e.g.,  doctus  (taught,  learned;  stem: 
doct) . 

The  Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  all  four  Conjugations 

The  perfect  indicative  passive  is  formed  by  combining  the 
perfect  passive  participle,  explained  above,  with  the  present  or 
perfect  tense  of  esse.  The  meaning  is  "has  been"  or  "was" 
(something),  e.g.,  sepultus  est:  He  was  buried,  has  been  buried; 
baptizata  fuit:  she  was  buried,  has  been  bured;  copulati  sunt: 
they  were  married,  have  been  married;  natus  est:  he  was  born,  has 
been  born.   Examples  follow: 


116 


copulare  (first  conjugation,  perfect  passive  participle 
stem:  copulat) 


Verb 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  sum 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  es 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  est 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  sumus 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  estis 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  sunt 


Meaning 

I  was  married,  have  been 

married 

you  were  married,  have 

been  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  was 

married,  has  been  married 

we  were  married,  have  been 

married 

you  (all)  were  married, 

have  been  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  were 

married,  have  been  married 


Because  the  perfect  passive  participle  is  an  adjective,  as 
well  as  a  verb,  it  must,  as  indicated  above,  agree  with  a  noun  or 
pronoun  it  modifies  in  gender,  number,  and  case.  If  such  a  noun 
is  plural,  then  the  plural  must  be  used.  Thus,  for  example,  the 
marriage  of  Johnathan  Black  and  Susanna  Treadwell  would  be 
recorded  as  copulati  sunt  (Johnathan  Black  and  Susanna  Treadwell 
were  married. ) ,  since  two  people  are  obviously  involved  and  nouns 
of  mixed  gender  use  the  masculine  plural. 

The  baptism  of  a  male  child  might  be  written  as  baptizatus 
est  and  a  female  child  as  baptizata  est.  This  is  not,  however, 
an  infallible  rule.  If  the  word  infans  was  used  for  "child"  in  a 
parish  register  entry,  and  no  name  was  provided  to  show  whether 
this  child  was  a  male  or  a  female,  the  baptism  would  be  recorded 
simply  as  baptizatus  est,  since  infans  is  masculine  singular 
(although  it  parish  registers  it  sometimes  appears  as  a  feminine) 
and  the  perfect  passive  participle  would  have  to  agree  with  it  in 
gender,  number  and  case. 

The  Declension  of  copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum 

The  complete  declension  of  this  perfect  passive  participle  is 
given  below  as  an  example  of  the  declension  of  all  perfect  pas- 
sive participles.  As  mentioned  previously,  these  are  declined 
like  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions. 


Singular 


Case 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Masculine 

copulatus 

copulati 

copulate 

copulatum 

copulato 


Feminine 

copulata 

copulatae 

copulatae 

copulatam 

copulata 


Neuter 

copulatum 

copulati 

copulato 

copulatum 

copulato 


117 


Plural 


Case 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Masculine 

copulati 

copulatorum 

copulatis 

copulates 

copulatis 


Feminine 

copulatae 

copulatarum 

copulatis 

copulatas 

copulatis 


Neuter 

copulata 
copul atorum 
copulatis 
copulata 
copulatis 


docere  (second  conjugation,  perfect  passive  participle 
stem:  doct) 


Verb 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  sum 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  es 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  est 

docti,  doctae,  docta  sumus 

docti,  doctae,  docta  estis 

docti,  doctae,  docta  sunt 


Meaning 

I  was  taught,  have  been 

taught 

you  were  taught,  have  been 

taught 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was 

taught,  has  been  taught 

we  were  taught ,  have  been 

taught 

you  (all)  were  taught,  have 

been  taught 

they  ( or  a  noun )  were  taught , 

have  been  taught 


promittere  (third  conjugation,  perfect  passive  participle 
stem:  promiss) 


Verb 


promxssus,  promxssa,  promissum  sum 
promissus,  promissa,  promissum  es 

promissus,  promissa,  promissum  est 


promxssi ,  promissae ,  promissa  sumus 
promissi,  promissae,  promissa  estis 
promissi,  promissae,  promissa  sunt 


Meaning 

I  was,  have  been  promised 

you  were ,  have  been 

promised 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was 

promised,  has  been 

promised 

we  were  promised,  have 

been  promised 

you  (all)  were  promised, 

have  been  promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  were 

promised,  have  been 

promised 


118 


sepelire  (fourth  conjugation,  perfect  passive  participle 
stem:  sepult) 


Verb 


sepultus,  sepulta,  sepultum  sum 

sepultus,  sepulta,  sepultum  es 

sepultus,  sepulta,  sepultum  est 

sepulti ,  sepultae ,  sepulta  sumus 

sepulti ,  sepultae ,  sepulta  estis 

sepulti,  sepultae,  sepulta  sunt 


Meaning 

I  was  buried,  have  been  buried 

you  were  buried,  have  been 

buried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was 

buried,  has  been  buried 

we  were  buried,  have  been 

buried 

you  (all)  were  buried,  have 

been  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  buried, 

have  been  buried 


capere  (third  conjugation  io-verb,  perfect  passive 
participle  stem:  capt) 


Verb 


captus,  capta,  captum  sum 

captus,  capta,  captum  es 

captus,  capta,  captum  est 

capti ,  captae ,  capta  sumus 

capti ,  captae ,  capta  estis 

capti,  captae,  capta  sunt 


Meaning 

I  was  taken ,  have  been  taken 

you  were  taken,  have  been  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  taken 

has  been  taken 

we  were  taken,  have  been  taken 

you  (all)  were  taken,  have 

been  taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  taken, 

have  been  taken 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Passive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


copulare 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  eram 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  eras 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  erat 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  eramus 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  eratis 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  ereuit 


docere 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  eram 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  eras 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  erat 


Meaning 

I  had  been  married 

you  had  been  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  had 

been  married 

we  had  been  married 

you  (all)  had  been  married 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

married 

Meaning 

I  had  been  taught 
you  had  been  taught 
he/she  (or  a  noun)  had 
been  taught 


119 


docti ,  doctae ,  docta  eramus 
docti,  doctae,  docta  eratis 
docti,  doctae,  docta  eretnt 


promittere 

promissus , 
promissus , 
promissus , 


promissa, 
promissa , 
promissa , 


promissum  eram 
promisstun  eras 
promissum  erat 


promissi,  promissae,  promxssa  eramus 
promissi ,  promissae ,  promissa  eratis 

promissi,  promissae,  promissa  erant 


we  had  been  taught 

you  (all)  had  been  taught 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

taught 

Meaning 

I  had  been  promised 

you  had  been  promised 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  had 

been  promised 

we  had  been  promised 

you  (all)  had  been 

promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  had 

been  promised 


sepelire 

sepultus , 
sepultus , 
sepultus , 


sepulta , 
sepulta , 
sepulta , 


sepultum  eram 
sepultum  eras 
sepultum  erat 


sepulti,  sepultae,  sepulta  eramus 
sepulti,  sepultae,  sepulta  eratis 
sepulti,  sepultae,  sepulta  erant 


Meaning 

I  had  been  buried 

you  had  been  buried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had 

been  buried 

we  had  been  buried 

you  (all)  had  been  buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

buried 


capere 

captus,  capta,  captiim  eram 
captus,  capta,  captirm  eras 
captus,  capta,  captum  erat 

capti,  captae,  capta  eramus 
capti,  captae,  capta  eratis 
capti,  captae,  capta  erant 


Meaning 

I  had  been  taken 

you  had  been  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had 

been  taken 

we  had  been  taken 

you  (all)  had  been  taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

taken 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


copulare 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  ero 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  eris 

copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum  erit 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  erimus 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  eritis 

copulati,  copulatae,  copulata  erunt 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  been  married 

you  will  have  been  married 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been  married 

we  shall  have  been  married 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

married 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  married 


120 


docere 


Meaning 


doctus,  docta,  doctum  ero 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  eris 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  erit 

docti,  doctae,  docta  erimus 

docti,  doctae,  docta  eritis 

docti,  doctae,  docta  erunt 


promittere 

promissus,  promissa,  promissiun  ero 
promissus,  promissa,  promissum  eris 
promissus,  promissa,  promissum  erit 

promissi,  promissae,  promissa  erimus 
promissi,  promissae,  promissa  eritis 

promissi,  promissae,  promissa  erunt 


I  shall  have  been  taught 

you  will  have  been  taught 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been  taught 

we  shall  have  been  taught 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

taught 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  taught 

Meaning 

I  shall  have  been  promised 

you  will  have  been  promised 

he/she  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been  promised 

we  shall  have  been  promised 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

promised 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  promised 


sepelire 

sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 

sepulti ,  sepultae , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 


sepultum  ero 
sepultum  eris 
sepultum  erit 

sepulta  erimus 
sepulta  eritis 


sepulti,  sepultae,  sepulta  erunt 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  been  buried 

you  will  have  been  buried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun) 

will  have  been  buried 

we  shall  have  been  buried 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

buried 

they  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been  buried 


capere 

captus ,  capta ,  captum  ero 

captus,  capta,  captum  eris 

captus ,  capta ,  captum  erit 

capti,  captae,  capta  erimus 

capti ,  captae ,  capta  eritis 

capti,  captae,  capta  erunt 


Meaning 

I  shall  have  been  taken 

you  will  have  been  taken 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will 

have  been  taken 

we  shall  have  been  taken 

you  (all)  will  have  been 

taken 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  taken 


The  following  examples  illustrate  the  difference  between  the 
perfect  passive  participle  used  as  an  adjective,  and  the  perfect 
passive  participle  with  the  proper  tense  of  esse  used  as  the 
perfect  indicative  passive. 


121 


Donvun  promissum  ei  dedi. 

(I  gave  the  promised  gift  to  her.   Here,  the  perfect 
passive  participle  is  used  as  an  adjective  which  agrees 
with  donum  in  gender,  number,  and  case  [neuter  singular 
accusative] . ) 

Donum  ei  promissum  est. 

(A  gift  was  promised  to  her.   Here,  the  perfect  indicative 
passive,  third  person  singular  is  used.   Note,  however, 
that  as  a  verbal  adjective  promissum  must  agree  with 
the  subject  donum  in  gender,  number,  and  case.   In  this 
example,  it  is  the  neuter  singular  nominative.) 

The  perfect  tense  of  esse  was  used,  on  occasion,  rather  than 
the  present  tense,  to  form  the  perfect  indicative  passive.  The 
meaning  in  either  case  is  the  same.  Thus,  for  example,  "They 
were  married"  might  be  written  either  as  copulati  sunt  or 
copulati  f uerunt  ( f uere ) . 

Examples: 

Hie  incipit  matricula  baptizatortun,  copulatorum  et 
sepultorum  in  parochia  Beati  Sancti  Pauli. 

(Here  begins  the  register  of  the  baptized,  married,  and 
buried  [individuals]  in  the  parish  of  the  Blessed  Saint 
Paul.   [perfect  passive  participles  used  as  adjectives 
with  "people"  or  "individuals"  understood] . ) 

Heri  mortua  est  et  hodie  sepulta  est  Anna  Maria  Hinck 
vidua  Thomae  Rothweiler  agricolae  et  civis  in  hoc  loco. 

(Yesterday  died  and  today  was  buried  Anna  Maria  Hinck, 
widow  of  Thomas  Rothweiler,  farmer  and  citizen  in  this 
place.   [sepulta  est:  perfect  indicative  passive, 
third  person  singular,  with  Anna  Maria  Hinck  as  the 
subject] ) 

Deponent  and  Semi -Deponent  Verbs 

Deponent  verbs  take  their  name  from  the  verb  deponere:  to 
put  or  lay  aside.  Although  they  are  passive  in  form,  they  "lay 
aside"  their  passive  meaning  and  are  translated  in  the  active 
voice.  Because  these  verbs  are  passive,  no  new  endings  need  be 
learned.  The  principal  parts  of  deponent  verbs  include:  first 
person  singular  present  indicative  passive,  present  passive 
infinitive,  and  first  person  singular  perfect  indicative  passive. 

patior,        pati  passus,  -a,  -urn  sum 

(I  allow)       (to  allow)      (allowed:  I  allowed, 

have  allowed) 

Note  that,  in  theory  at  least,  the  meaning  should  always  be 
active,  and  the  above  should  never  be  translated  as  "I  am 
allowed,"  "to  be  allowed,"  or  "I  have  been  allowed." 


122 


Listed  below  are  the  principal  parts  of  some  of  the  more 
common  deponent  verbs.  Of  these,  the  three  most  likely  to  be 
encountered  in  many  parish  register  entries  are  defungor, 
defuncti,  defunctus  sum  (die,  depart),  morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum 
(die),  and  nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum  (be  born). 

arbitror,  arbitrari,  arbitratrus  sum     judge,  consider 

Conor,  conari,  conatus  sum  try,  attempt 

defungor,  defungi,  defunctus  sum  die,  depart 

egredior ,  egredi ,  egressus  sum  go  out 

experior,  experiri,  expertus  sum  try 

fateor,  fateri,  fassus  sum  confess 

hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum  urge 

ingredior,  ingredi,  ingressus  sum  go  in,  enter 

largior,  largiri,  largitus  sum  bestow 

loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum  speak 

morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum  die 

moror,  morari,  moratus  sum  remain,  dwell 

nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum  be  born,  descend 

orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum  arise 

patior,  pati,  passus  sum  suffer,  allow 

queror,  queri,  questus  sum  complain 

reor ,  reri ,  ratus  siom  think 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum  follow 

First,  second,  third,  or  fourth  conjugation  verbs  can  often 
be  recognized  by  considering  the  first  person  singular  present 
indicative  and  the  present  infinitive,  e.g.. 

First  Conjugation 

moror  cf.  copulor  (a-stem  absorbed  by  -o) 

morari         infinitive  ending  -ari  (stem  ends  in  -a; 
the  active  form  would  be  morare. ) 

Second  Conjugation 

fateor         cf.  doceor  (e-stem  is  retained) 
fateri         infinitive  ending  -eri  (stem  ends  in  -e; 
the  active  form  would  be  fatere. ) 

Third  Conjugation 

sequor         cf.  promittor  (consonant  stem  is  retained) 
sequi  infinitive  ending  -i  (stem  sequ  plus 

infinitive  ending;  the  active  form  would 

be  sequere. ) 

Fourth  Conjugation 

largior        cf.  sepelior  (i-stem  plus  ending) 
largiri         infinitive  ending  iri  (stem  ends  in  -i; 
the  active  form  would  be  largire. ) 


123 


Third  Conjugation  lO-Verb 

morior         cf .  capior  (mor  plus  -i  plus  ending) 
mori  infinitive  ending  -i  (the  active  form  would 

be  morere. ) 

The  following  parts  of  deponent  verbs  are  active  rather  than 
passive  in  form: 

present  and  future  participle  (see  Chapter  XIII) 
future  infinitive  (see  Chapter  XIII) 
gerund  (see  Chapter  XIV) 

It  is  also  possible  that  the  third  principal  part  of  a 
deponent  verb  might  best  be  translated  as  a  passive,  even  though 
its  meaning  should  theoretically  always  be  active.  Thus,  for 
example,  passus  sum  might  mean  "I  have  been  allowed,"  rather' than 
"I  allowed."  The  apparent  usage  within  the  context  of  a 
particular  sentence  must  determine  the  proper  translation.  In 
addition,  the  gerundive,  or  future  passive  participle  (see 
Chapter  XIII)  of  deponent  verbs  often  kept  its  passive  meaning. 

The  complete  paradigm  of  the  verb  nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum, 
with  the  exception  of  the  subjunctive  mood  (see  Chapter  XII),  and 
participles  (see  Chapter  XIII)  is  given  below  as  an  aid  in  under- 
standing deponent  verbs. 

Present  Indicative 

nascor  i  am  born 

nasceris*  you  are  born 

nascitvir  he/she  (or  a  noun)  is  born 

nascimur  we  are  born 

nascimini  you  (all)  are  born 

nascuntur  they  (or  a  noun)  are  born 

Future  Indicative 

nascar  i  shall  be  born 

nasceris*  you  will  be  born 

nascetur  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be  born 

nascemur  we  shall  be  born 

nascemini  you  (all)  will  be  born 

nascentur  they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  born 

*Note  that  the  second  person  singular,  present  and  future 
indicative  can  be  either  -eris  or  -ere. 


124 


Imperfect  Indicative 

nascebar*  I  was  born 

nascebaris  you  were  born 

nascebatiir  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  born 

nascebamur  we  were  born 

nascebamini  you  (all)  were  born 

nascebantur  they  (or  a  noun)  were  born 

*Obviously,  the  concepts  of  repetition  and  continuity  are 
not  applicable  to  this  particular  verb. 


Perfect  Indicative 

natus,  nata,  natum  sum 

natus,  nata,  natum  es 

natus,  nata,  natum  est 

nati,  natae,  nata  stimus 

nati ,  natae ,  nata  estis 

nati ,  natae ,  nata  sunt 

Pluperfect  Indicative 


I  was  born 

you  were  born 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  born 

we  were  born 

you  (all)  were  born 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  born 


natus,  nata,  natum  eram  I  had  been  born 

natus,  nata,  natum  eras   you  had  been  born 

natus,  nata,  natum  erat   he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  been  born 

nati,  natae,  nata  eramus  we  had  been  born 

nati,  natae,  nata  eratis  you  (all)  had  been  born 

nati,  natae,  nata  erant  they  (or  a  noun)  had  been  born 

Future  Perfect  Indicative 


natus,  nata,  natum  ero 
natus,  nata,  natum  eris 
natus,  nata,  natum  erit 


I  shall  have  been  born 
you  will  have  been  born 
he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have 
been  born 
nati,  natae,  nata  erimus  we  shall  have  been  born 
nati,  natae,  nata  eritis  you  (all)  will  have  been  born 
nati,  natae,  nata  erunt  they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  been  born 

Semi -Deponent  Verbs 

Certain  verbs  are  active  in  the  present  indicative  and 
present  infinitive  but  passive  (deponent)  in  the  perfect  tense. 
The  meaning  of  these  verbs  is  always  active  in  all  principal 
parts.   Some  examples  are  included  below: 


audio , 

(I  dare) 


audere , 

(to  dare) 


ausus  sum 

(I  dared,  have  dared) 


audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum  dare 

fido,  fidere,  fisus  sum  trust  (+  dat. ) 

gaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus  sum  enjoy,  rejoice 

soleo,  solere,  solitus  sum  be  accustomed 


125 


Deponent  Verbs  with  Ablative 

The  deponent  verbs  listed  below  have  objects  in  the  ablative 
case.  This  is  because  each  one  is  used  with  an  ablative  of  means 
without  a  preposition. 

utor,  uti,  usus  sum*  use,  enjoy,  experience 

fruor,  frui,  fructus  (frutus)  sum  enjoy,  have  the  use  of 
fungor,  fungi,  fvinctus  sum         perforin,  execute,  discharge 
potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum        acquire,  get  possession  of 

*Dtor,  uti,  usus  sum  literally  means  to  benefit  by  the  use 
of  (by  means  of),  thus  the  ablative  of  means. 

Example : 


Multis  officiis  fungar. 

(I  shall  perform  many  duties, 
off icia] ) 


[where  one  might  expect  multa 


The  Four  Principal  Parts  of  the  Latin  Verb 

The  perfect  passive  participle  constitutes  the  fourth,  and 
last,  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb.  To  review,  these  are: 
the  first  person  singular  present  indicative  active,  the  present 
active  infinitive,  the  first  person  singular  perfect  indicative 
active,  and  the  perfect  passive  participle.  In  most  standard 
dictionaries  and  lexica,  Latin  verbs  are  generally  listed  as 
follows: 


First  Person 

Singular 

Present 

Indicative 

Active 

moneo 

( I  warn ) 


Present 
Infinitive 

monere 

(to  warn) 


First  Person 

Singular 

Perfect        Perfect 

Indicative     Passive 

Active         Participle 


monui 

(I  warned) 


monitum 

( [having  been] 
warned) 


Some  dictionaries  may  omit  the  present  infinitive  and 
provide  only  the  endings  of  the  first  person  singular  perfect 
indicative  active  and  the  perfect  passive  participle,  eg.,  moneo, 
-ui,  -itum.  Verbs  of  the  first  conjugation,  which  are  regular  in 
all  four  principal  parts,  may  be  listed  in  this  manner,  in  many 
instances  with  the  ending  of  the  present  infinitive  included, 
e.g.,  copulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  There  are  also  some  diction- 
aries and  lexica  which  use  the  supine  accusative  singular  as  the 
fourth  principal  part  of  the  verb. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  the  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the 
fourth  declension  found  only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative 
singular.  The  endings  are,  respectively,  -um  and  -u.  The  supine 
in  the  accusative  is  used  primarily  either  as  the  fourth 


126 


principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb  or,  after  verbs  of  motion,  to 
express  purpose.  The  ablative  singular  is,  as  reviewed  in 
Chapter  III,  used  largely  in  fixed  expressions  such  as  mirabile 
visu  (a  wonderful  thing  to  see).  The  neuter  nominative  singular 
of  the  perfect  passive  participle  and  the  accusative  singular 
supine  are  exactly  the  same   in  form,    e.g.,    monltiim. 

Two  examples  illustrating  two  of  the  ways  in  which  the  four 
principal  parts  of  Latin  verbs  may  be  given  in  dictionaries  or 
word  lists   are  provided  below. 

1st  Person  Singular  Stem  §  Ending  1st  Person  Stem  and  Supine  Ending 

Present   Indicative  Singular  Perfect  (Perfect  Passive 

Active        \  Indicative  Active  Participle) 


\ 


xnonSo  -Gi  -Itnm.  2.  (from  root  MEN,  whence 
mens),  to  remind,  oWmontiA.  L  Terentiam  <ie 
!J;umento,  Cic  IL  A.  Lit,  1,  a  to  icarn, 
teach,  admoauk  ;  with  de  and  the  abJ..  ahu'iem  I 

From.  Casseni^J,atin_Di^^ 

revised  by  J.R.V.  Marchant  and  Joseph  f  .  Charles, 

New  York:  Funk  ^  Wagnalls  Co.,  1957 
1st  Person  Singular     Present       1st  Person  Singular    Perfect  Passive 
Present  Indicative      Infinitive     Perfect  Indicative     Participle 
Active  A'^tive  (Supine) 


moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus 

warn,  advise;  teach 

From,  John  F.  Collins,  A  Primer  of  Ecclesiastical  Latin, 

Washington,  D.C.:  Catholic  University  Press,  1985, 


127 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  IX 


A .  Grammar 

Conjugate  laudare  (first  conjugation),  tenere  (second  conju- 
gation), vendere  (third  conjugation),  audire  (fourth 
conjugation),  and  fugere  (third  conjugation  io-verb)  in  the 
perfect,    pluperfect,    and   future  perfect   indicative  passive. 

B.  Vocabulary 

This  vocabulary  follows  the  practice  of  a  number  of  Latin 
dictionaries  and  lexica  in  listing  the  four  principal  parts  of 
Latin  verbs.  These  include:  first  person  singular  present  indic- 
ative active,  present  active  infinitive,  first  person  singular 
perfect  indicative  active,  perfect  passive  participle,  e.g., 
baptize  (I  baptize),  baptizare  (to  baptize),  baptizavi  (I  bap- 
tized, I  have  baptized),  baptizatus,  baptizata,  baptizatum 
(having  been  baptized). 

Some  dictionaries,  as  noted  above,  use  the  supine  accusative 
as  the  fourth  principal  part,  which  is  the  same  in  form  as  the 
neuter  singular  perfect  passive  participle  (e.g.,  baptizatum). 
The  vocabularies  in  this  exercise  and  the  remainder  of  the 
exercises,  and  the  word  list  at  the  back  of  the  book,  also  use 
the  supine  as  the  fourth  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb. 

Most  of  the  verbs  found  in  previous  chapters,  as  well  as 
several  new  verbs,  are  given  below.  Learn  the  four  principal 
parts  of  all  of  these  verbs.  Although  the  deponent  and  semi- 
deponent  verbs  discussed  in  this  chapter  are  not  listed  below, 
they  should  be  considered  as  part  of  this  vocabulary  exercise  and 
memorized. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  Latin  verbs  are  listed  in 
dictionaries  under  the  first  principal  part.  Thus,  for  example, 
when  looking  up  the  verb  esse,  always  look  vinder  sum. 

Some  glossaries  and  lexica,  however,  list  verbs  only  under 
the  present  infinitive,  presumably  in  order  to  save  space. 
Consequently,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  principal  parts 
of  all  of  the  verbs  listed  below,  as  well  as  those  in  the  word 
list,  be  memorized  in  order  to  utilize  these  reference  tools  more 
effectively. 


128 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

Translate  the  following  birth  entry  from  a  parish  register 
of  northern  France  (from  the  former  provinces  of  Alsace- 
Lorraine)  . 


1 .1  «7^cL  vex  «.m*  J*Jt.'^   C4  t4/id  t  »rt- 


Vocabulary 

Gast:  a  surname  (in  the  left 
margin ) 

septuages  imo 

mens is 

mortuns  est 

tribus  circiter  annis:  (being) 
about  three  years  old 

operarius,  operarii,  m. :  day 
laborer  (most  of  this  word 
is  hidden  in  the  far  right 
margin  of  line  3  after  the 
surname  Gast) 

Margarithae 

Fischer:  a  surname 

Gombrechtshof f en :  a  place  name 

commorantium:  dwelling,  resid- 
ing (present  participle, 
genitive  singular  of 
commorans,  commorantis: 
residing,  living,  dwelling, 
V.  Chapter  XIII) 


ejusdem:  of  the  same 

a  me:  by  me 

Gondershoffen:  a  place  name 

annexum,  annexi,  n.:  annex, 

suburb,  surroionding  area 
sepultus  fuit  =  sepultus  est: 
coemeterio 
ecclesiae 
filialis,  filiale,  adj.:  of, 

or  relating  to,  a  daughter 
ecclesia  filialis:  a  daughter 

church 
testibus  praesentibus :  the 

witnesses  present  (were) 
infantis  patre:  (being)  the 

father  of  the  child 
Josepho  Michael 
ludimagister ,   ludimagistri , 

m. :  schoolmaster,  teacher 
qui :  who 
mecum:  with  me 
subscripserunt 


133 


Document  #  2 


Translate  the  following  death  entry  from  a  parish  in  south- 
eastern Switzerland.  ^     ^      ^^  ^ 


fo^ 


Vocabulary 

Cunzini:     a    surname    (in    the 

left  margin) 
sexto:    in  the  far  right  margin 

of   line   1 
sexta   (after  hora) 
cuite  meridiem 

qd.    =  quondam:    the  late    (here) 
Cravella:    a  surname 
filia:    in  the  far  right  margin 

of    line   3 
loco   Plcini   et:    from   the   place 

of    Piano     (inserted    as    a 

marginal    note    between    et 

and  hac  parochia) 
hac:    this 
S.   =  Sancti 

Bernardi     Campi     D.     M.  : 

Sancti    Bernardi    Campi    di 

Maggia    (the    name    of    the 

parish) 
aetatis  suae 
agens:    doing,    making    (present 

participle    of    agere ,     v. 

Chapter  XIII) 


S. 


agens  annum  septuagesimum: 

making  year  seventy,  i.e., 

in  her  seventieth  year  of 

age 
proprius,  propria,  proprivun: 

own,  private,  one's  own 
communio,  communionis,  f.: 

community,  fellowship 
s.  Matris  Ecclesiae  =  sanctae 

Matris  Ecclesiae  ( gen . ) 
euiimam  Deo  reddidit 
cujus  =  cuius:  whose 
die  sequent! 

prope ,  prep .  +  ace . :  near 
mihl:  to  me 
Archangelo:   a  first  name 

(dative  case) 
Giumini:  a  surname 
conf essarius ,  conf esscirii ,  m. : 

confessor 
probato:  approved  (from  probo, 

probare,  probavi,  probatum: 

test ,  prove ,  approve ) 


134 


confessa  est:  she  confessed 
(from  confiteor,  confiteri, 
confessus  stun:  confess) 

die  decima  prima 

ejusdem  =  eiusdem:  of  the  same 

sanctissimoque:  and  by  (means 
of)  the  most  holy 

viaticum,  viatici,  n. :  commun- 
ion (in  this  case,  given  to 
someone  in  danger  of  death 
as  part  of  the  last  rites) 

refecta:  refreshed,  restored, 
strengthened  (i.e.,  Anna 
Maria  Cunzini);  from  refi- 
cio,  reficere,  ref eci , 
refectum:  refresh,  restore, 
strengthen 

die  eadem:  on  the  same  day 

oleum,  olei,  n.:  oil 

unctio,  unctione,  f.:  unction; 
the  anointing  with  holy  oil 
which  is  part  of  the  last 
rites  (Note  that  the  last 
rites  or  sacraments 
properly  consisted  of  three 
parts,  confession,  commun- 
ion, and  extreme  unction 
[or  the  anointing  with  holy 
oil].) 


roborata:  strengthened,  made 
firm  (from  roboro,  robo- 
rare,  roboravi ,  roboratum: 
strengthen,  make  firm) 

per  me:  by  me  (through  me) 

aliisque:  and  by  (means  of) 
other 

precibus:  from  prex,  precis, 
f . :  prayer 

ritualis,  rituale,  adj.:  of, 
or  relating  to,  ritual 
(religious  ceremony, 
usage);  as  a  noun:  ritual; 
note  that  aliisque  precibus 
ritualibus:  could  mean 
either  by  (means  of)  other 
ritual  prayers  or  by  (means 
of)  other  prayers  (and) 
rituals. 

confortata  est:  she  was  com- 
forted (from  conforto, 
confortare,  confortavi, 
confortatum:  comfort) 


135 


CHAPTER  X 


Nouns:  The  Fourth  and  Fifth  Declension 

Some  Uses  of  the  Ablative 

Determining  Place  in  Latin 

Latinized  Place  Names 


Introduction 

Nouns  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  declension  are  not  found  as 
frequently  as  nouns  of  the  first,  second,  and  third  declensions 
in  Latin  parish  registers.  However,  certain  nouns  such  as  partus 
(birth,  chi ldbirth--f ourth  declension),  domus  (house, 
home — fourth  declension),  and  dies  (day — fifth  declension)  occur 
often  and  should  be  studied  carefully. 

Foiirth  Declension  Nouns 

The  stem  of  fourth  declension  nouns  ends  in  -u.  For  the 
sake  of  clarity,  however,  in  the  paradigms  provided  below,  the 
stem  and  the  endings  will  be  included  together.  Most  fourth 
declension  nouns  are  masculine  in  gender,  but  there  are  also  a 
few  feminines  and  neuters.  Fourth  declension  nouns  are  declined 
as  follows: 

partus,  partus,  m. :  birth,  childbirth  (stem:  partu) 

Singular 


Case 

Nom .  partus 

Gen .  partus 

Dat .  partui 

Ace .  partum 

Abl .  partu 


Ending 


us 
us 
ui 
um 
u 


Meaning 

a/the  birth 
of/from  a/the  birth 
to/for  a/the  birth 
a/the  birth  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  a/the 
birth 


Plural 


Nom .  partus 

Gen .  partuum 

Dat .  par tubus 

Ace .  partus 

Abl .  partubus 


us 

uum  (um) 

ubus 

us 

ubus 


(the)  births 
of/from  the  births 
to/for  the  births 
the  births  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc.  the 
births 


Note  that  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular,  the 
nominative  plural,  and  the  accusative  plural  all  have  the  same 
ending  in  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension, 
namely,  -us.  Meaning  must  be  determined  by  the  use  of  such  nouns 
within  a  sentence. 


136 


Note  also  that  a  few  fourth  declension  nouns  such  as  partus 
retain  the  -u  of  the  stem  in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural 
(ubus).  With  most  nouns,  however,  the  -u  of  the  stem  is  absorbed 
by  the  -i  in  -ibus. 

genu,  genus,  n. :  knee  (stem:  genu) 

Singular 


Case 

Nom .  genu 

Gen .  genus 

Dat .  genui 

Ace .  genu 

Abl .  genu 


Ending 


u 

us 

ui 

u 

u 


Meaning 

a/the  knee 

of/from  a/the  knee 

to/for  a/the  knee 

a/the  knee  ( d . o . ) 

by /with/from,  etc.  a/the 

knee 


Plural 

Nom .  genua 

Gen .  genuum 

Dat .  genibus 

Ace .  genua 

Abl .  genibus 


ua 

uum  (um) 
ibus 
ua 
ibus 


( the )  knees 
of/from  the  knees 
to/for  the  knees 
(the)  knees  (d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  the 
knees 


In  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  ablative  singular,  the 
ending  is  -u,  which  is  also  the  stem,  for  neuter  nouns  of  the 
fourth  declension.  The  use  of  neuter  nouns  within  a  sentence  or 
sentences  should  enable  the  reader  to  select  the  correct  case 
when  translating. 

domus,  domus,  f.:  home,  house  (irregular) 

Singular 


Case 

Ending 

Meaning 

Nom. 

domus 

us 

a/the  home 

Gen. 

domus  ( domi ) 

us  (i) 

of/from  a/the  home 

Dat. 

domui  ( dome ) 

ui  (o) 

to/for  a/the  home 

Ace. 

domum 

um 

a/the  home  (d.o. ) 

Abl. 

domu  ( dome ) 

u  (o) 

by/with/f rom,  etc. 
home 

a/the 


Plural 

Nom .  domus 

Gen .  domuiim  ( domorum ) 

Dat .  domibus 

Ace .  domus  ( domos ) 

Abl .  domibus 


us  ( the )  homes 

uum  (orum)      of /from  the  homes 
ibus  to/for  homes 

us  (os)         (the)  homes  (d.o.) 
ibus  by/with/from,  etc.  the 

homes 


137 


Domus  is  one  of  a  small  group  of  nouns  which  indicate,  by 
their  case  endings,  place  where,  place  to  which,  place  from 
which,  and  place  at  which.  These  include  the  names  of  cities, 
towns,  small  islands,  and  the  nouns  domus,  and  rus  (rus,  ruris, 
n.:  the  countryside,  the  country). 

In  the  case  of  domus,  there  are  several  special  case  endings 
which  show  place.  These  are:  domi  (at  home;  locative  case  [see 
below]  indicating  place  where  without  a  preposition);  domum  (to 
home,  home;  accusative);  dome  (ablative;  from  home).  When  point- 
ing out  place,  in  these  instances,  domus  is  declined  like  a 
masculine  noun  of  the  second  declension.  Consequently,  it  com- 
bines aspects  of  the  fourth  and  second  declension  and  is, 
therefore,  irregular. 

Fifth  Declension  Nouns 

The  majority  of  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  feminine 
in  gender,  with  the  exception  of  dies,  diei  (day)  and  a  few 
others  which  are  masculine  (although  dies  can  be  either  in  parish 
register  and  medieval  Latin).  The  stem  of  fifth  declension  nouns 
ends  in  -e.  However,  as  in  the  case  of  fourth  declension  nouns, 
the  entire  ending  is  included  with  the  stem  in  the  paradigm 
below. 

dies,  diei,  m.  or  f.:  day  (stem:  die) 
Singular 


Case 

Nom.  dies 

Gen .  diei 

Dat.  diei 

Ace .  diem 

Abl .  die 


Ending 


es 
ei 
ei 
em 
e 


Meaning 

a/the  day 
of/from  a/the  day 
to/for  a/the  day 
a/the  day  ( d . o . ) 
by/with/f rom,  etc, 
a/the  day 


Plural 

Nom.  dies 

Gen .  dierum 

Dat .  diebus 

Ace .  dies 

Abl .  diebus 


es 

erum 

ebus 

es 

ebus 


( the )  days 
of/from  the  days 
to/for  the  days 
( the )  days  ( d . o . ) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
the  days 


The  alternate  ending  -e  for  the  genitive  and  dative  singular 
(die),  though  rare  in  the  Latin  of  parish  registers,  is  also 
possible.   Note  that  when  die  is  used  with  dates,  it  means  "on 
(see  Chapter  VII ) . 


po 

the  day 


138 


Fifth  declension  nouns,  like  those  of  the  fourth  declension, 
have  the  same  ending  in  the  nominative,  singular  and  plural,  and 
the  accusative  plural.  Here  also  one  must  rely  upon  the  context 
for  the  proper  case  and  translation. 

Some  Uses  of  the  Ablative 

It  will  be  recalled  from  Chapter  I  that  the  ablative  case  is 
a  flexible  and  widely  used  case  in  Latin.  It  may  indicate,  for 
example,  separation,  location,  time  (when  or  within  which), 
means,  and  instrument.  Because  of  the  variety  of  usages  possible 
with  the  ablative,  it  is  well  to  review  the  majority  of  these 
here.   The  following  ablative  usages  have  already  been  discussed: 

a)  With  Prepositions:  a  (ab,  abs) ,  absque,  cum,  coram 

de,  ex,  in,  sine,  etc. 

coram  facie  ecclesiae 

(before  the  face  of  the  church,  i.e.,  in  front  of  or 
facing  the  church  [the  traditional  place  for  posting 
or  reading  marriage  banns] ) 

cum  dispensatione  propter  consanguinitatem  in  tertio 
gradu 

( [married]  with  a  dispensation  because  of  consanguinity 
[blood  relationship]  in  the  third  degree) 

b)  To  Indicate  Time  When  or  Within  Which  (with  ordinal 
numbers ) 

Anno  domini  millesimo  septingentesimo  quinquagesimo  nono 
et  die  tredecimo  mensis  Martii  .  .  . 

( In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  seven  hundred 
fifty-nine  and  on  the  thirteenth  day  of  the  month  of 
March  ...  [literally:  In  the  one  thousand  seven 
hundred  fifty-ninth  year  of  our  Lord  . . . ] ) 

c)  To  Show  Agency  with  the  Passive  Voice 

Hie  liber  a  me  parocho  ecclesiae  parochialis  Sancti 
Thomae  scr iptus  est . 

(This  register  was  written  by  me  the  priest  of  the  parish 
church  of  Saint  Thomas . ) 

d)  To  Indicate  Place  From  Which  with  a  Preposition 

Testes  fuerunt:  Martinus  Deville  ex  Colmar  et  Franciscus 
Moreaux  ex  Niedersheim. 

(The  witnesses  were:  Martin  Deville  from  Colmar  and 
Francois  Moreaux  from  Niedersheim. ) 

Note  that  in  classical  literary  Latin  the  names  of  cities 
and  towns  were  generally  written  without  a  preposition  when  used 
as  places  of  departure.   For  example:  Mercator  Roma  abiit.   (The 

139 


merchant  departed  from  Rome.) 

e)  With  Deponent  Verbs  such  as  utor,  fruor,  or  fungor 

Walterus  Kampf  in  parochiam  nostram  intravit  et  terra 
episcopi  per  quinque  annos  usus  est. 

(Walter  Kampf  entered  into  our  parish  and  used  the  land 
of  the  bishop  for  five  years.   [Note  that  it  is  terra, 
the  ablative  not  terrain  the  accusative  which  is  the 
object  of  usus  est.]) 

Other  important  uses  of  the  ablative,  most  of  which  have  not 
been  previously  reviewed,  include: 

a)  Ablative  of  Means,  with  or  without  a  Preposition 

Omnibus  sacramentis  moribundorum  munitus/a  (refectus/a, 
provisus/a)  est. 

(He/she  was  fortified  with  [by  means  of]  all  of  the 
sacraments  of  the  dying.   [refectus/a:  refreshed, 
renewed;  provisus/a:  provided) 

b)  Ablative  of  Manner,  with  or  without  cum 

Parochus  infantem  magna  cum  cura  baptizavit. 

(The  priest  baptized  the  infant  [child]  with  great  care. 
Or,  Parochus  infantem  magna  cura  baptizavit.) 

c)  Ablative  Absolute 

nullo  impediment©  canonice  detecto 

(no  hindrance  [to  the  marriage]  having  been  revealed 
canonically;   see  Chapter  XIII  for  more  information  on 
this  construction.) 

d)  Ablative  of  Cause,  with  a  Preposition 

Mater,  ex  causa  doloribus  pairtus,  post  natum  infantis 
obiit. 

(Because  of  the  pains  of  childbrith,  the  mother  died 
after  the  birth  of  the  child.   N.B.  ex  causa  +  abl . : 
because  of,  for  the  sake  of;  classical  Latin  might  use 
causa  without  a  preposition  in  such  a  construction. ) 

e)  Ablative  of  Comparison 

Hie  liber  est  magno  illo. 

(This  book  is  larger  than  that  [book] .   See  Chapter  XI 
for  additional  information  on  this  usage.) 

f )  Ablative  of  Separation,  with  or  without  a  Preposition 

Ex  pecunia  sua  separata  est. 

(He/she  was  separated  from  his/her  money. ) 

140 


Note  that  in  classical  Latin  the  ablative  of  separation  was 
used  with  special  verbs  which  indicated  separation,  lack,  want, 
deprivation,  etc.,  such  as  careo,  carere,  carui ,  cariturus:  be 

without,  want,  lack,  be  deprived  of. 

g)  Ablative  of  Accompaniment  with  cum 

Parentes  cum  duobus  patrinis  infantem  ad  baptismum 
tulerunt . 

(The  parents  brought  the  child  to  the  baptism  with 
[accompanied  by]  by  two  godparents.) 

h)  Locative  Ablative  (place  in  which) 

In  parochia  Sancti  Johannis  de  Gardonica  baptizata  est. 

(She  was  baptized  in  the  parish  of  St.  Jean  du  Gard. 
[France]   The  locative  case,  reviewed  below,  was  also 
used  for  locations  in  Latin.) 

Determining  Place  in  Latin 

Place  in  parish  registers,  as  well  as  medieval  Latin,  was 
often  indicated  through  the  use  of  prepositions.  Examples 
follow: 

a)  Place  where:  with  in 

In  urbe  per  quatuor  menses  remansit. 

(He/she  remained  in  the  city  for  four  months.) 

In  vice  Sancti  Thomae  per  duos  annos  vixerunt. 

(They  lived  in  the  village  of  St.  Thomas  for  two  years.) 

Note  that  in  classical  Latin  specific  cities  required  the 
locative  case,  which  consists  of  the  genitive  singular  for  place 
names  of  the  first  and  second  declension  singular  and  the 
ablative  case  for  first  and  second  declension  plural.  Place 
names  of  the  third  declension  also  used  the  ablative  for  the 
locative  case.  For  example:  Romae  vixerunt.  (They  lived  at 
Rome.   This  is  used  to  show  the  place  where  they  lived.) 

b)  Place  to  which:  with  an  accusative  preposition 

In  villam  venerunt. 

(They  came  into  the  village.) 

Ad  Romam  iter  facemus. 

(We  shall  take  a  trip  to  [i.e.,  toward]  Rome.) 

c)  Place  from  which:  with  a  (ab,  abs) ,  de,  ex 

Matrina  erat:  Maria  Gather ina  Feld  ex  Transaquense 

(The  godmother  was:  Maria  Gather ina  Feld  from  Ueberwasser 
[Nordrhein-Westf alen,  Germany].) 


141 


As  noted  previously,  ex  was  frequently  used  in  parish 
register  entries  to  indicate  a  place  of  origin  or  residence. 

Latinized  Place  Names 

The  names  of  European  (and  British)  cities,  towns,  and 
villages  were  often  Latinized  in  parish  register  entries  and 
various  types  of  medieval  documents.  Sometimes,  the  old  Roman 
name,  or  medieval  name,  for  a  place  might  be  used.  Frequently, 
however,  a  place  name  was  Latinized  by  making  it  a  noun  of  the 
first,  second,  or  third  declension. 

Thus,  for  example,  the  German  town  Ueberwasser  (over,  or 
across,  the  water),  now  in  the  state  of  Nordrhein-Westf alen, 
Germany,  was  Latinized  into  the  third  declension  noun 
Transaquensis,  which  means  approximately  the  same  thing  in  Latin 
as  in  German,  namely,  "across  the  water." 

Some  town  names  were  Latinized  merely  by  adding  the  third 
declension  ending  -ensis  to  the  German,  French,  English,  etc. 
name,  e.g.,  Strasbourgensis  =  Strasbourg  (French  spelling)  or 
Strassburg  (German  spelling).  The  declension  of  such  town  names 
is  as  follows  (using  Transaquensis  as  an  example): 

Case  Singular  Meaning 

Nominative  Transaquensis       Ueberwasser 

Genitive  Transaquensis        of/from  Ueberwasser 

Dative  Transaquensi         to/for  Ueberwasser 

Accusative  Transaquensem       Ueberwasser  (d.o.) 

Ablative  Transaquense         by/with/f rom,  etc. 

Ueberwasser 

Note,  however,  that  in  some  cases,  the  Latinized  name  of  the 
city,  town,  or  village  is  not  merely  a  vernacular  name  with 
-ensis  added,  and,  in  fact,  bears  little  resemblance  to  the 
current  French,  English,  German,  etc.  name.  For  example,  one  of 
the  more  common  Latinized  names  for  the  city  of  Strasbourg  is 
Argentinensis  (which  relates  to  argentum,  argenti ,  n.:  silver). 
To  find  the  modern  vernacular  name  of  a  Latinized  city,  town,  or 
village,  in  such  instances,  it  is  advisable  to  consult  a  refer- 
ence work  such  as  Graesse,  Benedict,  and  Plechl .  Orbis  Latinus. 
3  Vols.  Braunschweig:  Klindhardt  &  Biermann,  1972,  or  others 
listed  in  the  selected  bibliography  at  the  back  of  this  book. 


142 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  X 


A.  Grammar 

Decline  obitus,  obitus,  m.  :  death,  and  fades,  faciei,  f., 
for  all  appropriate  genders,  numbers,  and  cases. 

B.  Vocabulary 

In  addition  to  all  nouns  and  other  words  introduced  in  the 
body  of  this  chapter,  learn  the  following: 


Fourth  Declension  Nouns 

adventus ,    adventus ,   m.: 

advent,  arrival.  Advent 

(the   four   consecutive 

Sundays  prior  to  Christmas; 

also,  the  first  Sunday  of 

these  four. ) 
casus,   casus,   m. :   case, 

chance,  accident,  fall 
cornu,  cornus,  n.:  horn  (of  an 

animal) 
domus ,  domus ,  f . :  house ,  home 
fructus,  fructus,  m. :  fruit, 

harvest 
genu,  genus,  n. :  knee 
gradus,  gradus,  m. :  degree 
ingressus,  ingressus,  m.: 

entry 
Jesus,  Jesu,  m. :  Jesus  (a 

Latinized  form  of  the  Greek 

lesous);  an  irregular  4th 

declension  noun:   gen.: 

Jesu ,  dat . : 

Jesum,  abl .  : 
manus ,  manus ,  f 
obitus,  obitus,  m. :  death 
ortus ,  ortus ,  m.:  origin 

birth,  dawn 
partus ,  partus , 

childbirth 


Jesu,  ace. 
Jesu. 

hand,  band 


birth , 


redditus,  redditus,  m. :  rent, 
revenue,  income  (from  rent) 

ritus,  ritus,  m. :  rite,  cere- 
mony; de  ritu  sanctae 
matris  ecclesiae:  according 
to  the  rite(s)  of  the  holy 
mother  church  (often  used 
with  deaths  in  connection 
with  the  last  rites) 

sexus,  sexus,  m. :  sex 

spiritus,  spiritus,  m.  :  spir- 
it, breath 

Spiritus  Sanctus:  the  Holy 
Spirit  (N.B.  The  genitive 
singular  is  Spiritus  Sanc- 
ti.) 

textus ,  textus ,  m.:  text, 
document 

usus,  usus,  m.  :  use 

Fifth  Declension  Nouns 

dies,    dial,    m.    or   f.:    day 
facies,     faciei,     f.:     face, 

appearance,  front 
meridies,  meridiei,  m. :  noon 
ante  meridiem:  before  noon 
post  meridiem:  after  noon 
res,  rei,  f.:  thing,  matter 
spes ,  spei ,  f . :  hope 


143 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  from  Latin  to  English: 

In  partu  obiit. 

(obiit:  she  died  [here]) 

Jakobus  Pistor,  faber  lignarii,  ad  meridiem  sepultus  est. 
(faber  lignarius:  carpenter,  cabinet  maker) 

In  hoc  textu,  nomina,  aetates,  et  sexus  defvmctorum 
puerorum  in  parochia  Sancti  Johannis  sumpta  simt. 
(hoc:  this;  sumpta  sunt:  have  been  recorded) 

Parentes  fuerunt:  Petrus  Fortner  et  Magdalena  Bauer  ambo 
ex  Hochheim. 

Per  duos  dies  in  domo  remansit. 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

The  name  of  the  child,  whose  (cuius)  mother  died  (use  obiit) 
in  childbirth,  was  Martin. 

After  the  death  (use  decessus)  of  the  mother,  an  operation 
was  made  (use  facio,  facere,  feci,  factum)  and  a  child 
of  the  male  (masculini)  sex,  name  unknown,  was  taken 
(extractus  fuit)  from  her  (eius)  womb  (uterus,  uteri,  m. ) . 

The  marriage  (use  copulatio)  was  postponed  (delata  est) 
because  of  a  blood  relationship  (consanguinitas, 
consanguinitatis ,  f.)  in  the  third  degree. 

The  marriage  banns  (use  banna)  were  read  (use  lego,  legere, 
lexi,  lectum)  in  front  of  (use  coram  +  abl . )  the  face  of 
the  parish  church. 

She  lived  in  the  village  for  (use  per  +  ace.)  two  years. 


144 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

With  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  below,  translate  the  title 
page  of  a  Belgian  parish  register. 


JanUi  Martini 
Epiicopi  J^jw^enJh 


7 


■57  '  /"'  / . 


Vocabulary 

eplscopus,      episcopi,      m .  :  mums,    muri,    m. :    wall 

bishop,   bishopric   (here)  Leodlensis:    a    Latinized   form 

Tongrensis:    of    Tongrensis,    a  of   Liege,    Belgium    (in   this 

Latinized      form     of      the  case,    the    genitive    singu- 

Belgian  town  Tongres.  lar) 


145 


Document  #  2 

Translate  the  heading  of  the  baptismal  entries  for  1693  from 
the  same  parish  (slightly  altered  for  illustrative  purposes),  and 
then  the  baptismal  entry  which  follows. 


146 


Vocabulary 


sanctissimae:  of  the  most  holy 
(superlative  of  sanctus, 
sancta,  sanctum;  modifies 
Trinitatis) 

Trinitas,  Trinitatis,  f.:  the 
Trinity 

filii:     (after   at) 

eorum:  of  those  (the  anteced- 
ent is  nomina) 

qui :  who 

baptisatos:  from  baptizatus, 
baptizata,  baptizatum; 
here:  the  baptized  children 
(adjective   used   as   a   noun) 

baptisma,  baptismae,  f.: 
baptism 

susceperunt:  from  suscipio, 
suscipere ,  suscepi ,  suscep- 
tum:  raise  up,  lift  up,  act 
as  a  godparent;  N.B.  The 
subject  of  this  verb  is 
"those  who,"  and  the  object 
is   baptisatos. 

ordinatio,  ordinationis ,  f.: 
decree,  regulation,  ordina- 
tion,   ordinance 

concilium,  concilii,  n.: 
council 


Tridentinum,     Tridentini ,    n.: 

Trent  (Trento)  [i.e.,  the 
Council  of  Trent,  which  met 
with  interruptions  between 
1545-1563;  the  decrees  of 
the  Council  of  Trent  served 
as  an  important  basis  for 
the  reform  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  in  the 
sixteenth  century.] 

n 
dni   =   domini 

Ghire :  a  surname 

Gregorii :  a  surname 

eius  uxoris:  his  wife 

Aegidius,  Aegidii,  m. :  Giles 

(also  Egidius) 
Masuyr:  a  surname 
compatre:  the  godfather  being 

(is,  or  was) 
Gerardus :  Gerard 
LeRoy:  a  surname 
commatre  ( see  above  under 

compatre ) 
Heyde:  a  first  name 
Devitte:  a  surname 


147 


CHAPTER  XI 


Pronouns  and  Possessive  Adjectives 

Formation  of  Adverbs 

Comparison  of  Adjectives  and  Adverbs 


Pronouns  and  Possessive  Adjectives 

Pronouns  (from  pro  +  nomen:  in  place  of  the  noun)  may  re- 
place nouns  in  both  English  and  Latin.  The  most  important  pro- 
nouns for  the  Latin  of  parish  register  entries,  are  personal, 
possessive,  demonstrative,  relative,  and  reflexive.  The  inter- 
rogative, indefinite,  and  intensive  pronouns  do  not  occur  as 
frequently  in  parish  registers,  especially  in  the  baptismal, 
marriage,  or  death  entries,  but  will  considered  here  for  compara- 
tive purposes. 

Personal  Pronouns 

Latin  personal  pronouns  (sing.:  ego,  tu,  is,  ea,  id  [I,  you, 
he,  she,  it];  pi.:  nos,  vos,  ei,  eae,  ea  [we,  you,  they])  have 
slightly  different  forms  for  first,  second,  and  third  persons, 
singular  and  plural.   They  are  declined  as  follows: 


ego  (I),  nos  (we)  [first  person,  singular  and  plural] 


Case 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Singular 

ego 

mei 

mihi 

me 

me 

Plural 


Meaning 


of/from  me 

to/for  me 

me  ( d . o . ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  me 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


nos 

nostrum  ( nostri ) 

nobis 

nos 

nobis 


we 

of/from  us 

to/for  us 

us  (d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  us 


tu,  vos  (you,  familiar  &  singular;  you,  plural) 
Case  Singular  Meaning 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


tu 

tui 

tibi 

te 

te 


you  (also  thou) 

of /from  you  (thee) 

to/for  you  (thee) 

you  (thee,  d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  you  (thee) 


148 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat, 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Plural 

vos 

vestrum  ( vestri ) 

vobis 

vos 

vobis 


you  (all,  and  you,  polite) 
of /from  you  (you  all) 
to/for  you  (you  all) 
you  (you  all,  d.o.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  you 
(you  all) 


is,  ea,  id;  ei,  eae,  ea  (he,  she,  it,  sing;  they,  pi.) 
Singular 


Case 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Meaning 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

he/she/it 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

of/from  him, 
(his/her/its) 

her,  it 

1 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

to  him,  her, 

it 

Ace. 

eiun 

earn 

id 

him,  her,  it 

(d.o.) 

Abl. 

eo 

Plural 

ea 

eo 

by/with/from, 
him/her/it 

etc. 

Nom. 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

they 

Gen. 

eomm 

earum 

eorum 

of /from  them, 

their 

Dat. 

eis 

eis 

eis 

to/for  them 

Ace. 

eos 

eas 

ea 

them  (d.o. ) 

Abl. 

eis 

eis 

eis 

by/from/with , 

etc .  them 

Note  that  is  can  also  mean  this  or  that  man,  ea,  this  or 
that  woman,  and  id,  this  or  that  thing. 

In  classical  Latin,  personal  pronouns  of  the  first,  second 
and  third  person,  singular  and  plural,  were  rarely  used  in  the 
nominative  singular  case  with  verbs  (and  then  principally  for 
emphasis),  since  the  pronoun  was  provided  by  the  verb  ending, 
e.g.,  teneo  (I  hold)  or,  occasionally,  ego  teneo  (I  hold,  or,  I, 
not  any  other  person,  hold).  Personal  pronouns  may,  however,  be 
found  in  parish  register  entries,  e.g..  Ego  Johannes  Braun 
parochus  huius  parochiae  infantem  baptizavi,  qui  imposui  nomen 
Geraldum.  (I,  John  Braun,  priest  of  this  parish,  baptized  an 
infant,  upon  whom  I  placed  the  name  Gerald. ) 

When  the  preposition  cum  is  used  with  the  second  person, 
singular  and  plural,  it  is  usually  attached  to  the  pronoun,  e.g., 
pax  vobiscum  (peace  be  with  you! ) 

The  following  example  illustrates  a  possible  use  of  the 
personal  pronouns  listed  above: 


149 


Ego  Amaldus,  pastor  ecclesiae  parochialis  Sancti  Viti, 

f ilium  legitimum  Stephani  Gera  et  Mathildae  Brock  baptizavi. 

(I,  Arnald,  priest  of  the  parish  church  of  St.  Vitus, 
baptized  the  legitimate  son  of  Stephen  Gera  and  Mathilda 
Brock. ) 

If  personal  pronouns  other  than  ego  were  used  in  the 
sentence  above,  the  order  might  be  as  follows: 


tu  . 
is  . 
nos 
vos 
ei  . 


baptizavisti  (you  .  .  .  baptized) 
baptizavit  (he  .  .  .  baptized) 
baptizavimus  (we  .  .  .  baptized) 
baptizavistis  (you  [all]  .  .  .  baptized) 
baptizavemint  (they  .  .  .  baptized) 


Note  that  it  is  unlikely  that  any  of  the  above  personal 
pronouns  will  be  encountered,  in  parish  registers  at  any  rate, 
with  the  exception  of  ego,  and  nos. 

Since  pronouns  can  take  the  place  of  nouns,  they  must,  of 
necessity,  agree  with  the  nouns  they  are  replacing  (or,  even  if 
they  are  added  additionally)  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  e.g., 

Pecuniam  duobus  parochis  dedi. 

( I  gave  money  to  the  two  priests . ) 

Ecun  els  dedi. 

(I  gave  it  [i.e.,  the  money]  to  them. 
[i.e.,  to  the  two  priests]) 

Possessive  Adjectives  and  Pronouns 

Possessive  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  person,  singu- 
lar and  plural,  are  declined  like  first  and  second  declension 
adjectives,  e.g.,  bonus,  bona,  boniun.  Since  these  are  possessive 
adjectives,  they  must,  of  course,  agree  with  any  nouns  they 
modify  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 


Singular 


Meaning   Plural 


Meaning 


meus ,  mea ,  meum 
tuus ,  tua ,  tuum 

Examples : 


my 
your 


noster,  nostra,  nostrum   our 
vester,  vestra,  vestrum   your 


Filia  mea  erudita  est. 

(My  daughter  is  learned. ) 

noster  liber 

(our  book) 

The  third  person  singular  and  plural  uses  the  genitive 
singular  and  plural  of  the  personal  pronoun  is,  ea,  id,  namely, 
eius,  eius,  eius  (his,  her,  its);  eorum,  earum,  eorum  (their). 


150 


e.g.,  filius  eius  (his/her  son);  infantes  eorum  (their 
children/infants).  Plural  nouns  of  mixed  gender,  men  and  women, 
generally  use  the  masculine,  rather  than  the  feminine  gender.' 
Consequently,  infantes  eorum  could  mean  "their"  (i.e.,  the  fa- 
thers') children,  or  "their"  (i.e.,  the  children  of  a  father  and 
a  mother  or  fathers  and  mothers).  "Their"  (i.e.,  the  mothers') 
children  would,  of  course,  be  infantes  eanun. 

Note,  however,  that  in  medieval  and  parish  register  Latin, 
it  was  common  to  use  the  reflexive  possessive  suus ,  sua,  suum 
(his  own,  her  own,  its  own,  their  own)  in  place  of  the  genitive 
singular  of  the  third  person  singular  personal  pronoun,  e.g., 
infantes  sui  (their  [own]  children). 

Demonstrative  Pronouns  and  Adjectives 

Demonstrative  pronouns  (from  demonstrare:  to  point  out)  are 
frequently  utilized  in  Latin  to  point  out  a  person  or  thing.  The 
meaning  of  these  pronouns  is  "this"  (the  latter)  or  "that"  (the 
former).  Note  that  these  pronouns  can  also  be  used  as  pronominal 
adjectives.  In  such  instances,  they  must  agree  with  any  nouns 
they  modify  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

hie,  haec,  hoc  (this,  the  latter;  as  an  adverb:  here) 
Singular 

Meaning 

this,  the  latter 
of /from  this,  the  latter 
to/for  this,  the  latter 
this,  the  latter  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc.  this, 
the  latter 


Case 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Norn. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

Plural 


Nom. 

hi 

hae 

haee 

Gen. 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

his 

his 

his 

these 

of/from  these 

to/for  these 

these  (d.o. ) 

by /with/from,  etc. 

these 


Example : 

Hoe  die  baptizata  fuit  Elizabetha  filia  legitima 
Bemardi  Freneaux  et  Isabellae  Jaequot. 

(On  this  day,  Elizabetha,  legitimate  daughter  of  Bernard 
Freneaux  and  Isabelle  Jaequot,  was  baptized.) 


151 


ille,  ilia,  illud  (that,  the  former) 
Singular 


Case 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Masc. 

ille 

illius 

illi 

ilium 

illo 


Plural 


illi 

illorum 

illis 

illos 

illis 


Fem.  Neut.  Meaning 

ilia  illud  that,  the  former 

illius  illius  of /from  that,  the  former 

illi  illi  to/for  that,  the  former 

illam  illud  that,  the  former  (d.o.) 

ilia  illo  by /with/from,  etc.,  that, 
the  former 


illae  ilia  those 

illarum  illorum  of/from  those 

illis  illis  to/for  those 

illas  ilia  those  (d.o.) 

illis  illis  by/with/from,  etc.  those 


Examples; 


Illo  die  haec  sepulta  est. 

(On  that  day,  this  woman  was  buried.) 

Illo  tempore  parochiani  multi  ab  peste  obierxint. 

(At  that  time,  many  parishioners  died  of  [from]  plague.) 

As  may  be  seen  in  the  above  examples,  hie  and  ille  can  also 
be  used  as  nouns  (as  substantives),  e.g.,  hie  (this  man),  ilia 
( that  woman ) . 

Another  term  for  "that,"  which  sometimes  had  pejorative 

overtones  in  classical  Latin  is  iste,  ista,  istud.    It  is 

declined  exactly  like  ille,  ilia,  illud,  e.g.,  iste  vir  (that 
[wicked]  man) . 

Demonstrative  Pronoun:  idem,  eadem,  idem  (the  same) 

By  combining  is,  ea,  id  with  -dem,  a  demonstrative  pronoun 
is  formed  which  means  the  same  (thing).  This  pronoun  is  declined 
like  is,  ea,  id,  with  these  exceptions: 


Case 


Nom, 
Ace. 


Singular 


Masc. 


Fem. 


idem  (not  isdem)     eadem 
eundem  eandem 

(instead  of  eumdem  or  eamdem) 


Neut. 


idem 
idem 


152 


Plural 


Case 
Gen. 


Masc. 
eorxtndem* 


Fem. 
earundem 


Neut. 
eonmdem 


*not  eorumdem,  earumdem,  eorvundem 

Examples : 

Eodem  die  mortua  est  Maria  Catherina  Schwarz ,  vidua  def uncti 
Johannis  Brinckmann  agricolae  et  civis  huius  loci . 

(On  the  same  day,  Maria  Catherina  Schwarz,  widow  of  the 
deceased  Johannes  Brinckmann,  farmer  and  citizen  of  this 
place,  died. ) 

eodem  (after  a  date:  on  the  same  day) 

idem  (after  a  date,  name,  place  name,  etc.:  the  same) 

Reflexive  Pronouns 

As  the  name  suggests,  reflexive  pronouns  "reflect  back"  upon 
the  subject  (from  reflectere:  to  bend  [back]),  e.g.,  I,  myself, 
did  it.  First,  second,  and  third  person  singular  and  plural  are 
declined  like  the  personal  pronouns  reviewed  previously,  except 
that  there  is  no  nominative  case  (a  reflexive  pronoun  must  be 
declined  in  Latin). 


Singular 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


mei  (of /from  myself) 
mihi  (to/for  myself) 
me  (myself ,  d.o. ) 
me  (by /with/from,  etc. 
myself) 


Plural 


nostri  (of /from  ourselves) 
nobis  (to/for  ourselves) 
nos  (ourselves,  d.o.) 
nobis  (by/with/from,  etc. 
ourselves ) 


tui  (of /from  yourself) 
tibi  (to/for  yourself) 
te  (yourself,  d.o.) 
te  (by /with/from,  etc. 
yourself ) 


vestri  (of /from  yourselves^ 
vobis  (to/for  yourselves) 
vos  (yourselves,  d.o.) 
vobis  (by/with/from,  etc., 
yourselves ) 


Singular 


sui  (of /from  himself,  herself,  itself) 

sibi  (to/for  himself,  herself,  itself) 

se  (himself,  herself,  itself,  d.o.) 

se  (by /with/from,  etc.  himself,  herself,  itself) 


153 


Plural 

Nom.  

Gen.  sui  (of /from  themselves) 

Dat.  sibi  (to/for  themselves) 

Ace.  se  (themselves,  d.o.) 

Abl.  se  (by/with/from,  etc.  themselves) 

The  difference  between  personal  and  reflexive  pronouns  may 
be  illustrated  in  the  following  examples: 

Ego  me  laudavi. 

(I  praised  myself  [reflexive].) 

Parentes  mei  me  laudaverunt. 

(My  parents  praised  me  [personal.) 

Reflexive  Possessives 

For  the  first  person,  singular  and  plural,  these  are  the 
same  as  the  possessives  already  explained:  meus,  tuus,  noster, 
vester,  etc.  The  third  person  singular  and  plural  has  a  slightly 
different  form,  which  has  been  discussed  above,  namely,  suus , 
sua,  suum,  declined  like  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declension  such  as  sanctus,  sancta,  sanctum.  The  meaning  is  his 
(own),  her  (own),  its  (own),  or  their  (own),  e.g., 

Puerum  suum  sepelivit. 

(He  buried  his  own  child. ) 

Puerum  eius  sepelivit. 

(He  buried  his  [i.e.,  someone  else's]  child.) 

The  Intensive  Pronoun  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsiim 

The  intensive  pronoun  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum  (myself,  yourself, 
himself /herself /itself ,  themselves  [It  can  have  any  of  these 
meanings  depending  upon  the  sense  of  the  sentence.])  is  declined 
in  the  genitive  and  dative  singular  like  hoc  or  ille,  i.e., 
ipsius,  ipsius,  ipsius  (genitive);  ipsi,  ipsi,  ipsi  (dative). 
Otherwise,  it  is  declined  like  bonus,  bona,  bonum  and  other 
adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension.  This  pronoun  was 
employed,  especially  in  classical  Latin,  mainly  for  emphasis, 
e.g.  , 

Episcopus  ipse  puervim  baptizavit. 

(The  bishop  himself  [as  opposed  to  a  representative] 
baptized  the  child. ) 

The  Relative  Pronoun  qui,  quae,  quod 

The  relative  pronoun  (from  referre:  to  bring  back)  looks 
back  to  the  subject  while  forming  a  subordinate,  relative  clause 
(subject  plus  predicate/object  within  a  compound  sentence)  e.g., 


154 


The  man,  who  bought  the  book,  is  an  old  friend.   The  relative 
pronoun  qui,  quae,  quod  (who,  which)  is  declined  as  follows: 


Si 

ngular 

Case 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

PI 

qui 

cuius 

cui 

quem 

quo 

ural 

quae 

cuius 

cui 

quam 

qua 

quod 

cuius 

cui 

quod 

quo 

Nom. 
Gen. 

qui 
quorum 

quae 
quarum 

quae 
quorum 

Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

quibus 

quos 

quibus 

quibus 

quas 

quibus 

quibus 

quae 

quibus 

Meaning 

who,  who,  which 
of /from  whom,  whose 
to/for  whom,  whose 
whom,  which  (d.o.) 
by/with/from,  etc. 
whom,  which 


who ,  who ,  which 

whose  (of /from  whom, 

which) 

to/for  who ,  which 

who,  which  (d.o. ) 

by/with/f rom,  etc. 

who,  which 

Relative  pronouns  must  always  agree  with  their  subject 
antecedents  in  gender  and  number,  but  the  case  is  determined  by 
the  way  in  which  these  pronouns  are  used  in  the  relative  clause 
itself.   For  example: 

Puella  quam  parochus  baptizavit  abortiva  fuit. 

(The  girl,  whom  the  priest  baptized,  was  prematurely  born.) 

In  this  sentence,  quam  agrees  with  puella  in  gender  and 
number  (feminine  singular).  However,  quam  is  the  direct  object 
of  baptizavit,  in  this  subordinate  clause,  and  must  be  in  the 
accusative  case  even  though  the  subject,  puella,  is  nominative. 

The  Interrogative  Pronoun  quis?  quid?  (who?  what?) 

In  form,  the  interrogative  pronoun  (from  interrogare:  to  ask 
a  question)  resembles  closely  the  relative  pronoun  in  the 
singular.  Both  interrogative  and  relative  are  exactly  the  same 
in  the  plural . 

Singular 


Case 


Masc.  &  Fem. 


Nom. 

quis 

Gen. 

cuius 

Dat. 

cui 

Ace. 

quem 

Abl. 

quo 

Neut. 

Meaning 

quid 

who?  what? 

cuius 

of/from  whom?  whose? 

cui 

to/for  whom?  what? 

quid 

whom?  what?  (d.o. ) 

quo 

by/with/from,  etc. 

whom?  what? 

155 


Examples : 

quid  pro  quo 

(what  for  what?,  i.e.,  tit,  for  tat,  this  for  that) 

cui  bono 

(literally:  to  whom  for  a  good?,  i.e.,  what  good  is  it?) 

The  above  phrase  illustrates  the  use  of  two  different  types 
of  dative,  the  dative  of  reference  (cui:  to  whom)  and  the  dative 
of  purpose  (bono:  for  a  good).  This  construction  is  often  found 
in  classical  Latin  literature,  and  is  known  as  the  double  dative. 
It  is  rare  in  parish  registers. 

The  following  sentences  may  illustrate  the  difference  in 
usage  between  the  relative  and  interrogative  pronouns : 

Quis  donum  tibi  dedit? 

(Who  gave  the  gift  to  you?  [interrogative]) 

Vir  qui  donum  tibi  dedit  ctmicus  meus  est. 

(The  man,  who  gave  the  book  to  you,  is  my  friend, 
[relative] ) 

Cuius  filia  sepulta  est? 

(Whose  daughter  was  buried?  [interrogative] ) 

Mater  cuius  filia  sepulta  est  ab  peste  obiit. 

(The  mother,  whose  daughter  was  buried,  died  of  plague, 
[relative] ) 

Interrogatives  can  sometimes  be  used  as  adjectives,  e.g.. 

Quod  pretium  pascuam  (pascua)  habet? 

(What  price  has  the  pasture?   [How  expensive  is  the 
pasture?] ) 

Formation  of  Adverbs 

Latin  adverbs  (from  ad  +  verbum:  to  or  near  the  verb)  de- 
scribe or  modify  verbs,  as  well  as  nouns  and  other  adverbs.  They 
are  formed  from  adjectives  through  the  addition  of  -e  to  the  stem 
of  first  and  second  declension  adjectives,  and  -iter  to  those  of 
third  declension  adjectives,  e.g., 

magnus  (large),  adj.  magne  (largely),  adv. 

liber  (free),  adj.  libera  (freely),  adv. 

similis  (similar),  adj.        similiter  (similarly),  adv. 

Adverbs  which  are  not  formed  from  adjectives,  such  as  autem 
(however,  but,  and)  should  be  memorized  as  they  are  found  in 
parish  registers  and  other  documents.  Unlike  adjectives,  adverbs 
are  not  declined  for  gender,  number,  and  case. 


156 


Comparison  of  Adjectives  and  Adverbs 

Latin  adjectives  are  compared,  like  English  adjectives,  in 
the  positive,  comparative,  and  superlative  degrees,  e.g.,  bad 
(positive),  worse  (comparative),  worst  (superlative).  In  parish 
register  entries,  the  comparative  does  not  appear  frequently, 
although  it  may  be  found  in  other  documents  such  as  wills,  while 
the  superlative  is  used  largely  for  titles  such  as,  for  example, 
clarissimus  (most  famous,  most  illustrious). 

Latin  and  English  adjectives  are  compared  in  two  ways:  a) 
The  stem  of  the  adjective  remains  unaltered  in  each  degree  of 
comparison,  e.g.,  nicer,  nicer,  nicest;  b)  The  stem  of  the  adjec- 
tive changes  with  each  degree  (or  at  least  one  of  the  degrees)  of 
comparison,  e.g.,  good,  better,  best. 

The  comparison  of  Latin  adjectives  of  type  a)  above  is 
accomplished  by  adding  -ior  to  the  stems  of  masculine  and  femi- 
nine adjectives  and  -ius  to  the  neuter  in  the  comparative  degree, 
and  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum  in  the  superlative. 

Positive  Comparative 

Masc.  &  Fem.  Neuter 

beatus  (blessed)  beatior  (more  blessed)  beatius  (more  blessed) 

clarus  (famous)  clarior  (more  famous)  clarius  (more  famous) 

felix  (happy)  felicior  (more  happy)  felicius  (more  happy) 

sanctus  (holy)  sanctior  (more  holy)  sanctius  (more  holy) 

Superlative 

beatissimus,  beatissima,  beatissiminn     (most  blessed) 

clarissimus,  clarissima,  clarissimum     (most  famous) 

felicissimus,  felcissima,  felcissimum    (most  happy) 

scinctissimus ,  sanctissima,  sanctissimvun  (most  holy) 

The  comparative  degree  can  be  translated  in  English  by 
adding  an  -er  to  the  verb  stem,  e.g.,  felicior,  felicius:  happi- 
er, or  by  using  the  adjective  "more,"  e.g.,  felicior,  felicius: 
more  happy  (or  happier).  The  superlative  may  be  translated 
either  by  adding  -est  to  the  verb  stem,  e.g.,  felicissimus: 
happiest,  or  through  the  use  of  the  adverb  and  adjective  "most," 
e.g.,  felicissimus:  most  happy  (or  happiest).  The  comparative 
can  also  mean  too  or  rather,  e.g.,  rather  happy,  rather  famous, 
and  the  superlative  very,  e.g.,  very  happy,  very  famous. 

When  comparing  one  adjective  with  another,  and,  of  course, 
any  nouns  such  adjectives  modify,  in  Latin  the  conjunction  and 
adverb  quam  (than)  is  often  utilized,  e.g.,  Haec  femina  est 
clarior  quam  ille.  (This  woman  is  more  famous  than  that  man.) 
Note  that  no  change  in  grammar  occurs  with  the  nouns  or  adjec- 
tives preceding  or  following  quam. 


157 


It  is  also  possible  to  make  comparison  in  Latin  with  an 
ablative  of  comparison,  to  place  the  appropriate  adjectives  and 
nouns  in  the  ablative  case.  Thus,  for  example,  Populi  huius 
villae  sunt  nobis  feliciores.  (The  people  of  this  village  are 
happier  than  we  [are] . )  Note  that  the  ablative  is  used  only  with 
that  which  is  compared,  or  the  second  part  of  the  comparison. 

A  number  of  adjectives  are  irregular  in  the  comparative  and 
superlative  degrees.   A  few  of  the  more  common  are  listed  below: 


Positive 

bonus,    -a,    -um   (good) 
magnus,    -a,    -um   (great) 
malus,    -a,    -um   (bad) 
multus,    -a,    -um   (much) 
parvus,    -a,    -um   (small) 


Comparative 

melior,    -ius    (better) 
maior,    -ius    (greater) 
peior,    -ius    (worse) 
plus    (more) 
minor,    -ius    (smaller) 


Superlative 

optimus,    -a,    -um   (best) 
maximus,    -a,    -vun    (greatest) 
pessimus,    -a,    -um   (worst) 
plurimus,    -a,    -um    (most) 
minimus,    -a,    -um   (smallest) 

Note  that  plus  must  be  used  with  what  is  known  as  a 
partitive  genitive,  or  genitive  of  the  whole,  because  it 
completes  that  portion  of  the  thought  represented  by  the 
adjective  (or  the  number  which  precedes  it),  e.g.,  plura  puerorum 
(more    children,     or,     more    of    children).  Plus    is    somewhat 

irregular  in  its  declension.  It  is  not  declined  in  the  masculine 
and  feminine  singular  (plus).  In  the  neuter  singular,  it  is 
declined  like  a  third  declension  noun,  except  that  no  dative  is 
present.  The  plural  of  all  three  genders  is  declined  like  i-stem 
nouns   of   the   third   declension: 


Singular 

Case 

Masc. 

&  Fem. 

Neuter 

Norn. 

plus 

plus 

Gen. 

plus 

pluris 

Dat. 

plus 



Ace. 

plus 

plus 

Abl. 

plus 

plure 

Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

plures 

plvirium 

pluribus 

plures 

pluribus 


Neuter 

pluria 

plurium 

pluribus 

pluria 

pluribus 


Some  adjectives  which  end  in  -er  in  the  nominative  singular 
have  the  ending  -errimus,  -errima,  -errimum  in  the  superlative, 
rather  than  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum.  Those  ending  in  -lis  in 
the  positive  degree,  such  as  facilis  (easy),  often  retain  the  -1 
in  the  superlative,  -illimus.  Examples  of  some  of  these  adjec- 
tives are  provided  below: 


158 


Positive  Comparative 

acer,  acris,  acre  (keen,  sharp)  acrior,  acrius  (keener) 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum  (sick,  [eger] )  aegrior,  aegrius  (sicker) 

facilis,  facile  (easy)  facilior,  facilius  (easier) 

humilis,  humile  (low,  humble)  humilior,  humilius  (lower) 

liber,  libera,  liberum  (free)  liberior,  liberius  (freer) 

pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum  (beautiful)  pulchrior,  pulchrius 

(more  beautiful) 

similis,  simile  (similar,  like)  similior,  similius 


(more  similar) 


Superlative 


acerrimus,  acerrima,  acerrimum  (keenest) 

aegerrimus,  aegerrima,  aegerrimum  (sickest) 

facillimus,  facillima,  facillimum  (easiest) 

humillimus,  humillima,  htunillimum  (lowest) 

liberrimus.  Uberrima,  liberrimum  (freest) 

pulcherrimus ,  pulcherrima,  pulcherrimxim  (most  beautiful) 

simillimus,  simillima,  simillimum  (most  similar) 

Note  that  the  -1  or  -r  of  the  adjective  in  the  positive 
degree  is  doubled  in  the  superlative  degree.  Thus,  for  example, 
similis  but  simillimus. 

Adjectives  in  the  comparative  degree  are  declined  like 
consonant  stem  nouns  of  the  third  declension: 

Singular 

Case  Masc.  &  Fem.  Neuter 

acrius 

acrioris 

acriori 

acrius 

acriore 


Nom. 

acrior 

Gen. 

acrioris 

Dat. 

acriori 

Ace. 

acriorem 

Abl. 

acriore  (not  -i) 

Plura 

1 

Nom. 

acriores 

Gen. 

acriorum  (not  -ium) 

Dat. 

acrioribus 

Ace. 

acriores 

Abl. 

acrioribus 

acriora  (not  -ia) 

acriorum 

acrioribus 

acriora 

acrioribus 

The  superlative  is  declined  like  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declension  such  as  sanctus,  sancta,  sanctum. 


159 


The  Comparison  of  Adverbs 


In  the  comparative  degree,  -ius  is  added  to  the  stem  of 
adverbs,  and  -issime  in  the  superlative  degree.  For  adverbs 
ending  in  -ere  (from  adjectives  ending  in  -er),  however,  the 
superlative  is  -irrime,  and  for  those  ending  in  -ile  (from  adjec- 
tives ending  in  -ilis) ,  it  is  -illime,  e.g.: 


Positive 

bene  (well) 
libere  (freely) 
facile  (easily) 


Comparative 

melius  (more  well) 
liberius  (more  freely) 
facilius  (more  easily) 


Superlative 

optime  (most  well) 
liberrime  (most  freely) 
facillime  (most  easily) 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  XI 


A.  Grammar 

Decline  ego,  nos;  hie,  haec,  hoc;  ille,  ilia,  illud;  is,  ea, 
id;  qxii,  quae,  quod;  noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  and  quis,  quid  for 

all  appropriate  gender,  numbers,  and  cases.  Write  the  positive, 
comparative,  and  superlative  of  beatus  (blessed,  fortunate). 
Decline  fortior  (stronger,  braver)  for  all  appropriate  cases  and 
numbers . 


B.  Vocabulary 

Learn  all  of  the  pronouns  and  possessive  adjectives  reviewed 
in  this  chapter,  as  well  as  the  following: 


at 


and 


alias,  adv. :  another,  alias 

antea,  adv. :  formerly 

autem,  adv.:  however,  but,  and 

bis,  adv. :  twice 

circiter,  adv. :  about,  approx- 
imately (also,  prep  +  ace.) 

dxxm,  adv.  :  while 

dumtaxat,   adv.:   only, 
least,  thus  far 

etiam,  adv.:  also,  even, 
also,  and  even 

hie,  as  an  adverb:  here 

hine,  adv.:  hence  (from  there) 

jam,  adv.:  today  (iam) 

ibi ,  adv.:  there,  in  that 
place 

ibidem,  adv. :  in  the  same 
place 

inde,   adv.:   thence   (from 
there ) 

ita,  adv.:  thus,  so 


item,  adv.:  also,  likewise 

jure,  adv. :  lawfully 

licite,  adv.:  lawfully  (i.e., 

that  which  is  permitted) 
magnopere,  adv. :  greatly 
non,  adv.:  no,  not 
nondum,  adv. :  not  yet 
omnino,  adv. :  wholly 
praetera,   adv.:   besides, 

morever  (preterea) 
quoad,  adv.  as  long  as,  as  far 

as  (do  not  confuse  with 

quod,  conj . :  that,  because) 
quondam,  adv.:  formerly,  the 

former,  the  late  (eondam) 
rite,  adv.:  properly,  duly 
satis,  adv. :  enough,  very 
statim,  adv.:  immediately,  at 

once 
vero,  adv.:  truly 
vulgo,  adv. :  commonly 


160 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Infans,  cui  impositum  est  nomen  Magdalena,  in  dome 

baptizatus  est. 

( impositum  est:  was  placed,  was  given) 

Maria  Magdalena  Schulzin,  acatholica,  filia  Johaimis 
Michaelis  Schulz,  civis  huius  loci  et  sartoris,  quae 
graviditatem  coram  me,  parocho  huius  parochiae,  declaravit 
et  allegavit  Franciscum  Entz,  etiam  acatholicum,  qui 
per  sententiam  magistratus  hodie  2a  Vllbris  punitus  est. 
(acatholicus,  acatholica,  acatholicum:  non-Catholic; 
graviditas,  graviditatis ,  f.:  pregnancy  [the  direct 
object  of  declaravit] ;  declaravit:  from  declare, 
declare,  declaravi,  declaratum:  declare,  state;  allegavit: 
from  allege,  allegare,  allegavi,  allegatum:  accuse; 
sententia,  sententiae,  f.:  sentence,  opinion;  magistratus, 
magistratus,  m. :  magistrate;  punitus  est:  was  punished; 
note  that  the  English  syntax  here  would  probably  be:  Maria 
Anna  Schulzin  [the  -in  is  a  German  feminine  ending]  . . . 
declaravit  graviditatem  . . .  et  allegavit  . . . ,  etc . 
Translate  accordingly. ) 

Eodem  die,  eodem  mense,  et  eodem  anno,  Anna  Praetor,  uxor 
defuncti  Henrici  Hinck,  magistri  in  hoc  loco,  sepulta  est. 

Patrini  fuerunt:  clarissimus,  consul tissimus  ac  praenobilis 
dominus  Joannes  Chrysostomus  Mueller,  senator  et  procurator, 
et  clarissima  ac  nobilis  domina  Margaritha  Freye,  uxor 
consultissimi,  doctissimi  ac  nobilis  domini  Francisci  Geiger 
consul is. 

(clarissimus:  most  illustrious;  consultissimus:  most 
experienced  [from  consultus,  consulta,  consultum: 
experienced,  knowledgeable];  ac:  and;  praenobilis:  right 
honorable,  noble;  Chrisostomus :  Chrysostom  [golden  mouth,  a 
name  of  Greek  origin];  procurator,  procuratoris ,  m. :  proxy 
lawyer,  legal  representative;  doctissimus:  most  learned 
[from  doctus,  docta,  doctum:  taught,  learned];  consulis, 
consulis,  m. :  town  councillor  [here,  in  cl .  Latin:  one  of 
the  two  chief  magistrates  of  the  Roman  state]) 

Anno  gratiae  millesimo  septingentesimo  vicesimo  sexto  et  die 
tricesimo  mensis  Martii,  infems,  baptizatus  ob  periculum 
mortis  in  domo  a  me  Anna  Catherina  Klein  obstetrice,  statim 
exspiravit  et  puella  anonyma  erat. 
(expiravit:  expired,  died  [literally:  breathed  out]; 

anonymus,  anonyma,  anonymum:  unnamed,  anonymous  [a  word 

of  Greek  origin] ) 


161 


Note  that  in  the  above  entry  inf ans ,  which  is  generally 
masculine  but  can  also  be  feminine  in  the  Latin  of  parish 
registers,  is  masculine,  as  the  modifying  adjective  (perfect 
passive  participle)  baptizatus  clearly  indicates.  The  child  was, 
however,  a  girl  (puella).  It  is  not  always  possible,  therefore, 
to  determine  the  sex  of  a  child,  who  was  unnamed  at  birth  or  who 
died  before  it  could  be  given  a  first  name,  solely  on  the  basis 
of  generic  terms  such  as  inf ans,  and  proles. 

This  is  also  true  of  adjectives  such  as  baptizatus  which 
must  agree  with  any  nouns  they  modify  in  gender,  number,  and 
case.  Consequently,  inf ans  baptizatus  est,  and  proles  baptizata 
est,  while  grammatically  correct,  provide  no  clue  to  the  sex  of 
the  child.  Baptizatus,  as  indicated  above,  must  agree  with 
inf ans,  a  masculine  noun  here,  in  gender,  number,  and  case.  By 
contrast,  baptizata  agrees  with  proles,  a  feminine  noun,  in 
gender,  number,  and  case. 

E.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

On  the  ninth  day  of  the  month  of  August,  I,  Andreas  Binck, 
priest  of  this  place,  baptized  a  child  of  the  male  sex 
upon  whom  (use  the  dative)  I  placed  (imposui)  the  name 
Charles  (Carolum  is  grammaticaly  correct,  but  Carolus 
might  also  be  found. ) . 

23  July  1775,  twins  (gemelli,  m.  pi.)  were  baptized, 
the  father  of  whom  was  (erat)  a  young  man,  name  unknown, 
who  impregnated  ( impraegnavit  or  impregnavit )  the  mother, 
Susanna  (ace.)  Knipps,  under  (use  sub  +  abl . )  the  promise 
(promittum,  promitti,  n.)  of  marriage. 

On  the  same  day,  in  the  same  month,  and  in  the  same  year, 
Francis  Walter,  who  was  a  farmer  from  Newton,  former 
(use  quondam)  husband  of  the  deceased  Agnes  Terry, 
and  citizen  of  this  village,  died  (use  mortuus  est). 

The  priest  baptized  his  (own)  cousin  (female)  but  (sed) 
not  (non)  his  (i.e.,  someone  else's)  granddaughter  (use 
neptis ,  neptis ,  f . ) 

The  godmother  was  the  most  famous,  most  learned,  and  right 
honorable  lady  Marie  de  Villefort. 


162 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1:  a  Death 

Translate  the  following  death  entry  from  Germany.  Some 
German  Gothic  letters  appear  in  this  entry.  Study  the  vocabulary 
below  carefully  as  an  aid  in  identifying  these  letters  and  in 
translating  the  entry  correctly. 


Vocabulary 

Scheffler:  a  surname 

a  =  a,    ab 

meretrix,     meretricis,     f.: 

prostitute ,    harlot 
guadam:    a   certain    (goes   with 
meretrix) 

amentatus  =  dementatus:  de- 
mented, made  insane 
( dementatus ,  dementata, 
dementatum)  ;  note  that  est 
is  understood  here,  so  that 
the  second  line  should 
read:  a  meretrice  quadam 
dementatus  est  (from  [by]  a 
certain  prostitute  [driven] 
mad) 

amentia  =  dementia,    dementias, 

f . :    madness ,    insanity 


miserrime,  adv. :  very  misera- 
bly,   very  poorly 

inqieteqz  =  inquieteque:  and 
restlessly 

traducens:  giving  up,  handing 
over  (present  participle  of 
trado,  traders,  tradidi, 
traditum:  give  up,  hand 
over,  deliver,  entrust;  v. 
Chapter  XIII);  note  that 
the  object  of  this  verb  is 
vitam. 

affinis,  affinis,  m. :  an  in- 
law (in  this  entry,  it 
could  be  either  a 
father-in-law  or  a  brother- 
in-law) 

Christophorum:  Christopher 

Zwieknet:  a  surname 

reqescat  =  requiescat 


163 


Document  #2:  Death  Entries 

Translate  the  death  entries  below  from  a  parish  register  of 
northern  France,  using  the  vocabulary  below  as  an  aid. 


L(?    «:.ViO  jxtMiutif   cocAafcau.ir~rt/n*Ti»ttrrL       J 
jCAttrj.',  ^euclu^  /-TeiH  ^ut^to^U  j!^  CmSiA 

■Lpwna.  Cllaria.  ^cUf<-  <^r»t»iZ/i«.4  tmMx'xU.  ■ 


Vocabulary 

vitae   diem   clausit   extremvun: 

closed  the   last  day  of   life 
claudo,     claudere,     clausi, 

clausum:    close,    enclose 
extremus ,    extrema ,    extremum : 

last 
uxor    (after    Christina,     but 

with    a    large    gap    between 

the  two) 
Pfuettelin:    a  surname 
Ingersheimensis :    of   Ingersheim 

(a  place  name) 

oia  =  omnia 

recepit:    received   (the  siibject 
is  Christina  Pfuetterlin) 

ecclie  =  ecclesiae   (gen.) 

die  sequenti:    on  the  following 

day 
exhalavit:        from       exhalo, 

exhalare ,    exhalavi ,    exhala- 

tum:    breathe   out. 


Heidt:    a  surname 

longu  =  longum 

rite,  adv.:  properly  (accord- 
ing to  the  proper  ecclesi- 
astical ritual) 

provisus:  provided;  note  that 
the  English  word  order  here 
would  probably  be  rite 
provisus  (cum)  omnibus 
sacramentis  ecclesiae. 
Translate  accordingly. 

sepultusqz  =   sepultusque 

decessit  ex  hac  mortali: 
departed  from  this  mortal 
(life);  here,  decessit 
should  not  be  translated  as 
"died_J' 

immortale  =  immortalem 

senicula,  seniculae,  f.:  a 
little  old    (woman) 


164 


extranea:  foreign  (goes  with 
senicula  and  mulier) ;  from 
extraneus ,  extranea ,  extra- 
neum:  foreign 

nomine:  by  the  name  of 

Nathe:  her  surname 

munita:  fortified;  note  that 
the  English  word  order  here 
would  probably  be  munita 
(ab)  omnibus  sacramentis. 
Translate  accordingly. 

ubi ,  adv . :  where 

decumbebat,  imperfect 

indicative  active,  third 
person  singular  of  decumbo, 
decumbere ,  decubui :  die, 
lie   down 

haec :  she  (demonstrative 
pronoun  used  as  a  personal 
pronoun ) 

legavit:  from  lego,  legare, 
legavi,  legatum:  bequeath, 
leave,    donate 

ecclae  =  ecclesiae:    (dat.) 
R:    a   denomination   of   currency 
to    go    with    the    number    10 
(This  might  either 

Rhinegulden   or  Happen . ) 
per 


syngraphus ,  syngraphi ,  m . :  a 
written  contract,  promisso- 
ry note  (i.e.,  a  written 
agreement  to  pay,  which  is 
probably  what  is  intended 
here;  a  word  of  Greek 
extraction) 

debitos:  debts  (ace);  from 
debitus,  debiti ,  n.:  debt 
(debitum) 

Blaisy:    a   surname 

cive  Ratzentalensi :  (being  a 
citizen    [of]    Ratzental ) 

retribuere:  to  pay  back,  to 
give  back  (from  retribuo, 
retribuere,  retribui , 

retributum:  give  back, 
restore,  pay  back);  the 
English  word  order  might  be 
retribuere  debitos  a  Joanne 
Blaisy  cive  Ratzentalsi, 
which  would  follow  per 
syngraphum.  Translate 

accordingly.  Note  that  the 
idea  here  is  that  she  left 
10  Rhinegulden,  Rappen ,  or 
other  denomination  to  the 
church  in  order  to  pay  back 
debts  owed  by  Johannes 
Blaisy. 


165 


CHAPTER  XII 


The  Subjunctive  Mood 


Introduction 

The  subjunctive  mood  takes  its  name  from  the  Latin  verb 
stibjungere  (to  subordinate,  join  under — since  it  often  expresses 
doubt  or  uncertainty  and  is,  therefore,  subordinated  to  the  more 
direct  and  certain  indicative  mood).  The  subjunctive  is  more  or 
less  defunct  in  modern  English,  although  it  may  be  found  in  such 
usages  as  contrary  to  fact  conditions,  e.g.,  If  I  were  rich,  I 
would  have  many  friends.  (The  implication  is,  of  course,  that  I 
am  presently  poor  and  friendless.)  In  this  example,  note  that 
the  plural  "were"  is  used  with  the  pronoun  "I"  rather  than  "was" 
(the  singular) . 

The  subjunctive  is,  in  contrast  to  English,  utilized  exten- 
sively in  Latin,  for  example,  to  give  commands  in  the  first  and 
third  person  singular  and  plural,  in  clauses  of  purpose  and 
result,  to  show  certain  conditions,  statements,  or  characteris- 
tics, and  in  indirect  questions.  When  cum  is  employed  as  a 
conjunction,  rather  than  a  preposition  with  the  ablative,  it  is 
often  used  together  with  the  subjunctive,  in  which  case  it  has 
the  meaning  "when,"  "since,"  "although,"  or  "whenever."  (In 
classical  Latin,  cum  was  translated  as  "when"  with  the 
subjunctive  mainly  in  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect. ) 

There  are  only  four  tenses  in  the  subjunctive  mood,  the 
present,  imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect,  active  and  passive. 
Should  it  become  necessary  to  refer  to  the  future  in  the  subjunc- 
tive mood,  the  present  subjunctive  is  generally  utilized. 

Formation  of  the  Present  Siib j  unctive ,  Active  and  Passive 

In  the  first  conjugation,  the  -a  of  the  stem  vowel  (copula) 
is  changed  to  an  e  (copule).  Verbs  of  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  conjugation  add  an  -a,  either  to  the  stem  vowel  or  to  the 
stem  consonant  ( doce  =  docea;  promitt  [plus  thematic  vowel]  = 
promitta;  sepeli  =sepelia;  capi  =  capia.  The  present  indicative 
active  or  passive  endings  are  then  added.  In  the  first  person 
singular,  present  subjunctive  active,  -m,  rather  than  -o  is  used 
as  the  ending. 

Present  Siibj unctive  Active  of  all  four  Conjugations 


copulem 

copules 

copulet 

copulemus 

copuletis 

copulent 


doceam 

doceas 

doceat 

doceamus 

doceatis 

doceant 


promitt am 
promittas 
promitt at 
promittamus 
promittatis 
promitt ant 


sepeliam 

sepelias 

sepeliat 

sepeliamus 

sepeliatis 

sepeliant 


capiam 

capias 

capiat 

capiamus 

capiatis 

capiant 


166 


Present  Subjunctive  Passive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


copuler 

copuleris 

copuletur 

copulemur 

copulemini 

copulentur 


docear 

docearis 

doceatur 

docectmur 

doceamini 

doceantur 


promittar 
pr omi  ttar  i  s 
promittatur 
pr omi  1 1 amur 
pr  omi  tt  amin  i 
pr omi  tt an tur 


sepeliar 

sepeliaris 

sepeliatur 

sepeliamur 

sepeliamini 

sepeliantur 


capiar 

capiaris 

capiatur 

capicunur 

capiamini 

capiantur 


Imperfect  Subjunctive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


The  imperfect  subjunctive  is  relatively  easy  to  identify, 
since  it  is  a  combination  of  the  present  active  infinitive  and 
the  present  indicative  endings,  active  and  passive. 


Imperfect  Subjunctive  Active  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


copularem 

copulares 

copularet 

copularemus 

copularetis 

copularent 


docerem 

doceres 

doceret 

doceremus 

doceretis 

docerent 


promitterem 

promitteres 

promitteret 

promitteremus 

promitteretis 

promitterent 


sepelirem 

sepelires 

sepeliret 

sepeliremus 

sepeliretis 

sepelirent 


caperem 

caperes 

caperet 

caperemus 

caperetis 

caperent 


Imperfect  Subjunctive  Passive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 


copularer 

copulareris 

copularetur 

copularemur 

copularemini 

copul ar en tur 


docerer 

docereris 

doceretur 

doceremur 

doceremini 

docerentur 


promitterer 


sepelirer 


promittereris  sepelireris 
promitteretur  sepeliretur 
promitteremur  sepeliremur 
promitteremini  sepeliremini 
pr emitter en tur  sepelirentur 


caperer 

capereris 

caperetur 

caperemur 

caperemini 

caperentur 


Present  and  Imperfect  Subjunctive  Active  of  esse  and  posse 


Present 


Imperfect 


sim 

sis 

sit 

simus 

sitis 

sint 


essem 

esses 

esset 

essemus 

essetis 

essent 


Present 


Imperfect 


possim 

possis 

possit 

possimus 

possitis 

possint 


possem 

posses 

posset 

possemus 

possetis 

possent 


167 


Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 

The  perfect  subjunctive  active  of  all  four  conjugations  is  a 
combination  of  the  perfect  active  stem  (copulav,  etc.)/  -eri,  and 
the  present  indicative  active  endings.  The  pluperfect 
subjunctive  active  is  formed  by  adding  -isse  to  the  perfect  stem 
plus  the  present  indicative  active  endings. 


Perfect  eind  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active 


copul aver im 

copulaveris 

copulaverit 

copulaverimus 

copulaveritis 

copulaverint 

copulavissem 

copulavisses 

copulavisset 

copulavissemus 

copulavissetis 

copulavissent 


docuerim 

docueris 

docuerit 

docuerimus 

docueritis 

docuerint 

docuissem 

docuisses 

docuisset 

docuissemus 

docuissetis 

docuissent 


promisserim 

promisseris 

promisserit 

promisserimus 

promisseritis 

promisserint 

promississem 

promississes 

promississet 

promississemus 

promississetis 

promississent 


sepeliverim 
sepeliveris 
sepeliverit 
sepel iver imus 
sepeliveritis 
sepel iver int 

sepel ivissem 
sepel ivisses 
sepel ivisset 
sepel ivissemus 
sepelivissetis 
sepel ivissent 


ceperim 

ceperis 

ceperit 

ceperimus 

ceperitis 

ceperint 

cepissem 

cepisses 

cepisset 

cepissemus 

cepissetis 

cepissent 


Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Passive 

The  perfect  subjunctive  passive  of  all  four  conjugations 
adds  the  present  subjunctive  of  esse  (sim,  sis,  sit,  simus, 
sitis,  sint)  to  the  perfect  passive  participle.  The  pluperfect 
is  formed  by  combining  the  imperfect  subjunctive  of  esse  (essem, 
esses,  esset,  essemus,  essetis,  essent)  and  the  perfect  passive 
participle. 

Perfect  Subjunctive  Passive  of  all  four  Conjugations 


First  Conjugation 


copul atus , 
copul atus , 
copulatus , 
copul at i , 
copulati , 
copulati , 


copulata , 

copulata , 

copulata , 

copulatae , 

copulatae , 

copulatae , 


copulatum  sim 
copul  at 'jm  sis 
copulatum  sit 
copulata  simus 
copulata  sitis 
copulata  sint 


Second  Conjugation 


doctus,  docta,  doctum  sim 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  sis 

doctus,  docta,  doctum  sit 

docti,  doctae,  docta  simus 

docti,  doctae,  docta  sitis 

docti,  doctae,  docta  sint 


168 


Third  Conjugation 


promissus , 
promissus , 
promissus , 
promissi, 
promissi , 
promissi , 


promxssa , 

promissa , 

promissa , 

promissae, 

promissae , 

promissae , 


promissum  sxm 
promissum  sis 
promissum  sit 
promissa  simus 
promissa  sitis 
promissa  sint 


Fourth  Conjugation 

sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 


sepultum  sim 
sepultum  sis 
sepultum  sit 
sepulta  simus 
sepulta  sitis 
sepulta  sint 


Third  Conjugation  -10 

captus,  capta,  captum  sim 

captus,  capta,  captum  sis 

captus,  capta,  captum  sit 

capti,  captae,  capta  simus 

capti,  captae,  capta  sitis 

capti,  captae,  capta  sint 

Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Passive  of  all  Four  Conjugations 

First  Conjugation 


copulatus ,  copulata , 
copulatus ,  copulata , 
copulatus ,  copulata , 
copulati ,  copulatae , 
copulati ,  copulatae , 
copulati ,  copulatae , 

Second  Conjugation 


copulatum  essem 
copulatum  esses 
copulatum  esset 
copulata  essemus 
copulata  essetis 
copulata  essent 


doctus ,  docta , 
doctus ,  docta , 
doctus ,  docta , 
docti ,  doctae , 
docti ,  doctae , 
docti ,  doctae , 


doctum  essem 
doctum  esses 
doctum  esset 
docta  essemus 
docta  essetis 
docta  essent 


169 


Third  Conjugation 


promissus 
promissus 
promissus 
promissi , 
promissi , 
promissi , 


,  promissa , 
,  promissa , 
,  promissa , 
promissae , 
promissae , 
promissae , 


promissum  essem 
promissum  esses 
promissum  esset 
promissa  essemus 
promissa  essetis 
promissa  essent 


Fourth  Conjugation 

sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepultus ,  sepulta , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 
sepulti ,  sepultae , 


sepultum  essem 
sepultum  esses 
sepultum  esset 
sepulta  essemus 
sepulta  essetis 
sepulta  essent 


Third  Conjugation  -10 


captus ,  capta , 
captus ,  capta , 
captus ,  capta , 
capti ,  captae , 
capti ,  captae , 
capti ,  captae , 


captum  essem 
captvim  essetis 
captum  essent 
capta  essemus 
capta  essetis 
capta  essent 


Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active  of  esse 

Perfect  Pluperfect 


fuerim 

fueris 

fuerit 

fuerimus 

fueritis 

fuerint 


fuissem 

fuisses 

fuisset 

fuissemus 

fuissetis 

fuissent 


Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active  of  posse 
Perfect  Pluperfect 


potuerim 

potueris 

potuerit 

potuerimus 

potueritis 

potuerint 


potuissem 

potuisses 

potuisset 

potuissemus 

potuissetis 

potuissent 


Some  Uses  of  the  Subjimctive 

In  the  above  paradigms,  no  translations  have  been  provided. 
This  is  because  the  subjunctive  can  be  used  in  a  variety  of  ways, 
and  it  is,  therefore,  impossible  to  assign  only  one  specific 


170 


meaning  to  verbs  in  the  subjunctive  mood.  Listed  below  are  a 
number  of  the  more  common  uses,  and  translations,  of  the 
subjunctive. 

The  Jussive  or  Command  Subjunctive 

The  jussive  subjunctive  takes  its  name  from  the  Latin  verb 
iubere  (or  jubere) :  to  command,  order.  It  expresses,  as  the  name 
suggests,  orders  or  commands,  but  only  for  the  first  and  third 
persons  singular  and  plural  (I,  we;  he/she/it,  they).  (The 
present  imperative  active  and  passive  is  used  for  the  second 
person  singular  and  plural.)  It  is  often  translated  in  English 
by  prefacing  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive  with  "may,"  or  "let." 
Examples  are  provided  below: 

Requiescat  in  sancta  pace! 

(May  he/she  rest  in  holy  peace;  Let  him/her  rest  in 
holy  peace! ) 

Caveat  emptor! 

( Let  the  buyer  beware ! ) 

sciant  omnes  presentes  et  futuri 

(let  all  [men]  know,  present  and  future;  or  know  all  ...  ) 

Noverint  universi  quod  ego,  Bemardus  de  Clareto  miles, 
per  hos  presentes,  creavit,  ordinavit,  et  fecit  .  .  . 

(Let  all  [men]  know  [or:  let  it  be  known  to  all  men]  that  I, 
Bernard  de  Clareto,  knight,  have  created,  established 
[ordained] ,  and  made  by  these  presents  . . .  Many  Latin  legal 
documents  such  as  deeds,  wills,  leases,  marriage  contracts, 
etc.  begin  with  some  type  of  jussive  subjunctive  phrases 
such  as  "Let  all  men  know  by  these  presents  that  ...") 

Care  should  be  taken  in  translating  clauses  such  as  the 
above  to  distinguish  between  presentes,  meaning  in  the  present, 
now,  or  at  present  (as  in  the  example  beginning  with  sciant)  and 
presentes  meaning  documents  or  records.  A  useful  key  in  this 
regard  is  the  word  futuri.  If  presentes  is  followed  by  futuri, 
then  it  generally  refers  to  all  men,  present  and  future.  (In 
most  later  medieval  and  early  modern  legal  documents  women  were, 
with  certain  exceptions  such  as  wills  or  property  transfers, 
generally  excluded.)  By  contrast,  such  phrases  as  per  hos 
presentes,  ab  his  presentibus,  or  his  presentibus  usually  refer 
to  whatever  documents  were  written  to  attest  that  which  the 
writer  wished.  In  such  cases,  presentes  can  usually  be  taken  to 
mean  documents  to  records. 

Purpose 

Purpose  in  classical  Latin  was  usually  expressed  with  ut  (in 
order  that,  so  that,  to)  or  ne  in  order  that  .  .  .  not,  so  that 
not,  not  to,  lest)  and  the  subjunctive.  In  medieval  and  parish 
register  Latin,  quod  (that,  because)  plus  the  subjunctive  was 


171 


also  used  in  clauses  of  purpose.   For  example: 

Parochus  venit  ad  domum  Martini  Girardeaux  ut  eum  cum 
Sanctis  sacramentis  muniverit. 

(The  priest  came  to  the  home  of  Martin  Girardeaux  in  order 
to  fortify  him  with  the  holy  sacraments  [the  last  rites], 
i.e.,  for  the  purpose  of  fortifying  him  with  the  holy 
sacraments . ) 

Ego,  Renaud  de  Thierry,  parochus  huius  ecclesiae 
parochialis,  baptizavi  et  nominavi  infantem  ne  sine 
nomine  obeat. 

(I,  Renaud  de  Thierry,  priest  of  this  parish  church, 
baptized  and  named  a  child  lest  it  die  without  a  name.) 

Result 

The  result,  as  opposed  to  the  purpose,  of  an  act,  is  also 
expressed  in  Latin  by  the  subjunctive.  Clauses  of  result  gener- 
ally begin  with  ut  or  ut  non,  albeit  words  such  as  tam  (so),  ita 
(thus,  so),  or  tantus,  tanta,  tantum  (so  great)  are  also  used  to 
show  result.  In  medieval  and  parish  register  Latin,  quod  might 
also  precede  tantus  and  the  other  terms. 

The  most  important  difference  between  clauses  of  result  and 
purpose  is  that  the  latter  indicate  why  something  is  or  was  done, 
e.g..  The  midwife  delivered  the  child  in  order  to  save  the  life 
of  its  mother  (purpose),  whereas  result  clauses  show  the  result 
or  results  of  an  action  taken,  e.g..  The  midwife  was  so  skilled 
in  her  craft  that  she  saved  the  lives  of  many  mothers  (result). 
In  other  words,  as  a  result  of  the  skill  of  the  midwife  (in  the 
preceding  example),  the  lives  of  many  mothers  were  saved. 
Compare  the  two  examples  below: 

Parochus  litteras  dimissorias  Annae  Mariae  Lagenstein  dedit 
ut  Martinum  Daumel  in  parochia  sua  copularet. 

(The  priest  gave  a  dimissorial  letter  to  Anna  Maria 
Lagenstein  so  that  she  could  marry  Martin  Daumel  in  his 
own  parish  [i.e.,  for  the  purpose  of  marrying  Martin  Daumel 
in  his  own  parish] — purpose.) 

Note  that  a  dimissorial  letter  was  basically  a  letter  of 
permission,  one  which  entitled  its  bearer  to  certain 
ecclesiastical  privileges  (such  as  marrying  outside  one's  own 
parish)  or  exempted  the  bearer  from  certain  ecclesiastical 
restrictions.   (See  also  the  word  list  at  the  end  of  this  book.) 

Parochus  teintas  dimissoriales  parochianis  dedit  ut  multi 
extra  parochiam  copulare  possent. 

(The  priest  gave  so  many  dimissorial  letters  to  his 
parishioners  that  many  were  able  to  marry  outside  the 
parish  —  result.   [In  other  words,  as  a  result  of  the 
dimissorial  letters  given  by  the  priest,  many  of  his 
parishioners  were  able  to  marry  outside  their  own  parish. ] ) 

172 


Conditions 

In  "should-would"  conditions,  or  future  more  vivid 
conditions,  the  subjunctive  (present  tense  in  classical  Latin, 
often  the  imperfect  tense  in  medieval  Latin)  is  used: 

Si  testamentum  condant,  bonixm  sit. 

(If  they  should  make  a  will,  it  would  be  a  good  thing.) 

Si  testamentum  conderent,  bonum  esset. 

(This  is  also  possible.   The  meaning  is  the  same  with 
either  usage. ) 

Conditions  contrary  to  fact,  present  and  past  use  the 
subjunctive  mood.  For  example,  the  English  sentence  "If  she  were 
here,  she  could  help  us."  (but,  by  implication,  she  is  not  so  she 
cannot)  would,  if  translated  into  Latin  contain  verbs  in  the 
subjunctive  mood.  For  present  conditions,  as  in  the  above 
sentence,  the  imperfect  subjunctive  would  be  utilized,  for  past 
conditions,  the  pluperfect.   Latin  examples  follow: 

Si  testamentum  conderent,  bonum  esset.  (present) 
(If  they  were  making  a  will,  it  would  be  a  good  thing. 
[The  implication  is  that   they  are,  unfortunately,  not 
engaged  in  this  activity  at  the  moment,  but  they  ought 
to  be.]   Do  not  confuse  this  usage  with  the  "should-would" 
conditions.   The  sense  of  the  sentence  should  help  to 
determine  the  proper  translation.) 

Si  testamentum  condidissent ,  bonum  fuisset.  (past) 
(If  they  had  made  a  will,  it  would  have  been  a  good  thing. 
[This  form  points  out  their  past  failure  to  have  made  the 
will,  so  that  now,  in  the  present,  they  must  presumably 
abide  by  the  consequences  of  their  unwise  action.]   Note 
that  in  medieval  Latin  the  imperfect  can  also  be  used 
in  past  conditions  contrary  to  fact.) 

The  Subjunctive  with  cum 

Ciim  is  a  conjunction,  as  well  as  a  preposition  with  the 
ablative  case.  When  used  as  a  conjunction,  it  is  often  found 
with  the  subjunctive.  In  such  instances,  it  has  the  meaning 
"when,"  "since,"  "although,"  "whereas,"  etc.  In  classical  Latin, 
cum  was  also  used  with  the  indicative  to  mean  "when"  or 
"whenever . " 

Cum  infcins  baptizaverim,  statim  obiit. 

(Although  I  baptized  the  child,  it  died  immediately.   or: 
After  I  baptized  the  child,  it  died  immediately.   This 
example  should  make  it  clear  that  the  proper  translation 
of  cum  is  closely  related  to  the  apparent  meaning  of 
the  sentence . ) 


173 


Indirect  Statement  with  quod 

Indirect  statements  are  those  reported  through  an 
intermediary,  not  directly,  e.g..  It  is  cold  outside.  (direct 
statement)  They  said  that  it  is  cold  outside.  (indirect  state- 
ment reported  by  others).  In  classical  Latin,  indirect 
statements  were  generally  supplied  by  combining  the  infinitive 
with  the  subject  accusative.  (This  usage  is  discussed  in  the 
next  chapter. ) 

Medieval  and  parish  register  Latin  more  often  employed  a 
verb  of  saying,  thinking,  perceiving,  etc.,  with  quod  (that)  or 
other  words  such  as  ut,  quoniam,  quia,  etc.  and  the  subjunctive 
in  indirect  statements.   Compare  the  two  examples  below: 

Parochus  dixit  obstetricem  infantem  n.n.  baptizavisse. 

(The  priest  said  that  the  midwife  baptized  a  child,  name 
unknown  —  indirect  statement  with  subject  accusative  and 
infinitive. ) 

Parochus  dixit  quod  obstetrix  infantem  n.n-  baptizaverit. 

(The  priest  said  that  the  midwife  baptized  a  child,  name 
unknown  —  indirect  statement  with  quod  plus  the 
sub j  unctive . ) 

Indirect  Question 

The  examples  below  will  help  to  explain  the  difference 
between  a  question  which  is  direct,  and  does  not  require  the 
subjunctive,  and  one  which  is  hidden  or  indirect  and  generally 
utilizes  the  subjunctive: 

Cuius  parochiam  episcopus  visitavit? 

(Whose  parish  did  the  bishop  visit?  [direct  question] ) 

Parochus  rogavit  cuius  parochiam  episcopus  visitaret. 

(The  priest  asked  whose  parish  the  bishop  was  visiting, 
[indirect  or  hidden  question] ) 

In  subordinate  clauses  in  which  the  indirect  question  may  be 
found,  classical  Latin  employed  a  certain  order  of  the  tense  of 
the  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.,  which  preceded  the  indirect 
question,  as  well  as  the  subjunctive  in  the  clause  which 
followed.  If  the  main  indicative  verb  was  in  the  present  or 
future  tenses,  the  subordinate  subjunctive  would  utilize  either 
the  present  tense  (which  would  indicate  action  going  on  at  the 
same  time  or  time  after  that  of  the  main  verb)  or  the  perfect 
(which  would  show  action  prior  to  that  of  the  main  verb).  If  the 
main  indicative  verb  was  in  any  of  the  past  tenses  (imperfect, 
perfect,  pluperfect,  or  future  perfect),  the  subordinate 
subjunctive  would  use  either  the  imperfect  (which  would  point  out 
action  going  on  at  the  same  time  or  time  after  that  of  the  main 
verb)  or  the  pluperfect  (which  would  indicate  action  going  on 
prior  to  that  of  the  main  verb). 

174 


Thus,  in  the  example  above,  the  imperfect  subjunctive 
visitaret  is  used,  correctly,  with  the  main  indicative  verb 
rogavit,  which  is  in  the  perfect  tense.  However,  the  proper 
order  and  use  of  tenses  was,  as  might  be  imagined,  not  always 
maintained  either  in  later  medieval  Latin  or  parish  register 
Latin.  Conseguently ,  the  sentence  above  might  also  appear,  for 
example,  as  follows:  Parochus  rogavit  cuius  parochiam  episcopus 
visitaverit   (the  perfect  subjunctive). 

The  Volitive  Siibjunctive 

The  volitive  subjunctive  is  called  such  because  of  the  use 
of  the  verb  volo,  volere,  volui  (will,  wish,  want),  as  well  as 
other  verbs  of  wishing,  willing,  ordering,  etc.  with  the 
subjunctive.  In  medieval  Latin,  the  subjunctive  was  also  used 
with  verbs  of  promising,  such  as  promittere,  attempting  (conor, 
conari ,  conatus  sum:  to  attempt),  influencing  (moveo,  movere, 
movi,  motum:  move,  influence),  preventing  (prohibeo,  prohibere, 
prohibui ,  prohibitum:  prevent,  forbid,  prohibit),  permitting 
(permitto,  permittere,  permissi,  pennissum:  permit,  allow),  and 
others . 

Examples: 

Volo  quod  in  hac  matricula  nomina  baptizatorum,  copulatorum 
et  sepultonim  contineantur . 

(I  will  that  the  names  of  the  baptized,  married,  and  buried 
shall  be  contained  in  this  register.) 

Episcopus  promittit  quod  duos  parochos  ordinet. 

(The  bishop  promises  that  he  will  ordain  two  priests.   N.B. 
Ordinabit  [the  future  indicative  active]  might  also 
be  found. ) 

The  above  summary  does  not,  of  course,  include  all  possible 
uses  of  the  subjunctive  either  in  classical  or  medieval  Latin, 
but,  rather,  those  most  likely  to  be  encountered  in  parish 
registers  or  documents  such  as  wills,  marriage  contracts,  leases, 
etc.  A  standard  reference  grammar,  such  as  those  listed  in  the 
selected  bibliography  at  the  rear  of  this  book,  should  be 
consulted  for  additional  information  on  the  subjunctive. 


175 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  XII 


Grammar 


Give  the  subjunctive  forms  for  all  four  tenses  (present, 
imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect)  of  laudare  (first  conjuga- 
tion), videre  (second  conjugation),  conjungere  (third 
conjugation),  audire  (fourth  conjugation),  and  capere  (third 
conjugation   io-verb). 


Vocabulary 

aliqui,     aliquae,     aliquod: 

some ,    any 

cin,  conj  •  :  whether,  or 

animadversio ,  animadversionis , 
f.:  observation,  remark 

antequam,  conj , :  before  (used 
with  the  subjunctive  in 
medieval  Latin  and,  on 
occasion,  in  parish  regis- 
ter  entries) 

consuetus ,  consueta, 

consuetum:  customary, 

accustomed 

erro,  errare,  erravi,  erratum: 
wander,    stray 

esurio,  esurire,  esuri,  esuri- 
tum:  be  hungry  for,  be 
hungry  (in  classical  Latin, 
esurire  had  no   perfect) 

finis,    finis,    m. :    end,    finish 

gaudium,  gaudii,  n.:  joy, 
rejoicing 

inscribe,  inscribere, 

inscripsi,       inscriptum: 
inscribe,    write   in 

intro,  intrare,  intravi  , 
intratum:    enter,    go   into 

ludimoderator , 

ludimoderatoris ,  m,: 

teacher,    school   master 


manduco ,  manducare ,  manducavi , 
mcinducatum:  eat  (literally: 
swallow  rapidly,  gorge,  a 
later   Latin  word) 

note,  notare,  notavi,  notatum: 
note,    mark,    denote 

ordinarius ,  ordinaria,  ordi- 
narivun:    regular,    ordinary 

panis,    panis,    m. :    bread 

peroro,  perorare,  peroravi , 
peroratum:  conclude  a 
speech,    conclude,    wind  up 

quatenus,  adv.  &  conj . :  as  far 
as,  since,  that  (often  used 
in  place  of  quod  plus  the 
subjunctive) 

quomodo ,  adv.:  how,  in  what 
way 

removeo ,  removere ,  removi , 
remotum:    remove,    withdraw 

respondeo ,  respondere ,  respon- 
di ,  responsum:  answer, 
reply,    respond 

rogo,  rogare,  rogavi,  rogatum: 
ask 

utinam,  conj . :  if  only,  would 
that  (used  with  the  sub- 
junctive to  express  wishes) 

vel ,  conj . :  or 


176 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Et  respondens  Jesus  ad  eos  dixit:  nee  hoc  legistis  cpiid 
fecerit  David  cum  esurisset  ipse  et  qui  cum  eo  fuerunt, 
guomodo  intravit  in  domum  Dei  et  panes  propositionis  sumpsit 
et  manducavit  et  dedit  his  qui  cum  ipso  fuerunt  .  .  . 

(from  the  Vulgate:  Luke,  Chapter  V:39-VI:5  [slightly  altered 
for  illustrative  purposes];  note  that  much  of  the 
vocabulary  for  this  sentence  is  found  in  the  general 
vocabulary  under  Section  B  above;  respondens:  answering 
[present  participle  of  respondere  above] ;  nee:  not; 
nee  hoc  legistis:  have  you  not  read?  esurisset: 
pluperfect  subjunctive  of  esurire  above;  ipse:  he, 
himself,  or  just  "he"  in  this  context;  qui:  those  who 
[here];  propositio,  propositionis,  f.:  presentation; 
panes  prepositionis:  the  shew  bread  reserved  for  the 
priest  in  the  temple;  sumpsit:  took;  his:  to  those 
ipso:  him  [here] ) 

Notandum  sit  quod  nova  eeelesia  paroehialis  in  parochia 
Sanetae  Veronieae  ad  gloriam  majorem  Dei  et  Beatae  Mariae 
Virginis  et  omnium  Sanctorum  aedifieata  esset  (see  above). 

Ut  cum  eonsueta  sua  suada  ad  f inem  huius  nuptialis 
solemnitatis  peroraret,  Johannes  Michael  Rauch, 
ludimoderator ,  dixit,  magno  cum  gaudio  et  pluribvis 
fletibus,  quod  multos  annos  in  matrimonio  vivere  vellet  et 
plures  jubilaeos  etiam  viderent. 
(ut:  as  [here];  suada,  suadae,  f.:  persuasion; 
nuptialis  solemnitatis:  nuptial  solemnity  [i.e.,  a 
marriage  celebration,  since  a  golden  wedding  anniversary 
is  being  celebrated  here] ;  magno  cum  gaudio  =  cum 
magno  gaudio;  pluribus:  many  [abl.  pi.];  fletus, 
fletus,  m. :  a  weeping,  wailing;  here,  in  the  plural, 
probably  just  "tears;"  vellet:  imperfect  subjunctive, 
third  person  singular  of  velle:  to  wish  [here:  wished, 
subjunctive  because  of  dixit  quod];  note  that  eos  [them] 
should  be  understood  after  vellet  but  before  vivere; 
plures:  many  (ace.  pi);  jubilaeus,  jubilaei,  m. :  fifty 
years;  here,  a  golden  or  fifty-year  wedding  anniversary 
[a  jubilee  year  in  the  ancient  Hebrew  calendar] ) 

Cum  operatio  facta  sit,  et  infans  ab  utero  matris  remotvis 
sit,  ambo  mater  et  infcins  mortui  sunt. 

Rogabat  quare  pater  eius  matrem  eius  impraegnaverit  et  ex 
parochia  sua  erraverit. 

( quare ,  adv . :  why? ,  how? ,  wherefore? ;  note  that  rogabat 
is  imperfect  and  translate  accordingly. ) 


177 


D.  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

Let  it  be  noted:  a  new  altar  was  built  in  our  parish  church 
to  (use  ad  +  ace.)  the  glory  of  God,  (of)  the  Blessed  Virgin 
Mary,  and  (of)  all  (of)  the  saints. 

She  asked  why  the  priest  had  left  (abisset)  the  diocese. 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  six  hundred  fifty-five, 
on  the  twenty-third  day  of  the  month  of  April,  the  feunous 
and  illustrious  mayor  (major,  majoris,  m. )  of  our  village 
(use  villa)  died  (mortuus  est) ,  and  was  buried  on  the 
following  day.   He  was  mayor  of  this  village  for  (use  per  + 
ace.)  twenty  years  and  worked  (use  leiborare)  faithfully 
(fideliter)  and  well  (bene).   Although  (use  cum  + 
the  subjunctive),  his  wife  died  (mortua  sit)  in  childbirth, 
he  was,  nevertheless  (teunen,  adv.)  the  father  of  one  son, 
who  is  now  a  lawyer  in  the  royal  court  (curia  regia) . 
May  he  rest  in  peace ! 

If  she  would  come  today,  it  would  be  a  good  thing. 

The  parishioners  (parochiani)  donated  (use  donatre)  money 
(pecunia,  pecuniae,  f.)  in  order  (ut)  to  help  (use  the 
present  subjunctive  of  juvo,  juvare,  juvavi,  juvatum: 
help)  the  priest,  who  was  renovating  (use  renovo  renovare, 
renovavi,  renovatum,  imperfect  tense,  third  person  singular; 
note  that  renovcire  meant  "to  beautify"  in  classical  Latin.) 
the  parish  church. 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

Translate  the  printed  headings  for  death  entries  from  a 
parish  register  in  Hungary  using  the  vocabulary  given  previously 
under  Section  B  and  that  which  is   listed  below. 


■"" 

Uu. 

n 

MciMM 

Ww 

AtUt 

ialM 

Stpul- 

foo- 

WUdU, 

ta»H- 

ctL 

Komcn,  Cognomen  &  Conditio 
IMuncu  (si  proles  sit,.  Nomea 
&:  Cognomen  Parentum     ~ 
corumque  Conditio.) 


X^Ifl^k 


Loau 
Doau« 
.cUil 


4a  fiMTtl 
protinut 


6«|k«Ui^iu, 


Ani^l'j^ 


Most  of  the  vocabulary  for  these  headings  either  has  been 
given  in  previous  chapters  or  is  in  the  vocabulary  under  section 
B  above.  Note,  however:  litera  initialis  nominis:  first  letter 
of  the  name:  aetas  defuncti;  locus  domicilii:  place  of  residence; 
sepeliens:  burying  (i.e.,  where  buried;  present  participle,  v. 
Chapter  XIII  for  additional  information.) 


178 


Document  #2 

Translate  the  section  of  instructions  below  on  the  proper 
procedures  for  filling  out  register  entries.  This  excerpt  is  from 
a  parish  in  Liechtenstein. 


j:l-: 


CJiU  (LU, 


Ml       ' 


c^xufimtL 


'ucf s^ ciim  MjpcnfctiiHteimpeAifKC'nJH    j 


Ci4t^i  ^l 


Vocabulary 

notetur  similiter:  let  it 
likewise  be  noted! 

banc  esse:  this  is  (v.  Chapter 
XIII  for  a  discussion  of 
the  subject  accusative  and 
infinitive  in  indirect 
discourse. ) 

ordinciricim   (see   above) 

inscribendi:  to  be  inscribed 
(future  passive  participle, 
V.    Chapter  XIII) 

quid:  literally  "what?";  here, 
probably,    anything 

accesserit:  from  accedo, 
accedere,  accessi, 

accessum:  approach;  here, 
probably,  happen  (should 
have  happened) 


quoz  =  quoque,    adv. :    also 
superioribus :    to  the  superiors 

(to   those   above   the   parish 

priest  in  authority) 
adscribendum  =   ad  scribendum: 

ought    to    be    written    (goes 

with  id  and 

extradordinar ium ) 
e.g.:    for  example 
denunciationes  aliquae: 

certain  marriage  banns 
vel    omnes :     or    all     (of    the 

banns ) 
de:    with    (here) 
licentia,      licentiae,      f.: 

permission 
episcopi:    of   the  bishop 
aut,    conj . :    or 


179 


vicarius,    vxcarii,    m. :    vicar 

omississent :  should         be 

omitted,  should  be  left  out 
(from  omitto,  omittere, 
omlssi,  omissum:  omit, 
leave  out  [-issent  has  been 
omitted  at  the  end  of  the 
line  of   text] ) 

post 

suppletae:  completed  (The 
antecedent  is 

denunciationes  aliquae.)'* 
from  suppleo,  supplere, 
supplevi,  suppletum: 
complete,  fill  up,  make 
good 

fuissent:  should  be 

vel :  or 

impedimenti  dirimentis:  of 
[for]  a  diriment  impediment 
or  hindrance;  from 

dirimentis:  the  present 
participle  [v.  Chapter 
XIII]  of  dirimo,  dirimere, 
diremi,  diremptum:  stop, 
interrupt,  break  up  (N.B. 
See  the  word  list  at  the 
back  of  this  book  for  a 
discussion  of  diriment 
impediments  to  marriage . ) 

contraxissent :  should  be 
contracted  (i.e,  if  the 
marriage  should  be 

contracted  with  a 

dispensation  for  a  diriment 
impediment ) 

quo  casu:  in  which  case 

gradus ,  gradus,  m.  (see 
Chapter  X) 

exprimendus :  from  exprimo, 
exprimere,  expressi, 

expressum:  express, 

articulate  (future  passive 
participle,  v.  Chapter 
XIII,   modifying  gradus) 


quo  casu  gradus  exprimendus 
erit:  in  which  case,  the 
degree  (of  the  diriment 
impediment)  will  be  (ought 
to  be)    expressed 

vel 

coniugum  =  conjugum:  of  the 
spouses    (here) 

alterius  parochiae:  from 
another  parish 

ut  fieri  desset:  so  as  to 
become  absent  (i.e.,  if  one 
of  the  spouses  is  from 
another  parish  and  is, 
therefore,  absent  from  his 
or  her  own  parish);  for 
fieri,  v.  Chapter  XIV; 
desset,  from  desum,  desse, 
def ui :  be  absent,  be  away 
from 

quoqz  =  quoque  (see  above) 

denunciatus :  here ,  announced 
(i.e.,  the  banns  should  be 
read  or  announced  in  the 
spouse's  own  parish,  even 
if  it  is  necessary  for  him 
or  her  to  leave  his/her  own 
parish  in  order  to  marry) 

fuisset:  translate  this  with 
the  conditional  "should" 

A  note  on  the  above:  In 
connection  with  the  impedi- 
ments to  marriage,  the 
sense  of  this  section  is 
that  if  the  couple  should 
be  married  with  impedi- 
ments, the  degree  of  the 
impediment  should  be 
expressed.  In  other  words, 
the  cause  of  the  hindrance 
or  impediment,  such  as  a 
cousin  marrying  a  cousin, 
should  be  indicated. 


180 


CHAPTER  XIII 


Participles 

The  Periphrastic  Active  and  Passive 

The  Ablative  Absolute 

Infinitives 

Indirect  Statement 


Introduction 

Participles  and  infinitives  are  two  parts  of  speech  that  are 
verbal  in  nature,  and  yet  distinguish  themselves  from  verbs  in 
several  notable  ways.  Participles  (from  particeps,  participis: 
sharing  in,  taking  part  in)  are  verbal  adjectives,  which  means 
that  they  have  tenses  and  voices,  like  verbs,  and  are  declined 
for  gender,  number,  and  case  like  adjectives  (hence  participles 
"share  in"  both  verbs  and  adjectives).  Also,  like  an  adjective, 
a  participle  must  agree  with  any  noun  or  nouns  it  modifies  in 
gender,  number,  and  case;  it  can  also  be  used  as  a  noun. 

An  infinitive  (from  infinitus,  infinita,  infinitum: 

unlimited),  as  indicated  in  Chapter  III,  is  a  verbal  noun 
conjugated  in  Latin  for  tense  and  voice  only.  Although  an  infin- 
itive is,  technically,  a  neuter  singular  noun,  it  is  not  de- 
clined for  gender,  number,  and  case.  Note,  however,  that  when  an 
infinitive  is  used  as  the  subjective  of  a  sentence,  together  with 
an  intransitive  verb,  any  predicate  adjectives  in  the  sentence 
will  be  in  the  neuter  nominative  singular,  eg.,  Errare  est  huma- 
num  (Errare  humanum  est.):  To  err  is  human. 

Participles 

Latin  participles  have  three  tenses:  present,  future,  and 
perfect.  Future  and  perfect  Latin  participles  also  have  a  pas- 
sive voice. 

The  present  participle  in  English  ends  in  -ing,  e.g., 
working,  speaking,  writing,  and  the  past  participle  of  regular 
verbs  ends  in  -ed,  e.g.,  worked,  but,  spoken,  written.  In  the 
active  voice,  English  past  participles  are  preceded  by  "has"  or 
"have,"  e.g.,  "I  have  worked."  "She  has  written."  In  the  pas- 
sive voice,  they  are  preceded  by  "was"  or  "were,"  e.g.,  "The  work 
was  done  by  the  carpenters."  "The  baptisms  were  performed  by  the 
priests. " 

Most  Latin  verbs  have  four  participles:  present  active, 
future  active,  perfect  passive,  and  future  passive.  The  present 
active  participle  is  formed  by  combining  the  present  stem,  such 
as  copula,  doce,  promitt,  sepeli,  or  faci  with  -ns,  -ntis,  e.g., 
copulans  (marrying),  copulantis  (of  marrying),  docens  (teaching), 
docentis  (of  teaching),  promittens  (promising),  promittentis  (of 
promising),  sepeliens  (burying),  sepelientis  (of  burying),  and 


181 


faciens  (making),  facientis  (of  making).  The  meaning  of  the 
Latin  present  participle  is  approximately  the  same  as  the  English 
present  participle.  The  present  participle  is  declined  like 
third  declension  adjectives,  except  that  the  genitive  singular 
ends  in  -e  rather  than  -i. 

The  future  active  participle  is  constructed  by  joining  the 
stem  of  the  perfect  passive  participle  (the  supine  stem),  the 
fourth  principal  part  of  the  Latin  verb,  minus  -us,  -a,  -um,  etc. 
(copulat,  doct,  premiss,  sepult,  fact),  with  the  endings  -urus, 
-ura,  -urum  (which  are  declined  exactly  like  first  and  second 
declension  adjectives  such  as  bonus,  bona,  bonum) .  The  meaning 
of  the  future  active  participle  is  "going  to  do"  (something)  or 
"about  to  do"  (something),  thus,  for  example:  copulaturus  (about 
to  marry),  docturus  (about  to  teach),  promissurus  (about  to 
promise),  sepulturus  (about  to  bury),  facturus  (about  to  make). 

The  perfect  passive  participle  was  discussed  in  Chapter  IX. 
To  review,  briefly,  the  perfect  passive  participle  is  formed  by 
combining  the  stem  of  the  participle  (the  supine  stem),  copulat, 
etc.  with  -us,  -a,  -um,  etc.  It  has  the  meaning  "done"  or 
"having  been  done"  (e.g.,  copulatus  ([having  been]  married). 
Since  this  participle  is  passive,  it  should  always  be  translated 
as  such. 

The  future  passive  participle  links  the  present  stem  of  the 
verb  to  the  endings  -ndus,  -nda,  -ndtim,  etc.  It  is  translated  as 
"to  be"  (something),  "deserving"  or  "fit  to  be"  (something), 
e.g.,  copulandus  (to  be  married),  docendus  (to  be  taught),  prom- 
ittendus  (to  be  promised),  sepeliendus  (to  be  buried),  faciendus 
(to  be  made).  It  is  declined  like  bonus,  bona,  bonum  and  other 
first  and  second  declension  adjectives. 

Examples  of  the  participles  of  verbs  of  all  four  conjuga- 
tions are  given  below: 

copulare  (first  conjugation) 

Active  Meaning 

Present    copulans  (-antis,  etc.)   marrying  (of  marrying,  etc.) 
Future     copulatui-us ,  -a,  -um     going  to  marry,  about  to  marry 


Passive 
Perfect   copulatus,  -a,  -um 
Future    copulandus,  -a,  -inn 


married,  having  been  married 

to  be  married,  deserving,  etc. 
to  be  married 


182 


docere  (second  conjugation) 
Active 
Present   docens  ( -entis ,  etc . ) 
Future    doctums,  -a,  -urn 

Passive 
Perfect   doctus,  -a,  -um 
Future    docendus,  -a,  -um 

promittere  (third  conjugation] 

Active 

Present   promittens 

( -entis ,  etc . ) 

Future    promissurus ,  -a,  -um 

Passive 
Present   promissus,  -a,  -um 
Future    promittendus ,  -a,  -um 

sepelire  (fourth  conjugation) 
Active 

Present   sepeliens  (-ientis, 

etc.  ) 

Future    sepulturus,  -a,  -um 

Passive 
Perfect   sepultus,  -a,  -um 
Future     sepeliendus,  -a,  -um 


Meaning 

teaching  (of  teaching,  etc.) 

about  to  teach,  going  to  teach 

taught,  having  been  taught 

to  be  taught,  deserving,  etc. 
to  be  taught 

Meaning 

promising  (of  promising,  etc.) 

about  to  promise,  going  to 
promise 

promised,  having  been  promised 

to  be  promised,  deserving,  etc, 
to  be  promised 

Meaning 

burying  (of  burying,  etc.) 

about  to  bury,  going  to  bury 

buried,  having  been  buried 

to  be  buried,  deserving,  etc. 
to  be  buried 


183 


facere  (third  conjugation  io-verb) 

Active  Meaning 

Present    f aciens ,  ( -entis ,  etc . )   making 
Future    facturus,  -a,  -um        about  to  make,  going  to  make 

Passive 

Perfect    f actus,  -a,  -urn  made,  having  been  made 

Future    faciendus,  -a,  -um       to  be  made,  deserving,  etc. 

to  be  made 

Declension  of  the  Present  Participle 

Singular  Plural 

Case      Masc.  &  Fem.    Neuter         Masc.  &  Fem.    Neuter 


Nom. 

copulans 

copulans 

copulantes 

copulanti a 

Gen. 

copulantis 

copulantis 

copulantium 

copulantium 

Dat. 

copulanti 

copulanti 

copu 1 ant ibus 

copulantibus 

Ace. 

copulantem 

copulans 

copulantes 

copulantia 

Abl. 

copulante* 

copulante 

copulantibus 

copulantibus 

*In  classical  Latin,  a  participle  used  as  an  attributive 
adjective  generally  ended  in  -i  rather  than  -e,  e.g., 
de  copulanti  viro  (about  or  concerning  the  marrying  man). 
In  parish  register  Latin,  either  -i  or  -e  might  be  used, 
depending,  it  would  appear,  upon  the  amount  of  classical 
training  a  priest  or  other  ecclesiastical  official  might 
have  received. 

Like  copulans  are  declined  docens,  promittens,  sepeliens, 
and  f aciens . 

Examples : 

Cum  erranti  (errante)  peregrine  venit. 

(He/she  came  with  the  wandering  pilgrim.   [The  participle 
is  used  here  as  an  attributive  adjective  which  agrees 
with  peregrinus  in  gender ,  number ,  and  case . ] ) 

Infans  natus  fuit. 

(The  child  was  born.   The  participle  is  used  here  as  a 
predicate  adjective  which  agrees  with  the  subject  infans 
in  gender,  number,  and  case.) 

Ave  Caesar  morituri  te  salutamus! 

(Hail  Caesar,  we  who  are  about  to  die  [lit.:  we  about  to 
die]  salute  you!  [salutation  of  Roman  gladiators,  future 
participle] ) 


184 


Hoc  beneficium  faciendum  sit. 

(Let  this  benefice  be  made.   [The  participle  here  is  the 
future  passive,  used  with  the  present  siibjunctive  of 
command — see  Chapter  XII.]) 

The  Active  and  Passive  Periphrastic 

The  periphrastic  construction  is,  basically  a  kind  of  cir- 
cumlocution, a  way  of  speaking  around  or  speaking  indirectly 
about  a  subject,  as  opposed  to  a  shorter,  more  direct  and  concise 
way.  (The  Greek  present  active  infinitive  periphrazein  means  to 
go  out  indirectly  [hence,  to  periphrase] . )  There  are  two  types 
of  periphrastic  constructions  in  Latin,  each  of  which  uses  parti- 
ciples, namely,  active  and  passive. 

The  active  form  makes  use  of  the  future  active  participle, 
and  has  the  meaning  "going  to  do,"  "about  to  do,"  as  indicated 
above.  The  passive  form  utilizes  the  future  passive  participle, 
and  is  translated  as  "to  be  done." 

If  the  future  passive  participle — also  called  the  gerun- 
dive— is  combined  with  a  tense  of  the  verb  esse,  this  is  known  as 
the  passive  periphrastic.  It  expresses  obligation  or  necessity, 
e.g.,  Carthago  delenda  est.  (Carthage  must,  or  ought  to  be, 
destroyed.  This  is  a  well-known  pronouncement  of  the  Roman 
statesman  Cato.) 

In  this  example,  the  future  passive  participle  of  deleo, 
delere,  delevi,  deletum  (destroy)  agrees  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  with  Carthago,  which  is  feminine.  The  same  is  true  of  all 
periphrastic  constructions. 

If  an  agent  is  required  with  this  participial  usage  to 
express  the  idea  that  this  ought  to  be  done  by  someone  or  some- 
thing, the  ablative  preposition  a  or  ab  is  not  used  (as  it  is 
with  the  passive  voice  to  indicate  the  agent  by  which  something 
was  done).  Instead,  the  agent,  in  classical  Latin  should  be 
placed  in  the  dative  case  without  a  preposition,  e.g.,  Haec  poema 
mihi  scribenda  est.  (This  poem  ought  to  be  written  by  me.)  This 
construction  is  not  commonly  used  in  parish  registers.  When  it 
is  found,  it  is  possible  that  an  ablative  preposition  might  be 
employed  in  place  of  the  dative  of  agency. 

Should  a  participle  be  used  in  a  phrase  or  clause,  it  is 
generally  translated  adverbially,  with  the  aid  of  a  preposition. 
Thus,  for  example,  in  the  sentence  Administrans  extremam 
unctionem,  parochus  cibiit.  (After  administering  the  last  rites, 
the  priest  departed.  [literally:  Administering  the  last  rites, 
the  priest  departed.])  The  proper  translation  of  the  participle 
is  usually  determined  by  the  apparent  meaning  of  the  sentence  in 
which  it  occurs . 


185 


The  tense  of  the  participle,  as  the  above  example  indicates, 
is  not  the  same  as  that  of  the  main  indicative  verb. 
Administrans  is  the  present  participle,  while  abiit  is  the  per- 
fect indicative  active,  third  person  singular.  The  reason  for 
this  apparent  discrepancy  is  that  the  tense  of  the  participle  is 
relative  to  that  of  the  main  verb,  i.e.. 

Participle  Action 

Present  same  time  as  that  of  the  main  verb 

Future  time  after  that  of  the  main  verb 

Perfect  time  before  that  of  the  main  verb 

However,  in  ecclesiastical  Latin  (as,  for  example,  the  Latin 
of  the  Vulgate)  and  in  certain  types  of  medieval  documents,  which 
seemingly  influenced  the  Latin  of  parish  registers,  the  present 
participle  might  also  be  utilized  to  show  action  which  occurred 
before  that  of  the  main  verb.  (This  was  done,  originally,  in  an 
attempt  to  imitate  the  Greek  aorist  participle  which  has  no  exact 
Latin  equivalent. ) 

In  general,  present  participles,  when  found  in  parish  regis- 
ter entries  or  in  commentaries  by  priests  or  other  ecclesiastical 
officials,  are  used  much  the  same  way  as  they  are  in  English. 
They  can,  therefore,  be  translated  accordingly. 

The  Ablative  Absolute 

A  noun  or  pronoun  and  a  participle  may  be  joined  in  Latin, 
and  made  more  or  less  independent  of  the  sentence  of  which  they 
are  a  part,  by  placing  them  in  the  ablative  case.  This  construc- 
tion, called  the  "ablative  absolute"  because  of  its  independence 
from  the  rest  of  the  sentence,  is  very  common  in  both  classical 
and  medieval  Latin.  It  is  used  to  express  circumstance  or  time, 
and  is  preceded  by  such  words  as  "when,"  "since,"  "although," 
"after,"  "because,"  and  "if."   Thus,  for  example: 

Omnibus  sacramentis  munitis,  pie  in  domino  obiit. 

(literally:  Having  been  fortified  by  all  the  sacraments, 
he/she  died  piously  in  the  Lord.   Or:  After  he  or  she  had 
received  the  last  rites,  he/she  died  piously  in  the  Lord. 
Here,  the  perfect  passive  participle  of  munio,  munire 
munivi,  mimitum:  fortify,  build,  secure,  protect,  is 
combined  with  the  noun  sacramentum  and  the  adjective 
omnis,  omne.   Note  that  omnibus  sacramentis  munitus/a — 
an  ablative  of  means  [fortified  by  means  of  the 
sacraments] — is  more  likely  to  be  encountered  in  death 
entries  in  connection  with  the  last  rites  than  the  ablative 
absolute. ) 


186 


Tribus  in  hac  ecclesia  parochial!,  in  Niedersheim,  et  in 
Kappel  in  quo  sponsus  laborabat,  factis  proclamationibus , 
copulati  sunt,  honestus  juvenis  Joheinnes  Rath  et  pudica 
virgo  Anna  Catherina  Brueck. 

(literally:  Three  in  this  parish  church,  in  Niedersheim  and 
in  Kappel,  in  which  the  bridegroom  used  to  work,  having 
been  made  banns ,  were  married  the  upright  young  man 
Johannes  Rath  and  the  chaste  virgin  Anna  Catherina  Brueck. 
Or:  After  three  marriage  banns  had  been  made  [posted, 
announced,  etc.]  in  this  parish  church,  in  Niedersheim,  and 
in  Kappel,  in  which  the  bridegroom  used  to  work,  the 
upright  young  man  Johannes  Rather  and  the  chaste  virgin 
Anna  Catherina  Brueck  were  married.   Here  the  ablative 
absolute  is  tribus  factis  proclamationibus  [some  other 
arrangement  such  as  tribus  proclamationibus  factis  is 
also  possible] ;  factis  is  the  participle — the  perfect 
passive  participle — while  proclamationibus  is  the  noun  and 
tribus  the  adjective.) 

Since  classical  Latin  had  no  present  participle  of  the  verb 
esse  (being),  two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  a  adjective,  could  be 
placed  in  the  ablative  case  with  the  participle  "being"  under- 
stood, e.g.  , 

praesentibus  testibus  . . . 

(the  present  witnesses  being  ...  or,  the  present  witnesses 
are  or  were  ...;  or,  the  witnesses  present  are  or  were  ...; 
praesentibus  [or  presentibus]  is  often  found  alone, 
with  testibus  understood. ) 

susceptoribus  ex  sacro  f onte  baptismi  . . . 

(the  godparents  being  [are  or  were];  literally:  those  lifting 
[the  child]  from  the  sacred  font  of  baptism  are  or  were  . . . 

In  parish  registers,  the  ablative  absolute  is  likely  to  be 
found  in  the  following  expressions: 

1)  To  give  the  godparents  in  a  baptismal  entry: 

Heri  nata  et  hodie  baptizata  est,  Helena,  filia 
legitima  Martini  Hock  et  Mariae  Magdalenae  Rickert. 
Levantibus:  Joanne  Hock,  fratre  patris,  et  Helena  Julianna 
Kranz,  uxore  Caroli  Hansen  ex  villa  nova. 

(Yesterday  [was]  born  and  today  was  baptized,  Helena, 
legitimate  daughter  of  Martin  Hock  and  Maria  Magdalena 
Rickert.   The  godparents  were  [being]:  Johann  Hock,  a 
brother  of  the  father,  and  Helena  Julianna  Kranz,  wife 
of  Carl  Hansen  from  Neuhof .   Levantibus  is  from  the 
verb  levo,  levare,  levavi,  levatum:  to  raise  up, 
lift  up,  and  refers  to  the  practice  of  the  godparents 
raising  the  child  from  the  baptismal  font.   Note,  however, 
that  such  statements  as  patrini  fuerunt:  [the  godparents 
were:]  are  perhaps  more  common  than  the  ablative  absolute 
in  birth  entries.) 


187 


2)  In  marriage  entries: 

a)  To  list  the  marriage  banns: 

Anno  Domini  1754  et  die  X  Maii  denunciationibus 
praemissis  tribus,  quamm  prima  Dominica  III  post 
Pascham,  secunda  Dominica  IV  post  Pascham,  et 
tertia  Dominica  V  post  Pascham  .  .  . 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1754  on  the  tenth  day  of  May 
three  marriage  banns  were  published  before*  [the 
marriage] ,  of  which  the  first  [was  published]  on  the 
third  Sunday  after  Easter,  the  second  on  the  fourth 
Sunday  after  Easter,  and  the  third  on  the  fifth 
Sunday  after  Easter) 

*praemitto,  praemittere,  praemissi,  praemissum: 

send  before,  dispatch,  publish  previously  or  before 

N.B.  In  this  example,  the  dates  of  the  marriage  banns 
have  been  slightly  altered  for  illustrative 
purposes  and  are  not  accurate  representations 
of  actual  days. 

b)  To  indicate  whether  or  not  any  hindrances  to  the 
marriage  may  have  been  revealed  and,  if  so,  whether 
or  not  these  were  removed  by  a  special  dispensation: 

nulloque  impedimento  detecto**,  ex  parte  sponsi  aut 
sponsae  .  .  . 

(and  no  impediment  was  [having  been]  revealed,  on  the 
part  of  the  bridegroom  or  the  bride  .  .  .  ) 

**detego,  detegere,  detexi,  detectum:  uncover,  reveal 

nulloque  detecto  neque  canonico  neque  civili 
impedimento  excepto  tertio  et  quarto  consanguinitatis 
gradu,  autem  ab  episcopo  dispensatio  data  est 

(and  no  hindrance  [impediment]  having  been  revealed, 
neither  canonical  nor  civil,  except  in  the  third  and 
fourth  degree  of  consanguinity  [blood  relationship] , 
however  a  dispensation  was  given  by  the  bishop  . . . ) 

c)  To  list  the  names  of  the  witnesses: 

Praesentibus  testibus:  Joanne*  Herult,  agricola  huius 
loci,  Jacobo  Till,  mercatore  ex  Winzighausen,  et 
Susanna  Marianna  Gross,  sorore  sponsae  .  .  . 

(The  witnesses  present  [or,  the  present  witnesses]  were 
[being]:  Johann  Herult,  a  farmer  of  this  place,  Jakob 
Till,  a  merchant  from  Winzighausen,  and  Susanna 
Marianna  Gross,  a  sister  of  the  bride  ...) 


*The  names  and  occupations  or  status  of  any  witnesses 
listed  using  the  ablative  absolute  must  be  in  the 
ablative  case  (hence,  Joanne,  Jacobo,  Susanna 
Marianna,  agricola,  mercatore,  and  sorore) . 

Note  the  uses  of  the  ablative  absolute  in  the  following: 

Anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  septuagesimo  octavo  die 
vero  vigesima  septima  mensis  Aprilis  factis  tribus 
publicationibus  de  futuro  matrimonio  inter  missas 
solemnes,  nulloque  detecto  negue  canonico  negue  civili 
impedimento  excepto  tertio  et  guarto  consanguinitatis 
gradu,  autem  ab  episcopo  dispensatio  data  est  et  cum 
consensu  mutuo  guorum  interest,  a  me  infrascripto 
parocho  matrimonialiter  conjuncti  sunt,  honestus  juvenis 
Stephanus  Taunis  et  pudica  virgo  Petronella  Kramer. 
Praesentibus :  Ludivico  Bichantz,  tonsore,  et  Jacobo 
Hunger ,  serrario ,  ambo  huius  loci ,  gui  una  meciun 
subscr ipserunt . 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy-eight,  on 
the  twenty-seventh  day  [truly]  of  the  month  of  April, 
three  marriage  banns  were  made  [published]  between  solemn 
masses  concerning  a  [the]  future  marriage,  and  no  hindrance 
[impediment]  was  revealed,  neither  canonical  nor  civil 
[i.e.,  an  impediment  in  canon  or  civil  law]  except  in 
the  third  and  fourth  degree  of  consanguinity,  [for  which] 
however,  a  dispensation  was  given  by  the  bishop,  and  with 
the  mutual  consent  of  those  concerned  [of  those  of  whom 
it  is  a  concern],  by  me  the  undersigned  priest  were  joined 
matrimonially  [i.e.,  were  married],  the  upright  young  man 
Stephan  Taunis  and  the  chaste  virgin  Petronella  Kramer. 
The  witnesses  present  [or  the  present  witnesses]  were 
(being):  Ludwig  [Louis]  Bichantz,  barber  [hair  dresser], 
and  Jakob  Bunger,  locksmith,  both  of  [from]  this  place, 
who  together  with  me  signed  [wrote]  below.) 

For  a  discussion  of  the  impediments  to  marriage,  and  the 
degree  of  consanguinity  [blood  relationship]  involved, 
see  the  word  list. 

d)  In  death  entries,  to  provide  information  concerning 
whether  or  not  the  deceased  received  the  last  rites: 
(or  with  the  ablative  of  means,  as  noted  above) 

Vigesimo  octo  mensis  Septembris  emno  domini  1668  Maria 
Anna  Gartner,  ixxor  Josephi  Weld  etiam  defuncti,  omnibus 
sacramentis  munitis  (munita) ,  pie  in  domino  nostro 
Jesu  Christo  obiit.   Reguiescat  in  sancta  pace! 

(On  the  twenty-eighth  [day]  of  the  month  of  September 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1668  Maria  Anna  Gartner,  wife 
of  Joseph  Weld  already  deceased,  fortified  with  all 
[of]  the  sacraments,  died  piously  in  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ.   May  she  rest  in  holy  peace!  [Rest  in  holy 
peace! ] ) 


189 


Note  that  the  ablative  absolute  might  also  be  used  in  death 
entries  to  furnish  the  names  and  status  or  occupation  of  any 
witnesses  provided,  e.g.,  Presentibus  testibus :  Martino 
Reinhardt,  fabro  cupri,  et  Roberto  Gest,  ludimagistro.  (The 
witnesses  present  [were]:  Martin  Reinhardt,  coppersmith,  and 
Robert  Gest,  school  master  [teacher] . ) 

Infinitives:  Active  and  Passive 

There  are  six  infinitives  in  Latin,  three  in  the  active  and 
three  in  the  passive  voice.   These  include  the  following: 

active:  present  infinitive 
perfect  infinitive 
future  infinitive 

passive:  present  infinitive 
perfect  infinitive 
future  infinitive 

Active  Infinitives 

The  present  active  infinitive  is  formed  by  adding  -re  or 
-ere  to  the  present  stem,  e.g.,  copulare:  to  marry,  docere:  to 
teach,  promittere:  to  promise,  sepelire:  to  bury,  and  facere  to 
make.  The  present  active  infinitive  is  the  second  principal  part 
of  the  Latin  verb. 

The  perfect  active  infinitive  combines  the  perfect  stem  with 
-isse,  e.g.,  copulavisse:  to  have  married,  docuisse:  to  have 
taught,  promississe:  to  have  promised,  sepelivisse:  to  have 
buried,  and  fecisse:  to  have  made. 

The  future  infinitive  is  constructed  by  linking  the  future 
active  participle  (discussed  above)  with  esse,  e.g.,  copulatunis 
esse:  to  be  about  to  [going  to]  marry,  docturus  esse:  to  be  about 
to  teach,  promissurus  esse:  to  be  about  to  promise,  sepulturus 
esse:  to  be  about  to  bury,  and  facturus  esse:  to  be  about  to 
make. 

Passive  Infinitives 

The  present  passive  infinitive  is  formed  by  combining  the 
present  stem  with  -ri  or  -i,  e.g.,  copulari :  to  be  married, 
doceri:  to  be  taught,  promitti :  to  be  promised  (present  stem 
promitt  plus  -i),  sepeliri:  to  be  buried,  faceri:  to  be  made. 
Note  that  the  meaning  here  (and  in  the  case  of  the  other  two 
infinitives  discussed  below)  is  always  passive  and  must  be  trans- 
lated accordingly. 

The  perfect  passive  infinitive  consists  of  the  perfect 
passive  participle  and  esse,  e.g.,  copulatus  esse:  to  have  been 
married,  doctus  esse:  to  have  been  taught,  promissus  esse:  to 
have  been  promised,  sepultus  esse:  to  have  been  buried,  and 


190 


f actus  esse:  to  have  been  made. 

The  future  passive  infinitive  is  the  supine  accusative 
singular  plus  iri,  e.g.,  copulatum  iri:  to  be  about  to  [going  to] 
be  married,  doctum  iri:  to  be  about  to  be  taught,  promissum  iri: 
to  be  about  to  be  promised,  sepultum  iri:  to  be  about  to  be 
buried,  and  factum  iri:  to  be  about  to  be  made.  The  future 
passive  participle  was  rarely  used  in  classical  Latin  and  is 
seldom,  if  ever,  found  in  parish  register  entries. 

Indirect  Statement 

Perhaps  the  most  important  use  of  the  infinitive  in  classi- 
cal Latin  was  in  indirect  statement  or  discourse.  Direct 
statement,  as  may  be  recalled  from  the  previous  chapter,  is  an 
actual  statement  of  fact  such  as  "The  girl  won  the  race."  or, 
"The  boy  walked  to  school."  Indirect  statement  is,  as  the  name 
suggests,  a  statement  made  by  someone  else  about  the  event,  e.g., 
"He  said  that  the  girl  won  the  race."  "The  teacher  said  that  the 
boy  walked  to  school." 

In  classical  Latin,  there  was  no  word  or  expression  for 
"that"  after  a  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  reporting,  etc.  In- 
stead, the  Romans  put  the  subject  in  the  accusative  case  and  the 
verb  in  the  infinitive.   Compare  the  two  sentences  below: 

Eodem  die  Sebastianus  Hinck  obiit. 

(On  the  same  day,  Sebastian  Hinck  died  [direct  statement].) 

Parochus  dixit  eodem  die  Sebastianum  Hinck  obisse  [obiisse] . ) 

(The  priest  said  that  on  the  same  day  Sebastian  Hinck  died 
[indirect  statement].) 

In  medieval  Latin,  however,  the  indirect  statement  was  often 
replaced  by  a  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.  and  quod  (that)  plus 
the  subjunctive.  If  indirect  statements  are  found  in  parish 
registers  entries,  they  are  more  likely  to  utilize  this  con- 
struction than  the  classical  subject  accusative  and  infinitive. 
(The  use  of  quod  with  the  subjunctive  was  explained  in  the  previ- 
ous chapter. ) 

The  sequence  of  tenses  in  an  indirect  statement  is  similar 
to  that  of  the  participle,  e.g., 

present  infinitive:  same  time  as  the  main  verb 
perfect  infinitive:  time  before  the  main  verb 
future  infinitive:   time  after  that  of  the  main  verb 

Examples : 

Present  Main  Verb 


191 


Dicit  parochujn  puellcun  baptizare. 

(He/she  says  that  the  priest  baptizes  the  girl.   The  statement 
and  the  baptism  occur  at  the  same  time,  the  present.) 

Dicit  parochum  puellam  baptizavisse. 

(He/she  says  that  the  priest  baptized  the  girl.   The  baptism 
comes  before  the  statement,  which  is  in  the  present. ) 

Dicit  parochum  puelletm  baptizaturus  esse. 

(He/she  says  that  the  priest  will  baptize  the  girl.  The 
statement,  in  the  present,  is  made  prior  to  the  baptism. 

Perfect  Main  Verb 

Dixit  parochum  puellam  baptizare. 

(He/she  said  that  the  priest  was  baptizing  the  girl.   The 
statement  and  baptism  occur  at  the  same  time,  in  the  past.) 

Dixit  parochum  puellam  baptizavisse. 

(He/she  said  that  the  priest  had  baptized  the  girl.   The 
baptism  took  place  in  the  past,  before  the  statement  was 
made. ) 

Dixit  parochum  puellam  baptizaturus  esse. 

(He/she  said  that  the  priest  would  baptize  the  girl.   The 
statement,  made  in  the  past,  occurred  before  the  baptism. ) 

Future  Main  Verb 

Dicet  parochum  puellam  baptizare. 

(He/she  will  say  that  the  priest  baptizes  the  girl.   The 
statement  and  baptism  both  occur  at  the  same  time,  in 
the  future . ) 

Dicet  parochum  puellam  baptizavisse. 

(He/she  will  say  that  the  priest  baptized  the  girl.   The 
baptism  will  come  first,  in  the  past,  before  the  statement 
about  it  is  made  in  the  future. ) 

Dicet  parochum  puellam  baptizaturus  esse. 

(He  will  say  that  the  priest  will  baptize  the  girl.  The 
statement  comes  first,  then  the  baptism,  and  both  occur 
in  the  future . ) 


192 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  XIII 


A.  Grammar 

List  all  forms  of  the  participles  of  humare  (first  conjuga- 
tion), tenere  (second  conjugation),  vivere  (third  conjugation), 
sepelire  (fourth  conjugation),  and  facere  (third  conjugation  io- 
verb).  Decline  the  present  participle  of  baptizare.  List  all 
infinitives  of  maritare  (first  conjugation),  videre  (second 
conjugation),  promittere  (third  conjugation),  venire  (fourth 
conjugation),  and  capere  (third  conjugation  io-verb). 

B.  Vocabulary 


Learn  any  new  words  given  in  this  chapter,  plus  the  follow- 


ing: 


praemitto,  praemittere, 

praemissi,  praemissum:  send 
before,  dispatch,  publish 
previously    (premitto) 

detego ,  detegere ,  detexi , 
detectum:  uncover,  reveal, 
detect 

praesto ,  praestare ,  praestiti , 
praestitum:  show,  profess, 
pledge,    lend    (presto) 

praestare  juramentum:  to  take 
an   oath 

carentia,  carentiae,  f.: 
penance  accompanied  by 
fasting  (from  careo, 
carere,  carui,  cariturus: 
want,  lack,  be  without, 
used  with  an  ablative  of 
separation  in  classical 
Latin) 

guicumgue,  guaecumgue , 

quodcumque :  whosoever, 
whatsoever  (declined  like: 
qui ,    quae ,    quod ) 

obtineo,  obtinere,  obtinui , 
obtentum:  obtain,  hold, 
possess    (optineo) 


gravis,     grave,     adj.:     heavy, 

severe 
causa ,    causae ,    f . :    cause 
proclamatio,     proclamationis , 

f . :    bann ,    announcement 

littera,  litterae,  f.:  a 
letter  of  the  alphabet; 
plural:    a   letter    (written) 

dimissorius ,  dimissoria , 
dimissorium:  when  used  with 
litterae  in  the  plural,  a 
dimissoral  letter;  in  the 
case  of  marriage,  for 
example,  a  letter  from  an 
ecclesiastical  authority 
which  might  grant 

permission  to  marry  outside 
of  one's  own  parish  or 
diocese.  (v.  the  word  list 
for  other  definitions) 

dimissorialis,  dimissoriale, 
adj . :  see  above ;  as  a  noun , 
pi.:  dimissorial  letters, 
or  a  dimissorial   letter 

dispensatio,  dispensationis, 
f.:  dispensation,  permis- 
sion 


193 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

4ta  Maii  1768  praehcibita  dispensations  in  tribus  bannis 

et  dimissorialibus  a  reverendo  domino  parocho  matrimonium 

contraxerunt ,  Quirinus  Laumen  et  Anna  Cornelia  Heyen. 

Presentibus  testibus  vero  Christian©  Rodegast  et  Reinero 

Fleischer. 

(praehabito,  praehabitare ,  praehabitavi ,  praehabitatum: 

supply,  furnish,  offer;  cl.  Latin:  praehibeo,  praehibere, 

praehibui,  praehibittun) 

Anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  octogesimo  octavo  die 
decimo  mensis  Octobris  hora  decima  post  meridiem  in  utero 
materno  ab  obstetrice  jurata  Maria  Catherina  Hirt,  uxore 
Theoboldo  Hirt  cive  et  doliario  in  hoc  loco,  ob  imminens 
mortis  periculum  et  propter  necessitatem  apertam,  baptizata 
est  infans,  filia  legitima  Josephi  Bringel,  civis  et 
agricolae  et  pro  tempore  deputale  municipalis  et  Magdalenae 
Frick  conjugum,  cui  impositum  est  ab  obstetrice  nomen 
Susannam,  quae  postea  suscepto  baptismo  mortua  est. 
Praesentibus  testibus:  patre  supreuiominato  et  obstetrice, 
qui  ambo  una  mecum  Rudolf o  Krietscher ,  parocho  huius  loci , 
subscr ipserunt . 

(juratus,  jurata,  juratum:  legal,  lawful;  doliarius, 
doliarii,  m. :  cooper,  barrel  maker;  aperio,  aperire, 
aperui,  apertum:  evident,  open,  exposed;  deputale 
municipalis:  being  a  deputy  of  the  city  or  community  [i.e., 
a  town  councillor] ;  suscipio,  suscipere,  suscepi, 
susceptum:  undertake,  take  up;  supranominatus , 
supranominata ,  supranominatum:  above  named;  una  mecum: 
together  with  me) 

Anno  millesimo  sescentesimo  nonagesimo  et  die  decimo  quinto 
mensis  Februarii  in  hac  nostra  ecclesia  parochiali  factis 
tribus  denunciationibus  quarum  prima,  die  tricesimo  primo 
Januarii,  secunda,  septimo  huius  mensis,  et  tertia,  die 
decimo  quarto,  nulloque  detecto  impediment©,  et  cum  consensu 
eorum  quorum  interest  obtento,  in  vinculis  sancti  matrimonii 
conjvmcti  sunt  Stephanus  Franciscus  Heyer,  Jacobi  Heyer 
civis  in  hoc  loco  et  defunctae  Catharinae  Annae  Bilsch 
filius  legit imus  natus  viginti  quatuor  annos  et  octo 
circiter  menses,  et  Philippina  Drossel  Georgii  Drossel 
civis  huius  loci  et  Mariae  Philippinae  Schmitt  filia 
legitima  nata  viginti  unum  annos  et  quatuor  menses,  a  me 
Paulo  Josepho  Heralt  parocho  huius  dicti  loci. 
Praesentibus:  Adolpho  Braun,  ludimagistro  una  cum  patre 
sponsi  et  patre  sponsae.   Adolphus  Braun  subscripsit, 
sed  pater  sponsi  et  pater  sponsae  dixerunt  quod  scribere 
nescirent  et  sic  signa  eorum  fecerunt. 

( denunciatio ,  denunciationis ,  f.:  marriage  bann;  consensus, 
consensus,  m. :  consent;  interest:  it  concerns;  vinculum, 
vinculi,  n.:  bond,  chain;  nescirent:  they  did  not  know  [how]) 


194 


1805  Maius,  Martinus  Caspar!  Eislinger,  colon!  hujus  et 
El!sabethae  Kangger,  conjugmn,  fil!us  leg!t!mus  natus  est 
9na  Ma!!  hora  6ta  vespertina.   Puer  !n  eccles!a  paroch!al! 
Sctnct!  v!t!!  hora  8va  vespert!na  a  parocho  bapt!zatus  est. 
Levans  fuit  Mar!a  Wester!n,  vulgo  Meier,  xixor  Michael!s 
Wester  colon!  in  Oberholzer. 

(colonus,  colon!,  m. :  fanner,  settler,  landholder;  hujus  = 
hu!us;  vulgo  =  vulgo  dicta) 

Proles  anonyma:  Matthaei  Nebl  feibri  ex  villa  nostra  et  Evae 
Gertrudae  Goldhofer  conjugmn  filius  legitimus  et 
primogenitus  ob  dif icultatem  partus  2  dies  durantem  in  utero 
ab  obstetrice,  in  arte  sua  longe  pertissima,  signum  vitae 
advertens,  baptizatus  est  circa  horam  tertiam  ante  meridiem 
vicesimo  secundo  mensis  Julii,  statim  obiit  eodemque  die 
circa  horam  quinteim  translatus  ad  tumulum  et  sepultus  est. 
(durantem:  present  participle  [ace]  of  duro,  durare, 
duravi,  duratum:  last,  endure;  ars,  artis,  f.:  art,  skill, 
ability;  peritus,  perita,  peritum:  experienced,  skillful, 
expert;  adverto,  advertere,  advert!,  adversum: 
perceive,  attract,  turn  towards;  statim,  adv.:  immediately; 
translatus  [est] :  carried  away  [here] ) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin: 

On  the  third  day  of  the  month  of  October,  toward  the  fifth 
hour  of  the  evening,  the  legitimate  daughter  of  Martin 
Margolin  and  Marie  Eva  Faubert,  was  born,  and,  because  of 
imminent  danger  of  death,  was  baptized  by  the  midwife. 

After  the  publication  of  three  marriage  banns,  the  first 
on  the  14th  of  J;ine,  the  second  on  the  21st  of  June,  and 
the  third  on  the  28th  of  June,  and  no  hindrance  having 
been  uncovered,  the  mutual  consent  of  those  of  whom  it  is 
a  concern  having  been  obtained,  August  Grenz,  worker  and 
citizen  of  Rankweil,  legitimate  son  of  William  Thomas 
Grenz,  also  (eticun)  a  worker  and  citizen  of  Rankweil, 
and  of  his  wife  Regina  Margaretha  Eberhardt,  and  Penelopea 
Mathilda  Siedler,  legitimate  daughter  of  Thomas  Jacob 
Sielder,  a  cooper  and  citizen  of  our  village,  and  of  his 
wife  Ottilia  Gertruda  Falk,  were  joined  in  the  bonds  of 
holy  matrimony  by  me  Casparus  Kratz,  priest  of  this  parish. 
The  witnesses  present  were:  John  Frederick  Wann,  carpenter 
and  citizen  of  our  village,  Thomas  Michael  Wolfenstein, 
blacksmith  and  citizen  of  Grenzweil,  and  Gerhardus  Martin 
Grenz,  brother  of  the  groom,  farmer  and  citizen  of 
Rankweil.   All  three  of  the  witnesses  said  that  they  did 
not  know  how  to  write,  and  so  (sic)  they  made  their  marks. 


195 


When  the  child  was  examined  (use  the  ablative  absolute  with 
exajnino,  examinare,  examinavi,  examinatiim)  ,  the  midwife, 
being  very  skilled  in  her  art,  perceived  (use  cemo, 
cemere,  crevi,  ere  turn)  that  it  lived  (use  the  subject 
accusative  for  "it,"  i.e.,  eum  and  the  perfect  active 
infinitive  for  "lived")  and  baptized  it.   After  the  baptism, 
the  child  died  immediately  and  was  carried  away  to  the 
cemetery  on  the  same  day  and  buried. 

On  the  thirtieth  day  of  December  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
one  thousand  six  hundred  twenty-five,  the  upright  and 
faithful  (fidelis,  fidele)  Mary  Catherine  Ostwald, 
widow  of  the  mayor,  lord  Robertus  Sigmundus  Regenkamp, 
while  living  (dum  vivens)  a  most  illustrious  citizen  of 
the  town  of  Bordenheim,  died  piously  (pie)  in  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  after  receiving  extreme  unction  (use  the 
ablative,  e.g.,  unctione  extrema  recepta,  etc.) 

Since  the  bishop  is  about  to  make  a  journey  (iter  facere: 
to  take  trip,  make  a  journey;  use  the  future  participle  of 
facere),  he  will  ordain  (use  ordinare)  two  priests. 

E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

With  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  in  Section  B  and  below, 
translate  the  following  marriage  entry  from  a  German  parish. 
There  are  some  Gothic  letters  here,  so  study  the  vocabulary 
carefully  before  translating. 


JimXtt 
vctxn 


4fC 

Aniui  Mavia 
(xanhtumrin 


Amu  Dtfrntfu  Jij^  JUt^O^ll  .M^  duuuul*iumlui  tutmlAh-bnJbuitSC  Jb^mu- 
ptfA^BJcfui  ;.*  SUM.  OMBt  jtS^  Mofi.'f  ioAii,  nuiWuc  U«cci]m«  wmdlmtMa  dtbA»  , 

tifUnUi  ot  gCAvu  ouiIm  lucntui  a  'Kb^  VuMn^ttu-f^vdiSJ. ,  «ul  Hi/lk.  $AvtiH4M, 
£m  Wta  icxifiHU  TmxoJiut  £,<Adim.  6Atiktjuniit  ksnAum.  C^ti^im-  ^<kmitt  OL 
/Cu.vtl3P«-AccA*P«>t<<li<^titvtr«W!i<^A>ytU[yMK  M«MJl)ur«*.Ma^<n&UMiu  '^•^  f 
hUdtttuM-Sckmitt  B.m.Cwu  iU^flnxS^AnnA  MfLn«  tiMtm.  0(baak  (jtr^ufun  {lilunXf 
rttx.  n»n.  nantJkdm  Atuuuti  Maxuuk  (xvdntlmtA  f  lei*  J^xttuuuu  (svi0uxrrux 
Qyt* in  O/fcnbofAfd^  AniuK  £.liCd)mtkjt  ruttM. ^Jl^t&uM  Ca/^u*um  l^tinuun,  iiU'^m 
lntttt»^vi ,  mutu»^u^  c^cum  €bnUnlM^  ctnun  mcpctJik* ,  A  kai>aa  JjtUmnittx  pa 

^i^m./  <XJ0,uux4,  Sturm  CiyiUu  0/li«4«.£««/»U^,  InjUvn . 

OflcnkuA^  lit  fufuL  , 


196 


Vocabulary 

quidem:    even,    indeed 
Dominica    V.     post    Pascha(m): 
the     fifth     Sunday     after 
Easter     (a    movable     feast 
day) 
Pascha,    Paschae,    f.:    Easter 
zda  =   2da  =  seciinda 
in    festo   Ascensionis:     in    the 

feast  of  the  Ascension 
D.N.J.C.  =  Domini  Nostri  Jesu 
Christi:  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ  (i.e.,  in  [during] 
the  feast  of  the  Ascension 
of  our  Lord  Jesus,  a 
movable  feast  day  which 
traditionally  occurred 
forty  days  after  Easter) 
Dom.     VI.     post    Pascha:     the 

sixth  Sunday  after  Easter 
qua  =  quae 
factis:    goes  with  denunciatio- 

nibus  praemissis  tribus 
nulloque   legitime   impedimento 

detecto 
praestito:  established 

[showed] 
insuper,    adv. :    moreover 
pars,    partis,    f.:    part    (N.B. 
The  accusative  of   this  novm 
can    be    either    partem    or 
partim,     and    the    ablative 
either  parte  or  parti.) 
juramento   de   carentia:    by    an 

oath  of    (from)    penance 
cujuscunque  =  cuiuscumc[ue 
cuiuscumque    impedimenti:     of 
(any)    impediment  whatsoever 
obtenta   (v.    obtineo  above) 
ob   graves   causas:    because    of 

important    (heavy)    causes 
obtenta   licentia:    an   ablative 
absolute      =      permission 
having    been    obtained    be- 
cause of   important  causes 
Rev. mo    =    reverendissimo:    the 
most    reverend,     the    right 
reverend 
vicariatus,     vicariatus,     m. : 
vicarate   or   vicariate,    the 
office    of    a    vicar;     here, 
possibly,    vicar 


Spirensi:  of  Speyer  (a  German 
city);  ablative  because  it 
is  part  of  a  me  reveren- 
dissimo vicariatu  Spirensi 
ad  missae  solemnia:  to  (for) 
the  solemnities  of  the  mass 
Offenbacensis:    of   Offenbach    (a 

place  name) 
Casparum  Schmitt; 
Rueveren:    a  place  name 
archidiocelis:    archdiocese 
Trevirensis:      of     Trier      (a 

German  city) 
Satinpia,  Satinpiae,  f.:  the 
name  of  the  monastery  (Note 
that  the  genitive  singular 
Satinpiae  is  used  here  with 
monasterio;  i.e.,  in  the 
monastery  of  Satinpia.) 
Mayenfeldensis:    of    Mayenfeld 

(a  place  name) 
page:     from    pagus,    pagi ,    m. : 
village     (add     "in"     when 
translating) 
Matthia  =  Matthiae 
p.m.     =     piae     memoriae:      of 
blessed      memory,       i.e., 
deceased 
nee    non:     and    not,    moreover, 
and   also 
r\ 
jois  =  Jocuinis 
Anna   Elisabetha   nata   =   Annae 

Elisbethae  natae 
interrogavi:       I      examined, 

questioned 
mutuoque   eorum   consensu:    and 

with  their  mutual   consent 
coram   me    praestito:     pledged 

(given)    in  my  presence 
habito :    sworn    ( here ) 
verbum,    verba,    n.:    word 
de   praesenti:    concerning    the 
present    (i.e.,    the   present 
mutual  consent) 
Andrea    Vogler:     a    first    and 

last  name 
sutor,    sutoris,    m. :    shoemaker 
in  fidem:    in   faith,    faithfully 
ut  supra:    as   above 


197 


Document    #2 


With  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  below,  translate  the 
following  marriage  entry  from  the  former  provinces  of  Alsace- 
Lorraine  (now  in  northern  France).  Note  that  the  medial  -s 
(i.e.,  in  the  middle  of  a  word)  resembles  an  English  -h  or  -f 
(also,'  occasionally,    at  the  beginning  of   a  word). 


y4to  'fum^^t^- 


tHU^-/^^^**^^^ 


/Si. 


^^^^^i^J^^  -^:^-^^  ^^^-  ^^^^ 


198 


docere  (second  conjugation),  gerund:  docendum 
Case  Gerund  Meaning 


Noiti. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


docendi 
docendo 
docendum 
docendo 


of/from  teaching 
to/for  teaching 
teaching  (d.o.,  etc.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  teaching 


promittere  (third  conjugation),  gerund:  promittendum 
Case  Gerund  Meaning 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


promittendi 
promi  ttendo 
pr omi  ttendum 
promi ttendo 


of/from  promising 
to/for  promising 
promising  (d.o.,  etc.) 
by/with/from,  etc.  promising 


sepelire  (fourth  conjugation),  gerund:  sepeliendum 
Case  Gerund  Meaning 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


sepeliendi 
sepeliendo 
sepeliendum 
sepeliendo 


of/from  burying 

to/for  burying 

burying  (d.o.,  etc.) 

by /with/from,  etc.  burying 


facere  (third  conjugation  io-verb),  gerund:  faciendum 
Case  Gerund  Meaning 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


faciendi 
faciendo 
faciendum 
faciendo 


of/from  making 
to/for  making 
making  (d.o.,  etc.) 
by/with/from,  etc.  making 


Example : 


Advocatus  mittetur  ex  nobis  ad  regandum  et  gvibemandum 
omnia  necessaria. 

(The  lawyer  is  sent  by  [from]  us  for  the  purpose  of 
regulating  and  directing  all  necessary  things.) 

As  may  be  seen  above,  the  accusative  gerund  was  often  used 
in  medieval  Latin  with  ad  to  express  purpose,  e.g.,  ad  copulandum 
(for  the  purpose  of  marrying  [towards  marrying]). 


201 


Gerrrnd  and  Gerundive 

The  gerund,  as  indicated  above,  is  a  verbal  noun  in  the 
active  voice  only.  The  gerundive,  or  future  passive  participle, 
is,  by  contrast,  a  verbal  adjective  in  the  passive  voice  which, 
as  discussed  in  the  preceding  chapter,  has  the  meaning  of  "to  be" 
(something),  "fit  or  deserving  to  be"  (something),  e.g., 
laudandus,  laudanda,  laudandum:  to  be  praised,  deserving  or  fit 
to  be  praised. 

The  gerundive  masculine  and  neuter  singular  for  the  cases 
other  than  the  nominative  are  declined  exactly  the  same  way  as 
the  gerund.  Since,  however,  one  is  active  and  the  other  passive 
in  voice,  it  is  important  to  distinguish  between  the  two.  In 
parish  registers,  this  should  not  be  overly  difficult.  The 
meaning  of  the  word  in  context  should  be  considered  carefully  in 
order  to  make  the  proper  translation. 

In  the  previous  example,  if  regandum  et  gubernandum  were 
gerundives,  the  translation  would  have  to  be:  "The  lawyer  is  sent 
by  us  to  be  regulated  and  to  be  directed  all  necessary  things," 
which  would  make  no  real  sense.  (The  sentence:  "The  lawyer  is 
sent  by  us  so  that  all  necessary  things  might  be  regulated  and 
directed,"  would  require  an  entirely  different  construction, 
namely,  a  subjunctive  clause  of  purpose.) 

In  both  classical  and  medieval  Latin,  there  are,  however, 
numerous  instances  of  the  use  of  the  gerundive  in  place  of  the 
gerund  (i.e.,  an  active  translation  of  the  passive  voice). 
Consequently,  it  will  be  useful  to  consider  the  gerundive  more 
closely.  The  gerundive  is  frequently  found  in  legal  documents, 
and,  occasionally,  in  parish  registers,  in  certain  fixed  expres- 
sions, such  as,  for  example: 

habendum  et  tenendum 

(literally:  a  thing  to  be  had  and  a  thing  to  be  held, 
usually  translated  as  "to  have  and  to  hold"  [active 
meaning  with  a  passive  form] ) 

Dos  filiae  meae  data  est  habendum  et  tenendum. 

(A  dowry  is  given  to  my  daughter  to  have  and  to  hold. ) 

Note  in  the  last  example  that  habendum  et  tenendum,  both 
future  passive  participles,  do  not  agree  in  gender  with  dos, 
dotis  (dowry),  the  subject,  which  is  feminine.  This  is  because 
habendum  et  tenendum  was  often  used  as  a  more  or  less  standard 
phrase  which  remained  independent  of  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 
It  was  also  abbreviated,  on  occasion,  as  habend'  et  tenend' . 

Additional  examples  of  the  use  of  the  gerundive  in  place  of 
the  gerund  are  given  below: 


202 


notandum  est 

(it  is  to  be  noted  .  .  .  or,  note!  [active  meaning]) 

notandum  sit 

(it  should  be  noted  .  .  .or,  note!) 

sciendum  est 

(it  is  to  be  known  .  .  .or,  know!) 

sciendum  sit 

(it  should  be  known  .  .  .or,  know!) 

The  Irregular  Verbs  fio,  volo,  fero,  eo 

fio,  fiere,  f actus  sum  (be  made,  be  done,  become) 

This  verb  was  used  in  both  classical  and  medieval  Latin  as 
the  passive  form  of  facio,  facere,  feci,  factum.  Although  the 
perfect  system  is  exactly  the  same  for  both  verbs  (f actus,  facta, 
factum  sum,  ero,  eram,  sim,  essem,  etc.)  the  present,  future,  and 
imperfect  indicative  active  are  rather  different,  as  noted  below: 

Present  Indicative  of  fieri 

fio  I  am  made ,  done ,  I  become 

f is  you  are  made ,  done ,  you  become 

fit  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  is  made,  done,  he/she/it 

becomes 

fimus  we  are  made,  done,  we  become 

fitis  you  (all)  are  made,  done,  you  (all)  become 

f iunt  they  ( or  a  noun )  are  made ,  done ,  they  become 

Future  Indicative  of  fieri 

fiam  I  shall  be  made,  done,  I  shall  become 

fies  you  will  be  made,  done,  you  will  become 

fiet  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be  made,  done, 

he/she/it  will  become 
fiemus         we  shall  be  made,  done,  we  shall  become 
fietis         you  (all)  will  be  made,  done,  you  (all)  will 

become 
fient  they  will  be  made,  done,  they  will  become 

Imperfect  Indicative  of  fieri 

fiebam  I  was  made,  done,  I  became 

f iebas  you  were  made ,  done ,  you  became 

fiebat  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  made,  done, 

he/she/it  became 

f iebamus  we  were  made ,  done ,  we  became 

fiebatis  you  (all)  were  made,  done,  you  (all)  became 

fiebant  they  (or  a  noun)  were  made,  done,  they  became 


203 


Note  that  the  meaning  here  is  always  passive.  Thus,  for 
example,  the  sentence  Matrimonium  fit  would  be  translated:  "The 
marriage  is  made,"  not  "He/she  is  making  the  marriage."  (This 
would  be  Matrimonium  facit. ) 

Subjunctive  of  fieri  (for  possible  translations, 

V.  Chapter  XII) 


Present 

f  iam 
f  ias 
fiat 
f iamus 
f iatis 
f  iant 


Imperfect 

f ierem 
f ieres 
f ieret 
f ieremus 
f ieret is 
f ierent 


Infinitives 

Present:        fieri  (to  be  made,  be  done,  become) 

Perfect:        f actus  esse  (to  have  been  made,  done,  to  have 

become ) 
Future :         factum  iri  ( to  be  about  to  be  made ,  done ,  to  be 

about  to  become ) 

Participles 

Perfect:       f actus,  facta,  factum  (having  been  made,  done) 
Future:         faciendus,  facienda,  faciendiun  (to  be  done,  made, 

deserving  or  fit  to  be  done,  made) 

vole,  velle  (not  velere) ,  volui  (wish,  want,  be  willing,  will) 

Volo  is  an  irregular  verb  of  the  third  conjugation.  The 
perfect  system,  volui,  etc.,  and  the  perfect  subjunctive  are, 
however,  regular.  Most  of  the  irregularities  may  be  found  in  the 
present  indicative,  present  subjunctive,  and,  to  a  degree,  the 
imperfect  subjunctive  as  shown  below: 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  velle 


volo 

vis 

vult 

volumus 
volutis 
volunt 


I  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

you  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  wishes,  wants, 

wills,  etc. 

we  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

you  (all)  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 


204 


Future  Indicative  Active  of  velle 


volam 
voles 
volet 

vol emus 
volet is 
volent 


I  shall  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

you  will  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  wish,  want, 

will,  etc. 

we  shall  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

you  (all)  will  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  wish,  want,  will,  etc, 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  velle 

volebam         I  wished,  was  wishing,  wanting,  willing,  etc. 
volebas        you  wished,  were  wishing,  wanting, 

willing,  etc. 
volebat         he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  wished,  was  wishing, 

wanting,  willing,  etc. 
volebamus      we  wished,  were  wishing,  wanting,  willing,  etc, 
volebatis      you  (all)  wished,  were  wishing,  wanting, 

willing,  etc. 
volebant       they  (or  a  noun)  wished,  were  wishing, 

wanting,  willing,  etc. 

Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  velle  (stem:  volu) 

volui  I  wished,  wanted,  willed,  have  wished,  etc. 

voluisti        you  wished,  wanted,  willed,  have  wished,  etc. 
voluit         he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  wished,  wanted,  willed, 

has  wished,  etc. 
voluimus        we  wished,  wanted,  willed,  haved  wished,  etc. 
voluistis      you  (all)  wished,  wanted,  willed,  have 

wished,  etc. 
voluerunt      they  (or  a  noun)  wished,  wanted,  willed, 

have  wished,  etc. 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  velle 

volueram       I  had  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
volueras        you  had  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
voluerat       he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  wished,  wanted, 

willed,  etc. 
volueramus      we  had  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
volueratis      you  (all)  had  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
voluerant       they  (or  a  noun)  had  wished,  wanted, 

willed,  etc. 


205 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  velle 

voluero         I  shall  have  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
volueris        you  will  have  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
voluerit       he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have  wished, 

wanted,  willed,  etc. 
voluerimus      we  shall  have  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc. 
volueritis      you  (all)  will  have  wished,  wanted, 

willed,  etc. 
voluerint      they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  wished,  wanted, 

willed,  etc. 

(Velle  has  no  passive  voice.) 
Subjunctive  of  velle 

Present  Imperfect 


velim 

velis 

velit 

velimus 

velitis 

velint 

Perfect 

voluerim 

volueris 

voluerit 

voluerimus 

volueritis 

voluerint 

Participle  of  velle 

Active 

Present    volens 

Infinitives  of  velle 


Present 
Perfect 


Active 


velle 
voluisse 


vellem 

velles 

vellet 

veil emus 

velletis 

vellent 

Pluperfect 

voluissem 

voluisses 

voluisset 

voluissemus 

voluissetis 

voluissent 


Meaning 

willing,  wanting,  wishing,  etc. 

Meaning 

to  wish,  want,  will,  etc. 

to  have  wished,  wanted,  willed,  etc, 


As  discussed  in  Chapter  XII,  velle  is  frequently  found  in 
medieval  and  early  modern  Latin  documents  with  quod  (also  ut  or 
even  alone)  plus  the  subjunctive,  e.g.,  Volo  quod  (ut)  Geraldus 
de  Clareti  feodum  meum  habeat.  (I  will  that  Geraldus  de  Clareti 
shall  have  my  fief.) 


206 


Conjugated  like  velle  are  nolo,  nolle,  nolui  (not  ...  wish, 
be  unwilling)  and  malo,  malle,  malui  (wish  rather,  prefer). 
Note,  however,  the  conjugation  of  nolo,  nolle,  nolui  in  the 
present  indicative  active: 

nolo  I  do  not  wish,  am  unwilling 

non  vis  you  do  not  wish,  are  unwilling 

non  vult  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  does  not  wish,  is 

unwilling 

noluMus  we  do  not  wish,  are  unwilling 

non  vultis  you  (all)  do  not  wish,  are  unwilling 

nolunt  they  (or  a  noun)  do  not  wish,  are  unwilling 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum  (bear,  carry) 

Fero  is  a  third  conjugation  verb  which  is  highly  irregular 
in  its  four  principal  parts.  The  perfect  stem  and  the  perfect 
passive  participle  bear  little  resemblance  to  the  present  indica- 
tive and  infinitive.  The  conjugation  (and  declension)  of  the 
former  two  is,  however,  quite  regular. 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  ferre 


fero 

fers  (not  feris) 

fert  (not  ferit) 

ferimus 

fertis  (not  feritis) 

ferunt 


I  bear,  carry 

you  bear,  carry 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  bears, 

carries 

we  bear,  carry 

you  (all)  bear,  carry 

they  (or  a  noun)  bear,  carry 


Future  Indicative  Active  of  ferre 


feram 
feres 
feret 

feremus 
feretis 
ferent 


I  shall  bear,  carry 

you  will  bear,  carry 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  bear, 

carry 

we  will  bear,  carry 

you  (all)  will  bear,  carry 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  bear,  carry 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  ferre 


ferebam 
ferebas 
ferebat 

ferebamus 
ferebatis 

ferebcint 


I  was  bearing,  carrying,  etc. 

you  were  bearing,  carrying,  etc. 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  bearing, 

carrying,  etc. 

we  were  bearing,  carrying,  etc. 

you  (all)  were  bearing,  carrying, 

etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  bearing, 

carrying,  etc. 


207 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  ferre  (stem:  tul) 

tuli  I  bore,  carried,  have  borne,  etc. 

tulisti  you  bore,  carried,  have  borne,  etc. 

tulit  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  bore,  carried, 

has  borne ,  etc . 
tulimus  we  bore,  carried,  have  borne,  etc. 

tulistis  you  (all)  bore,  carried,  have  borne, 

etc. 
tulerunt  they  (or  a  noun)  bore,  carried, 

have  borne ,  etc . 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  ferre 

tuleram  I  had  borne,  carried 

tuleras  you  had  borne,  carried 

tulerat  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  borne, 

carried 

tuleramus  we  had  borne ,  carried 

tuleratis  you  (all)  had  borne,  carried 

tulerant  they  (or  a  noun)  had  borne,  carried 

Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  ferre 

tulero  I  shall  have  borne,  carried 

tuleris  you  will  have  borne,  carried 

tulerit  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

borne,  carried 
tulerimus  we  shall  have  borne,  carried 

tuleritis  you  (all)  will  have  borne,  carried 

tulerint  they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  borne, 

carried 

Present  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 

feror  I  am  borne,  carried 

ferris  you  are  borne,  carried 

fertur  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  is  borne, 

carried 

ferimur  we  are  borne,  carried 

ferimini  you  (all)  are  borne,  carried 

feruntur  they  (or  a  noun)  are  borne,  carried 

Future  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 

ferar  I  shall  be  borne,  carried 

fereris  you  will  be  borne,  carried 

feretur  he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  be  borne, 

carried 
feremur  we  shall  be  borne,  carried 

feremini  you  (all)  will  be  borne,  carried 

ferentur  they  (or  a  noun)  will  be  borne, 

carried 


208 


Imperfect  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 


ferebar 

ferebaris 

ferebatur 

ferebamur 

ferebamini 

ferebantur 


I  was  borne,  carried 

you  were  borne,  carried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  borne, 

carried 

we  were  borne,  carried 

you  (all)  were  borne,  carried 

they  (or  a  noun)  were  borne, 

carried 


Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 

latus,  lata,  latum  sum    I  was  borne,  carried,  have  been 

borne,  carried 
latus,  lata,  latum  es     you  were  borne,  carried,  have  been 

borne,  carried 
latus,  lata,  latum  est    he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  was  borne, 

carried,  has  been  borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  sumus   we  were  borne,  carried,  have  been 

borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  estis   you  (all)  were  borne,  carried,  have 

been  borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  sunt    they  (or  a  noun)  were  borne, 

carried,  have  been  borne,  carried 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 

latus,  lata,  latum  eram   I  had  been  borne,  carried 
latus,  lata,  latum  eras   you  had  been  borne,  carried 
latus,  lata,  latum  erat   he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  been 

borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  eramus  we  had  been  borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  eratis  you  (all)  had  been  borne,  carried 
lati,  latae,  lata  erant   they  (or  a  noun)  had  been  borne, 

carried 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  ferre 


latus ,  lata , 
latus ,  lata , 
latus ,  lata , 

lati ,  latae , 
lati ,  latae , 


latum  ero 
latum  eris 
latum  erit 

lata  erimus 
lata  eritis 


lati,  latae,  lata  erunt 


I  shall  have  been  borne,  carried 

you  will  have  been  borne,  carried 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  have 

been  borne,  carried 

we  shall  have  been  borne,  carried 

you  (all)  will  have  been  borne, 

carried 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  been 

borne,  carried 


209 


Subjiinctive  of  ferre 

Present 


Active 

feram 

feras 

ferat 

feramus 

feratis 

ferant 


Passive 

ferar 

feraris 

feratur 

feramur 

feramini 

ferantur 


Imperfect 
Active         Passive 


ferrem 

ferres 

ferret 

ferremus 

ferretis 

ferrent 


ferrer 

ferreris 

ferretur 

ferremur 

ferremini 

ferrentur 


Perfect 

Active 

tulerim 

tuleris 

tulerit 

tulerimus 

tuleritis 

tulerint 

Pluperfect 

Active 

tulissem 

tulisses 

tulisset 

tulissemus 

tulissetis 

tulissent 


Passive 

latus ,  lata , 
latus,  lata, 
latus,  lata, 
lati,  latae, 
lati ,  latae , 
lati ,  latae , 


Passive 

latus,  lata, 
latus,  lata, 
latus ,  lata , 
lati,  latae, 
lati ,  latae , 
lati,  latae. 


latvim  sim 
latum  sis 
latum  sit 
lata  simus 
lata  sitis 
lata  sint 


latum  essem 
latum  esses 
latum  esset 
lata  essemus 
lata  essetis 
lata  essent 


Participles  of  ferre 

Active 

Present    ferens 

Future    laturus,  latura,  laturum 

Passive 
Perfect    latus,  lata,  latum 
Future     ferendus,  ferenda,  ferendum 


Meaning 

bearing,  carrying 
going  to  bear,  about  to 
bear,  etc. 


borne,  having  been, 
borne ,  etc . 
to  be  borne,  fit  or 
deserving  to  be  borne,  etc, 


210 


Infinitives  of  ferre 


Active 

Present   ferre 
Perfect   tulisse 
Future     laturus  esse 


Meaning 

to  bear,  carry 

to  have  borne,  carried 

to  be  about  to  bear ,  carry 


Passive 

Present    ferri 
Perfect    latus  esse 
Future     latum  iri 


to  be  borne ,  carried 

to  have  been  borne ,  carried 

to  be  about  to  be  borne,  carried 


Ferre  is  found  in  many  compound  verbs  consisting  of  a  prepo- 
sition and  the  verb  itself,  e.g.,  transferrer  to  bear  across, 
carry;  deferre:  to  bring  down,  carry  away;  conferre  (cum  + 
ferre):  I  bring  together,  compare).  A  number  of  these  compound 
verbs  are  listed  in  the  vocabulary  for  this  chapter. 

eo,  ire,  ii,  itum  (go) 

This  is  one  of  the  more  important  verbs  for  students  of 
Latin  parish  registers,  since  it  occurs  in  compounds  often  found 
in  register  entries.   It  is  conjugated  as  follows: 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


eo 

is 

it 

imus 

itis 

eunt 


I  go 

you  go 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  goes 

we  go 

you  go 

they  (or  a  noun)  goes 


Futxire  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


ibo 

ibis 

ibit 

ibimus 

ibitis 

ibunt 


I  shall  go 

you  will  go 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  will  go 

we  shall  go 

you  (all)  will  go 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  go 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


ibcim 
ibas 
ibat 

ibamus 
ibatis 
ibcint 


I  went,  was  going,  etc. 

you  went,  were  going,  etc. 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  went,  was  going, 

etc. 

we  went,  were  going,  etc. 

you  (all)  went,  were  going,  etc. 

they  (or  a  noun)  went,  were  going,  etc, 


211 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


ii  ( ivi ) 
isti*  ( ivisti ) 
iit  (ivit) 
iimus  ( ivimus ) 
istis*  ( ivistis ) 
ienint  ( iverunt ) 


I  went,  have  gone 

you  went,  have  gone 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  went,  has  gone 

we  went,  have  gone 

you  (all)  went,  have  gone 

they  (or  a  noun)  went,  have  gone 


*Note  that  the  -i  is  not  doubled  in  the  second  person 
singular  and  plural,  i.e.,  isti  and  istis,  but  ii, 
iit,  iimus. 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


ieram  (iveram) 
ieras  ( iveras ) 
ierat  ( iverat ) 
ieramus  ( iveramus ) 
ieratis  ( iveratis ) 
ierant  ( iverant ) 


I  had  gone 

you  had  gone 

he/she/it  (or  a  noun)  had  gone 

we  had  gone 

you  (all)  had  gone 

they  (or  a  noun)  had  gone 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  ire 


iero  ( ivero ) 
ieris  ( iveris ) 
ierit  (iverit) 
ierimus  ( iverimus ) 
ieritis  ( iveritis ) 
ierint  ( iverint ) 


I  shall  have  gone 

you  will  have  gone 

he/she/it   (or  a  noun)  will  have  gone 

we  shall  have  gone 

you  (all)  will  have  gone 

they  (or  a  noun)  will  have  gone 


Note  that  ire  has,  in  general,  no  passive  voice.  In  classi- 
cal Latin,  it  had  three  passive  forms:  itur  (present,  third 
person  singular);  ibatur  (imperfect,  third  person  singular),  and 
itum  est  (perfect,  third  person  singular).  These  three  were  used 
in  certain  impersonal  constructions  in  classical  Latin.  In 
medieval  Latin,  it  is  possible  to  find  passive  forms  of  this 
verb,  particularly  in  compounds  such  as  obire  (to  die). 

Note  also  that  the  four  principal  parts  of  ire  are  sometimes 
listed  in  dictionaries  and  grammars  as  follows:  eo,  ire,  ii, 
itum.  The  last  part,  itum,  should  be  regarded  as  the  supine,  not 
the  perfect  passive  participle,  in  such  instances. 

The  Siibjunctive  of  ire 

Present 


earn 

eas 

eat 

eamus 

eatis 

eant 


Imperfect 

Perfect 

Pluperfect 

irem 

ierim 

issem 

ires 

ieris 

isses 

iret 

ierit 

isset 

iremus 

ierimus 

issemus 

iretis 

ieritis 

issetis 

irent 

ierint 

issent 

212 


Participles  of  ire 

Active 

Present   iens  ( euntis , 

eunti ,  etc . ) 
Future     iturus 

Passive* 

Perfect    itus,  ita,  itiun 
Future     eundus,  eunda,  eundvun 


Meaning 

going 

about  to  go,  going  to  go 


gone,  having  been  gone 

to  be  gone,  deserving  or  fit 

to  be  gone 


*In  classical  Latin  ire  had  only  the  present  and  future 
active  participles.   In  medieval  Latin,  the  two  passive 
participles  listed  above  may  occasionally  be  seen. 

Ire  also  has  a  gerund,  conjugated  as  follows: 


Case 


Gerund 


Meaning 


Nom. 



Gen. 

eundi 

Dat. 

eundo 

Ace. 

eundum 

Abl. 

eundo 

Infinitives  of  ire 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


Active 

ire 

isse 

iturus  esse 


of/from  going 
to/for  going 
going  (d.o.,  etc.) 
by/with/f rom,  etc.  going 


Meaning 

to  go 

to  have  gone 

to  be  about  to  go,  to  be  going  to  do 


One  of  the  most  important  compounds  of  ire  for  the  student 
of  parish  registers  is  obeo,  obire,  obii,  obitxim  (ob  +  ire:  go 
away,  die) . 

Die  IV  mensis  Februari  1798  obiit  Anna  Catherina  Ploetzl 
filia  legitima  Johannis  Ploetzl  et  uxor  Georgii  Scheider, 
aetatis  suae  circiter  75  annorum.  R.I.P! 

(On  the  fourth  day  of  the  month  of  February  1798  died  Anna 
Catherina  Ploetzl,  legitimate  daughter  of  Johann  Ploetzl  and 
wife  of  Georg  Scheider,  of  the  approximate  age  of  75  years. 
Rest  in  Peace! ) 

Dative  with  Certain  Verbs 

Some  Latin  verbs  have  an  object  in  the  dative  case,  just  as 
others,  as  discussed  previously,  have  one  in  the  ablative.  A  few 
of  the  more  common  of  these  verbs  include: 


213 


credo,  credere,  credidi,  creditixm 

ignosco ,  ignoscere ,  ignovi ,  ignotum 

impero,  imperare,  imperavi,  imperatum 

noceo,  nocere,  nocui,  nocitum 

pareo ,  parere ,  parui 

persuade© ,  persuadere,  persuasi, 

persuasum 


believe,  trust,  trust  to 
grant  pardon  to,  forgive 
give  orders  to ,  command 
to  harm  to ,  harm 
be  obedient  to ,  obey 
make  sweet  to ,  persuade 


Thus,  for  example,  "I  believe  him  or  her"  would  be  written 
credo  ei  rather  than  credo  eum/ectm. 

Impersonal  Verbs 

Impersonal  verbs  are  generally  used  in  the  third  person 
singular,  sometimes  with  more  than  one  tense,  in  the  active 
voice,  with  "it"  as  the  subject.  In  classical  Latin,  some  imper- 
sonal verbs  were  used  with  the  accusative  and  infinitive,  e.g., 
oportet:  it  is  necessary,  some  with  the  accusative  of  person  and 
the  genitive  of  cause  (or  an  infinitive),  e.g.,  me  paenitet:  I 
regret,  and  some  with  a  dative  and  an  infinitive,  e.g.,  licet 
mihi  librum  legere:  It  is  permitted  to  me  to  read  the  book.  (I 
may  read  the  book. ) 

Common  impersonal  verbs ,  a  number  of  which  may  be  found  in 
parish  registers  include: 


decet  (+  ace.  and  infinitive) 

difficile  est 

facile  est 

interest 

iuvat  (juvat) 

libet  (+dat.  and  infinitive) 

licet  (+dat.  and  infinitive) 

necesse  est 

me  ( te ,  etc . )  miseret 

(with  ace.  of  person  or  cause) 

me  ( te ,  etc . )  paenitet 

(with  ace.  of  person  or  cause) 

me  ( te ,  etc . )  piget 

(with  ace.  of  person  or  cause) 

me  ( te ,  etc . )  taedet 

(with  ace.  of  person  or  cause) 

oportet 

patet 

refert 

videtur 


it  becomes,  befits 

it  is  hard,  difficult 

it  is  easy 

it  concerns ,  it  matters 

it  pleases 

it  is  pleasing  (to) 

it  is  permitted,  one  may 

it  is  necessary 

I  (you,  etc.)  pity 

I  (you,  etc.)  regret 

I  (you,  etc.)  am  displeased 

I  (you,  etc.)  am  ashamed 

it  is  necessary 

it  is  plain,  open 

it  concerns ,  it  matters 

it  seems 


A  number  of  these  impersonal  verbs  are,  as  may  be  apparent, 
the  third  person  singular  of  regular  verbs,  e.g.,  interest,  from 
intersum,  interesse,  interfui  (intervene,  be  between).  Note, 
however,  that  refert  is  not  derived  from  the  verb  ref ero , 
referre,  retuli,  relatum,  but,  rather,  from  a  combination  of  res 
and  ferre. 


214 


Some  Uses  of  the  Genitive,  Dative,  and  Accusative 

Genitive 

a)  To  Indicate  Possession 

Anna  Maria  filia  Johannis  Tourville  et  Isabellae  Benoit 
baptizata  est. 

(Anne  Marie,  daughter  of  Jean  Tourville  and  Isabelle 
Benoit  was  baptized. ) 

b)  Predicative  Genitive 

Testes  fuerunt  homines  bonae  voluntatis. 

(The  witnesses  were  men  of  good  will.) 

c)  Genitive  of  Description 

Erat  femina  annorum  circiter  quinquaginta . 

(She  was  a  woman  of  approximately  50  years.   [or.  She  was 
a  woman  about  fifty  years  old.]) 

d)  Partitive  Genitive  (use  to  indicate  part  of  a  whole) 

Milia  populi  in  urbe  habitabat. 

(Thousands  of  people  used  to  live  in  the  city. ) 

e)  Objective  Genitive  (The  genitive  relates  to  a  noun  or 
pronoun  as  an  object  does  to  a  verb. ) 

amor  pecuniae 

(the  love  of  money;  if  these  were  verb  and  object,  the 
phrase  might  read  Pecuniam  amavit.   [He/she  loved  money.]) 

f)  With  causa 

causa  consanguinitatis  in  tertio  gradu  . . . 

(because  of  consanguinity  in  the  third  degree  ...  ;  the 
idiom  ex  causa  plus  the  ablative  is  also  very  common 
in  medieval  Latin. ) 

g)  With  Certain  Adjectives 

plena  sapientae 

(full  of  wisdom) 

h)  With  Certain  Verbs 

Pudeo  tui. 

(I  am  ashamed  of  you.) 


215 


Dative 

a)  As  the  Indirect  Object  of  Transitive  Verbs 

Librum  amico  meo  dedi . 

(I  gave  the  book  to  my  friend.) 

b)  Dative  of  Agent  with  the  Passive  Periphrastic 

Hoc  faciendum  mihi. 

(This  [thing]  ought  to  be  done  by  me.) 

c)  With  Certain  Adjectives 

Haec  matricula  est  similis  illi. 

(This  register  is  similar  to  that  [one] . ) 

d)  The  Dative  of  Reference  and  the  Dative  of  Purpose 

cui  bono? 

(to  whom  for  a  good?   what  good  is  it?   The  dative  of 
reference  [cui:  to  whom]  is  combined  here  with  the 
dative  of  purpose  [bono:  for  a  good] .   This  construction 
is  known  as  the  double  dative  in  classical  Latin.) 

e)  With  Certain  Verbs 

Credo  tibi 

(I  believe  you. ) 

f)  Dative  of  Possessor  (with  esse) 

Gemelli  sunt  Catherinae  Rickert. 

(Catherina  Rickert  has  twins.   [The  dative  is  used  here  to 
indicate  ownership — who/what  belongs  to  whom.]   The 
subject  of  this  sentence,  Catherina  Rickert,  is  the 
possessor.   Hence:  The  twins  are  to  Catherina  Rickert, 
i.e.,  Catherina  Rickert  has  twins.) 

g)  Dative  of  Reference;  Advantage  or  Disadvantage 

Hie  liber  parochianis  scriptus  est. 

(This  register  was  written  for  [the  advantage  of]  the 
parishioners. ) 

Accusative 

a)  Direct  Object  of  Transitive  Verbs 

Parochus  puenim  baptizavit. 

(The  priest  baptized  the  child  [boy] . ) 


216 


b)  Indirect  Statement:  Subject  Accusative  and  Infinitive 

Parochus  dixit  puerum  baptizavisse. 

(The  priest  said  that  he  baptized  the  child.)   or: 

Parochus  dixit  quod  puerum  baptizaverit. 
(quod  +  the  subjunctive) 

c)  Duration  and  Extent  of  Time 

In  vico  tres  annos  vixit. 

(He/she  lived  in  the  village  for  three  years.)   or: 

In  vico  per  tres  annos  vixit. 

(The  use  of  a  preposition  is  more  common  in  medieval  and 
parish  register  Latin. ) 

d)  With  Prepositions:  ad,  ante,  apud,  per,  trans,  etc. 

apud  pastorem 

(at  the  house  of  the  pastor) 


217 


EXERCISES:  CHAPTER  XIV 


Grammar 


Decline  the  gerunds  of  copulare  (first  conjugation),  docere 
(second  conjugation),  vivere  (third  conjugation),  audire  (fourth 
conjugation),  and  capere  (third  conjugation). 

Vocabulary 

Learn  all  of  the  irregular  verbs,  dative  verbs,  and  imper- 
sonal verbs  discussed  in  this  chapter,  plus  the  following: 


From  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum 

affero,   afferre,   attuli  , 

allatum:  carry,  bring  to 
confero,  conferre,  contuli, 

collatum:  confer,  bestow 

upon ,  compare 
defero,   deferre,   detuli, 

delatum:  bear,  carry 
effero,    effere,    extuli, 

elatum:  bring  out,  lift  up, 

bear 
infero,   inferre,   intuli, 

illatum:  bring  into,  intro- 
duce, inflict 
offero,   offerre,   obtuli, 

oblatum:  bring,  offer 
perfero,  perferre,  pertuli, 

perlatum:  bring  forward, 

bring  forth 
praefero,  praeferre,  praetuli, 

praelatum:  prefer,  bear 

before  (prefero) 
transfero,      transferre, 

transtuli,   translatum: 

carry  over,  carry  across, 

transfer 

From  eo,  ire,  ii,  itum 

abeo ,  abire,  abii  or  abivi , 

abitum:  go  away,  pass  away, 

die 
ineo ,  inire,  inii  or  inivi, 

initum:  enter,  go  into 
intereo,  interire,  interivi  or 

interii,  interitum:  perish, 

die 


introeo,    introire,    introivi   or 

introii,    introitum:    enter, 

go   inside 
obeo,     obire,     obii    or    obivi , 

obitum:    die,    go   away 
pereo,      perire,      perivi     or 

perii,    peritum:    die,    perish 
queo ,     quire,     quivi    or    quii, 

quitum:    be   able    (to) 
redeo,    redire,    redii    or    revi- 

di  ,       reditum:       go      back, 

return 
transeo,     transire,     transii, 

transitum:     go    over,     pass 

over 

from  vole,    velle,    volui 

male,     malle,     malui     (magis    + 

volo):       prefer,       choose 

rather 
nolo,      nolle,      nolui      ( ne     + 

volo):     be    unwilling,     not 

wish    (to) 

Other  Vocabulary 

dies    omnium    animarum:     All 

Souls    Day     (a    fixed    feast 

day  celebrated   2   November) 
fio,     fieri,     f actus    sum:     be 

done,    be  made,    become 
fore    =    futurus    esse:     to    be 

about  to   be,    to   be   going  to 

be      (the      future      active 

infinitive   of   esse) 
neque,     (nee):    and  not 
neque    ( nee )     .     .     .    neque    ( nee ) : 

neither    .     .     .    nor 


218 


C.  Translation:  Latin  to  English 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  Latin  to  English: 

Anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  septuagesimo  octavo  die 
vero  vigesima  septima  Aprilis  factis  tribus  publicationibus 
de  future  matrimonio  inter  missarum  solemnia,  nulloque 
detecto  impedimento  neque  canonico  neque  civili  excepto 
tertio  et  quarto  consanguinitatis  gradu,  autem  ab  episcopo 
dispensatio  data  est  et  cum  consensu  mutuo  quorum  interest, 
a  me  infrascripto  parocho  matrimonial iter  conjuncti  sunt, 
honestus  juvenis  Stephanus  Taunis  et  pudica  virgo  Petronella 
Kramer . 

(publicationibus  =  bannis  or  denunciationibus ; 
data  est:  was  given;  matrimonial iter:  in  marriage 
[here];  for  a  discussion  of  the  impediments  to  marriage, 
and  the  degree  of  consanguinity  [blood  relationship] 
involved,  see  the  word  list  at  the  end  of  this  book.) 

Ego,  Matthias  Hinckel,  episcopus  in  diocese  de  Hochwiller, 
dono  tibi,  Michaeli  Furton,  agricolae  in  parocho  Sancti 
Viti,  quatuor  acras  aratri  per  tres  annos  habendum  et 
tenendum. 

(Sancti  Viti:  of  St.  Vite;  aratrum,  aratri,  n. :  plow  land, 
plow) 

Vinea  in  loco  vocato  silva  bella  Frederico  Torinaldi 

venendo  data  est. 

(vinea,  vineae,  f.:  vineyard;  bellus,  bella,  bellum: 

pretty;  silva,  silvae,  f.:  wood,  forest;  venendo:  gerund 

or  gerundive?  Why? ) 

Anno  millesimo  sescentesimo  octogesimo  quarto  et  die  ultimo 
mensis  Xbris,  hora  sexta  matutina  in  cimeterio  nostro  huius 
loci  sepultum  est  corpus  Valentini  Martin,  vitariarii  in 
pago  nostro  et  mariti  defunctae  Elisabethae  Margarethae 
natae  Grapeaux,  anno  aetatis  suae  quinquagenti  octo  et 
circiter  decem  menses,  qui  heri  hora  tertia  matutina  pie 
in  domino  obi it  rite  antea  sacramenta  paenitentiae , 
eucharistae,  et  unctionis  extremae  in  domo  administrati  a 
me  Theodore  Reich  parocho  huius  parochiae.   Praesentibus 
testibus:  Ludovico  Bichantz,  tonsore,  Jacobo  Hunger, 
serrario,  ambo  huius  loci,  qui  una  mecum  siibscr ipserunt . 
(vitariarius,  vitariarii,  m. :  glass  maker;  rite:  properly, 
according  to  religious  custom;  antea:  formerly,  before 
paenitentia ,  paenitentia ,  f . :  penance ;  euchar ista , 
eucharistae,  f.:  euchar ist  [communion,  sacrament];  unctio 
extrema:  the  last  annointing,  extreme  unction;  [N.B.  The 
administration  of  the  last  rites  properly  involved 
three  activities:  the  sacraments  of  penance,  euchar ist, 
and  extreme  unction.]  tonsor,  tonsoris,  m. :  barber; 
serrarius,  serrarii,  m. :  locksmith) 


219 


Heri  Thomas  Little  in  curiam  ecclesiasticam  nostram  intravit 

finem  ad  solvendum. 

(curia  ecclesiastica:  the  ecclesiastical  or  church  court; 

intro,  intrare,  intravi,  intratum:  enter  (into); 

finis,  finis,  m.  or  f.:  fine;  also,  end,  boundary,  limit) 

D.  Translation:  English  to  Latin 

Translate  the  following  sentences  from  English  to  Latin. 

Maria  Martha  Brosis  entered  (use  ineo,  inire,  inii, 
initum)  the  church  (ace.)  for  the  purpose  of  marrying,  but 
(sed)  she  was  unable  (non  quivit)  to  marry  because  (use 
propter  +  ace.)  she  refused  (noluit)  to  make  (use  facere) 
the  proper  (use  rite)  penance. 

On  the  10th  day  of  August,  in  the  year  1645  (use  ordinal 

numbers  and  the  ablative  of  time),  after  the  publication  of 

three  marriage  banns,  and  with  an  impediment  in  the  third 

degree,  for  which  (per  quod),  however  (autem), 

a  dispensation  was  given,  with  the  mutual  consent 

of  those  of  whom  it  is  a  concern,  Conradus  Breit,  widower 

and  carpenter  of  the  village  of  Breckenbach,  and  Justina 

Leopoldina  Lauer,  legitimate  daughter  of  Hilarius  Lauer  and 

the  deceased  Magdalena  Rosaldina  Pfort,  both  of  the  parish 

of  St.  Leopold,  were  married. 

Today  at  the  hour  of  10  a.m. ,  the  body  of  Emerentiana 
Staller  was  carried  to  the  cemetery  for  the  purpose  of 
burying.   She  died  yesterday  at  the  hour  of  6  a.m.   She 
was  about  3  0  years  of  age,  and  was  a  servant  (ancilla, 
ancillae,  f.)  in  the  house  of  our  deacon  (decanvis, 
decani,  m. )  for  (per  +  ace.)  12  years.   She  received 
(use  recipere)  the  sacraments  of  penance,  the  eucharist, 
and  extreme  unction,  after  which  (postquam)  she  died 
piously  in  the  Lord.   May  she  rest  in  peace! 

It  is  necessary  that  (use  quod  +  subjunctive)  Josephus 
Blackwell  should  come  to  the  ecclesiastical  court  to  pay 
a  fine.   (Can  the  gerund  be  used  here?   If  so,  how?) 

After  (use  cum  +  subjunctive)  Hermannus  Wild  confessed 
(confessus  sit)  and  did  (use  facere)  penance,  the 
priest  granted  pardon  to  (i.e.,  forgave)  him. 


220 


E.    Translation:    Parish   Registers 

Document   #1 

Translate  the  following  commentary  on  All  Souls  Day  from  a 
parish  in  the  Netherlands,  with  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  in 
Section   B   above   and  that   included  hereafter. 


,  4^^^V  ^/^:5(W^  z^ 


\  j^^' 


7 


;?*  O' 


/A( 


.rfj^n 


~  (^\ufft  (U/^^  nifcfh^^ .^  ^^"^^^'i} 


^/l£Jt 


221 


Vocabulary 


summum  sacriim:  literally,  the 
highest  sacred  thing,  i.e., 
the  most  solemn  feast  day 

defunctis 

celebrat:  from  celebro, 
celebrare,  celebravi , 

celebratum:    celebrate 

celebrat^  Decanus :  summum 
sacrum  is  the  object  of  the 
verb  celebrat 

in  summo  altari:  at  the  high- 
est altar 

eodem  tempore:  at  the  same 
time 

celebrat  Pastor 

pastor,  pastoris,  m. :  pastor, 
shepherd 

in  altari  parochiali:  at  the 
parish  altar 


J 


=  et 


canonici:  the  canons  (clerics 
appointed  by  a  bishop  to 
assist  in  divine  services) 

cum  caeteris:  with  the  rest 

veniunt 

offertorium,  offertorii,  n.  : 
an  offering  of  money  placed 
upon  the  church  altar;  an 
offering 

ad  offertorium:  to  the  offer- 
ing 

uterque ,  utraque ,  utrumque 
(gen.:  utriusque,  dat.: 
utrique) :    each  of  two,    both 

utroqz  =  utroque   (see  above) 

in  utroque  altari:  on  (in) 
each  altar 

unde,    acv. :    from  where,   whence 

patet:    it   is  evident 

olim,  adv.:  at  once,  once, 
earlier,    previously 


cum  magis  forent  Catholici: 
since  there  are  more  Catho- 
lics 

venisse:  to  have  come  (i.e., 
came) 

ille  mos  revoccindus  est:  that 
custom  ought  to  be  revoked 
(i.e. ,  the  custom  of  having 
all  Catholics  come  to  the 
offering    [at  once] ) 

in  quem  finem  notandi  sunt 
omnes  defuncti:  to  which 
end  all  the  dead  should  be 
noted  (i.e.,  all  of  the 
dead  should  be  noted  or 
given  an  offering,  but  the 
custom  should  be  revoked  of 
allowing  all  of  the  Catho- 
lics [i.e.,  the  par- 
ishioners] to  come  to  make 
an  offering  for  the  dead  at 
the  same  time) 

faciendaque:  modifies  commemo- 
ratio 

ipsorum:  refers  to  omnes 
defuncti 

faciendaque  commemoratio 
ipsorum:  and  the  commemora- 
tion of  (the  dead) 
themselves  ought  to  be  made 
(i.e.,    be  carried  out) 

cathedra,  cathedrae,  f.: 
bishop's  throne,    chair 

in  cathedra:  at  or  from  the 
bishop's  throne  (i.e,  the 
celebration  of  All  Souls 
Day  should  not  be  done  at 
the  altars,  which  are  too 
crowded  with  worshipers, 
but,  rather,  should  be 
carried  out  from  the 
bishop's  throne  to  avoid 
overcrowding. ) 


222 


Document  #  2 

Translate  the  following  excerpt  from  a  German  parish  regis- 
ter. Use  the  additional  vocabulary  below  if  needed.  Since  this 
is  from  a  German  parish,  there  are  some  Gothic  letters  in  the 
entry.  Study  the  vocabulary  carefully,  and  compare  the  printed 
words  with  the  handwritten  ones  in  order  to  translate  more  effec- 
tively. 


223 


Vocabulary 


notandum:  note  that  a  mark  or 
macron  has  been  placed  over 
the  -u  in  this  word,  as 
also  in  other  words  in  this 
entry.  This  was  done  in 
German  script  in  order  to 
distinguish  the  -u  from  the 
-V.  In  certain  types  of 
Gothic  script,  the  two  were 
virtually  indistinguisha- 
jble. 

nouilm  =  novum 

in  ecclesia  Holthausensi :  in 
the  church  of  Holthausen 

B.M.  =  Beatae  Mariae 

semp  =  semper 

Beatae  Mariae  semper  Virginis: 

of  the  Blessed  Mary  always 
a  Virgin  (i.e.,  of  the 
Blessed  Virgin  Mary) 

Honorem 

3  Augusti 

in  Festo  Inventionis  S.  Steph- 
ani  Protomartyris  et 
sociorum:  in  the  Feast  of 
the  Discovery  (of  the  Bones 
of)  St.  Stephen,  the  first 
martyr,  and  his  comrades;  a 
fixed  feast  day  celebrated 
on  3  August. 

erectum  sit:  the  antecedent  is 
novum  altare;  subjunctive 
because  of  notandum  quod 

praesentib9  =  praesentibus 

admodum:  highest  (in  this 
case,  right,  as  in  right 
^_  reverend ) 

Rdo  =  reverendo 


dno  =  domino 

Joe  =  Joanne 

Thier:  his  surname 

Treinsaquensis:  of  Transaquen- 
sis  (a  place  name;  the 
German  equivalent  is  Ueber- 
wasser  [across  the  water] ) 

ecclia  =  ecclesiae:  goes  with 
Trans  aquens  i  s 

decano:  in  English  word  order, 
this  would  probably  be  as 
follows:  Joanne  Thier, 
decano  ecclesiae  Transa- 
quensis;  translate  accord- 
ingly 


rdo  dno  (see  above) 
Everwino:  a  given  name 
Wermelings:  his  surname 
=  pro:  here,  in  behalf  of 


<f 


honesto 

dno  (see  above) 

Joe  (see  above) 

~^.  ,  . 

Heyma  =  Heymann:  his  surname 

Amptmanno:  a  Latinized  German 
word  meaning,  approximate- 
ly, civic  official  or  town 
councillor 
Trans aquens i :  at  Transaquensis 
de  quo:   concerning  which 
(i.e.,  the  building  of  a 
new  altar) 
laus,  laudis,  f.:  praise 
omnipotenti  Deo:  dative  case 


224 


Document  #3 

Translate  the  following  death  entry  from  a  parish  in  north- 
ern France  with  the  aid  of  the  vocabulary  below.  Note  that  the 
medial  -s  sometimes  resembles  as  English  -f  in  the  entry. 


Vocabulary 

dolor,  doloris,  m. :  pain 

in  utero  matemo 

ab  obstetrice 

jxirata:    legal,    lawful 

Bllsch:  a  surname 

uxore 

Theobald! :    a  given  name    ( gen . ) 

Wolff:    a  surname 

doliarius,      doliarii,      m.: 

binder,     cooper     (barrel 

maker ) 
Bumhaupt  inferiori:    Burnhaut- 

le-bas    (a   place  name) 
ob  inuninens  mortis  periculum 
in   apparente   pede:    in   obvious 

need    (here) 
Kirscher:    a   surname 
et  pro  tempore 


deputali  municipali:  a  munici- 
pal deputy  (probably  a  town 
councillor;    abl.) 

cui  impositum  est  ab  obste- 
trice 

postea,    adv. :    afterwards 

suscepto  baptism© :  the  baptism 
having  been  undertaken 
(i.e.,  after  the  baptism 
was  finished,  an  ablative 
absolute) 

mortuus  natus  est:  translate 
as   a  whole  thought 

praesente  patre  supra  nomina- 
to :  another  ablative 
absolute 

et  obstetrice:  goes  with  the 
above 

Hinck:    a   surname 

supra  dicti:    above  said 

subscripserunt 


225 


APPENDIX  A 


Handwriting  and  Abbreviations 
Classical  and  Medieval  Latin 


Handwriting 

The  handwriting  of  many  Latin  parish  registers  is  based  upon 
some  form  of  Renaissance  Italic.  This  script  was  developed  by 
humanists  in  Renaissance  Italy,  whose  interest  in  recovering 
ancient  texts  led  them  to  earlier  copies  of  classical  Latin 
works.  These  copies  were  made  primarily  but  not  exclusively  in 
the  eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries  and  were  written  in  Caroline 
script,  the  script  of  Charlemagne's  empire.  Because  of  its 
clarity,  pleasing  appearance,  and  relative  ease  of  writing,  a 
number  of  humanists  adopted  and  modified  Caroline  for  their  own 
copies  of  classical  works  or  their  own  writings. 

Humanistic  script  actually  evolved  through  several  stages 
from  a  quasi-Gothic  influenced  by  Caroline  to  a  new  script  which 
was  ultimately  given  the  name  Italic.  When  Italic  was  used  to 
copy  manuscripts  for  wealthy  patrons,  it  was  written  with  pains- 
taking clarity.  Italic  hands  utilized  for  less  lofty  purposes, 
such  as  writing  personal  letters,  could,  as  might  be  expected,  be 
very  difficult  to  read. 

Italic  script  resembles  modern  English  script  closely  enough 
that  the  reader  of  parish  registers  should  have  little  difficulty 
distinguishing  letters.  Most  of  these  registers  were,  however, 
written  in  a  cursive  hand  (from  curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cursum: 
run),  i.e.,  an  informal  handwriting  rather  than  one  used  to  copy 
important  documents . 

In  addition,  the  handwriting  of  priests,  ministers,  and 
scribes  who  wrote  the  parish  register  entries  varied  considerably 
from  area  to  area,  time  period  to  time  period,  and  priest  to 
priest.  Thus,  for  example,  priests  in  the  Germanic  areas  of 
Europe  might  use  some  Gothic  letters  in  their  entries,  as  several 
of  the  parish  register  excepts  in  previous  chapters  have  shown. 

When  reading  parish  registers,  therefore,  it  is  useful  to 
begin  by  searching  for  letters  or  words  which  might  be  familiar 
and  then  attempting  to  decipher  unfamiliar  letters  or  words.  If 
published  register  entries  are  available  for  a  particular  area, 
it  is  helpful  to  compare  these  printed  sources  with  the  actual 
sources  from  which  they  were  taken.  If  one  has  access  to  such 
sources,  it  is  also  worthwhile  to  read  entries  from  as  many 
different  areas  of  Europe  as  possible  in  order  to  become  familiar 
with  the  various  styles  of  writing. 


226 


The  Gothic  script  gradually  replaced  Caroline  in  many  areas 
of  Europe,  ca.  1200-1500  A.D.  Gothic  letters  became  more  point- 
ed, stiff,  and  crowded  together  than  those  written  in  Caroline. 
A  number  of  abbreviations  were  also  employed  in  order  to  save 
space  and  obtain  maximum  use  of  the  writing  surface. 

Many  documents  such  as  wills,  notarial  records,  tax  lists, 
court  records,  etc.,  written  between  approximately  the  thirteenth 
and  sixteenth  centuries,  were  written  in  some  form  of  Latin 
Gothic  (cursive,  textura  quadrata,  etc.).  Many  documents  written 
during  the  later  middle  ages  contain  information  useful  to  family 
historians,  local  historians,  and  genealogists.  Because  of  the 
types  of  letters  and  the  many  abbreviations,  however,  the  scripts 
of  such  documents  may  be  difficult  to  read  without  special  train- 
ing in  paleography  (the  study  of  ancient  writing)  and  abbrevia- 
tion systems.  In  preparation  for  such  study,  it  is  helpful  to 
consult  reference  works  on  paleography  and  abbreviations,  such  as 
those  listed  in  the  selected  bibliography  at  the  back  of  this 
book. 

As  vernacular  languages  came  to  be  increasingly  used  for 
legal  and  official  documents,  rather  than  Latin,  Italy,  France, 
and  other  areas  formerly  belonging  to  the  Roman  Empire,  eventual- 
ly abandoned  Gothic  in  favor  of  some  form  of  Italic.  Many  re- 
gions of  central  Europe,  by  contrast,  did  not.  Hence,  Latin 
Gothic  script  became  the  parent  of  the  German  Gothic  script.  As 
an  aid  to  those  who  might  work  with  registers  from  Roman  Catholic 
or  Lutheran  parishes  of  central  Europe,  a  few  Gothic  letters 
often  found  in  Latin  entries  are  given  below,  together  with 
English  equivalents. 


Lower  Case  Letters 
Gothic 

A 
i 

i 

e 


English 

c 

d 

e 

h 

r 

s  (medial) 

s  (medial — resembling  an  English  "h" ) 

s  (terminal) 

s  (terminal) 

double  s 


227 


Gothic  English 

double  s 


fl 

! 


no 
9 


double  s 


u  (Note  the  macron  [an  D-Bogen  in 
German]  above  the  letter.   This 
was  placed  above  the  -u  to  help 
distinguish  it  from  letters  written 
with  two  vertical  strokes  [minims] 
such  an,  v,  or  double  i.) 


w 

y  (In  the  Latin  Gothic  cursive 
scripts,  the  double  i  [ii]  was 
often  written  as  ij       ,  from  which 
the  German  Gothic  y  developed. ) 


It  should  also  be  noted  that  Latin  parish  registers  were 
sometimes  written  in  a  script  used  to  write  the  vernacular  lan- 
guage of  a  particular  country,  e.g.,  Dutch,  French,  English.  In 
such  cases,  guides  to  vernacular  handwriting,  some  of  which  are 
listed  in  the  selected  bibliography  at  the  back  of  this  book, 
should  be  consulted. 

The  following  suggestions  may  also  prove  helpful  in  studying 
parish  registers  and  other  documents: 

1 )  Work  as  far  as  possible  from  the  known  to  the  tinknown 
( ignotum  per  notum) 

Begin,  for  example  with  the  handwriting  in  nineteenth  cen- 
tury parish  registers,  which  is  relatively  close  in  form  to 
twentieth  century  English.  Then  work  back  gradually  to  documents 
from  the  eighteenth,  seventeenth,  and  sixteenth  centuries. 

2)  Read  a  number  of  baptismal,  marriage,  and  death/burial 
entries  in  order  to  become  familiar  with  the  structure 
and  organization  of  each  type. 

In  general,  these  entries  will  have  at  least  the  following 
information: 


228 


Baptism 

1.  Date  of  baptism 

2.  Name  of   child 

3.  Date  of  birth  of  child 

4.  Parents  of  child  (sometimes  with  occupation  and 

residence) 

5 .  Godparents  and/or  witnesses 

Marriage 

1.  Date  of  marriage 
2 •  Dates  of  banns 

3.  Impediments  if  any  (such  as  a  close  blood 

relationship) 

4.  Name  of  groom  (sometimes  residence  and  occupation) 

5.  Name  of  parents  of  groom  (sometimes  residence  and 

occupation) 

6 .  Name  of  bride 

7.  Name  of  parents  of  bride  (sometimes  residence  and 


8.  Names  of  witnesses 
C.    Death/Burial 


occupation) 


1.  Date  of  death 

2 .  Name  of  deceased 

3 .  Occupation  and  residence  of  deceased 

4.  Status  (single,  married,  widowed,  child,  etc.) 

5.  If  child,  names  of  parents  (sometimes  residence 

and  occupation) 

6.  Date  of  burial 

7.  Place  of  burial 

8 .  Names  of  witnesses 

In  addition,  the  following  suggestions  may  be  of  value  in 
the  perusal  of  Latin  documents: 

1)  Read  printed  editions,  if  available,  of  medieval  and 
early  modern  documents  before  attempting  to  read  the 
originals,  particularly  when  dealing  with  highly 
abbreviated  Latin. 

2)  Become  familiar  with  different  styles  of  handwriting 
such  as  Caroline,  Gothic  cursive,  Neo-Latin  Humanistic, 
various  English  court  hands,  etc.,  by  reading  as  many 
different  kinds  of  documents  as  possible.   This  can  be 
done,  in  part  at  least,  by  consulting  such  reference 
works  as  M.  B.  Parkes.   English  Cursive  Hands,  1250- 
1500.   Oxford:  At  the  Clarendon  Press,  1969,  and 
others  listed  in  the  selected  bibliography. 


229 


Abbreviations 

Italic  script  did  not  utilize  many  abbreviations  from  Gothic 
texts.  Abbreviations  might,  however,  be  found  in  parish  regis- 
ter entries.  They  will  most  certainly  occur  in  documents  from 
the  later  middle  ages.  Consequently,  some  of  the  more  common 
types  of  Latin  abbreviations  will  be  discussed  below. 

There  were,  fundamentally,  three  types  of  Latin  abbrevia- 
tions: suspensions,  contractions,  and  stenographic  characters 
with  more  or  less  consistent  meanings  (often  used  with  words 
abbreviated  by  suspension).  The  term  suspension  comes  from  the 
Latin  verb  suspendere  (to  hang  up).  To  abbreviate  by  suspension, 
a  portion  of  the  word  was  omitted  (truncation)  and  some  type  of 
abbreviation  mark,  or  sign  was  placed  next  to  the  missing  portion 
or  "hung  up"  above  it,  to  indicate  an  abbreviation.  Abbreviation 
by  single  letter  and  a  period  was  also  used,  e.g.,  eni-^  =  enim 
(for);  B.M.V.  (Beatae  [Beate]  Mariae  [Marie],  Virginis). 

Contractions  (from  contrahere:  to  draw  together)  were  made 
by  omitting  some  of  the  letters  in  a  word  —  vowels  or 
consonants--but  leaving  the  case  or  verb  ending  intact.  Early 
Christians  abbreviated  the  names  of  God,  Jesus  Christ,  the  Holy 
Spirit,  etc.  by  this  process,  e.g., 

DS :  Deus 

XPC  or  XRS:  Christos  (Greek)  or  Christus  (Latin) 

IHC  or  IHS  lesous  (Greek)  or  lesus  (Latin)* 

SCS :  Sanctus 

SPS  Spiritus 

EPS  episcopus 

*The  H  is  the  Greek  letter  eta,  a  long  e,  which  was 
often  carried  into  Latin,  while  the  P  is  the  Greek 
letter  rho,  an  r,  not  a  p. 

When  a  word  is  abbreviated  so  that  only  the  first  and  last 
letters  remain,  this  is  known  as  a  "pure"  contraction.  By  con- 
trast, an  "impure"  contraction  has  some  of  the  vowels  or  conso- 
nants left  between  the  first  and  last  letters,  e.g.,  Joae  = 
Joanne,  sd  =  sed.  A  line  was  usually  placed  above  the  word  to 
indicate  missing  letters.  Sometimes  a  small  letter,  often  a 
vowel,  was  written  above  the  word,  e.g.,  rfc  =  nee. 

There  are  two  important  differences  between  contraction  and 
suspension:  1)  Contracted  words  generally  retain  the  case  or  verb 
ending  intact,  e.g.,  aia:  anima.  Words  abbreviated  by  suspen- 
sion, by  contrast,  usually  do  not.  2)  The  contraction  is  fre- 
quently indicated  by  a  line  drawn  above  the  contracted  letters. 
Suspensions,  however,  are  shown  by  a  variety  of  signs  and  sym- 
bols, as  well  as  lines. 

Stenographic  characters  with  a  generally  consistent  meaning 
were  used  by  the  Romans  to  abbreviate  words.   Some  of  these  were 

230 


allegedly  developed  by  Tiro,  a  freedman  scribe  of  the  Roman 
orator  Cicero  (the  Tironian  notes),  while  others  were  derived 
from  Roman  jurisprudence.  Examples  of  abbreviation  by  suspen- 
sion, contraction,  or  stenographic  character  are  provided  hereaf- 
ter. 

Abbreviation  by  Suspension 

A.  Abbreviations  by  Truncation  (missing  letters  not  specified) 

1.  With  a  line  above  the  word 

adm  administrator 

respond  respondens 

pac  pacem 

qq  quoque 

fact  factae 

2.  With  an  abbreviation  mark  or  sign 
grat'  gratia 

o  omnis 

a  autem 

3 .  Abbreviation  by  letter  or  letters  with  a  period 
N.B.  nota  bene 

ob.  obi it 

s.p.d.  sine  prole  decessit  (died  without 

issue) 

n.n.  nomen  nescio  (name  unknown) 

B.M.V.  Beat(a)e  Mari(a)e  Virginis 

(generally  in  the  genitive  case) 

Abbreviation  by  Contraction 

A.  With  a  line  above  the  word  to  point  out  missing  letters 

baptims  baptimus 

copulatnis  copulationis 


231 


Hartman  Hartmcum  (a  surname;  a  line  above 

the  first  -n  often  indicates  another 
missing  -n;  this  can  be  either  a 
suspension,  with  a  line  above  to 
suggest  a  missing  nasal  -m  or  -n, 
or  a  contraction,  depending  upon 
which  -n  is  regarded  as  omitted. 
[If  it  is  a  contraction,  avoid 
confusing  it  with  a  suspension.]) 

B.  With  a  small  letter  above  the  word 

qre*  quare  ( why? ) 

i 

i  illud 

t 

e  est 

*Note  that  the  small  letter  above  is  an  "a"  not  a  "u." 

Abbreviation  by  Stenographic  Character  of  Generally 
Consistent  Meaning 


9 


This  siglum  is  from  the  Tironian 
notes.   When  it  was  placed  at  the 
beginning  of  a  word,  it  abbreviated 
con  or  com,  cun  or  cum,  e.g., 
gdcim  =  condam  (formerly,  the  late 
[classical  Latin:  qnondam] ) .   The 
same  mark,  when  found  at  the  end  of 
a  word,  indicated  a  missing  -us, 
-is,  -OS,  or  -s,  e.g.,  bonu9  = 
bonus . 

■7  The  so-called  Arabic  numeral  2-r,  i.e., 

the  letter  r  which  resembles  the  Arabic 


^ 


number  2.   It  often  abbreviated  -ur 
or  -tur ,  e.g.,  vocat"^  -   vocatur . 

-um  (the  Arabic  2-r  with  a  line 
transecting)  abbreviated  genitive  plurals 
of  first  and  second  declension  nouns, 
e.g.,  dictcTZ^  =  dictorum 

This  mark  often  pointed  out  a  missing 
-lis,  -ris,  -us,  -iter,  or  -liter, 
e.g. ,  facii^   =  facilis. 

-s,  -is,  -nis,  e.g.,  denunciation-^  = 
denunciationis 


232 


3 


lU 


A  z-like  figure  (which  developed  from 
a  semi-colon)  after  a  -q  usually 
indicated  a  missing  -ue,  e.g.,  quoq^   = 
quoque.   This  siglum  was  also  used  to 
show  a  missing  -us,  -s,  -m,  or  -n, 
e.g. ,  trib?   =  tribus. 

This  sign  after  a  vowel  generally 
indicated  a  missing  nasal  -m  or  -n, 
e.g. ,  poteraP  =  poteram. 

A  sigliim  resembling  the  Arabic  numeral 
7  or  the  letter  z  abbreviated  -ed  or 
-et,  e.g.,  pat^  =  patet  or  p^   =  patet. 
Words  considered  very  familiar  were 
sometimes  abbreviated  with  this  figure 
and  the  first  letter.   It  is  from  this 
practice  that  the  abbreviation  viz.  = 
videlicet  (namely)  originated. 

y.  An  -i  placed  above  a  consonant  often 

'  indicated  a  missing  -r,  especially  in 

the  genitive  singular  of  third  declension 
nouns ,  e.g.,  mat  s  =  matris . 

-f  per ,  par ,  e.g.,  piter  =  par iter 

^  pro ,  e.g.,  Dportionis  =  proportionis 

J  prae,  pre, 

\  ( predict! ) 


,)  prae ,  pre ,  e.g.,  p^  dicti  =  praedicti 


1 
"  qui ,  e.g.,  qd  =  quid 


1? 


quod 


quoque 


Abbreviation  of  Numbers 

Ordinal  numbers  in  the  ablative  case  were  sometimes  abbrevi- 
ated by  combining  Arabic  or  Roman  numerals  with  the  ablative 
singular  case  endings,  e.g.,  9no  or  IXno  =  nono;  3tio  or  Illtio  = 
tertio;  DCmo  =  sescentesimo.  The  last  four  months  of  the  year 
(the  7-10  months  in  the  early  Roman  calendar) — September,  Octo- 
ber, November,  and  December — were  abbreviated  in  a  similar  fash- 
ion  (cf.,  the  chapter  on  numbers). 


233 


The  Diphthong  ae 

The  diphthong  or  double  vowel  -ae,  as  discussed  previously, 
was  used  as  the  genitive  and  dative  singular,  as  well  as  the 
nominative  plural,  ending  of  first  declension  nouns.  In  medieval 
Latin,  the  -a  was  often  omitted,  so  that  filie  might  mean  filiae 
(of  the  daughter),  filiae  (to/for  the  daughter),  or  filiae  (the 
daughters ) . 

Subsequently,  however,  the  -e  of  this  diphthong  was  either 
left  out  altogether,  and  a  mark  of  some  sort  placed  next  to  the 
-a  to  make  the  reader  aware  of  this  omission,  e.g.,  filial  = 
filiae,  or  it  was  combined  in  ligature  with  the  -a  so  closely 
that  the  two  letters  became  virtually  indistinguishable,  e.g., 
fili^  =  filiae  (not  f ilia) . 

In  the  case  of  the  latter,  it  is  often  difficult  to  deter- 
mine the  proper  case  ending.  Consequently,  a  careful  study  of 
the  sentence,  in  which  a  word  with  a  possible  -ae  ligature  is 
found,  should  enable  the  reader  to  make  the  correct  translation. 

It  is  recommended  that  the  examples  in  this  book  be  reviewed 
as  an  aid  in  becoming  familiar  with  the  use  of  the  -ae  diphthong 
in  parish  register  entries.  Where  possible  or  feasible,  register 
entries  from  a  number  of  different  parishes  should  also  be 
consulted. 

Classical  and  Medieval  Latin 

There  are  many  important  changes  in  grammar,  vocabulary,  and 
orthography  from  classical  to  medieval  Latin.  Although  this 
subject  cannot  be  explored  in  detail  in  the  space  allotted  here, 
it  is  important  to  review  at  least  the  lineaments  of  these 
changes,  particularly  since  many  of  them  were  continued  in  the 
parish  register  Latin  of  the  early  modern  era.  What  follows  has 
been  taken  principally  from  Beeson,  A  Medieval  Latin  primer, 
Strecker,  An  Introduction  to  Medieval  Latin,  and  other  reference 
books  listed  in  the  selected  bibliography. 

Changes  in  Grammar 

A.  Declension 

1.  The  dative  was  often  used  in  place  of  the  ablative  or 
accusative. 

2.  Prepositional  phrases  taking  the  dative  were  more 
frequent. 

3.  Extended  use  of  the  ablative  absolute  was  common  in 
medieval  Latin. 


234 


4.  Prepositions  were  used  to  express  purpose,  means, 
manner,  etc.,  where  classical  Latin  would  employ  the 
ablative  without  a  preposition. 

5.  Some  overlapping  of  genders  was  common  in  medieval 
Latin,  e.g.,  a  neuter  plural  becoming  a  feminine 
singular. 

6.  Singular  and  plural  were  occasionally  interchanged 
in  medieval  Latin  in  such  a  way  that  words  used  in 
the  plural  in  classical  Latin  sometimes  had  a  singular 
usage  in  medieval  Latin. 

B.  Conjugation 

1.  Tense  and  voice  were  employed  less  inflexibly  than  in 
classical  Latin,  e.g.,  the  imperfect  and  the  perfect 
were  frequently  interchanged,  the  future  perfect  was 
often  used  as  the  simple  future,  and  some  classical 
Latin  deponent  verbs  were  given  active  forms  in 
medieval  Latin. 

2.  The  infinitive  was  used  in  a  variety  of  new  ways,  e.g., 
to  express  purpose  (instead  of  the  subjunctive). 

3.  Relative  clauses  in  indirect  discourse  or  statement 
frequently  used  quod  plus  the  subjunctive  in  medieval 
Latin,  rather  than  the  infinitive  and  subject  accusative 
of  classical  Latin. 

4.  Quod  was,  in  fact,  employed  as  a  conjunction  quite 
often. 

5 .  The  indicative  was  frequently  substituted  for  the 
subjunctive  in  clauses  of  result. 

C.  Vocabulary 

Many  new  words  were  introduced  into  medieval  Latin  from 
ecclesiastical  Latin.  These  were  largely  of  Greek  origin,  e.g., 
ecclesia  (church),  apostolus  (apostle),  baptismus  (baptism). 
However,  ecclesiastical  Latin  contributed  a  number  of  new  Latin 
words  such  as  decanus  (deacon),  resurrectio  (resurrection),  missa 
(mass ) ,  etc . 

There  were  also  many  neologisms  (new  words  or  words  used  in 
a  new  way)  in  medieval  Latin,  e.g.,  murilegus  (cat),  modernus 
(modern),  campana  (bell).  In  addition,  each  area  of  Europe 
contributed  certain  new  words  or  usages  to  medieval  Latin  which 
must  be  learned  by  reading  documents  from  that  particular  region 
and  consulting  reference  works  based  upon  such. 


235 


D.  Spelling 

The  following  changes  are  noted  below: 

Classical  Medieval 

ae  e 

b  V,  p 

c  g,  k,  qu,  s,  t 

ch  h 

ci  ti 

d  t 

f  ph 

g  c,  k 

h  often  omitted  or  added  to  words 

beginning  with  a  vowel 

i  Y/  e,  j 

1  r 

o  u 

oe  e 

gu  c 

s  X 

t  c 

ti  ci 

-tus  sus 

V  w  (not  found  in  classical  Latin, 

but  gradually  introduced  into 

medieval  Latin) 

In  addition,  letters  were  frequently  added  or  omitted,  e.g., 
contempno  (medial  -p  added),  permito  (medial  -t  omitted),  hostium 
(ostium,  ostii,  n.:  door,  entrance;  initial  -h  added,  making  it 
difficult  to  distinguish  this  and  the  classical  hostium,  the 
masculine  genitive  plural  of  hostis ,  hostis ,  m.  :  enemy),  ordeirm 
(barley — classical  Latin  hordeum  [initial  -h  omitted]). 


236 


APPENDIX  B 


Some  Latinized  Given  Names:  Male  and  Female 
(With  English,  German,  Dutch,  French,  Italian, 
and  Spanish  equivalents) 

Male  Names  (Genitive  and  Ablative  included,  e.g.,: 

Marcus :  Mark  [ nom . ] ,  Marci :  Mark  [ gen . ] , 
Marco:  by,  from,  with,  etc.  Mark  [abl.]) 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Aaron 
Aaron is 
Aarone 

Aaron 
Aaron 
Aaron 

Aaron 

Aronne 
Aaron 

Aberlardus 
Aberlardi 
Aberlardo 

Abelard 
Abaelard 

Abelard 

Abelardo 
Abelardo 

Abrahamus 
Abrahami 
Abrahamo 

Abraham 
Abraham 

Abraham 

Abramo 
Abrahan 

Adalbertus 
Adalbert! 
Adalberto 

Ethelbert 

Adalbert 

Adelbert(us) 

Aubert 

Adalberto 
Adalberto 

Adamus 
Adam! 
Adamo 

Adam 
Adam 
Adam 

Adam 

Adamo 
Adan 

Adolfus 
Adolf! 
Adolf o 

Adolf 
Adolf 
Adolf 

Adolfe(phe) 

Adolfo 
Adolf o 

Aegidius 
Aegidii 
Aegidio 

Giles 
Aegid(ius) 
Gillis  (Egidii 

Gille(s) 
as) 

Egidio 
Egidio 

Aemilius 
Aemilii 
Aemilio 

Emile 

Emil 

Emilius 

Emile 

Emilio 
Emilio 

Albertus 
Albert! 
Alberto 

Albert 
Albert 
Aalbert 

Albert 

Alberto 
Alberto 

Alexander 
Alexandri 
Alexandre 

Alexander      Alexandre 

Alexander 

Alexander  (Sander) 

Alessandro 
Ale j  andro 

237 


English 


Latin 

Aloisius 
Aloisii 
Aloisio 

Alfonsus 
Alfonsi 
Alfonso 

Alfredus 
Alfredi 
Alfredo 

Andreas 
Andreae 
Andrea 

Anton ius 
Antonii 
Antonio 

Annandus 
Armandi 
Armando 

Amaldiis 
Arnaldi 
Amaldo 


German 
Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Aloysius 

Alois 

Aloisius 

(AL 

Louis 
(Alois) 
ois) 

Luigi 
Luis 

Alphonse 

Alfons 

Alfons 

Alphonse 

Alfonso 
Alonso 

Alfred 
Alfred 
Alfred 

Alfred 

Alfredo 
Alfredo 

Andrew 

Andreas 

Andries 

Andre 

Andrea 
Andres 

Anthony 
Anton ( ius 
An toon 

■) 

Antoine 

Antonio 
Antonio 

Armand 

Armando 
Armando 

Arnaud 

Arnaldo 
Amaldo 

Amoldus 
Arnold! 
Amoldo 


Arnold 
Arnold 
Amoldus 


Arnold  (Arnou)  Amoldo 
Arnoldo 


Artunis 
Arturi 
Arturo 


Arthur 

Artur 

Aart 


Arthur 


Arturo 
Arturo 


Barnabas 
Bamabae 
Barnaba 


Barnaby 

Barnabas 

Barnabas 


Barnabe 


Barnaba 
Barnabe 


Bar tho 1 omaeus 
Bartholomaei 
Bar tho 1 omaeo 


Bartholomew 
Bartholomeus 
Bart  (Bartel) 


Barthelemy 


Bartolomeo 
Bartolome' 


Basil ius 
Basilii 
Basilio 


Basil 
Basil (ius) 
Basiel 


Basile 


Basilio 
Basilio 


238 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Benedictus 
Benedicti 
Benedicto 

Benedict 

Benedikt(us) 

Benedictus 

Benoit 

Benedetto 
Benito 

Ben  j  ( i )  aminus 
Ben j  amini 
Ben j  amino 

Benjamin 
Benjamin 
Benjamin 

Benjamin 

Beniamino 
Ben j  amin 

Bemardus 
Bernard! 
Bernardo 

Bernard 

Bernhard(t) 

Barend 

Bernard 

Bernardo 
Bernardo 

Bertoldus 
Bertoldi 
Bertoldo 

Berthold 
Berthold 
Bertold 

Bertaud  (Bert) 

Bertoldo 
Bertoldo 

Bertrandus 
Bertrandi 
Bertrando 

Bertrand 
Bertrand 
Bertrand (us) 

Bertrand 

Bertrando 
Beltran 

Bonifatius 
Bonifatii 
Bonifatio 

Boniface 
Bonif az 
Bonefass  (Boni 

Boniface 
.f  atius) 

Bonifacio 
Bonifacio 

Caesar 
Caesaris 
Caesare 

Caesar 
Caesar 
Caesar 

1 

Cesar 

Cesare 
Cesar 

Carolus 
Carol i 
Carolo 

Charles 

Karl 

Karel 

Charles 

Carlo 
Carlos 

Caspar  ( Gaspar ) 
Casparis 
Caspare 

Casper 
Kaspar 
Casper 

Gaspard 

Gaspare 
Gaspar 

Christianus 
Christian! 
Christiano 

Christian 
Christian 
Christiaan 

Cretien 
(Chretien) 

Cristiano 
Cristian 

Clarentius 
Clarentii 
Clarentio 

Clarence 

Christopherus 
Christopher! 
Christophoro 


Christopher 
Christoph 
Christophorus 
(Christoffel) 


Christophe 


Cristoforo 
Cristobal 


239 


Latin 

Clemens 
dementis 
Clemente 

Conradus 
Conradi 
Conrado 

Constantinus 
Constantini 
Constcintino 

Cornelius 
Cornel ii 
Comelio 


English 

German 

Dutch 

Clement 
Clemens 
Clemens 

Conrad 
Konrad 
Koenraad 

Constantine 

Konstantin 

Constantijn 

Cornelius 
Cornelius 
Cornells 


French 
Clement 

Conrad 

Constantin 

Corneille 


Doedatus  ( see  Theodatus  and  Theodosius ) 


Italian 
Spanish 

Clemente 
Clemente 


Corrado 
Conrado 


Costantino 
Constantino 


Cornelio 
Comelio 


Dominicus 
Dominici 
Dominico 

Dominic 
Dominik 
Dominicus 

Dominique 

Dominico 
Domingo 

Eberardus 
Eberardi 
Eberardo 

Everard 

Eberhard 

Everhard 

Evrard 

Everardo 
Everardo 

Edmundus 
Edmundi 
Edmundo 

Edmund 
Edmund 
Edmond 

Edmond 

Edmondo 
Edmundo 

Eduardus 
Eduardi 
Eduardo 

Edward 
Eduard 
Eduard(us) 

Edouard 

Edoardo 
Eduardo 

Emmanuel 
Emmanuel is 
Emmanuele 

Emmanuel 

Emanuel 

Emanuel 

Emmanuel 

Emanuele 
Manuel 

Epiphanius 
Epiphanii 
Epiphanio 

Epiphane 
Epiphanius 
Epifanes  (Epihanius) 

Epif anio 
Epif anio 

Emestus 
Emesti 
Ernesto 

Ernest 

Ernst 

Ernst 

Ernest 

Ernesto 
Ernesto 

Eugenius 
Eugenii 
Eugenio 

Eugene 

Eugen 

Eugenius 

Eugene 

Eugenio 
Eugenio 

240 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Eustachius 
Eustachii 
Eustachio 

Eustache 

Eustachius 

Eustachius 

Eustache 

Eustachio 
Eustaquio 

Fabianus 
Fabiani 
Fabiano 

Fabian 
Fabian 
Fabian 

Fabien 

Fabiano 
Fabian 

Felix 
Felicis 
Felice 

Felix 
Felix 

Felicius 

Felix 

Felice 
Felix 

Ferdinandus 
Ferdineindi 
Ferdinando 

Ferdinand 
Ferdinand 

Ferdinand 

Ferdinando 

Fernando 

(Ferdinando) 

Franciscus 
Francisci 

Francis 
(Frank) 
Franz 
Franciscus 

Francois 

Francesco 
Francisco 

Fridericus 
Friderici 
Friderico 
( Fredericus , 
Federicus ) 

Frederick 

Friedrich 

Fredericus 

(Freek) 

/  / 

Frederic 

Ferderico 
Federico 

Fulcus 
Fulci 
Fulco 

Fulk 

Fulk(o) 

Fulko 

Foulque 

Fulco 
Fulquio 

Gabriel 
Gabrielis 
Gabriele 

Gabriel 
Gabriel 
Gabriel 

Gabriel 

Gabriele 
Gabriel 

Gaspar  (see  Caspar) 

Georgius 
Georgii 
Georgio 

Geraldus 
Geraldi 
Geraldo 

Gerardus 
Gerardi 
Gerardo 


George 

Georg 

Georg  (Joris) 

Gerald 
Gerald 
Gerald(t) 

Gerard 
Gerhardt 
Gerard  (Gerrit) 


Georges 

Giraud 
(Geraud) 

Gerard 


Giorgio 
Jorge 


Giraldo 
Geraldo 


Gerardo 
Gerardo 


241 


Latin 

Gervasius 
Gervasii 
Gervasio 

Gilbertus 
Gilbert! 
Gilbert© 

Godefridus 
Godefridi 
Godefrido 

Godehardus 
Godehardi 
Godehardo 

Gregorius 
Gregorii 
Gregorio 

Guntherus 
Guntheri 
Gunthero 


English 

German 

Dutch 

Gervase 

Gervas 

Gervasius 

Gilbert 
Gilbert 
Gilbert 

Godfrey 

Gottfried 

Godefridus 

Goddard 

Gotthard 

Goddard 

Gregory 

Gregor 

Gregorius 


Guenther 
Gunter 


French 
Gervais 

Gilbert 


Geoff ray 
(Geoffrey) 


Gothard 


Gregoire 


Gontier 


Italian 
Spanish 

Gervasio 
Gervasio 


Gilberto 
Gilberto 


Gof f redo 
Godf redo 


Gotardo 
Gotardo 


Gregorio 
Gregorio 


Gustavus 
Gustavi 
Gustavo 


Gustave 
Gustaf (v) 
Gustaaf 


Gustave 


Gustavo 
Gustavo 


Haraldus 
Haraldi 
Haraldo 


Harold  (Herold; 

Harald 

Harald 


Araldo 
Haroldo 


Henricus 
Henrici 
Henrico 

Herbertus 
Herbert! 
Herberto 


Hercules 
Herculis 
Hercule 

Hermannus 
Hermann! 
Hermanno 


Henry 

Heinrich 

Hendrik 

Herbert 
Herbert 
Herbert 
(Heribert) 

Hercules 
Herkules 
Hercules 

Herman 

Hermann 

Herman 


Henri 


Herbert 
(Harbert) 


Hercules 


Herman ( n ) 


Enrico 

Enrique 

(Enrico) 

Erberto 

Eriberto 


Ercole 
Hercules (o) 

Ermanno 


242 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Hector 
Hectoris 
Hectore 

Hector 
Hektor 

Hector 

Ettore 
Hector 

Helmodus 
Helmodi 
Helmodo 

Helmut 
Helmold 

Hilarius 
Hilarii 
Hilario 

Hilary 

Hilarius 

Hilarius 

Hilaire 

Ilario 
Hilario 

Hi 1 debr andus 
Hildebrandi 
Hildebrando 

Hildebrand 
Hildebrand 
Hildebrand 

Hilldebrand 

Ildebrando 
Hildebrando 

Horatius 
Horatii 
Horatio 

Horace 

Horatius 

Horatius 

Horace 

Orazio 
Horacio 

Horstius 
Horstii 
Horstio 

Horst 
Horts 

Hubertus 
Huberti 
Hiiberto 

Hubert 
Hubert (us) 
Hubert 

Hubert 

Uberto 
Huberto 

Hugo 

Hugonis 
Hugone 

(Ugo) 

Hugo  ( Hugh ) 

Hugo 

Hugo 

Hugues 

( Hue ,  Huon ) 

Ugo 
Hugo 

loachimus 
loachimi 
loachimo 
( Joachimus ) 

Joachim 
Joachim 
Joachim  (Joj 

Joachim 
akin) 

Gioacchino 
Joaquin 

Ignatius 
Ignatii 
Ignatio 

Ignatius 

Ignaz 

Ignatius 

Ignace 

Ignazio 
Ignacio 

Isaacus 
Isaaci 
Isacco 

Isaac 
Isaak 
Isaac (k) 

Isaac 

Isacco 
Isaac 

Isaias 
Isaiae 
Isaea 

Isaiah 
Esaias 
Esaia(s) 

Isaie 

Isaia 
Isaias 

243 


Latin 

Ivo 

I von is 
Ivone 

Isidorus 
Isidori 
Isidore 

Jacobus 
Jacobi 
Jacobo 

Johannes 
Johaimis 
Johanne 
( Joannes ) 

Johannulus 
Johannuli 
Johannulo 

Jordanus 
Jordani 
Jordano 


English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Yves 

Iwo 

Yvo 

Yves 

Ivo 
Ivo 

Isidore 

Isidor 

Isidoor 

Isidore 

Isidore 
Isidore 

James  ( Jacob ) 
Jakob (us) 
Jakob (us) 

Jacques 

Giacomo 
Jaime 

John 
Johann 

Jean 

Giovanni 
Juan 

Johannes  ( Jan ) 


Johnny 

Hans 

Hans  (Hannes) 

Jordan 
Jordan 
Jordaan 


Jeannot 


Jordan 


Giovannino 
Juanito 


Giordano 
Jordan 


Josephus 
Josephi 
Josepho 

Julius 
Julii 
Julio 


Joseph 

Josef 

Joseph 

Julius 
Julius 
Julius 


Joseph 


Jules 


Giuseppe 
Jos^ 


Giulio 
Julio 


Justinus 
Justini 
Justino 


Justin 

Justinus 

Justinus 


Justin 


Giustino 
Justino 


Justus 
Justi 
Juste 


Justus 
Just (us) 
Justus 


Juste 


Giusto 
Justo 


Laurentius 
Laurent ii 
Laurentio 


Lawrence 

Lorenz 

Laurens 


Laurent 


Lorenzo 
Lorenzo 


Leonardus 
Leonard i 
Leonardo 


Leonard 
Leonard 
Leonard (us) 


Leonard 


Leonardo 
Leonardo 


244 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Leonillus 
Leonilli 
Leonillo 

Lionel 

Lionel 

Leonello 
Leone llo 

Leo 

Leonis 
Leone 

Leo 
Leo 
Leo  ( Lioen ) 

/ 
Leon 

Leone 
Leon 

Leopoldus 
Leopoldi 
Leopoldo 

Leopold 
Leopold 
Leopold (us) 

Leopold 

Leopoldo 
Leopoldo 

Lotharius 
Lotharii 
Lothario 

Lothar  (Lotha; 

Lothar 

Lothar 

Lr) 

Lotario 
Lotario 

Ludovicus 
Ludovici 
Ludovico 

Louis  ( Lewis ) 

Ludwig 

Lodewijk 

Louis 

Lodovico 
Ludovico 

Malachias 
Malachae 
Malacha 

Malachi 

Malachias 

Malachias 

Malachie 

Malachia 
Malaquias 

Marcus 
Marci 
Marco 

Mark 

Markus 

Marcus 

Marc 

Marco 
Marco(s) 

Martinus 
Martini 
Martino 

Martin         Martin 

Martin 

Martinus  (Maarte) 

Martino 
Martino 
(Martin) 

Matthaeus 
Matthaei 
Matthaeo 

Matthew 

Matthaeus 

Mattija 

Mathieu 

Matteo 
Mateo 

Max imili anus 
Maximiliani 
Maximiliano 

Maximilian 
Maximilian 
Maximiliaan 

Maximilien 

Massimiliano 
Maximiliano 

Michael 
Michael is 
Michaele 

Michael 
Michael 
Michael 

Michel 

Michele 
Miguel 

Moyses 
Moysis 
Moyse 

Moses 
Moses 
Mozes 

Moise 

Mose^ 
Moises 

245 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Nicholaus 
Nicholai 
Nicholao 

Nicolas 

Nikolaus 

Nicolaas 

Nicolas 

Nicolo 
Nicolas 

Norbertus 
Norberti 
Norberto 

Norbert 
Herbert 
Norbert 

Norbert 

Norberto 
Norberto 

Olivarius 
Olivarii 
Olivario 

Oliver 
Oliver 
Olivier 

Olivier 

Oliviero 
Olivero 

Osvaldus 
Osvaldi 
Osvaldo 

Oswald 
Oswald 
Oswald 

Oswald 

Osvaldo 
Oswald 

Otto 

Ottonis 
Ottone 

Otto 
Otto 
Otto 

Otton 

Ottone 
Oton 

Paulus 
Pauli 
Paulo 

Paul 
Paul (us) 
Paulus 

Paul 

Paolo 
Pablo 

Paschal is 
Paschal is 
Paschale 

Pascal         Pascal 
Paschalis  (Paschal) 
Paschalis 

Pasquale 
Pascual 

Peregrinus 
Peregrini 
Peregrine 

Peregrine 

Peregrinus 

Peregrinus 

Pelegrin 

Pallegrino 
Peregrin 

Petrus 
Petri 
Petro 

Peter 
Peter 
Pieter 

Pierre 

Pietro 

Pedro 

Philippus 
Philippi 
Philippo 

Philip 
Philipp 
Philip  (Flip) 

Philippe 

Filippo 
Felipe 

Quintinus 
Quintini 
Quintino 

Quentin 

Quintin(us) 

Quint 

Qui(e)ntin 

Quintino 
Quintin 

Radulfus 
Radulfi 
Radulfo 

Ralph 

Radolf 

Radolf 

Raoul 

Raul 
Raoul 

246 


Latin 

Raphael 
Raphael is 
Raphaele 

Raimiindus 
Raimundi 
Raimundo 


English 

German 

Dutch 

Raphael 
Raphael 
Raphael 

Raymond 
Raimund 
Raimond 


French 
Raphael 

Reymond 


Italian 
Spanish 

Raffaelo(e) 

Rafael 

(Raphael) 

Raimondo 
Ramon 


Randulfus 
Randulf i 
Randulfo 


Randolph 
Randolf (ulf ) 
Ranulf 


Randolf o 
Randolfo 


Rainerius 
Rainerii 
Rainerio 

Richardus 
Richardi 
Ri char do 

Robertas 
Roberti 
Roberto 

Rodericus 
Roderici 
Roderico 


Rainier 

Rainer 

Rainerus 


Rainier 


Richard        Richard 

Richard 

Richard  (Rickard) 


Robert 
Robert 
Robbert 

Roderick 

Roderick(h; 

Roderik 


Robert 


Roderique 


Ranieri 
Ranier 


Riccardo 
Ricardo 


Roberto 
Roberto 


Rodrigo 
Rodrigo 


Rodulfus 
Rodulfi 
Rodulfo 


Rudolph 

Rudolf 

Rudolf 


Rodolphe 


Rodolfo 
Rodolfo 


Rogerius 
Rogeri 
Rogero 

Rolandus 
Rolandi 
Rolando 

Romanus 
Roman i 
Romano 

Rupertus 
Ruperti 
Ruperto 


Roger 

Rudiger 

Rutger 

Roland 
Roland 
Roeland 

Remain 
Roman ( us ) 
Romanus 


Roger 


Roland 


Remain 


Rupert         Rupert 
Rupprecht  ( Rupert ) 
Rupert (us) 


Ruggero 
Rogelio 


Orlando 
Rolando 


Romano 
Roman 


Ruperto 
Ruperto 


247 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Samuel 

Samuelis 

Samuel 
Samuel 

Samuel 

Samuele 
Samuel 

Sebastianus 
Sebastian! 
Sebastini 

Sebastian 
Sebastian 
Sebastiaan 

Sebastien 
(Bastian) 
(Bastiaan) 

Sebastiano 
Sebastian 

Sigefridus 
Sigefridi 
Sigefrido 

Siegfried 
Siegfried 
Sigfrid 

Sigfrido 
Sigfrido 

Sigismundus 
Sigismundi 
Sigismundo 

Sigmund 

Siegmund 

Siegmond 

Sigismond 

Sigismondo 
Segismundo 

Silvester 
Silvestri 
Silvestro 

Silvester 
Silvester 
Silvester 

Silvestre 

Silvestro 
Silvestre 

Simon 

Simonis 
Simone 

Simon 
Simon 
Simon 

Simon 

Simone 
Simon 

Stephanus 
Stephctni 
Setphano 

Stephan(en 

Stefan 

Stephanus 

)    Etienne 

Stef anno 
Esteban 

Thaddaeus 
Thaddaei 
Thaddaeo 

Thaddeus 

Thaddaeus 

Thaddeus 

Thaddee 
(Tadie) 

Taddeo 
Tadeo 

Theobaldus 
Theobaldi 
Theobaldo 

Theobald 
Theobald 
Dietbald 

Thibaud(ult) 

Tebaldo 
Teobaldo 

Theodoricus 
Theodorici 
Theodorico 

Theodric(k 
Theoderich 
Theodorik 

)     Thierry 
(Dietrich) 

Teodorico 
Teodorico 

Theodorus 
Theodori 
Theodoro 

Theodore 
Theodor 
Theodoor  ( ' 

/ 

Theodore 

Theo) 

Teodoro 
Teodoro 

Thomas 
Thomae 
Thoma 

Thomas 
Thomas 
Thomas 

Thomas 

Tomaso 
Tomas 

Timotheus 
Timothei 
Timotheo 

Timothy 

Timotheus 

Timotheus 

Timothee 

Timoteo 
Timoteo 

248 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Udalricus 
Udalrici 
Udalrico 

Ulrich 
Ulrich 
Uldrik 

Ulric 

Ulderico 
Ulderico 

Urbanus 
Urban i 
Urbano 

Urban          Urbain 

Urban 

Urbanus  (Urbaan) 

Urbano 

Valdemarus 
Valdemari 
Valdemaro 

Waldemar 
Waldemar 
Waldemar 

Valdemaro 
Valdemaro 

Valentinus 
Valentini 
Valentino 

Valentine 

Valentin 

Valentinus 

Valentin 
(Valentijn) 

Valentino 
Valentin 

Valerianus 
Valeriani 
Valeriano 

Valerian 

Valerianus 

Valerianus 

Valerien 

Valeriano 
Valeriano 

Venceslaus 
Venceslai 
Venceslao 

Wenceslas      Venceslas 

Wenzeslaus 

Wencelas  (Wencelaus) 

Venceslao 
Venceslao 

Vergil ius 
Vergilii 
Vergil io 

Virgil 
Virgil (ius) 
Virgilius 

Virgile 

Virgilio 
Virgilio 

Victor 
Victoris 
Victore 
( Victorius ) 

Victor 
Viktor 
Victor 

Victor 

Vittore(io) 
Victor 

Vido 

Vidonis 
Vidone 

Guy 

Guido 

Gui 

Guy(i) 

Guido 
Guido 

Vilfridus 
Vilfridi 
Vilfrido 
(Wilfridus) 

Wilfred 

Wilfried 

Wilfried 

Wilfrid 

Wilfrido 
Wilfrido 

Vincentius 
Vincent ii 
Vincentio 

Vincent 
Vinzenz 
Vincentius 

Vincent 
(Vincent,  Sent) 

Vincenzo 
Vincente 

Walterus 
Walteri 
Waltero 

Walter         Gautier 

Walter 

Walter  (Gualterus) 

Gualtiero 
Gualterio 

249 


Latin 

Wilhelmus 
Wilhelmi 
Wilelmo 
(Wilelmus, 
Guilelmus) 


English 

German 

Dutch 

William 
Wilhelm 
Willem 


Guillaume 


Italian 
Spanish 

Guglielmo 
Guillermo 


Xianus  (see  Christianus) 

Xoforus  (see  Christophorus ) 

Female  Names  (Genitive  and  Ablative  included,  e.g., 

Anna:  Anna  [nom. ] ,  Annae:  of  Anna  [gen.] 
Anna:  by,  with,  from,  etc.  Anna  [abl.]) 


English 

German 

Italian 

Latin 

Dutch 

French 

Spanish 

Ada 

Ada 

Ada 

Adae 

Ada 

Ada 

Ada 

Ada 

Adelaidis 

Adelaide 

Adelaide 

Adelaide 

Adelaidis 

Adelheid 

Adelaida 

Adelaide 

Adelheid 

Adriana  (see  Hadriana] 


Aemilia 
Aemiliae 
Aemilia 
(Emilia) 

Agatha 
Agathae 
Agatha 

Agnes 
Agnetis 
Agnete 

Alexia 
Alexiae 
Alexia 
(Alicia) 

Aloisia 
Aloisiae 
Aloisia 


Emily  Emilie 

Emilia 

Aemilia 


Agatha         Agathe 

Agatha 

Agatha  ( Aag j  e ) 

Agnes  Agnes 

Agnes (e) 

Agnes  (Agnesia) 

Alice  Alice 

Alexia 

Alexia 


Louise         Louise 
Luise  (Aloisia) 
Aloisia 


Emilia 
Emilia 


Agata 
Agueda 


Agnese 
Ines 


Alessia 
Alicia 


Luisa 
Luisa 


250 


Latin 

Camillia 
Camilliae 
Camillia 


English 

German 

Dutch 

Camille 
Camille 
Camiele 


French 
Camille 


Italian 
Spanish 

Camilla 
Camila 


Carol a 
Carolae 
Carola 


Carol 

(Charlotte) 
Karla  (Carola) 
Carola 


Charlotte 


Carla 
Carlota 


Cassandra 
Cassandrae 
Cassandra 

Catharina 
Catharinae 
Catharina 

Caecilia 
Caeciliae 
Caecilia 

Clara 
Clarae 
Clara 

Claudia 
Claudiae 
Claudia 

Clementina 
Clementinae 
Clementina 

Constcintia 
Constantiae 
Constantia 

Christina 
Christinae 
Christina 

Dominica 
Dominicae 
Dominica 


Cassandra 

C(K)assandra 

Cassandra 


Cassandre 


Catherine 


Catherine 
Katharina 
Catharina  (Katrien) 

Cecilia        Cecile 

Caecilia 

Cecilia  (Cieltje) 

Clara  Claire 

Klara 

Klara  (Klaartje) 


Claudia 
Claudia 
Claudia 

Clementine 
Clementine 
dementia 


Claudine 


Clementine 


Constance      Constance 

Konstanze 

Constantia  (tina) 

Christine      Christine 

Christine 

Christina  (Christiana) 


Dominica 
Dominika 
Dominica 


Dominique 


Cassandra 
Casandra 


Caterina 
Catalina 


Cecilia 
Cecilia 


Chiara 
Clara 


Claudia 
Claudia 


Clementina 
Clementina 


Costanza 

Contancia 

(Constanza) 

Cristina 
Cristina 


Dominica 
Dominga 


Dorothea 
Dorotheae 
Dorothea 


Dorothy 

Dorothea 

Dorothea 


Dorothee 


Dorotea 
Dorotea 


252 


Latin 


English 

German 

Dutch 


Amalia  Amelia 

Amaliae  Amelie 

Amalia  Amalia 

(see  also  Aemilia) 


French 
Amelie 


Italian 
Spanish 

Amalia 
Amalia 


Anastasia 
Anastasiae 
Anastasia 

Anastasia 
(Anstace) 
Anastasia 
Anastasia 

Anastasie 

Anastasia 
Anastasia 

Angela 
Angel ae 
Angela 

Angela 
Angela 
Angela 

Angele 

Angela 
Angela 

Angelica 
Angel icae 
Angelica 

Angelica 
Angelika 
Angelica  ( 

Angelique 
Gelika,  Lika) 

Angelica 
Ange'lica 

Anna 
Annae 
Anna 

Ann  ( Anne , 
Anna) 
Anna 
Anna 

Anne 

Anna 
Ana 

Beata 
Beatae 
Beata 

Beata 
Beate 
Beata 

Beate 

Beata 
Beata 

Beatrix 
Beatricis 
Beatrice 

Beatrice 

Beatrix 

Beatrijs 

Beatrice 

Beatrice 
Beatriz 

Benedicta 
Benedictae 
Benedicta 

Benedicta 
Benedikta 
Benedicta 

Benoite 

Benedetta 
Benita 

Berenice 
Berenicis 
Berenice 

Bernice 

Berenice 

Berenike 

Berenice 

Berenice 
Berenice 

Berta 
Bertae 
Berta 

Bertha 

Berta 

Bertha 

Berthe 

Berta 
Berta 

Blanca 
Blancae 
Blanca 

Blanche 

Blanka 

Blanca 

Blanche 

Bianca 
Blanca 

Brigida 
Brigidae 
Brigida 

Bridget 

Brigitte 

Brigiet 

Brigitte 

Brigida 
Brigida 

251 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Edith 
Edithae 
Editha 

Edith 
Edith 
Edith(a) 

Edith 

Editta 
Edita 

Eleemora 
Eleanorae 
Eleanora 

Eleanor 

Eleonore 

Eleanora 

Eleonare 

Eleonora 
Eleonor 
( Leonor ) 

Elisabetha 
Elisabethae 
Elisabetha 

Elisabeth 
Elisabeth 
Elisabet(h) 

Elisabeth 

Elisabetta 
Elisabet 

Emma 
Emmae 
Emma 

Emma 
Emma 
Emma  ( Hemma ) 

Emma 

Emma 
Ema 

Ermina 
Erminae 
Ermina 

Hermine 
Hermine 
Ermina 

Hermine 

Erminia 
Herminia 

Esther 

(not  declined) 

Esther 

Esther 

Esther  (Ester) 

Esther 

Ester (ina) 
Ester 

Eva 
Evae 
Eva 

Eva  ( Eve ) 

Eva 

Eva 

Eve 
(Eva) 

Eva 
Eva 

Felicitas 
Felicitatis 
Felicitate 

Felicity 
Felicitas 
Felicitas  (Fel 

Felicite 
icia) 

Felicita 

Felicidad 

(Felicitas) 

Flora 
Florae 
Flora 

Flora 
Flora 
Flora 

Fleur 
(Fleurie) 

Flora 
Flora 

Francisca 
Franciscae 
Francisca 

Frances 

Franziska 

Francisca 

Francoise 

Francesca 
Francisca 
(Francesca) 

Gabriela 
Gabrielae 
Gabriela 

Gabriella 

Gabriele 

Gabriella 

Gabrielle 

Gabriella 
Gabriela 

Gertrudis 
Gertrudis 
Gertrude 

Gertrude 

Gertrud 

Gertruda 

Gertrude 

Geltrude 
Gertrudis 

253 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Gisela 
Giselae 
Gisela 

Gisela 
Gisela 
Gisela 

Gisele 

Gisella 
Gisela 

Gloria 
Gloriae 
Gloria 

Gloria 
Gloria 
Gloria 

Gloria 

Gloria 
Gloria 

Gratia 
Gratiae 
Gratia 

Grace 

Gratia 

Gratia 

Grace 

Grazia 
Gracia 

Hadriana 
Hadrianae 
Hadriana 

Adrian         Adrienne 
Adriana  (Adriane) 
Adriaantje 

Adriana 
Adriana 

Helena 
Helenae 
Helena 

Helen 

Helena 

Helena 

Helene 

Elena 
Elena 

Henrica 
Henricae 
Henrica 

Henriette 

Henrike 

Hendrika 

Henriette 

Enrica 
Enriqueta 

Hilda 
Hildae 
Hilda 

Hilda 

Hilda(e) 

Hilda 

Hilde 

Ilda 
Hilda 

Hildegardis 
Hildegardis 
Hildegarde 

Hildegarde 
Hildegard 
Hildegard  (Hi 

Hilegarde 
Idgard) 

Ildegarda 
Hildegarda 

Ida 
Idae 
Ida 
(Itta) 

Ida 

Ida  (Itte) 

Ida 

Ida 

Ida 
Ida 

Irene 
Irenis 
Irene 

Irene 
Irene 
Irene 

Irene 

Irene 
Irene 

Isolda 
Isoldae 
Isolda 

Isolda(e) 

Isolde 

Isolde 

Iseult 

Isotta 
Isolda 

Johanna 
Johannae 
Johanna 
( Joanna , 
loanna) 

Johanna 

( JoAnn ,  Jane ) 

Johanna 

Jo ( h ) anna 

Jeanne 

Giovanna 
Juana 

254 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Josepha 
Josephae 
Josepha 

Josephine 
Josef ine 
Josephina 

Josephine 
( Josina) 

Giuseppina 
Josef a 

Juditha 
Judithae 
Juditha 

Judith  (Judy) 

Judith 

Judith(a) 

Judith 

Giuditta 
Judit 

Julia 
Juliae 
Julia 

Julie(a) 

Julie 

Julia 

Julie 

Giula 
Julia 

Juliana 
Julianae 
Juliana 

Juliana 
Juliana 
Juliana 

Julienne 

Giuliana 
Juliana 

Justina 
Justinae 
Justina 

Justina 
Justine 
Justina  (Justa 

Justine 
) 

Giustina 
Justina 

Katharina  (see  Gather ina) 


Laura 

Laura 

Laure 

Laura 

Laurae 

Laura 

Laura 

Laura 

Laura 

Lina 

Lina 

Line 

Lina 

Linae 

Lina 

Lina 

Lina 

Lina  (Lien) 

(Carolina) 

Lucretia 

Lucretia 

Lucrece 

Lucrezia 

Lucre tiae 

Lukretia 

Lucrecia 

Lucretia 

Lucretia 

Magdalena 

Madeleine 

Madeleine 

Maddalena 

Magdalenae 

Magdalena(e) 

Magdalena 

Magdalena 

Magdalena 

( Magdalene , 

Magdalenis , 

Magdalene ) 

Margareta 

Margaret 

Marguerite 

Margherita 

Margaretae 

Margareta 

Margarita 

Margareta 

Margreta 

( Margarita ) 

Maria 

Mary  (Maria) 

Marie 

Maria 

Mariae 

Maria 

Maria 

Maria 

Maryke 

255 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Maria  Anna 
Mariae  Annae 
Maria  Anna 

Marianne 
(Mary  Ann) 
Marianna 
Marianna 

Marianne 

Marianna 
Mariana 

Martha 
Marthae 
Martha 

Martha 
Martha 
Martha 

Marthe 

Marta 
Marta 

Mathildis 
Mathildis 
Mathilde 

Mathilda 
Mathilde 
Mathilda 

Mathilde 

Mathilde 
Mathilde 

Monica 
Monicae 
Monica 

Monica 
Monika 
Monica 

Monique 

Monica 

Monica  (Monia) 

Nora  (see  Eleonora) 


Norma 
Norma 

Norma 
Norma 

Norma 
Norma 

Odilia 
Odiliae 
Odilia 

Odile          Odile 
Odielie  (Ottilie) 
Odilia 

Odilia 
Odilia 

Paula 
Paulae 
Paula 

Paula 
Paula 
Paula 

Paule 

Paola 
Paula 

Paulina 
Paulinae 
Paulina 

Pauline 
Pauline 
Paulina 

Paulette 

Paolina 
Paulina 
(Paulette) 

Petronella 
Petronellae 
Petronella 
(Petronilla) 

Petronella 
Petronilla 
Petronilla 

Petronille 
(Pieternella) 

Petronilla 
Petronilla 

Priscilla 
Priscillae 
Priscilla 

Priscilla 
Priszilla 
Priscilla 

Priscilla 
Priscila 

Rachel 
Rachel is 
Rachele 

Rachel 
Rachel 
Rachel 

Rachel 

Rachele 
Raquel 

Regina 
Reginae 
Regina 

Regina 
Regina 
Regina 

Regme 
(Regina) 

Regina 
Regina 

256 


Latin 

English 

German 

Dutch 

French 

Italian 
Spanish 

Rosa 
Rosae 
Rosa 

Rose 
Rosa 
Rosa  (Roos) 

Rose 

Rosa 
Rosa 

Rosalia 
Rosaliae 
Rosalia 

Rosalie 
Rosalie 
Rosalia 

Rosalie 

Rosalia 
Rosalia 

Rosalinda 
Rosalindae 
Rosalinda 

Rosalind 
Rosalinda 
Rosalinde  (] 

Roselientje) 

Rosalinda 
Rosalinda 

Rosamimda 
Rosamundae 
Bosamunda 

Rosamund 

Rosamunde 

Rosamunda 

Rosemonde 

Rosmunda 
Rosamunda 

Sabina 
Sabinae 
Sabina 

Sabina 
Sabina 
Sabina  (Sab: 

Savine 
iana) 

Sabina 
Sabina 

Silvia 
Silviae 
Silva 

Silvia 
Silvia 
Silvia 

Sylvie 

Silvia 
Silvia 

Sophia 
Sophiae 
Sophia 

Sophia 
(Sophy) 
Sophie 
Sophia 

Sophie 

Sofia 
Sofia 

Stephania 
Stephaniae 
Stephania 

Stephany 
Stephanie 
Stef ania 

Stephanie 

Stef ania 
Estefania 

Teres i a 
Teres iae 
Teres i a 

Teresa 

Theresia 

Theresia 

Therese 

Teresa 
Teresa 

Ursala 
Ursalae 
Ursala 

Ursula 
Ursula 
Ursula 

Ursule 

Orsola 
Ursula 

Valentina 
Valentinae 
Valentina 

Valentina 
(Valentine) 
Valentine 
Valentina 

Valentine 

Valentina 
Valentina 

Veronica 
Veronicae 
Veronica 

Veronica       Veronique 

Veronika 

Veronica  (Verona) 

Veronica 
Veronica 

257 


English 

German 

Italian 

Latin 

Dutch 

French 

Spanish 

Viola 

Violet 

Violle 

Viola 

Violae 

Viola 

Viola 

Viola 

Viola 

Victoria 

Victoria 

Victoire 

Vittoria 

Victoriae 

Victoria 

Victoria 

Victoria 

Fictoria 

Zenobia 

Zenobia 

Zenobie 

Zenobia 

Zenobiae 

Zenobia 

Cenobia 

Zenobia 

This  list  was  compiled  from  the  following  sources: 

Dauzat,  Albert.   Dictionaire  Etymologique  des  Noms  de  Famille 
et  Prenoms  de  France.   Paris:  Librairie  Larousse,  1951. 

Drosdowski ,  Guenther.   Duden  Lexicon  der  Vomamen. 

Mannheim/Zuerich:  Bibliographische  Institute,  1972. 

Dupaquier,  Jacques,  et  al.   Le  Temps  des  Jules:  Les  prenoms 
en  France  au  XIXe  siecle.   Paris:  C.N.R.S.,  n.d. 

Egger,  Carl.   Lexicon  Nominum  Virorvim  et  Mulierum. 

Rome:  Societas  Libraria  "Studium,"  1963. 

Maijers,  J.  A.  and  Luitingh,  J.  C.   Onze  Voomamen. 
Amsterdam:  Moussault's  Uitgeverij  NV,  1966. 

Tibon,  Gutierre.   Diccionario  Etimologico  Comparado  de  Nombres 
Propios  de  Persona.   Mexico:  Union  Tipografica  Editorial 
Hispano  Americana,  1956. 

Wasserzieher ,  Ernst.   Hems  und  Crete:  1500  Vomamen  Erklaert. 

18th  Ed.   Bonn:  Ferdinand  Duemmlers  Verlag,  1972. 


258 


APPENDIX  C 


Fixed  and  Movable  Feast  Days 

The  Christian  ecclesiastical  calendar,  utilized  by  Roman 
Catholics  and  many  Protestants,  is  based  upon  various  highlights 
in  the  life  of  Jesus  Christ  and  certain  events  in  Christian 
church  history.  It  is  organized  around  a  series  of  fixed  and 
movable  feast  days,  and  includes  periods  prior  to  or  after  the 
celebration  of  these  festivals,  periods  of  preparation  for  their 
celebration,  and  the  feast  days  themselves. 

Fixed  feast  days ,  as  the  name  suggests ,  occurred  on  the  same 
day  each  year,  whereas  the  dates  of  movable  feast  days  varied 
from  year  to  year.  The  latter  were,  generally,  based  upon  their 
proximity  to  Christmas,  Epiphany,  or  Easter,  the  three  most 
important  religious  festivals  in  the  Christian  calendar. 

The  calendar  year  actually  began  with  the  period  immediately 
prior  to  Christmas,  the  four  Sundays  of  Advent--or  the  four 
Sundays  prior  to  Christmas.  The  date  of  December  25  was  appar- 
ently selected  to  celebrate  the  birth  of  Christ  because  of  its 
proximity  to  the  Roman  Saturnalia,  or  the  winter  solstice  festi- 
val, and  the  birth  date  of  Mithras,  a  Middle  Eastern  deity  popu- 
lar in  the  later  Roman  Empire.  It  also  coincided  with  Celtic  and 
Nordic  mid-winter  festivals. 

Epiphany  commemorated  the  arrival  of  the  Magi  at  the  stable 
in  Bethlehem  to  present  gifts  to  the  infant  Jesus.  It  was  cele- 
brated on  January  6 . 

Easter  was  the  final,  and  most  important,  event  in  the 
Christian  calendar.  Just  as  the  celebration  of  Christmas 
occurred  only  after  a  period  of  four  Sundays  of  penance,  so 
Easter  was  also  preceded  by  a  time  of  penance,  in  this  case  forty 
days  rather  than  four  Sundays . 

Easter  was  established  as  a  movable  feast  day,  which  was  to 
be  celebrated  after  the  first  full  moon  of  spring.  Since  the 
first  day  of  spring  was,  traditionally,  March  21,  the  celebration 
of  Easter  varied  from  March  22  to  April  25.  The  remainder  of 
the  calendar  was  adjusted  to  this  time  period  every  year.  The 
Easter  season  officially  began  with  Septuagesima  (70th)  Sunday, 
and  lasted  until  Trinity  Sunday,  which  occurred  eight  weeks  after 
Easter.  The  total  length  of  the  Easter  season,  including  Lent, 
the  penitential  period  lasting  forty  days,  and  the  eight  weeks 
after  Easter  Sunday,  was  fixed  at  123  days. 


259 


The  remainder  of  the  ecclesiastical  calendar  was,  therefore, 
adjusted  to  maintain  this  interval  each  year.  Since  there  were, 
for  example,  four  Sundays  prior  to  December  25,  in  the  Advent 
season,  the  time  period  of  Epiphany  and  Trinity  had  to  be  changed 
annually. 

Eventually,  additional  feast  and  saints'  days  were  added  to 
the  ecclesiastical  calendar,  many  of  which  were  fixed  rather  than 
movable.  The  names  of  a  number  of  these  feast  days  were  taken 
from  religious  sermons,  sayings,  verses  of  the  Vulgate,  etc. 
Thus,  for  example,  the  fourth  Sunday  of  Advent  was  called  Rorate 
Coeli  Desuper  (Drop  down  ye  heavens  from  above  .  .  .  Isaiah  45:8 
[King  James  Translation] ) . 

Common  fixed  and  movable  feast  days  are  given  below.  The 
dates  of  fixed  feast  days  are  included  here.  For  the  calculation 
of  a  particular  movable  feast  day,  using  either  the  Julian  or 
Gregorian  calendar,  consult  such  reference  works  as  A.  Giry. 
Manuel  de  Diplomatique,  1896,  reprint  ed. ,  New  York:  Burt  Frank- 
lin, 1965,  Reginald  L.  Poole.  Studies  in  Chronology  and  History. 
Oxford:  At  the  Clarendon  Press,  1934;  reprint  ed. ,  1969,  R.  Dean 
Ware,  "Medieval  Chronology,"  in  James  M.  Powell,  ed..  Medieval 
Studies:  An  Introduction  (New  York:  Syracuse  University  Press, 
1976),  pp.  127-221,  or  others  listed  in  the  selected 
bibliography . 


Fixed  Feast  Days 


Date 
1  January 

6  January 

13  January 
22  January 
25  January 
27  January 


Latin 

Circumcisio  Domini 

Octava  Nativitatis  Christi 


Regum  Trium 
Epiphania 


Baptismus  Christi 
Deponsatio  Mariae 
Conversio  Pauli 
Septem  Gaudia(ae)  Mariae 


2  February    Ptirificatio  B.M.V. 

(or  the  Sunday  following) 


2  February 


Obviatio  Simeonis  Justi 


English 

Circumcision  of  the 

Lord 

Eight  Days  after  the 

Birth  of  Christ 

(Feast)  of  the  Three 

Kings 

Epiphany 

Baptism  of  Christ 

Engagement  of  Mary 

Conversion  of  Paul 

The  Seven  Joys  of  Mary 

The  Purification  of 
the  Blessed  Virgin 
Mary 

Meeting  (with)  Simeon 
the  Just 


260 


Date 
2  February 

20  February 
20  February 

1  March 

18  March 

19  March 


25 

March 

25 

March 

3 

May 

8 

May 

24 

June 

2 

July 

15 

July 

3 

August 

6 

August 

15 

August 

29 

August 

Latin 

Presentatio  Domini  Nostri 
in  Templo 

Eucharias* 

Incathedratio  Petri 

Conversio  Mariae  Magdalenae 

Gabrielis  Archangeli 


Josephi  Mutricii  Domini, 
Sponsi  B.M.V. 


Annunciatio  Domini  ad  Mariam 


Conceptio  Domini 


Crucis  Inventio 

Michaelis  Archangeli 
Apparitio 

Johannis  Baptistae  Nativitas 


Visitatio  Mariae 
Divisio  Apostolorum 


Inventio  Protomartyris 
Stephani 


Transfiguratio  Domini  in 
Monte  Tabor 


Ascensio  (Assumtio)  Mariae 

Decollatio  Johannis 
Baptistae 


English 

Presentation  of  our 
Lord  in  the  Temple 

Eucharias 

Creation  of  the  See 
of  Peter 

Conversion  of  Mary 
Magdalene 

(Feast)  of  the 
Archangel  Gabriel 

(Feast)  of  Joseph 
earthly  father  of  the 
Lord,  husband  of  the 
Blessed  Virgin  Mary 

Annunciation  of 
the  Lord  to  Mary 

Conception  of  the 
Lord 

Discovery  of  the  Cross 

Appearance  of  the 
Archangel  Michael 

Birth  of  John  the 
Baptist 

Visitation  of  Mary 

Division  of  the 
Apostles 

Discovery  of  (the 
bones  of)  St.  Stephen, 
the  First  Martyr 

Transfiguration  of 
the  Lord  on  Mount 
Tabor 

Ascension  of  Mary 

Beheading  of  John  the 
Baptist 


*also  (Festum)  Eucarii  episcopi  (Feast  of  Bishop  Eucarius; 


261 


Date 

1  September 
14  September 

23  September 

24  September 

29  September 

1  November 

2  November 
8  November 

25  December 

26  December 


Latin 

Duodecim  Fratrum 
Crucis  Exaltatio 
Gaudia  Mariae 
Conceptio  Johannis 

Festtun  Angelonim 

( Conunemoratio )    Omnium 
Sanctomm 

( Commemoratio )  Animarum 

Conceptio  Mariae 

Nativitas  Christi 

Stephani  Protomartyris* 


English 

The  Twelve  Brothers 

Elevation  of  the  Cross 

Rejoicing  of  Mary 

Conception  of  John 
(the  Baptist) 

Feast  of  Angels 

All  Saints  Day 

All  Souls  Day 

Conception  of  Mary 

The  Birth  of  Christ 
(Christmas) 

(Feast)  of  St.  Stephen 
the  First  Martyr 


*Be  careful  to  avoid  confusing  this  feast  day  with  the 
celebration  of  the  discovery  of  the  bones  of  St.  Stephen 
on  August  third. 


Movable  Feast  Days 
Latin 
I    post  November  Annum 

I  post  Epiphaniam 

II  post  Epiphaniam 

III  post  Epiphaniam 

IV  post  Epiphaniam 

V  post  Epiphaniam 

VI  post  Epiphaniam 

Septuages  ima 

( Circumdederunt  me  gemitus 
mortis,  Psalmi  17:5 
[Vulgate] ) 


English 

First  Sunday  after  the  New  Year 

First  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Second  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Third  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Fourth  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Fifth  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Sixth  Sunday  after  Epiphany 

Ninth  Sunday  before  Easter 

(70th  Day) 

(The  sorrows  of  hell 

compassed  me  about, 

Psalms  18:5  [KJV] ) 


262 


Latin 
Sexagesima 

(Exsurge,  quare  obdormis, 

Psalmi  43:  23  [Vulgate]) 


Quinquages ima 

(Esto  mihi  [in  lapidem 
fortissimum]  Psalmi  30:3 
[Vulgate] ) 

Quadr ages  ima 

Invocavit  ( me ) 

(Invocabit  me  et  exaudiam  eum, 

Psalmi  90:15  [Vulgate]) 


Reminiscere 

( reminiscere  miserationum 

tuarum  Domine,  Psalmi  24:6 

[Vulgate] ) 

Oculi 

(Oculi  mei  semper  ad  dominum, 

Psalmi  24:15  [Vulgate]) 

Laetare 

(Laetare  Jerusalem  [laetamini 
cum  Jerusalem  et  exultate  in  ea 
omnes  qui  diligitis  earn] , 

Isaias  66:10  [Vulgate]) 

Judica 

(Judica  me  Deus  et  disceme 
causam  meam  a  gente  non  sancta, 

Psalmi  42:1  [Vulgate]) 

Palmarum 

(Domine,  ne  longe  facias 
[tu  autem  Domine  ne  longe  fias 

fortitude  mea  in  auxilium  meum 

festina] ,  Psalmi  21:20 

[Vulgate] ) 

Dies  Viridium 


English 

Eighth  Sunday  before  Easter 

(60th  Day) 

(Awake,  why  sleepest  thou 

[O  Lord]?,  Psalms  44:23  [KJV] ) 

Psalms  44:23  [KJV] ) 

Seventh  Sunday  before  Easter 
(50th  Day) 

(be  thou  my  strong  rock, 
Psalms  31:2  [KJV] ) 


Sixth  Sunday  before  Easter 

First  Sunday  in  Lent 

(He  shall  call  upon  me,  and  I 

will  answer  him:  Psalms  91:15 

[KJV]) 

Fifth  Sunday  before  Easter 
(Remember,  O  Lord,  thy  tender 
mercies  ...  Psalms  25:6  [KJV]) 


Fourth  Sunday  before  Easter 
(Mine  eyes  are  ever  toward 
the  Lord;  Psalms  25:15  [KJV]) 

Third  Sunday  before  Easter 
(Rejoice  ye  with  Jerusalem,  and 
be  glad  with  her,  all  ye  that 
love  her:  Psalms  66:10  [KJV]) 


Second  Sunday  before  Easter 
(Judge  me,  O  God,  and  plead  my 
cause  against  an  ungodly 
nation:  Psalms  43:1  [KJV]) 

Palm  Sunday 

(But  be  not  thou  far  from  me, 
O  Lord:  O  my  strength,  haste 
thee  to  help  me.   Psalms  22:19 
[KJV]) 


Maundy  Thursday 

(Thursday  before  Easter;  from 
mandatum  meum,  the  first  words 
of  the  washing  of  the  feet 
ceremony  which  occurs  on 
this  day. ) 


263 


Latin 

Dies  Adorationis 

Pascha 

Quasimodogeniti 

(Quasi  modo  geniti  infantes 

[sicut  modo  geniti  infantes 

rationale  sine  dolo  lac 

concupiscite  ut  in  eo 

crescatis  in  salutem] , 

Epistula  Petrii  1:2  [Vulgate]) 

Misericordia 

( misericordia  Domini  plena 

est  terra,  Psalmi  32:5 

[Vulgate] ) 

Jubilate 

(Jubilate  Deo  omnis  terra 
cantate  gloriam  nomini  eius, 

Psalmi  65:1-2  [Vulgate]) 


Cantate 

(Cantate  domino  canticum  novum, 

Psalmi  97:1  [Vulgate]) 

Rogate 

(Rogate  Vocem  Jucunditatis , 

Isaias  28:20  [Vulgate]) 

Exaudi 

(Exaudi,  domine,  vocem  meam 
[audi  Domine  vocem  meeim 
invocantis  miserere  mei  et 
exaudi  me],  Psalmi  26:7 
[Vulgate] ) 

Ascenscio 


Pentecostae 
( Pentecoste ) 

Trinitatis 

I  post  Trinitatem 

II  post  Trinitatem 

III  post  Trinitatem 


English 

Good  Friday 

Easter 

Sunday  after  Easter 

(As  newborn  babes,  desire  the 

sincere  milk  of  the  word,  that 

they  may  grow  thereby: 

I  Peter  1:2  [KJV] ) 


Second  Sunday  after  Easter 
(the  earth  is  full  of  the 

goodness  of  the  Lord. 

Psalms  33:5  [KJV] ) 

Third  Sunday  after  Easter 
(Make  a  joyful  noise  unto  God, 

all  ye  lands:  Sing  forth  the 

honor  of  his  name: 

Psalms  66:1-2  [KJV]) 

Fourth  Sunday  after  Easter 
(0  sing  unto  the  Lord  a  new 
song;  Psalms  98:1  [KJV]) 

Fifth  Sunday  after  Easter 
(Ask  [with]  a  voice  of  pleasure, 
Isaiah  28:20  [KJV] ) 

Sixth  Sunday  after  Easter 
(Hear,  0  Lord,  when  I  cry  with 
my  voice:  have  mercy  also  upon 
me  and  answer  me.   Psalms  27:7 
Psalms  27:7  [KJV] ) 


Day  of  Ascension 

(40  days  after  Easter) 

(Day  of)  Pentecost 


(Feast  of)  Trinity  Sunday 
First  Sunday  after  Trinity 
Second  Sxinday  after  Trinity 
Third  Sunday  after  Trinity 


264 


Latin 

IV  post 

V  post 

VI  post 

VII  post 

VIII  post 

IX  post 

X  post 

XI  post 

XII  post 

XIII  post 

XIV  post 

XV  post 

XVI  post 

XVII  post 


Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 
Trinitatem 


XVIII  post  Trinitatem 

XIX  post  Trinitatem 

XX  post  Trinitatem 

XXI  post  Trinitatem 

XXII  post  Trinitatem 

XXIII  post  Trinitatem 

XXIV  post  Trinitatem 

XXV  post  Trinitatem 

XXVI  post  Trinitatem 


English 

Fourth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Fifth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Sixth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Seventh  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Eighth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Ninth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Tenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Eleventh  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Twelfth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Thirteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Fourteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Fifteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Sixteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Seventeenth  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Eighteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Nineteenth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Twentieth  Sunday  after  Trinity 

Twenty-First  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Twenty-Second  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Twenty-Third  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Twenty-Fourth  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Twenty-Fifth  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Twenty-Sixth  Sunday  after 
Trinity 


265 


Latin 

XXVII  post  Trinitatem 


Adventus 

(Ad  te  levavi  [Ad  te  Domine 
cLnimam  meam  levabo]  , 

Psalmi  24:1  [Vulgate]) 


II   post  Adventum 
(Populus  Sion,  Isaias  3  0 
[Vulgate] ) 


30 


III  post  Adventum 
(gaudete  in  Domino  semper 

itenun  dico  gaudete, 

Epistola  ad  Philippenses  4:4 
[Vulgate] ) 

IV  post  Adventum 

(Rorate  coeli  desuper  [rorate 
caeli  desuper  et  nubes  pluant 
iustum] ,  Isaias  45:8  [Vulgate]) 


English 

Twenty-Seventh  Sunday  after 
Trinity 

Advent  Sunday  (fourth  Sunday  befor 
before  Christmas — Unto  thee, 
O  Lord,  do  I  lift  up  my  soul. 
Psalms  25:  1  [KJV] ) 

Second  Sunday  after  Advent 
(Sunday)  (People  of  Zion: 
Isaiah  30:30  [KJV] ) 

Third  Sunday  after  Advent 
(Sunday)  (Rejoice  in  the  Lord 
always:  and  again  I  say. 
Rejoice.   Philippians  4:4 
[KJV]) 

Fourth  Sunday  after  Advent 
(Sunday)  (Drop  down,  ye  heavens, 

from  above  and  let  the  skies 

pour  down  righteousness : 

Isaiah  45:8  [KJV] ) 


266 


APPENDIX  D 


Sample  Parish  Register  Entries 


Included  below  are  three  parish  register  entries.  The 
handwritten  copy  is  first,  then  a  Latin  transliteration,  then  an 
English  translation. 

It  is  recommended  that  each  document  be  read  in  the  origi- 
nal, then  compared  first  with  the  Latin  transliteration  and, 
finally,  with  the  English  translation.  In  this  way,  additional 
facility  in  the  study  and  translation  of  register  entries  may  be 
obtained,  particularly  those  in  which  at  least  some  Gothic 
letters   are   found. 

Parish  Registers:    Document   #1:    A  Birth   Entry   from  Germany 


2      \rpt4,n~d*-r%^'Ary»^/ 


10 

11 

12 

15 

14 
IS 

16 

11 

18 

20 

O-n-^-n 


'/^- 


./t/K\ 


J. 


267 


Latin  Transliteration:  Document  #1 

1)  Proles  anonyma  Matthiae  Schuster/ : Krammertippl/ : 

2)  nxindinatoris ,  et  Maria  Evae  Leyrerinn 

3)  conjugum,  filius  legitimus,  ob  primogenitus ,  ob 

4)  peirtus  difficultatem  2  dies  integros  durantem,  ma- 

5)  tvire  in  utero  ob  obstetrice  hujate  primum,  dein 

6)  securitatis  causa  eib  obstetrice  Weilheimensi,  in  arte 

7 )  sua  longe  peritissima  signum  vitae  advertente  ba- 

8)  ptizatur  h:  3  matut:  22  Jul:  statim  obiit,  eodemque 

9)  die  h:5  ta  vesp:  translatus  ad  tumulum  et  sepultus  est 


10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 


Proles  anonymae  Joeuiis  Georgii  Nebl/:Zach:/villae  nostrae 

duae  operarii,  et  Meiriae  Bellandinn  conjugiim 

per  abortum  terrore  caussatum  natae,  queiriua 

una  f aeminea ,  ab  ipsa  matre  pridie  eib  obstetrice  hujate 

ad  casum  quo,/:  heu!  jam  bina  vice  factum!:/  instructa 

baptizata  est;  altera  autem  mascula  nullum  omnino 

vitae  signum  edidit;  heme  obstretix  in  aedicula  peir- 

vulorum  sine  baptismate  dedecentium,  illam  vero  utpote 

baptizatam,  licet  4  vel  5  poliices  longam,  sesqviipedali  tamen 

loculo  inclusam  ritu  consueto  sepelivit  eodem  die  h.  4  vesp: 

30  Julii 


N.B.  Krammertippl  and  Zach  are  locality  names. 

Weilheimensis  is  Latinized  fonn  of  Weilheim,  a 
place  name.   Note  that  h:  =  hora,  5ta  =  quinta, 
matut.  =  matutina,  and  vesp:  =  vespertina.   Note  also 
that  the  first  words  of  lines  10  &  11  are  actually 
in  the  margin,  i.e.,  proles  duae,  even  though 
they  are  included  with  these  lines  for  illustrative 
purposes.   Translate  this  phrase  with  line  10, 
e.g.,  proles  duae  Joanis  ...  etc. 


268 


English  Translation:  Document  #1 

An  anonymous  child  (or,  the  anonymous  offspring)  of  Matthew 
Schuster,  from  Krammertippl 

a  merchant  trading  at  fairs ,  and  Maria  Eva  Leyrer 

married  couple,  son  legitimate  firstborn,  because  of 

a  difficult  birth  lasting  two  entire  days, 

promptly  in  the  womb  by  the  midwife  of  this  place,  first 
then 

for  the  sake  of  safety,  by  the  midwife  in  Weilheim  in  art 

her  for  a  long  time  most  skilled,  a  sign  of  life  perceiving 

is  baptized  at  the  third  hour  of  the  morning  on  the  22nd  of 
July:  (the  child)  died  immediately  (thereafter),  and  on  the 
same 

day  at  the  fifth  hour  of  the  evening  (it)  was  carried  to  the 
tomb  and  buried. 

Two  anonymous  children  (offspring)  of  John  George  Nebl  from 
Zach  of  our  village 

a  worker  (manual  laborer),  and  Maria  Beland  married  couple, 

born  through  a  miscarriage  caused  by  fear,  of  which 

one  (was)  a  female,  by  the  mother  herself  the  day  before  by  o 

the  midwife  of  this  place  ^ 

>-  ^ 
tr  uj  CO 

for  the  case,  for  which — whew!  now  two  instead  made —    <  _j  ^ 

instructed  S^  '^  < 

was  baptized;  the  other  (child)  (was)  however  male,  no   >.  *~  » 
entirely  CC  co  H 

O  UJ  rr 
of  life  a  sign  gave  out;  this  (child)  the  midwife  in  the  [j^  ^ 
mortuary  (literally:  the  little  house)  t^  I  v^ 

f-  < 
of  the  deceased  children  (of  the  small  ones)  without  bap-Q^jH 
it  (the  child)  truly  as  if  2  2  !j 

<  m  ^ 
baptized,  only  four  or  five  inches  long,  nevertheless  in^^  *" 
foot  and  a  half  (long)  "^ 

coffin  shut  (placed)  according  to  the  customary  rite 
buried  on  the  same  day  at  the  fourth  hour  of  the  evening. 

on  the  30th  of  July. 


269 


(An  unnamed  child,  the  legitimate  first-born  son  of  Matthew 
Schuster,  a  merchant  trading  at  fairs,  from  Kramertippl 
[living  at  Kramertippl]  and  [of]  Maria  Eva  Leyrer,  married 
couple,  because  of  a  difficult  birth  lasting  two  entire 
days,  promptly  by  the  local  midwife,  first,  then,  for 
safety's  sake,  by  the  midwife  of  Weilheim,  who  is  most 
skilled  in  her  art,  after  perceiving  a  sign  of  life,  is 
baptized  at  the  third  hour  of  the  morning  on  July  2  2nd; 
the  child  died  immediately  [after  the  baptism]  and  on  the 
same  day  at  the  fifth  hour  of  the  evening  it  was  carried  to 
the  tomb  and  buried. ) 


(Two  unnamed  children  of  John  George  Nebl,  from  Zach  [living 
at  Zach],  a  manual  laborer  of  our  village,  and  Maria  Beland, 
married  couple,  born  due  to  a  miscarriage  caused  by  fear, 
of  whom  one  [was]  female,  [and]  was  baptized  by  the  mother 
herself,  who  was  instructed  yesterday  by  the  local  midwife 
for  this  situation — whew!  now  two  came  out  instead  of  one — 
the  other,  however,  [was]  a  male,  [but]  he  gave  out  no  sign 
of  life  whatsoever;  that  child  was  brought  to  the  mortuary 
for  deceased  children  without  baptism;  it  was,  however, 
treated  as  if  it  had  been  baptized,  and,  even  though  it 
was  only  four  or  five  inches  long,  it  was  placed  in  a 
coffin  about  one  and  one-half  feet  long,  and  buried  on  the 
same  day,  according  to  the  customary  rite,  at  the  fourth 
hour  of  the  evening  on  July  3  0th. ) 

Note  that  proles  is  a  feminine  noun.   For  this  reason, 
mascula,  illam,  baptizatam,  longam,  and 
inclusam  all  agree  with  it  in  gender,  and  case  (The 
singular  is  inferred  because  each  child  is  treated 
separately  in  the  entry.)  even  though  the  second  child 
who  died  was  a  male. 


270 


Parish  Registers:  Document  #2:  A  marriage  from  France 


■^Pi 


r-c^ 


12 
•  13 


14  ->*^  / 


15 


■^■^ 


20 


)Att;*25t-  ^^^J**-  M^M^^/fun^  fi&i^HaA*'***^**^^ 


'>ir  ^i 


«' 


271 


Latin  Transliteration:  Document  #2 
Anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  nonagesimo 

die  decimo  quinto  mensis  februarii  rite  antea  in  hanc  (sic) 
nostra  ecclesia  parochiali  factis  tribus  denxinciationibxis , 
guarum  prima  die  trigesimo  Januarii  secunda  septimo 
hujus  tertia  die  decimo  quarto/  nulloque  detecto  impedi- 
mento  obtento  eorum  quorum  interest  consensu  matri- 
monii vinculo  conjuncti  sunt  Franciscus  Josephus 
Strohmeyer  Adolphi  Strohmeyer  civis  in  hoc  loco 
Bumhaupt  inferiori  et  defunctae  Mariae  Annae  Bilsch 
f ilius  legit imus  natus  viginti  octo  annos  et  quatuor 
circiter  menses  et  Jacobe  Bilsch  Michaelis  Bilsch  civis 
hujus  loci  et  defunctae  Annae  Mariae  Muller  filia  legi- 
tima  nata  triginta  unum  annos  et  duos  menses  a 
me  Francisco  Josepho  Hinck  parocho  hujus  dicti 
loci  et  presentibus  testibus  Adolpho  Strohmeyer 
supra  nominato  sponsi  patre  et  Michaele  Bilsch 
supra  dicto  sponsae  patre,  Petro  Bilsch  praefati 
Michaelis  Bilsch  f ilio  legitime  et  Ludovico  Vogeleisen 
scholae  magistro  et  organista  hujus  parochiae,  qui 
quatuor  una  cum  sponso  et  sponsa  mecum  subscrip- 
serunt. 
N.B.  Bumhaupt  inferior:  Burnhaupt-le-bas 


272 


English  Translation:  Document  #2 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  ninety 

on  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  February  formerly  in 
the  customary  manner  in  this 

our  parish  church,  three  banns  having  been  made, 

of  which  the  first  (was)  on  the  30th  of  January,  the  second 
on  the  seventh 

of  this  (month)  (and)  the  third  on  the  fourteenth  day,  and 
no  having  been  uncovered  hindr- 
ance, having  been  obtained  of  those  of  whom  it  concerns 
consent,  of  marri- 
age by  the  bond  were  joined  Francis  Joseph 
Strohmeyer,  of  Adolph  Strohmeyer  citizen  in  this  place 
(of)  Burnhaupt-le-bas  and  of  the  deceased  Maria  Anna  Bilsch 
son  legitimate  born  28  years  and  four 

approximately  months  and  Jacobe  Bilsch  of  Michael  Bilsch 
citizen 

of  this  place  and  of  the  deceased  Anna  Maria  Mueller  daughter 
legi- 
timate born  31  years  and  2  months  by 
me  Francis  Joseph  Hinck  parish  priest  of  this  said 

place  and  the  witnesses  present  (or  the  present  witnesses) 
were  Adolph  Strohmeyer 

above  named  of  the  groom  father  and  Michael  Bilsch 
above  said  of  the  bride  father,  Peter  Bilsch  of  the  aforesaid 
Michael  Bilsch  son  legitimate  and  Louis  Vogeleisen 
school  master  and  organist  of  this  parish,  which 
four  together  with  the  groom  and  bride  with  me  under- 
signed. 


273 


(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  ninety  [and]  on  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  February,  earlier  [and] 
in  the  proper  manner,  in  this  our  parish  church,  after  the 
posting  of  three  marriage  banns,  the  first  of  which  was 
on  the  3  0th  day  of  January,  the  second  on  the  7th  of  this 
month,  [and]  the  third  on  the  14th  [of  this  month] ,  and 
since  no  hindrance  was  uncovered,  [and]  with  the  obtained 
consent  of  those  involved,  Francis  Joseph  Strohmeyer, 
legitimate  son  of  Adolph  Strohmeyer,  citzen  in  this  place 
of  Burnhaupt-le-bas ,  and  [son]  of  the  deceased  Maria  Anna 
Bilsch,  born  28  years  and  about  4  months  ago,  and  Jacobe 
Bilsch,  legitimate  daughter  of  Michael  Bilsch,  citizen 
of  this  place,  and  [daughter]  of  the  deceased  Anna  Maria 
Mueller,  born  31  years  and  2  months  ago,  were  joined  in  the 
bond[s]  of  holy  matrimony  by  me  Francis  Joseph  Hinck, 
parish  priest  of  this  said  place,  and  the  witnesses  present 
were:  Adolph  Strohmeyer,  above-named  father  of  the  groom, 
and  Michael  Bilsch,  above-said  father  of  the  bride,  Peter 
Bilsch,  the  legitimate  son  of  the  aforesaid  Michael  Bilsch, 
and  Louis  Vogeleisen,  school  teacher  and  organist  of  this 
parish,  the  four  of  whom,  together  with  the  groom  and 
bride,  signed  below  with  me.) 


274 


Parish  Registers:  Document  #3:  A  Death  Entry  from  Germany 


12 

13  nitm 

14 
15 
16 
17 


275 


Latin  Transliteration:  Document  #3 

Josephus  Held  viduus.   Per  plures  annos  homo  vere  miser  et 
miserabilis,  leproso  proximus,  seine 

plurima  contemptum.   Pauperitatem,  famen,  sitim,  frigus  et 
aestum 

magnosque  corporis  concreti  et  debilium  membrorxun  cruciatus 
patientissime 

velut  alter  Job  sustinuit.   Quotidie,  permittente  calami tate, 
in  nostra 

ecclesia  tremendis  missae  sacrificiis  interfuit,  devotissime 
oreins.   Vir  ergo 

minime  fucato  virtutis  et  magnae  pietatis  fuit.   Tcindein  in  via, 
beurona  (place  name) 

domtun  redux,  pluvia  madef actus,  digito  primum  minimo,  dein 
toto  brachio 

intumescere  coepit.   Sanie  mox  fluente,  et  digito  putredine 
consumto 

mirum  est,  quantos  dolores  pertulerit,  per  integras  septem 
hebdomades  uno 

vilissimi  lectuli  spatio  affixus.   At  nunquam  conquestus, 
nunquam  impatienter 

locutus  fuit,  in  tribulatione  patienticun  maximum  Thesaurum, 
impatientiam 

vero  maximum  damnum  esse  dictitcuis.   Quondam  consolatori  sue 
commiserati- 

onem  ostendenti  heroice  respondit,  miseratione  dignum  non 
esse,  quem  Deus 

tot  malis  percusserit.   Ergo  bis  ss.  ecclesiae  morientium 
sacramentis  refectus 

post  durum  certamen  optime  ad  j  ter  ( iter )  aetemitatis 
dispositus  et  resignatus 

me  presente  misereim  vitam  cum  meliori  et  beata,  ut  pie  opto 
et  credo 

permutavit.  R.  J.  (I.)  P.  vixit  elemosynis  beuronensi  (a  town) 

Right  hand  margin:  sepultus  obiit  2do  Octobris  1785  aetatis 
sexagesimo  primo.   sepultus  in  Imdorff  3  Octobris. 


276 


English  Translation:  Document  #3 

1)  Joseph  Heid  widower.   Through  many  years  a  man  truly  poor  and 
miserable,  by  leprosy  next,  indeed 

2)  many  things,  condemned:  poverty,  hunger,  thirst,  cold  and 
heat 

3)  and  great  of  the  stiffened  body  and  of  weak  limbs  torments 
most  patiently 

4)  just  as  another  Job  endured.   Daily,  calamity  permitting, 
in  our 

5)  church  with  tremendous  sacrifices  at  the  mass  he  was  present, 
most  devoutly  praying.   A  man,  therefore, 

6)  least  in  simulation  of  virtue  and  of  great  piety  he  was. 
Finally  on  the  road  from  Beurona 

7)  he  returned  home,  by  the  rain  made  wet,  first  with  the 
smallest  finger,  then  with  the  whole  arm 

8)  to  swell  up  he  began.   Soon  with  pus  flowing,  and  a  putrid 
finger  consumed 

9)  it  is  a  marvel,  how  many  pains  he  suffered,  through  seven 
entire  weeks  for  a 

10)  of  most  vile  bed  space  he  was  affixed.   But  never  a 
complaint,  never  impatiently 

11)  he  spoke,  in  suffering,  patience,  the  greatest  treasure, 
(and)  impatience 

12)  truly  the  greatest  loss  is,  repeating,  to  his  former 
consoler 

13)  pity  showing,  he  answered  heroically  (that)  he  was  not 
worthy  of  pity  whom  God 

14)  will  have  struck  with  so  many  evil  things.   Therefore, 
twice  with  the  holy  sacraments  of  the  church  of  the  dying 
refreshed 

15)  after  a  hard  struggle  most  favorably  to  the  journey  of 
eternity  disposed  and  resigned 

16)  in  my  presence  a  poor  life  with  a  better  and  blessed,  as 
piously  I  desire  and  believe, 

17)  he  exchanged.   May  he  rest  in  peace!   He  lived  from  the 
charity  of  Beuron(a) 


277 


died  2nd  October  1785  61  years  of  age;  buried  in  Irndorf 
3rd  October 

(Joseph  Heid  widower.   For  many  years  [this]  truly  unfortunate 
and  miserable  man  was  cursed  by  leprosy  [and]  indeed  many 
[other]  things:  poverty,  hunger,  thirst,  cold,  and  heat, 
and  he  endured  most  patiently  great  torments  of  [from]  his 
stiffened  body  and  weak  limbs,  just  as  another  Job.   He  was 
present  daily,  when  his  illness  allowed,  at  great  sacrifice, 
in  our  church  [and]  he  prayed  most  devotedly.   He  was  a  man, 
therefore,  of  great  piety,  who  least  simulated  virtue. 
Finally,  however,  on  the  road  from  Beurona,  as  he  returned 
home,  soaked  by  the  rain,  first  his  little  finger,  then 
his  whole  arm  began  to  swell  up.   Soon,  with  flowing  pus 
and  consumed  by  a  putrid  finger,  he  was  confined  to  a  most 
vile  bed  for  a  space  of  seven  whole  weeks.   The  amount  of 
pain  he  suffered  is  unbelievable.   Yet  he  never  uttered  a 
complaint  or  spoke  impatiently,  repeating  that  patience 
in  tribulation  is  the  greatest  treasure  and  impatience 
the  greatest  loss.   To  his  former  consoler  [i.e.,  the 
parish  priest]  he  confided  heroically  that  he  whom  God 
will  have  struck  with  so  much  evil  is  not  worthy  of  pity. 
Twice,  therefore,  refreshed  by  the  holy  sacraments  of  the 
church  for  the  dying,  [and]  after  a  hard  struggle,  most 
most  favorably  disposed  and  resigned  to  the  eternal  journey 
he  exchanged  a  poor  life  for  one  better  and  blessed,  as  I 
piously  hope  and  believe.   May  he  rest  in  peace!   He  lived 
from  the  charity  of  Beuron[a].   He  died  on  the  second 
of  October  1785  at  the  age  of  61.   He  was  buried  in  Irndorf 
on  the  third  of  October. ) 


278 


KEY  TO  THE  GRAMMAR  AND  TRANSLATION  EXERCISES 


Chapter  I 

A.  Grammar 

Singular 

Norn .  f emina 

Gen .  f eminae 

Dat .  f eminae 

Ace .  f eminam 

Abl .  f emina 

Plural 


Plural 

Nom.  filii 

Gen.  filioriim 

Dat.  filiis 

Ace.  filios 

Abl.  filiis 


aurxga 

aurigae 

aurigae 

aurigam 

auriga 


Nom. 

feminae 

aurigae 

Gen. 

feminarum 

aurigarum 

Dat. 

feminis 

aurigis 

Ace. 

feminas 

aurigas 

Abl. 

feminis 

aurigis 

Singular 

Nom. 

f ilius 

puer 

signum 

Gen. 

filii 

pueri 

signi 

Dat. 

filio 

puero 

signo 

Ace. 

f ilium 

puerum 

signum 

Abl. 

filio 

puero 

signo 

pueri 
puerorum 
puer is 
pueros 
puer is 


sxgna 

signorum 

signis 

signa 

signis 


C.  Latin  to   English 

She  is  my  godmother. 

the  will  of  the  aunt 

She  is  a  widow. 

of/from  the  driver 
to/for  the  driver 
the  drivers 

He/she  has  a  grandmother, 

the  baptism  of  a/the  son 


(or:  My  godmother  is.) 


279 


to/for  the  pupils  (disciples) 

by/with/f rom,  etc.  the  pupils  (disciples) 

in  the  year  of  the  (our)  Lord 

He/she  made  a  will. 

of/from  Catherine 
to/for  Catherine 

E.  English  to  Latin 

filia  consobrinae 

nautae 

Marita  mea  est. 

sepulturae 

Matrinam  habet.    (Patrineun  habet  is  also  possible.) 

servorum 

coemeterio 

matrimonium  magistri 

baptismo 

Stephani 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

13  September 

Clasina 

Father  Henricus  (Henry)  van  der  Mortel 

Mother  Susanna  de  Visscher 

Godmother  Joanna  Dekers 

born  on  the  same  day  after  noon  about  4:30  (about  the  hour 
four  and  one-half) 


280 


Document  #  2 

This  baptism  book  (was)  begun  by  the  right  reverend  lord 
Peter  Kaufman  by  me  Dominic  Wei land  of  the  same  immediate 
successor  was  continued  (and)  in  the  same  place  pastor  in 
the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  twenty-one  to  the 
greater  of  God  and  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  glory. 

(This  baptismal  book  [was]  begun  by  the  right  reverend  lord 
Peter  Kaufman  [and]  continued  by  me  Dominic  Wei land, 
immediate  successor  of  the  same  [i.e.,  Peter  Kaufman] 
[and]  pastor  in  the  same  place  in  the  year  one  thousand 
seven  hundred  twenty-one  to  the  greater  glory  of  God 
and  of  the  Blessed  Virgin.) 


Nom. 
Gen, 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Chapter  II 
A.  Grammar 

Singular 


Masc. 

bonus 

boni 

bono 

bontun 

bono 


Fern. 

bona 

bonae 

bonae 

bonam 

bona 


Neut. 

bonum 

boni 

bono 

bonum 

bono 


Masc. 

liber 
liber i 
libero 
liberum 
libero 


Fem. 

libera 
liber ae 
liber ae 
liber am 
libera 


Neut. 

liberum 
liber i 
libero 
liberum 
libero 


Plural 


Nom. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

liberi     liberae    libera 
libero rum  liber arxun  liberorum 
liberis    liberis    liberis 
liberos    liberas    libera 
liberis    liberis    liberis 


C.  Latin  to  English 

The  sailor  is  large. 

the  book  (or  register)  of  the  baptized  children,  of  the 
married  and  deceased  (persons) 

the  church  of  the  Blessed  Saint  Peter 

He/she  has  one  son. 

My  son  is  small. 


281 


D.  English  to  Latin 

liber  ecclesiae  Sancti  Petri 

Hones tus  Thomas  Mattingly  et  pudica  Anna  Barbara  Wilcox 
copulati  siint. 

Hodie  Martinus,  filius  illegitimus  Mathildae  Stieger, 
oriundae  ex  Rottweiller,  mortuus  est. 

parochia  Beatae  Sanctae  Mariae 

filia  abortiva 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

Today  the  thirteenth  of  August  1703  died  Joseph, 
illegitimate  son  of  Joseph  Burger  citizen  of  Rotenwiller, 
and  (of)  Anna  Lemena  of  Frieburg  im  Uechtland,  of  age 
about  8  months  and  he  was  buried  in  the  cemetery  beyond 
the  gate.   The  witnesses  present  were  Laurence  Weber, 
sexton  of  the  cathedral  church  of  Strasbourg,  and  Anna 
Teusch(in)  wife  of  John  (Johann)  Jacob  Henny,  citizen  of 
this  city.   (directly  below:  buried  P.  Dourne  [i.e., 
P.  Dourne,  the  priest,  buried  the  child]) 

Document  #  2 

On  the  same  day  (in)  1833  according  to  the  sacrament  were 
married  the  upright  young  man  Jacob  Marxer  and  the  upright 
virgin  Maria  Agatha  Meyer,  in  the  presence  of  the  witnesses 
Jacob  Matt  and  John  (Johann)  Meyer. 

(On  the  same  day  in  1833,  the  honorable  [upright]  young 
man  Jacob  Marxer  and  the  honorable  [upright]  virgin  Maria 
Agatha  Meyer  were  married,  according  to  the  sacrament 
[of  the  church] ,  in  the  presence  of  the  witnesses  Jacob 
Matt  and  John  Meyer. ) 

Chapter  III 

A.  Grammar 

Present  Indicative  Active 

Singular 

baptizo  doceo  svun 

baptizas  doces  es 

baptizat  docet  est 


282 


Plural 

baptizamus 
baptizatis 
baptlzan-t 


docemus 
docetis 
docent: 


Future  Indicatve  Active 
Singular 


baptizabo 

baptizabis 

baptizabit 

Plural 

bapti zabimus 
baptizabitis 
bapti zabunt 


docebo 

docebis 

docebit 


docebimus 
docebitis 
docebunt 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


bapti zabam 
baptizabas 
bapti zabat 

Plural 

bapt i  z  abmus 
baptizabatis 
bapti zabant 


docebam 
docebas 
docebat 


docebamus 
docebatis 
docebant 


sumus 
estis 
sunt 


ero 

eris 

erit 


erimus 
eritis 
erunt 


eram 
eras 
erat 


eramus 
eratis 
erant 


C.  Latin  to  English 

He  will  baptize  my  child. 

He/she  is  a  sailor.   (There  is  a  sailor;  The  sailor  is.) 

They  are  grandmothers.   (The  grandmothers  are;  There  are 

grandmothers . ) 

The  uncles  approve  the  marriage  of  their  daughters. 

The  sons  (nom.  pi.)  of  the  uncle  (gen.  sing.)  sons  (nom. 
pi.)  of  the  brother  are. 

(The  sons  of  the  uncle  are  sons  of  the  brother. ) 

The  cousin  used  to  relate  stories. 


283 


D.  English  to  Latin 
Nautae  sunt . 
Testes  sunt: 

Filiae  meae  in  villa  laborabant. 

Hodie  Johannes  Merz,  filius  legitimus  Thomae  Merz  et  Mariae 
Gather inae  Belcher,  baptizatus  est. 

E.  Parish  Registers 
Document  # 1 

In  the  Year  163  5 

This  year  furious  was,  indeed  in  it  Mars  with  Libitina 
celebrated,  i.e.,  the  wrath  of  God  the  lands  with  spear, 
war  and  plague,  with  similarities,  so  oppressed,  that 
of  Darmstadt  from  the  court,  within  (under)  whose  roof 
hunger  and  walking  about  Bellona  the  inhabitants  very  many 
forced,  by  means  (of)  with  the  same  cart  more  than  50  from 
(of)  the  dead  were  carried  out.   (This)  is  seen  (in)  the 
register  ecclesiastical  (of)  Darmstadt  under  the  year  1635. 

(In  the  year  1635 

This  year  was  indeed  furious ;  in  it  Mars  celebrated  with 
Libitina,  i.e.,  the  wrath  of  God  so  oppressed  the  lands  with 
spear,  war,  and  plague,  which  was  similar  to  Mars  celebrating 
with  Libitina,  that  more  than  50  of  the  dead  were  carried 
out  to  be  buried,  in  the  same  cart,  from  the  court  of 
Darmstadt,  under  whose  roof  [protection]  hunger  and  war 
forced  a  great  many  inhabitants.   This  event  is  seen 
[recorded]  in  the  ecclesiastical  register  of  Darmstadt 
under  the  year  1635.) 

Document  #  2 


Children 

Maria  Catharina 
born  (on)  the  19th 


Parents 


Godparents 


Nicolaus  Heimburger  John  Peter  Oberrieder 


resident  of  Colmar 
and  vine  dresser 
Anna  Maria 
Appollonia  Rocs 
from  Doplischirand 
originating 


citizen  of  Colmar 
and  of  the  representative 
of  the  magistrate  of 
Colmar  the  third  son 
Maria  Catherina  Schidyn 
citizen  of  Colmar  and  of 
a  weaver  the  daughter, 
chaste  virgin 


284 


(Godparents) 

(John  Peter  Oberrieder  citizen  of  Colmar 
and  the  third  son  of  the  representative  of  the 
magistrate  of  Colmar 

Maria  Catharina  Schidyn,  citizen  of  Colmar  and 
the  daughter  of  a  weaver.   chaste  virgin) 


Nom, 
Gen, 
Dat, 
Ace. 
Abl, 


Chapter 

IV 

Singular 

aetas 

fons 

nomen 

civis 

aetatis 

fontis 

nominis 

civis 

aetati 

fonti 

nomini 

civi 

aetatem 

fontem 

nomen 

civem 

aetata 

fonte 

nomine 

cive 

Plural 


Nom •  aetates 

Gen .  aetatum 

Dat .  aetatibus 

Ace .  aetates 

Abl .  aetatibus 


fontes 

fontum 

fontibus 

fontes 

fontibus 


nomina 

nominum 

nominibus 

nomina 

nominibus 


Gives 

civium 

civibus 

cives 

civibus 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

felix 

felicis 

felici 

felicem 

felici 


Neuter 

felix 

felicis 

felici 

felix 

felici 


Masc.  &  Fem. 

omnis 

omnis 

omni 

omnem 

omni 


Neuter 

omne 

omnis 

omni 

omne 

omni 


Nom, 
Gen. 
Dat, 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Plural 

felices 

felicium 

felicibus 

felices 

felicibus 

Masc. 


Nom.  celer 

Gen.  celeris 

Dat .  celeri 

Ace .  celerem 

Abl •  celeri 


Fem. 


felicia 

felicium 

felicibus 

felicia 

felicibus 


omnes 

omnium 

omnibus 

omnes 

omnibus 


omnia 

omnium 

omnibus 

omnia 

omnibus 


celeris 

celeris 

celeri 

celerem 

celeri 


Neuter 

celere 

celeris 

celeri 

celere 

celeri 


285 


Plural 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter 


Nom. 

celeres 

celeres 

celeria 

Gen. 

celerium 

celerium 

celerium 

Dat. 

celeribus 

celeribus 

celeribus 

Ace. 

celeres 

celeres 

celeria 

Abl. 

celeribus 

Singular 
Masc.  &  Fem. 

celeribus 

Neuter 

celeribus 

Noiti. 

vetus 

vetus 

Michael is 

Mathildis 

Gen. 

veteris 

veteris 

Michaelis 

Mathildis 

Dat. 

veteri 

veteri 

Michael i 

Mathidli 

Ace. 

veterem 

vetus 

Michaelem 

Mathildem 

Abl. 

vetere 

vetere 

Michaele 

Mathilde 

Plural 


Nom. 

veteres 

Gen. 

veterum 

Dat. 

veteribus 

Ace. 

veteres 

Abl. 

veteribus 

Vetera 

veterxim 

veteribus 

Vetera 

veteribus 


C.  Latin  to  English 


In  this  roll  (record)  the  names  of  the  baptized  children  and 
of  the  godparents  are  contained. 

The  witnesses  of  this  birth  were:  Michael  Worthington, 
esquire,  and  Matthew  Foss ,  knight. 

John,  son  of  Charles,  royal  chancellor,  married  (i.e.,  led 
into  [marriage])  Mathilda,  daughter  of  the  most  illustrious 
Thomas . 

Here  are  the  names  of  all  those  (those  all)  who  in  the  parish 
church  of  the  Blessed  Saint  Paul  in  the  cemetery  beyond 
the  gate  were  buried. 

(Here  are  the  names  of  all  those  who  were  buried  in  the 
parish  church  of  the  Blessed  St.  Paul  in  the  cemetery  beyond 
the  gate . ) 

Yesterday  in  marriage  holy  were  joined  the  bachelor  Jacob 
Walder,  legitimate  son  of  John  Walder  and  Mathilda  Vorwand, 
and  the  chaste  virgin  Maria  Anna  Rueckstaetter ,  legitimate 
daughter  of  William  Rueckstaetter  and  Margareta  Oberbauer. 


286 


(Yesterday  the  bachelor  Jacob  Walder,  legitimate  son  of 
John  Walder  and  Mathilda  Vorwand,  and  the  chaste  virgin 
Anna  Maria  Rueckstaetter ,  legitimate  daughter  of  William 
Rueckstaetter  and  Margaretha  Oberbauer,  were  joined  in 
holy  matrimony. ) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Levantes  (or  Patrini,  or  Susceptores)  fuerunt  Thomas  Brown 
et  Mathilda  Westover. 

In  hoc  rotulo,  nomina  omnium  baptizatorum  puerorum  et 
susceptorum  (patrinoirum,  levantum)  continentur. 

Testes  huius  matrimonii  fuerunt:  Martinus  Vineaux,  agricola 
et  civis  huius  loci,  Petrus  Waldeck,  caupo  et  civis  huius 
loci,  et  Johannes  Paulus  Giron,  faber  et  civis  Sancti 
Martialis. 

Labor  omnium  civitatem  aedificavit. 


Omnibus  fidelibus  in  Christo,  salutationes ! 

E.  Parish  Registers 
Document  # 1 
Children  Parents 


John 

Jacob 

born  (on  the)  24th 


Laurence  Mentzer 

citizen  and  tanner 

Anna  Maria 

Tantz  originating 

from  Turckheim 

of  a  citizen  daughter 

and  of  an  innkeeper 

(Laurence  Mentzer 
citizen  and  tanner 
Anna  Maria 
Tantz  originating 
from  Turckheim 
daughter  of  a 
citizen  and  innkeeper) 


Godparents 

John  George  Mentzer 
citizen  and  butcher 
Maria  Elisabetha 
Brucher,  Tantz (in) 
born,  of  John  Paul 
Brucher  citizen  and 
saddle  maker  wife 

(John  George  Mentzer 
citizen  and  butcher 
Maria  Elisabetha 
Brucher,  born  Tantz, 
wife  of  John  Paul 
Brucher,  citizen  and 
saddle  maker) 


287 


Document  #  2 

Right  Margin 

Carolo  (Carolus)     Yesterday  at  approximately  the  fifth 
Antonio  (Antonius)     (hour)  in  the  afternoon  was  born  a  little 
Maria  child  from  (of) 

Micherolli  the  legitimate  married  couple  Antonio  of  the 

late  Antonio  Micherolli  and  Maria  Antonia, 
daughter  of  Josepho  Siva,  both  of  (from)  the 
place  of  Lostalli  (Lostallo),  who  because  of 
danger  (of  death)  bapti- 
zed was  at  home  by  me  Francisca  as  above 

(Yesterday  at  about  the  fifth  hour  of  the  after  noon  [5:00 
p.m.]  a  little  child,  Antonio,  was  born,  from  the 
legitimately  married  couple  the  late  Antonio  Micherolli, 
and  Maria  Antonia,  daughter  of  Josepho  Siva,  both  from  the 
place  of  Lostallo,  who  [i.e.  the  child]  because  of  danger 
of  death  was  baptized  at  home  by  me,  Francisca  [the  midwife] 
as  above ) 

Chapter  V 

A .  Grammar 


Present  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


contraho 

contrahis 

contrahit 


venio 

capio 

venis 

capit 

venit 

capit 

Plural 


contrahimus 
contrahitis 
contrahimt 


venimus 
venitis 
veniunt 


capimus 
capitis 
capiunt 


Future  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


contraham 
contrahes 
contrahet 


veniam 
venies 
veniet 


capxam 
capies 
capiet 


Plural 


contrahemus 
contrahetis 
contrahent 


veniemus 
venietis 
venient 


capiemus 
capietis 
capient 


288 


Imperfect  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


contrahebam 
contrahebas 
contrahebat 

Plural 

contrahebamus 
contrahebatis 
contrahebant 

C.  Latin  to  English 


veniebam 
veniebas 
veniebat 


veniebamus 
veniebatis 
veniebant 


capiebam 
capiebas 
capiebat 


capiebamus 
capiebatis 
capiebant 


The  book  moreover  to  read  we  promise. 
(We  promise,  morever,  to  read  the  book.) 

William  de  Leye,  junior,  and  Rosalinda  Ralston  a  marriage 
will  contract. 

(William  de  Leye,  junior,  and  Rosalinda  Ralston  will  contract 
a  marriage. ) 

We  grant  freely  and  quietly  to  Stephen  Winckmeier  land  in 
perpetuity  to  be  possessed. 

(We  grant  land,  freely  and  quietly,  to  Stephen  Winckmeier 
to  be  possessed. ) 

I  will  that  Jacob  Hofbauer  the  register  of  this  parish  from 
the  month  of  January  to  the  month  of  December  in  the  year 
one  thousand  seven  hundred  twenty-six  shall  take  down 
(record) . 

(I  will  that  Jacob  Hofbauer  shall  take  down  [record]  the 
register  of  this  parish  from  the  month  of  January 
the  month  of  December  in  the  year  1726.) 

D.  Latin  to  English 

Georgius  Wilson  et  Sophia  Graham  matrimoniim  contrahent. 

In  parochiam  veniebat,  Martham,  famulam  et  orbam,  sub 
promitto  matrimonii  impraegnabat ,  et  fugiebat. 

Epistulam  etiam  scribere  promittimus. 

Mater  gemellos  gignebat,  quibus  nomina  Fredericus  et  Thomas 
imposita  sunt.   Propter  imminens  periculum  mortis,  ambo 
eorum  ab  me  (a  me)  Stephania  Leguinne,  obstetrice, 
baptizati  sunt. 

In  civitatem  (urbem)  veniam. 


289 


E.  Parish  Registers 

Documents  #1  and  #2 

Begins  here  the  book  (register)  of  burials  of  the  church 
parish  of  St.  Stephen  within  Strasbourg 
consisting  of  two  hundred  and  eighty-seven  pages. 
Given  at  Strasbourg  on  the  day  twenty-eighth  of  the  month 
of  June  in  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  forty- 
five 

(Here  begins  the  book  [register]  of  burials  of  the  parish 
church  of  St.  Stephen  within  Strasbourg,  consisting  of 
two  hundred  and  eighty-seven  pages.   Given  at  Strasbourg 
on  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  the  month  of  June  in  the  year 
1745. ) 

Ends  here  the  book  (register)  of  the  dead  (deceased)  of  the 
parish  of  St.  Stephen  within  Strasbourg.   Given  at  Strasbourg 
in  the  palace  episcopal  on  the  day  twenty-seventh  in  the  year 
one  thousand  seven  hundred  nineteen. 

(Here  ends  the  book  [register]  of  the  deceased  of  the  parish 
of  St.  Stephen  within  Strasbourg.   Given  at  Strasbourg  in 
the  episcopal  palace  on  the  twenty-seventh  day  of  June  in 
the  year  1719. ) 

Document  #  3 

Catalog  of  the  deceased  in  the  old  hospital 

royal  located  beyond  the  gate  commonly  Lahiens  called  in  the 

year  1704 
On  the  day  12th  of  September  died  Peter  des  Vaisseaux  of  the 
light-armed  (cavalry)  citizen  of  Benj ,  cavalry  soldier  with  all 
of  the  church  sacraments  provided  of  age 
his  about  3  2  years,  and  he  was  buried  in  the  cemetery  of  the  royal 

hospital 
private;  the  witnesses  assisting  (were)  Philippe  Forbet,  called 

Argentcourt,  hospital  orderly 
of  the  aforesaid  hospital  and  Claude  Verdun  also  an  orderly. 

(Catalog  of  the  deceased  in  the  old  royal  hospital  located  beyond 
the  gate  commonly  called  Lahiens  in  the  year  1704. 
On  the  12th  day  of  September  Peter  des  Vaisseaux  of  the  light- 
armed  [cavalry],  citizen  of  Benj  [and  a]  cavalry  soldier,  died, 
provided  with  all  of  the  sacraments  of  the  church;  he  was  about 
3  2  years  of  age,  and  he  was  buried  in  the  private  cemetery  of 
the  royal  hospital.   The  witnesses  assisting  were:  Philippe 
Forbet,  called  Argentcourt,  an  orderly  of  the  aforesaid  hospital, 
and  Claude  Verdun,  also  an  orderly. ) 


290 


On  the  day  14th  of  September  died  in  the  hospital  old  royal  lord 
N.     the  head  of  the  police  constables  of  Bourgogne ,  with 

all  of  the  church  sacraments 
provided,  and  of  his  age  3  6  about  years,  and  he  was  buried 
in  the  cemetery.  The  above-signed  witnesses  (were)  assisting. 

(On  the  14th  day  of  September,  lord  N.  the  head  of  the  police 
constables  of  Bourgogne,  died  in  the  old  royal  hospital,  provided 
with  all  of  the  sacraments  of  the  church;  he  was  about  36  years 
of  age,  and  he  was  buried  in  the  cemetery.   The  witnesses,  who 
signed  above,  assisted.) 


Chapter  VI 

A.  Grammar 

Perfect  Indicative  Active 

Singular 


habitavi 

tenui 

vendidi 

veni 

cepi 

habitavisti 

tenuisti 

vendidisti 

venisti 

cepisti 

habitavit 

tenuit 

vendidit 

venit 

cepit 

Plural 

habitavimus 

habitavistis 

habitaverunt 


tenuimus 

tenuistis 

tenuemnt 


vendidimus 

vendidistis 

vendidenxnt 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


habitaveram 
habitaveras 
habitaverat 

Plural 


tenueram 
tenueras 
tenuerat 


habitaveramus  tenueramus 
habitaveratis  tenueratis 
habitaverant   tenuerant 


vendideretm 
vendideras 
vendiderat 


vendideramus 
vendideratis 
vendiderant 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
Singular 


habitavero 

habitaveris 

habitaverit 


tenuero 

tenueris 

tenuerit 


vendidero 

vendideris 

vendiderit 


venimus   cepimus 
venistis   cepistis 
venerunt   ceperunt 


veneram  ceperam 
veneras  ceperas 
venerat   ceperat 


veneramus  ceperamus 
veneratis  ceperatis 
venerant   ceperant 


venero     cepero 
veneris    ceperis 
venerit    ceperit 


291 


Plural 

habitaverimus  tenuerimus  vendiderimus  venerimus  ceperimus 
habitaveritis  tenueritis  vendideritis  veneritis  ceperitis 
habitaverint    tenuerint      vendiderint    venerint   ceperint 

C.  Latin  to  English 

In  the  pains  of  childbirth  died  Agnes  de  Groot  while  living 
the  wife  of  William  Sloet,  commonly  called  Gerrit,  citizen 
and  brewer  of  this  place,  on  the  ninth  day  of  the  month  of 
June  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1680. 

We,  priests  of  this  parish  of  the  Blessed  Saints  Peter  and 
Paul,  Abner  Roth  and  Eleanor  Murphy  married. 
(We,  the  priests  of  this  parish  of  the  Blessed  Saints  Peter 
and  Paul,  married  Abner  Roth  and  Eleanor  Murphy.) 

Yesterday,  I,  Stephen  Rotgermann,  deacon,  a  little  old  lady, 
name  unknown,  who  into  village  our  wandered  and  from  a 
disease  unknown  next  to  the  market  place  died,  in  the 
cemetery  of  the  potters  buried. 

(Yesterday  I,  Stephen  Rotgermann,  deacon,  buried  a  little  old 
lady,  name  unknown,  who  wandered  into  our  village,  and  died 
next  to  the  market  place  from  an  unknown  disease,  in  the 
potters'  cemetery.) 

(On  the)  23 (rd)  of  July  breathed  out  her  soul,  Johanna 
Jakobina  Seidt  after  a  long  illness,  widow  of  Michael 
Johannes  Nethe,  with  all  the  sacraments  of  the  church 
provided,  and  on  the  following  day  she  was  buried. 

(On  the  2  3rd  of  July,  Johanna  Jakobina  Seidt,  widow  of  John 
Nethe,  breathed  out  her  soul  after  a  long  illness, 
provided  by  all  of  the  sacraments  of  the  church,  and  was 
buried  on  the  following  day. ) 

Agnes  Nebl ,  a  woman,  a  pauper,  a  worker,  pious  toward  God, 

after  more  than  nine  months  in  stomach  her  so  had  worked 

that  foods  scarcely  not  all,  which  she  had  taken,  again  to  vomj 

up  she  was  compelled,  danger  of  death  sensing,  the  sacrament 

she  sought,  and  to  the  divine  will  most  resigned  after 

many  days  in  agony  she  expired  15  December  1777  in  the 

year  of  age  (her)  54  and  on  the  same  day  she  was  buried. 

(Agnes  Nebl,  a  poor  working  woman,  who  was  pious  toward  God, 
after  more  than  nine  months  of  being  compelled  to  vomit  up 
her  food  again  shortly  after  she  ate  it,  and  sensing  that 
death  was  near,  asked  for  the  last  rites  and  expired, 
being  very  resigned  to  the  divine  will,  after  many  [more] 
days  in  agony,  on  15  December  1777,  in  her  54th  year,  and 
was  buried  on  the  same  day. ) 


292 


D.  English  to  Latin 

Testes  huius  baptismi  fuerunt:  Thomas  Plumboldt,  mercator 
et  civis  huius  loci,  et  Wilfredus  Crom,  aurifaber  et  civis 
Snodlondi . 

Medicus  operationem  fecit  et  infantem  sexus  feminei  ex 
utero  matris  eius  removit.   Ego  Francisca  Capelli  obstetrix 
hunc  infantem  baptizavi,  propter  periculum  mortis  (decessus) 
et  ei  nomen  Mariam  Angelicam  dedi. 

Paulus  Bitrand  servus  (famulus)  fidelis  per  multos  aimos  in 

pharmacopolio  nostro  hydropse  intumuit  et,  omnibus  sacramentis 

provisus,  in  agone  (agonem)  duodecimo  Augusti  1765  anno 
aetatis  suae  40  obiit. 

Hodie  ego  Walterus  Grund,  parochus  parochiae  Sancti  Victoris 
honestum  juvenem  Rudolf um  Schmelzer,  fabrum  et  civem 
Oppenheimensis ,  f ilium  legitimum  Frederici  Schmelzer  agricolae 
et  civis  Oppenheimensis  et  Mariae  Annae  Duersch,  uxoris 
eius  et  pudicam  virginem  Appolloniam  Barbaram  Wuerth,  filiam 
legitimam  defuncti  Nicolai  Wuerth,  dum  vivens  lignarii  et 
civis  ex  Oberkatzenbachense ,  et  Marthae  Evae  Moench  uxoris 
eius  copulavi  (in  matrimonium  conjunxi,  etc.).   Testes 
huius  matrimonii  fuerunt:  Jospehus  Wund,  agricola  ex 
Oppenheimense ,  et  Adamus  Winck,  faber  ex  Oberkatzenbachense. 

Heri  Johannem  ( Joannem) ,  f ilium  illegitimum  Joannae 
(Johannae)  Montreaux  in  coemeterio  figulorum  extra  portam 
villae  nostrae  (vici  nostri)  sepelivi.   Paucis  diebus  post 
mortem  huius  infantis,  mater  etiam  obiit  et  ab  patre  suo 
sepelienda  in  tumulo  familiae  suae  delata  est. 

E.  Parish  Registers 
Document  # 1 

Right  Margin:  Maria  Dominica  Gobba  (+  =  died) 

In  the  year  of  (our)  Lord  1756  on  the  day  25 (th)  of  August 
I  John  Albert  a  Lauda,  Capuchin  missionary  and  parish  priest 
baptized  a  little  child  in  the  preceding  night  born  from  John 
Gobba  and 
Maria  Domnica  Porta  his  legitimate  wife,  upon  whom  the  name 

I  placed  Maria 
Dominica.   The  godparents  were  lord  judge  Joseph  Amabilis 

Paravisius 
and  Maria  Rosa  Pizzetta,  both  from  Lostallo,  and  these  (things) 

all  in  the  church  of  Saint 
Nicolaus  Gabrioli  (were  done). 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1756,  on  the  25th  day  of  August,  I  John 
Albert  a  Lauda,  Capuchin  missionary  and  parish  priest,  baptized  a 
little  child  born  in  the  preceding  night  to  [from]  John  Gobba 

293 


and  Maria  Dominica  Porta  his  legitimate  wife,  upon  whom  I  placed 
the  name  [to  whom  I  gave  the  name]  Maria  Dominica.   The  godparents 
were  lord  judge  Joseph  Amabilis  Paravisius  and  Maria  Rosa  Pizzeta, 
both  from  Lostallo,  and  all  these  things  [were  done]  in  the  church 
of  St.  Nicolaus  Gabrioli.) 

Document  #  2 

Right  Hand  Margin:  Joseph  Maria  Fidelis  Micharolus 

In  the  year  of  (our)  Lord  17  34,  on  the  day  26 (th)  of  June 
Flew  away  to  the  fellowship  of  the  angels,  the  soul  of  a  certain 

little  child  born  from  Antonio 
Maria  Micharolus  and  Dominica  Jacomella,  married  couple,  of  months 

four  about  and  its 
body  was  buried  by  me  John  Aloysius,  Capuchin  preacher  and 

missionary 
in  the  cemetery  of  the  children  in  the  church  of  St.  Nicolaus 

Gabrioli . 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1734,  on  the  26th  day  of  June 
the  soul  of  a  certain  child  flew  away  to  the  fellowship  of  the 
angels,  born  to  [from]  Antonio  Maria  Micharolus  and  Dominica 
Jacomella,  married  couple;  [the  child  was]  about  four  months 
[old]  and  its  body  was  buried  by  me  John  Aloysius,  Capuchin 
preacher  and  missionary,  in  the  cemetery  of  the  children  in  the 
church  of  St.  Nicholaus  Gabrioli.) 

Document  #  3 

1787 

Andreas  Potinger  was  a  man  3  2  of  years,  of  wood  (a  thing 

wooden)  and  water 
a  magistrate,  a  man  vigorous  and  robust,  to  whom  strength  of 

body 
unshaken  health  and  life  long  to  promise 
seemed; ;  but  against  of  all  expectation  already 
by  the  month  of  October,  to  be  badly  off  he  began.   The 

man  robust 
gradually  kept  on  failing  (i.e.,  became  weaker)  and  from  his 

strength  exhausted,  duty  his  no 
longer  to  perform  he  was  able.   Soon  by  the  holy  sacraments 

fortified  by  the  disease 
which  was  pneumonia,  being  oppressed,  and  to  the  last 

(things)  led 
31  January  (at)  7  (in  the)  evening  the  soul  he  breathed  out, 

agonizing,  being  comforted 
and  body  lifeless   1  February  (to  the)  tomb  being  carried. 

(Andreas  Potinger  was  a  3  2-year  old  man,  a  magistrate  of 
wood  and  water,  a  vigorous  and  robust  man  to  whom  the 
strength  of  [his]  body  seemed  to  promise  unshaken  health 
and  long  life.   But  against  every  expectation,  already  by 

294 


the  month  of  October  he  began  to  be  sick.   The  robust  man 
gradually  declined  in  health  and  became  so  exhausted  that 
he  could  no  longer  perform  his  duty.   Soon  thereafter, 
fortified  by  the  last  rites,  and  oppressed  by  the  disease, 
which  was  pneumonia,  and  led  to  the  last  things,  on  the 
31st  of  January  at  7  in  the  evening,  he  breathed  out  [his] 
soul,  being  comforted  [by  the  last  rites],  and  [his] 
lifeless  body  was  carried  to  the  tomb  [and]  buried  on  the 
the  1st  of  February. ) 

Document  #4 

The  Year  of  the  Lord  1815 

Haurytki 

In  the  year  of  (our)  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  fifteen 

on  the  day  31  of  January,  after  the  publication  of  marriage  banns 

on  three  consecutive  Sundays 
of  which  the  first  was  on  Sunday  the  second,  the  second  on  Sunday 

the  third  and  the  (third  was  on  Sunday)  the  fourth 
after  Epiphany,  (and)  no  hindrance  canonical  having  been  uncovered 

and  (being)  previously 
examined  of  (their  own)  free  consent  and  the  remaining 

(information)  to  be  announced,  I  Caspar 
Godleviski ,  vicar  of  the  church  of  Bochoviensis  the  worker  Gregory 

Sobotowski ,  a  young  man 

and  Bogumila  Vrolewna  virgin,  (being)  parishioners  of  (the  parish 

of)  Bochoviensis 
I  questioned  about  their  mutual  consent  above  freely  with  them 

to  be  contracted,  by  will 
examined  in  marriage  I  joined,  and  them  according  to  the  rite 

of  the  holy  mother  church 
I  blessed.   The  witnesses  present  (were)  the  workers  John 
Rogowoski  and  Thomas  Chudrinski . 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1815,  on  the  31st  day  of  January,  after 
the  publication  of  marriage  banns  on  three  consecutive  Sundays, 
the  first  of  which  was  on  the  second  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  the 
second  of  which  was  on  the  third  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  and  the 
third  of  which  was  on  the  fourth  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  and  no 
canonical  hindrance  having  been  uncovered,  and  having  been 
previously  examined  of  their  own  free  consent,  and  the  remaining 
information  to  be  announced,  I  Caspar  Codleviski,  vicar  of  the 
church  of  Bochoviensis,  joined  the  worker  Gregory  Sobotowski, 
a  young  man,  and  Bogumila  Vrolewna,  a  virgin,  parishioners  of 
of  the  parish  of  Bochoviensis,  in  marriage,  after 
I  questioned  them  regarding  their  mutual  consent,  freely  given, 
to  be  married  [to  each  other] ,  and  I  blessed  them  according  to 
the  rite  of  the  holy  mother  church.   The  witnesses  present  were 
the  workers  John  Rogowoski  and  Thomas  Chudrinski . ) 


295 


Wiercienie  and  Haurytki 

In  the  year  of  (our)  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  fifteen, 

on  the  day  15 
of  the  month  of  February,  after  the  publication  of  marriage  banns 

on  three  consecutive  Sundays 
of  which  one  (the  first)  was  on  Sunday  the  fourth,  the  second  on 

Sunday  the  fifth,  the  third  on  Sunday  the  seventh  after  Epiphany 
(and)  no  hindrance  canonical  having  been  uncovered  and  (being) 

previously  examined  of  (their)  free 
consent  and  the  remaining  (information)  to  be  announced,  I  Caspar 

Godleviski  vicar  of  the 
church  of  Bochoviensis  the  noble  George  Wiercienski ,  a  young  man, 

and 
the  noble  Rosalia  Wiercienska,  virgin,  (being)  parishioners  of 

Bochoviensis  and 
I  questioned  (them)  about  their  mutual  consent  above  freely  (given) 

with  them  to  be 
contracted  by  will  examined  in  marriage  I  joined  and  them  according 

to  the  rite 
of  the  holy  mother  church  I  blessed.   The  witnesses  present 

(were)  the  nobles 
Adalbert  Wiercienski  and  Adalbert  ?  (the  surname  is  partially 

cut  off  in  this  entry) 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  on  the  15th  day  of  the  month  of 
February,  after  the  publication  of  marriage  banns  on  three 
consecutive  Sundays  [which  was  apparently  not  the  case  here]  the 
first  of  which  was  on  the  fourth  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  the  second 
of  which  was  on  the  fifth  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  and  the  third  of 
which  was  on  the  seventh  Sunday  after  Epiphany,  and  no  canonical 
hindrance  having  been  uncovered,  and  having  been  previously 
examined  of  their  own  free  will,  and  the  remaining  information 
to  be  announced,  I  Caspar  Godleviski,  vicar  of  the 
church  of  Bochoviensis,  joined  the  noble  Ceorge  Wiercienski,  a 
young  man,  and  the  noble  Rosalia  Wiercienska,  virgin,  parishioners 
of  Bochoviensis,  in  marriage,  after  I  questioned  them  regarding 
their  mutual  consent,  freely  given,  to  be  married  [to  each 
other] ,  and  I  blessed  them  according  to  the  rite  of  the  holy 
mother  church.   The  witnesses  present  were  the  nobles  Adalbert 
Wiercienski  and  Adalbert  ? . ) 


Chapter  VII 

A.  Grammar 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

unus 

una 

unum 

duo 

duae 

duo 

Cen. 

unius 

unius 

unius 

duorxun 

duorrxm 

duarum 

Dat. 

uni 

uni 

uni 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Ace. 

tinum 

unam 

uniun 

duos 

duas 

duo 

Abl. 

uno 

una 

uno 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

296 


Masc. 

Fein. 

Neuter 

Neuter 

Nom. 

tres 

tres 

tria 

Nom. 

milia 

Gen. 

trium 

trium 

trium 

Gen. 

milium 

Dat. 

tribus 

tribus 

tribus 

Dat. 

milibus 

Ace. 

tres 

tres 

tria 

Ace. 

milia 

Abl. 

tribus 

tribus 

tribus 

Abl. 

milibus 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

primus 

prima 

primum 

primi 

primae 

prima 

Gen. 

primi 

primae 

primi 

primorum 

primarum 

primorum 

Dat. 

primo 

primae 

primo 

primis 

primis 

primis 

Ace. 

primum 

primam 

primiim 

primos 

primas 

prima 

Abl. 

primo 

prima 

primo 

primis 

primis 

primis 

C.  Latin  to  English 

In  the  year  of  Christ  one  thousand  five  hundred  ninety-five 
and  on  the  third  day  of  the  month  of  December  .  .  . 

6  January  (Epiphany)  one  thousand  eight  hundred  forty-six 
were  baptized  twins,  legitimate  sons  of  Joseph  Conrad  and 
Susanna  Magdalena  Meyer,  married  couple  from  Boxwiller. 

Here  are  the  names  and  surnames  of  the  baptized  (children) 
in  our  parish  church  of  Saint  Martha  together  with  the  names 
and  surnames  of  the  parents  and  the  godparents  also  from  the 
year  1764. 

In  the  year  of  the  Lord  1774  (on  the  feast  day  of),  the 
Circumcision  of  the  Lord  (1  January),  contracted  marriage 
Henry  Bierdreger  and  Catherine  Germesen,  both  from  Deventer; 
the  priest  was  Jan  Classen. 

(The  year  of  the  Lord  1774,  on  the  feast  day  of  the 
Circumcision  of  the  Lord,  January  1,  Henry  Bierdreger  and 
Catherine  Germesen,  both  from  Deventer,  contracted 
contracted  marriage;  the  priest  was  Jan  Classen. ) 

Given  at  Hereford  28  March  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1241. 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Anno  millesimo  septingentesimo  septuagesimo  secundo  et  die 
decimo  quinto  mensis  8bris  (or  Vlllbris),  Georgius  Walker 
et  Maria  Catharina  Spelt  copulati  sunt. 

Anno  gratiae  millesimo  quingentesimo  tricesimo  quinto, 
die  vices imo  Martii,  vetus  Johannes  Brenner,  viduus  Mathildae 
Steinheim,  mortuus  est  et  die  vices imo  secundo  Martii 
sepultus  est. 


297 


Die  Inventionis  Sancti  Stephani  Protomartyris  ( tertio  August! ) 
MDCXXXIV,  infans  (puer)  Margareta,  filia  legitima  Wilhelmi 
(Guilelmi,  etc.)  Smith  et  Barbarae  Annae  Wheeler  nata  est  et 
tres  dominicae  ( or ,  3  dominicae )  post  idem  f estum 
baptizata  est. 

Datum  decimo  Jcuiucirii  millesimo  octingentesimo  secundo. 

Actum  in  pontificatu  sanctissmi  patris  et  domini  nostri 
dominorum  Urbanis,  divina  providentia  papa. 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

Chrostkowo 

In  the  Right  Margin:  1818 

On  the  day  eighth  of  the  month  of  November,  I  Fulgentius 

Petrykowski 

priest  of  Honne,  baptized  a  child  by  the  name  (of)  Martin  born 

on  day  third  of  the  same  month,  in  the  hour  seventh  of  the 
evening  son 

of  the  upright  Catherine  Murawski ,  a  servant,  of  unknown 
father.   The  godparents 

were  the  upright  Melchior  Hawieki ,  married,  and  Nerienna 

Jankowfka,  virgin,  both  from  Krentowo ,  all  Catholic. 

(On  the  eighth  day  of  the  month  of  November,  I  Fulgentius 
Petrykowski,  priest  of  Honne,  baptized  a  child  by  the 
name  of  Martin,  born  on  the  third  day  of  the  same  month, 
in  the  seventh  hour  of  the  evening,  son  of  the  upright 
Catherine  Murawski,  a  servant;  the  father  of  the  child  was 
unknown.   The  godparents  were  the  upright  Melchior  Hawieki, 
a  married  man,  and  Nerienna  Jankowfka,  virgin,  both  from 
Krentowo,  all  Catholic.) 

Document  #  2 

On  the  Ides  of  Januarii  (13th  of  January)  died  Maria 
Margareta  del  Tombe,  orphan,  John  de  Sentis,  pastor. 

On  eighteen  Kalends  of  February  (15  January),  from  life 
departed  Thomas  del  Salle,  orphan.   John  de 
Sentis,  priest. 

On  five  Kalends  of  February  (28  January),  from  the  station 
of  life  departed  Arnulphus  Waresguelle,  widower.   John  de 
de  Sentis,  curate. 

On  pridie  Kalends  of  February  (31  January),  from  life 
departed  John  de  Flandre,  a  youth.   John  de  Sentis,  priest. 

On  four  Ides  of  February  (10  February),  from  life  departed 


298 


Julian  del  Salle,  orphan.   John  de  Sentis,  curate 

On  three  Ides  of  February  (11  February)  from  life  departed 
Peter  Cola  widower,  John  de  Sentis,  priest. 


Chapter  VIII 

A.  Grammar 

Present  Indicative  Passive 

Singular 


baptizor 

baptizaris 

baptizatur 

Plural 

baptizamur 

baptizamini 

baptizantur 


teneor 

teneris 

tenetur 


tenemur 

tenemini 

tenentur 


vendor 

venderis 

venditur 


vendimur 

vendimini 

venduntur 


Future  Indicative  Passive 
Singular 


baptizabor 

baptizaberis 

baptizabitur 

Plural 


tenebor 

teneberis 

tenebitur 


vendar 

venderis 

vendetur 


baptizabimur   tenebimur   vendemur 
baptizabimini   tenebimini  vendemini 
baptizabuntur  tenebuntur  vendentur 

Imperfect  Indicative  Passive 

Singular 


baptizabar 

baptizabaris 

baptizabatur 

Plural 


tenebar 

tenebaris 

tenebatur 


vendebar 

vendebaris 

vendebatur 


baptizabamur   tenebamur   vendebamur 
baptizabamini   tenebamini  vendebamini 
baptizcibantur  tenebantur  vendebantur 


venior 

veniris 

venitur 


venimur 

venimini 

veniuntur 


veniar 

venieris 

venietur 


veniemiir 

veniemini 

venientur 


veniebar 

veniebaris 

veniebatur 


veniebamur 

veniebamini 

veniebantur 


fugior 

fugeris 

fugitur 


fugimur 

fugimini 

fugiuntur 


fugiar 

fugieris 

fugietur 


fugiemur 

fugiemini 

fugientur 


fugiebar 

fugiebaris 

fugiebatur 


fugiebamur 

fugiebamini 

fugiebantur 


299 


C.  Latin  to  English 

Yesterday,  on  the  seventh  day  of  the  month  of  September,  the 

soul  of  a  child,  name  unknown,  who  by  (from) 
mother  its  was  abandoned,  to  Almighty  God  returned. 

(Yesterday,  on  the  seventh  day  of  the  month  of  September, 
the  soul  of  a  child,  who  was  abandoned  by  its  mother, 
returned  to  Almighty  God. ) 

(There  is,  unfortunately,  no  exact  way  to  determine  the  sex 
of  the  child  from  the  information  provided.  Infans  can  be 
either  masculine  or  feminine  in  gender.  In  this  entry,  it 
appears  to  be  masculine.  Consequently,  qui,  a  relative 
pronoun  whose  antecedent  is  infans,  simply  agrees  with  the 
latter  in  gender  and  number. ) 

On  the  fourth  Sunday  (after)  Epiphany,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  1684,  Mathilda  Reichwald  legitimate  daughter  of 
Matthew  Reichwald  and  Agnes  Meinert  will  be  baptized. 

Is  buried  in  the  cemetery  the  upright  man  George  Meyering. 
(The  upright  man  George  Meyering  is  buried  in  the  cemetery. ) 

In  the  year  of  Grace  1779,  Francisca,  illegitimate  daughter 
of  Maria  Louisa  Franchon,  will  be  confirmed. 

In  this  register,  the  names  of  the  deceased  in  this  parish 
are  contained. 

(The  names  of  the  deceased  in  this  parish  are  contained  in 
this  register. ) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Eodem  die  honestus  juvenis  Henricus  Longue  ex  Hammwiller 
(Hammwillerense)  et  pudica  virgo  Maria  Jacobina  Battler 
copulabantur . 

Vices imo  tertio  Junii  millesimo  sescentesimo  octogesimo 
quinto  sepelitior  gallus  mendicus,  qui  in  xenodochio  obiit. 

Post  brevem  morbum,  anima  sua  Deo  omnipotenti  reddebatxir. 

Infans  (puer)  in  ecclesia  parochiali  a  me  Mairtino  Forcellini 
parocho  parochiae  Sanctae  Agnetis  baptizabitur. 

Silvam  diocesi  donabimus. 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

(Anniversaries  established  in  the  parish  of  Rossbrunn  — 
the  heading  missing  in  the  excerpt) 


300 


6th  (anniversary)  established  1737  for  (in  behalf  of)  John 
George  Wildt  is  celebrated  on  the  8th  of  November;  donated 

(for  this  purpose)  are  (sic)  the  chief  (capital)  sum  (of) 
20  Florins,  of  which  (from  which)  yearly  it  is  necessary 
to  be  paid  (Note  that  this  is  the  third  person  singular, 
present  indicative  passive  of  solvere,  but  is  perhaps 
best  translated  here  as  a  passive  infinitive.) 

to  the  parish  priest  30,  to  the  teacher  (school  master)  10, 
to  the  poor  six,  and  to  the  church  14  Kreutzer. 

(The  6th  anniversary  established  in  1737  for  John  George 
Wildt,  is  celebrated  the  8th  of  November;  the  chief  sum 
of  20  Florins  is  donated  for  this  purpose,  from  which  it 
is  necessary  to  pay,  yearly,  the  following  amounts:  3  0 
Kreutzer  to  the  parish  priest,  10  Kreutzer  to  the 
schoolmaster,  6  Kreutzer  to  the  poor,  and  14  Kreutzer 
to  the  church. ) 

Document  #2 

November 

25.   Is  buried  in  the  new  cemetery  here 

the  upright  widow  Ursula  Krysserin  (who)  died 

without  the  sacraments  from  (because  of)  the  negligence 

of  the  servants. 

On  the  same  day  is  buried  the  upright  man  Hanss 
Cronhart  Zinde,  former  citizen  from  here. 

30.   Is  buried  the  upright  widow  Ursula 

Zoboltin  (commonly  [called]  the  old  Witschger) 
from  here. 


December 


13.   Is  buried  the  upright  man  George 

Oetterlin,  former  citizen  from  here. 

17.   Is  buried  the  upright  widow  Anna 

Meyer  from  here  (who)  died  without  extreme 

unction  from  (because  of)  the  negligence  of  the  servants, 

23.   Is  buried  Hans  Michel  Braunrissen 
former  citizen  from  here. 


301 


Chapter  IX 

A.  Grammar 

Perfect  Indicative  Passive 

Singular 

laudatus,  -a,  -urn  sum 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  es 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  est 

tentus,  -a,  -um  sum 
tentus,  -a,  -um  es 
tentus,  -a,  -um  est 

venditus,  -a,  -um  sum 
venditus,  -a,  -um  es 
venditus,  -a,  -um  est 

auditus,  -a,  -um  sum 
auditus,  -a,  -um  es 
auditus,  -a,  -um  est 

fugitus,  -a,  -um  sum 
fugitus,  -a,  -um  es 
fugitus,  -a,  -um  est 


Plural 

laudati,  -ae,  -a  sumus 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  estis 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  sunt 

tenti,  -ae,  -a  sumus 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  estis 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  sunt 

venditi,  -ae,  -a  sumus 
venditi ,  -ae ,  -a  estis 
venditi,  -ae,  -a  sunt 

auditi,  -ae,  -a  sumus 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  estis 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  sunt 

fugiti,  -ae,  -a  sumus 
fugiti,  -ae,  -a  estis 
fugiti,  -ae,  -a  sunt 


N.B.  The  perfect  tense  of  sum  may  also  be  used  for  the 

perfect  indicative  passive,  e.g.,  baptizatus,  -a,  -um 
fui,  fuisti,  fuit,  baptizati,  -ae,  -a  fuimus,  fuistis, 
f uerunt ,  etc . 


Pluperfect  Indicative  Passive 

Singular 

laudatus,  -a,  -um  eram 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  eras 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  erat 

tentus,  -a,  -um  eram 
tentus,  -a,  -um  eras 
tentus,  -a,  -um  erat 

venditus,  -a,  -um  eram 
venditus,  -a,  -um  eras 
venditus,  -a,  -um  erat 

auditus,  -a,  -um  eram 
auditus,  -a,  -vim  eras 
auditus,  -a,  -um  erat 


Plural 

laudati,  -ae,  -a  eramus 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  eratis 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  erant 

tenti,  -ae,  -a  eramus 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  eratis 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  erant 

venditi,  -ae,  -a  eramus 
venditi,  -ae,  -a  eratis 
venditi,  -ae,  -a  erant 

auditi,  -ae,  -a  eramus 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  eratis 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  erant 


302 


fugitus,  -a,  -um  eram 
fugitus,  -a,  -vim  eras 
fugitus,  -a,  -um  erat 


fugiti,  -ae,  -a  eramus 
fugiti,  -ae,  -a  eratis 
fugiti ,  -ae ,  -a  ereint 


Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive 


Singular 

laudatus,  -a,  -um  ero 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  eris 
laudatus,  -a,  -um  erit 

tentus,  -a,  -um  ero 
tentus,  -a,  -um  eris 
tentus,  -a,  -um  erit 

venditus,  -a,  -ixm  ero 
venditus,  -a,  -um  eris 
venditus,  -a,  -um  erit 

auditus,  -a,  -um  ero 
auditus,  -a,  -um  eris 
auditus,  -a,  -um  erit 

fugitus,  -a,  -um  ero 
fugitus,  -a,  -um  eris 
fugitus,  -a,  -um  erit 

C.  Latin  to  English 


Plural 


laudati,  -ae,  -a  erimus 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  eritis 
laudati,  -ae,  -a  erunt 

tenti,  -ae,  -a  erimus 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  eritis 
tenti,  -ae,  -a  erunt 

venditi ,  -ae ,  -a  erimus 
venditi ,  -ae ,  -a  eritis 
venditi,  -ae,  -a  erunt 

auditi,  -ae,  -a  erimus 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  eritis 
auditi,  -ae,  -a  erunt 

fugiti,  -ae,  -a  erimus 
fugiti,  -ae,  -a  eritis 
fugiti ,  -ae ,  -a  erunt 


On  the  25th  of  April  piously  in  the  Lord  died  Anna  Maria 
Lorentz  citizen  from  Katzenheim,  wife  of  John  Ancel ,  tailor 
and  citizen  of  this  village,  extreme  unction  having  been 

provided,  she  was  buried 
in  our  cemetery. 

(On  the  25th  of  April,  Anna  Maria  Lorentz,  citizen  of  [from] 
Katzenheim,  wife  of  John  Ancel,  tailor  and  citizen  of  [from] 
this  village,  died  piously  in  the  Lord,  having  been  provided 
with  the  last  rites  [extreme  unction] ;  she  was  buried  in 
our  cemetery. ) 

In  this  month  also  died,  a  servant  certain  Swiss 

who  under  the  wheel  of  a  cart,  having  been  loaded  with  wine, 

fell  and  through  the  middle 
of  the  (his)  body  crushed;  although  a  foreigner  he  was,  in 

cemetery  our 
16th  of  June  to  the  tomb  he  was  carried  away. 

(In  this  month,  a  certain  Swiss  servant  also  died,  who 
fell  under  the  wheel  of  a  cart  loaded  with  wine,  and  was 
crushed  through  the  middle  of  his  body;  although  he  was 
a  foreigner,  he  was  carried  to  the  tomb  in  our  cemetery 
on  the  16th  of  June.) 


303 


On  the  twenty-ninth  of  March  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1697, 

Anna  Margaretha 
Gascon,  mother  most  famous  of  the  priest  of  this  place, 

Francis 
Charles  Gascon,  by  (with)  all  (of)  the  sacraments  fortified, 

piously  in  Lord 
our  Jesus  Christ  slept  away.   May  she  rest  in  holy  peace! 

(On  the  twenty-ninth  of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1697, 
Anna  Margaretha  Gascon,  most  famous  mother  of  the  parish 
priest  of  this  place,  Francis  Charles  Gascon,  slept  away 
piously  in  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  fortified  by  [with]  all 
of  the  sacraments  of  the  church.   May  she  rest  in  holy 
peace!  ) 

Today  was  baptized  Martin,  legitimate  son  of  Peter  Borck 
and  Maria  Magdalena  Reeker,  married  couple;  born  yesterday 
in  the  home  of  his  grandfather.   The  godfather  was:  George 
van  de  Heet,  merchant  and  citizen  of  Delft;  the  godmother 
was:  Gretjde  Sleet  wife  of  Martin  van  der  Lubbe,  notary  and 
citizen  of  this  place. 

On  the  day  thirtieth  of  the  month  of  May  one  thousand  seven 
hundred  ten,  three  marriage  banns  having  been  made,  were 
married  the  upright  Caspar  Ott,  legitimate  son  of  Henry  Ott 
and  Mathilda  Forster,  married  couple  in  this  place,  and  the 
chaste  virgin  Catharina  Baum,  legitimate  daughter  of  John 
Baum  and  Magdalena  Gartner,  married  couple  from  Altersheim. 

(On  the  thirtieth  day  of  the  month  of  May  [in  the  year]  one 
thousand  seven  hundred  ten,  after  the  publication  of  three 
marriage  banns,  the  upright  Caspar  Ott,  legitimate  son  of 
Henry  Ott  and  Mathilda  Forster,  married  couple  in  this 
place,  and  the  chaste  virgin  Catharina  Baum,  legitimate 
daughter  of  John  Baum  and  Magdalena  Gartner,  married  couple 
from  Altersheim,  were  married. ) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Hodie,  vicesimo  septimo  Decembris  (Xbris,  lObris) ,  vetus 
(senex)  Anna,  vidua  Caroli  Martin  et  mater  duorum  puerorum 
defimctorum  (decessorum)  mortua  est  (obiit).   Die 
sequent!  in  coemeterio  nostro  sepulta  est.   Requiescat  in  pace 

Anno  domini  millesimo  septingentesimo  sexagesimo  nono,  tribus 
denunciationibus  factis,  copulati  sunt  honestus  juvenis 
Georgius  Monteverdi,  filius  Frederici  Monteverdi,  agricolae, 
et  Angelae  Tibaldi,  et  pudica  virgo  Maria  Magdalena  Fareti, 
filia  legitima  Matthaei  Fareti  et  Renatae  Rimabanno. 


304 


Septimo  Octobris  (Vlllbris,  8bris)  baptizata  est  Theresia, 
filia  legitima  Simonis  Schell,  sartoris,  et  Ursulae  natae 
Krantz.   Propter  imminens  periculum  mortis  (decessus)  ,  infeins 
(puer)  baptizatus  est  a  me  Margaretha  Schoher,  obstetrice. 
Post  baptismum  infans  per  tres  horas  vixit  et  eodem  die  ad 
horeun  sextam  vespertinam  mortuus  est  (obiit). 

In  hac  matricula  (hoc  libro)  ecclesiae  parochialis 
Frauenbergensis ,  nomina  omnium  qui  in  sacro  fonte  baptismi 
abluti  sunt,  qui  in  sacramento  legit imo  matrimonii  conjuncti 
sunt,  et  qui  ex  hac  vita  ad  aetemitatem  decessi  sunt, 
scripta  sunt. 

Duodecimo  Novembris  (9bris,  IXbris)  millesimo  sescentesimo 
quinquagesimo  primo,  extraneus  in  parochiam  nostram  venit 
et  pascua  ma j oris  nostri  per  sex  menses  usus  est.   Post  hoc 
tempus,  parochiam  reliquit  et  famulam  ex  villa  Sittardensis 
copulavit. 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

Left  Hand  Margin:  Josephus  Cast 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy- 
three  on  the  day  fifteenth  of  the  month  of  February,  died 
Joseph  (being)  three  about  years,  son  of  George  Gast  day 
laborer  and  Margaritha  Fischer,  married  couple  and  citizens  in 

Gombrechts- 
hoffen  living;  and  on  the  day  sixteenth  of  the  same 
month  and  year  by  me  the  below  written  priest  in  Gonders- 
hoffen  and  suburbs  was  buried  in  the  cemetery  of  the  church 
daughter  in  Gombrechtshof f en;  the  witnesses  present  (were) 
the  said  George  Gast  of  the  child  the  father,  and  Joseph 

Michael 
schoolmaster,  who  with  me  signed  below. 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy- 
three  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  February,  Joseph 
[a  child] ,  about  three  years  old,  son  of  George  Gast 
day  laborer  and  Margaritha  Fischer,  married  couple  and 
citizens  living  in  Gombrechtshof fen,  died,  and  was  buried 
on  the  sixteenth  day  of  the  same  month  by  me  the  undersigned 
parish  priest  in  Gondershof fen  and  suburbs  in  the  cemetery 
of  the  daughter  church  in  Gumbrechtshof en.   The  witnesses 
present  were:  the  said  George  Gast,  father  of  the  child, 
and  Joseph  Michael,  schoolmaster,  who  [together],  with  me, 
signed  below. ) 


305 


Document  #  2 

Left  Hand  Margin:  Cunzini  Anna  Maria 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  ninety-six, 
on  the  day  truly  fourteenth,  of  the  month  of  December,  at  the 

hour  sixth 
after  noon,  Anna  Maria  (of)  the  late  Joseph  Cravella  daughter 
from  the  place  of  Plani  and  this  parish  of  Saint  Bernard  Campo 

di  Maggia,  of  age  her 
the  year  seventy  making,  in  home  her  own,  in 
the  community  of  the  holy  Mother  Church  (her)  soul  to  God 

returned , 
whose  body  on  the  day  following  was  buried  in  the  cemetery 

near 
the  church  of  St.  Bernard,  to  me  Archangel (o)  Giumini 

confessor 
approved  she  confessed  on  the  day  eleventh  of  the  same  month 

(and)  (by  means  of)  the  most  holy 
Communion  refreshed,  on  the  day  same  and  of  holy  oil  by 

anointing  strengthened 
through  me  on  the  day  thirteenth  of  the  same  month,  and 

by  other  prayers  (and) 
rituals  (she)  was  comforted. 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  ninety-six 
on  the  fourteenth  day  of  the  month  of  December,  at  6  p.m. , 
Anna  Maria  [Cunzini],  daughter  of  the  late  Joseph  Cravella 
from  Plani  and  this  parish  of  St.  Bernard  Campo 
di  Maggia,  returned  her  soul  to  God  in  the  fellowship  of 
the  holy  mother  church,  in  her  seventieth  year.   Her  body 
was  buried  on  the  following  day  in  the  cemetery  near  the 
church  of  St.  Bernard.   She  confessed  to  me  Archangelo 
Giumini,  approved  confessor,  on  the  eleventh  day  of  the 
same  month  and,  having  been  refreshed  by  the  most  holy 
communion,  on  the  same  day,  and  strengthened  by  the 
anointing  of  holy  oil,  by  [through]  me,  on  the  thirteenth 
day  of  the  same  month,  she  was  also  comforted  by  other 
prayers  and  rituals.) 


Chapter  X 
A.  Grammar 
Singular 


Nom .  obitus 

Gen .  obitus 

Dat .  obitui 

Ace .  obitirm 

Abl .  obitu 


fades 
faciei 
faciei 
faciem 
facie 


306 


Plural 

Nom.  obitus  facies 

Gen.  obituiun  faciertun 

Dat.  obitibus  (ubus)      faciebus 

Ace .  obitus  facies 

Abl.  obitibus  (ubus)      faciebus 

C.  Latin  to  English 
She  died  in  childbirth. 

Jacob  Pistor,  carpenter  was  buried  at  noon. 

In  this  text  (document,  record),  the  names,  ages,  and  sexes 
of  the  deceased  children  in  the  parish  of  St.  John  have  been 
recorded. 

The  parents  were:  Peter  Fortner  and  Magdalena  Bauer,  both 
from  Hochheim. 

For  three  days  at  home  he/she  remained. 
(He/she  remained  at  home  for  three  days.) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Nomen  infantis,  cuius  mater  in  partu  obiit,  Martinus  fuit 
( erat ) . 

Post  decessum  matris,  operatic  facta  est  et  infans,  sexus 
masculini,  n.n.  (nomen  nescio) ,  ex  utero  eius  extractus 
fuit. 

Copulatio  delata  est  propter  consanguinitatem  in  tertio 
gradu. 

Banna  coram  facie  ecclesiae  parochialis  lecta  sunt. 
In  villa  (vico)  per  duos  annos  vixit. 

E.  Parish  Registers 
Document  #1 

(The  parish  register) 

of  the  parish  church  of  Saint  Martin  of  the  bishopric 

of  Tongrensis  (Tongres)  and  of  Saint  Veronica  beyond  and  near 

the  walls  of  the  city  of  Liege. 


307 


Document  #  2 

In  the  name  most  sacred 
of  the  Trinity,  father  and  son 
and  holy  spirit 
amen. 

The  names  of  the  baptized  and  of  those 
who  the  baptized  from  the  baptism 
raised  according  to  the  decree 
of  the  Council  of  Trent. 

(In  the  most  sacred  name  of  the  Trinity:  Father,  and  Son, 
and  Holy  Spirit  Amen.   The  names  of  the  baptized  [children] 
and  of  those  who  raised  the  baptized  [children]  from  the 
baptism  according  to  the  decree  of  the  Council  of  Trent.) 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  169  3 

of  January  on  the  day 
5 .  Joanna  daughter  of  Bertrand  Ghire 
and  Catharina  Gregory  his  wife 
was  baptized  by  me  Giles 
Masuyr,  pastor,  the  godfather  (being) 
Gerard  LeRoy  and  the  godmother  (being) 
Heyde  Devitte. 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1693,  on  the  5th  day  of  January, 
Joanna,  daughter  of  Bertrand  Ghire  and  Catharina  Gregory 
his  wife,  was  baptized  by  me  Giles  Masuyr,  pastor.   The 
godfather  was  Gerard  LeRoy  and  the  godmother  [was]  Heyde 
Devitte. ) 


Chapter  XI 
A.  Grammar 


Nom .  ego 

Gen .  mei 

Dat .  mihi 

Ace .  me 

Abl .  me 


nos 

nostri  (nostrum) 

nobis 

nos 

nobis 


Singular 
Masc.      Fern. 


Neuter 


Masc, 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom.  hie 
Gen .  huius 
Dat .  huic 
Ace .  hiinc 
Abl .  hoc 


haec 

huius 

huic 

hanc 

hac 


hoc 

huius 

huic 

hoc 

hoc 


ille 

illius 

illi 

ilium 

illo 


ilia  illud 

illius  illius 

illi  illi 

illam  illud 


ilia 


illo 


308 


Plural 

Nom. 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

his 

Singular 

his 

his 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neute] 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

illis 

illis 

illis 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Masc. 


Fem. 


Neuter 


qui 

quae 

quod 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quem 

quam 

quod 

quo 

qua 

quo 

Plural 


Nom.  ei  (ii)  eae 

Gen .  eorum  earum 

Dat.  eis  (iis)  eis 

Ace .  eos  eas 

Abl.  eis  eis 


ea 

qui 

quae 

quae 

eorum 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

eis 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

ea 

quos 

quas 

quae 

eis 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Singular 

Masc. 

Nom .  noster 

Gen .  nostri 

Dat .  nostro 

Ace .  nostrum 

Abl .  nostro 

Plural 


Fem. 

nostra 

nostrae 

nostrae 

nostram 

nostra 


Neuter 

nostrum 

nostri 

nostro 

nostrum 

nostro 


Masc, 


Fem. 


Neuter 


quis 

quis 

quid 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quem 

quem 

quid 

quo 

quo 

quo 

(The  plural  of  quis,  quid 
is  exactly  the  same  as 
qui ,  quae ,  quod  above . ) 


Nom  nostri     nostrae    nostra 

Gen.  nostrorum  nostrarum  nostrorum 

Dat.  nostris    nostris    nostris 

Ace.  nostros   nostras   nostra 

Abl .  nostris   nostris   nostris 

beatus,  beatior,  beatius,  beatissimus,  -a,  -urn 


309 


Singular 

Mase. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

fortior 

fortior 

fortius 

Gen. 

fortioris 

fortioris 

fortioris 

Dat. 

fortiori 

fortiori 

fortiori 

Ace. 

fortiorem 

fortiorem 

fortius 

Abl. 

fortiore 

Plural 

fortiore 

fortiore 

Nom. 

fortiores 

fortiores 

fortiora 

Gen. 

fortionim 

fortiorum 

fortiorxim 

Dat. 

fortioribus 

fortioribus 

fortioribus 

Ace. 

fortiorem 

fortiorem 

fortiora 

Abl. 

fortioribus 

fortioribus 

fortioribus 

C.  Latin  to  English 

The  child,  upon  whom  the  name  Magdalena  was  placed,  was 
baptized  at  home. 

Maria  Magdalena  Sehulz,  non-Catholic,  daughter  of  John 
Michael  Sehulz  citizen  of  this  place  and  tailor,  who 
(i.e.,  Maria  Magdalena  Sehulz)  declared  pregnancy  before 
me,  the  priest  of  this  parish,  and  accused  Francis  Entz , 
also  a  non-Catholic,  who  was  punished  by  (through)  the 
sentence  of  the  magistrate  today  the  second  of  October. 

On  the  same  day,  in  the  same  month,  and  in  the  same  year, 
Anna  Praetor,  wife  of  the  deceased  Henry  Hinck,  teacher 
in  this  place,  was  buried. 

The  godparents  were:  the  most  famous,  most  experienced,  and 
right  honorable  lord  John  Chrysostum  Mueller,  senator  and 
procurator  (proxy  lawyer) ,  and  the  most  famous  and  noble 
lady  Margaret  Freye,  wife  of  the  most  famous,  most  learned 
and  noble  lord  Francis  Geiger,  a  town  councillor. 

In  the  year  of  Grace  one  thousand  seven  hundred  twenty-six 
and  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  the  month  of  March,  a  child 
baptized  because  of  danger  of  death  at  home  by  me  Anna 
Catherina  Klein,  midwife,  immediately  died — and  the  girl 
was  anonymous  (i.e.,  she  died  before  she  could  be  given  a 
name ) . 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Die  nono  mensis  Augusti,  ego  Andreas  Binck,  parochus  huius 
loci,  baptizavi  infantem  (puerum)  sexus  masculini  cui  nomen 
Carolvun  imposui. 


310 


23  July  1775  (Vicesimo  tertio  Julii  millesimo  septingentesimo 
septuageslmo  quinto)  gemelli  baptizati  sunt,  pater  quorum 
juvenis  n.n.  (nomen  nescio,  nomen  ignotum)  erat,  qui  matrem 
Susannam  Knipps  sub  promitto  matrimonii  impraegnavit . 

Eodem  die,  eodem  mense  et  eodem  anno,  Franciscus  Walter, 
qui  agricola  ex  Newton  erat,  quondam  maritus  defunctae 
Agnetis  Terry  et  civis  huius  villae  (vici),  mortuus  est. 

Parochus  consobrinam  suam  sed  non  neptem  eius  baptizavit. 

Patrina  clarissima,  doctissima,  praenobilis  domina  Maria  de 
Villefort  fuit  (erat). 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

On  the  thirtieth  of  November  died  Augustinus 
Scheffler,  by  a  prostitute  certain  (driven)  insane  and 
in  madness  his  years  fifteen  and  months  six  very 
miserably  and  restlessly  (he  lived),  life  giving  up  at  the 
home  of  in-law  his  Christopher  Zwieknet.   May  he  rest  in 
holy  peace! 

(On  the  thirtieth  of  November,  Augustinus  Scheffler  died, 
after  being  driven  insane  by  a  certain  prostitute.   He 
lived  in  his  madness  very  miserably  and  restlessly  for 
fifteen  years  and  six  months  at  the  home  of  his  in-law 
Christopher  Zwieknet  and  gave  up  his  life  there  also. 
May  he  rest  in  holy  peace!) 

Document  #  2 

On  the  18th  day  of  January  of  life  day  closed 

last  Christina  wife 

of  John  Michael  Pfuettelin  citizen  of 

Ingersheim  all  she  received  sacraments  of  the  church 

she  was  buried  on  the  day  following 

(On  the  18th  day  of  January  Christina,  wife  of  John 
Michael  Pfuettelin  citizen  of  Ingersheim  closed  the 
last  day  of  [her]  life;  she  received  all  of  the  sacraments 
of  the  church;  she  was  buried  on  the  following  day. ) 

On  the  16th  day  of  January  breathed  out  the  soul 
John  Jacob  Fleidt,  a  young  man,  after  a  long 
illness,  with  all  properly  provided  of  the  church 
sacraments  and  he  was  buried  on  the  day  following 

(On  the  16th  day  of  January  John  Jacob  Fleidt,  a  young  man, 
breathed  out  his  soul  after  a  long  illness;  he  was  properly 
provided  with  all  of  the  sacraments  of  the  church,  and  was 
buried  on  the  following  day. ) 


311 


26  departed  from  this  mortal  to  immortal 

life  a  little  old  lady,  a  woman  foreign,  by  the  name  (of) 

Anna  Maria  Nathe  with  all  fortified 

the  sacraments  in  the  hospital  when  she  died. 

This  (woman)  bequeathed  to  the  church  10  R.  (Rhinegulden, 

Rappen,  etc.)  by  promissory  note 
debts  from  John  Blaisy  a  citizen  of  Ratzental 
to  pay  back. 

(On  the  26th  [of  January]  a  little  old  lady,  and  a  foreigner, 
by  the  name  of  Anna  Maria  Nathe  departed  from  this  life  to 
immortal  life,  fortified  with  all  of  the  sacraments  in  the 
hospital  where  she  died.   This  woman  bequeathed  10  R. 
[Rhinegulden,  Rappen,  etc.]  to  the  church  by  promissory 
note,  to  pay  back  debts  [incurred  by]  John  Blaisy,  a 
citizen  of  Ratzental.) 


Chapter  XII 
A .  Grammar 


Present  Subjunctive  Active 


laudem 

laudes 

laudet 

laudemus 

laudetis 

laudent 


videam 

videas 

videat 

videamus 

videatis 

videant 


con j  ungam 
con  j  iingas 
con j  ungat 
con j  ungamus 
con j ungat is 
conjungant 


audiam 
audi as 
audiat 
audiamus 
audi at is 
audiant 


capiam 

capias 

capiat 

capiamus 

capiatis 

capiant 


Imperfect  Subjunctive  Active 


laudarem 

laudares 

laudaret 

laudaremus 

laudaretis 

laudarent 


viderem 

videres 

videret 

videremus 

videretis 

viderent 


con j  ungerem 
con j  ungeres 
con j  ungeret 
con j  ungeremus 
con j  ungeret is 
con j  ungerent 


audirem 

audires 

audiret 

audiremus 

audiretis 

audirent 


caperem 

caperes 

caperet 

caperemus 

caperetis 

caper ent 


Perfect  Subjunctive  Active 


laudaverim 

laudaveris 

laudaverit 

1 audaver imus 

laudaveritis 

laudaverint 


viderim 

videris 

viderit 

viderimus 

videritis 

viderint 


conjunxerim 
conjimxeris 
conjunxerit 
con j  unxer imus 
con  j  vinxer  itis 
con j  unxer int 


audiverim 

audiveris 

audiverit 

audiverimus 

audiveritis 

audiverint 


ceperim 

ceperis 

ceperit 

ceperimus 

ceperitis 

cerperint 


312 


Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active 


laudavissem   vidissem 
laudavisses   vidisses 
laudavisset   vidisset 
laudavissemus  vidissemus 
laudavissetis  vidissetis 
laudavissent  vidissent 


con j  unxissem 
con j  unxisses 
con j  unxisset 
con j  unx i ssemus 
con j  unxissetis 
con j  unxissent 


Present  Subjunctive  Passive 


lauder 

lauderis 

laudetur 

laudemur 

laudemini 

laudentur 


videar 

videaris 

videatur 

videamur 

videeunini 


con j  ungar 
con j  ungar is 
con j  ungatur 
con j  ungamur 
con j  ungamini 


videantur  con  j  ungeintur 

Imperfect  Subjunctive  Passive 


laudarer 
laudareris 
laudaretur 
laudaremur 
1 audar emin i 
1 audar en tur 


viderer 

videreris 

videretur 

videremur 

videremini 

viderentur 


con j  ungerer 
con j  ungereris 
con j  ungeretur 
con j  xmgeremur 
con j  ungeremini 
con j  ungerentur 


audivissem 

audivisses 

audivisset 

audivissemus 

audivissetis 

audivissent 


audiar 

audiaris 

audiatur 

audiamxur 

audiamini 

audicintur 


audirer 

audireris 

audiretur 

audiremur 

audiremini 

audirentur 


cepissem 

cepisses 

cepisset 

cepissemus 

cepissetis 

cepissent 


capxar 

capiaris 

capiatur 

capiamur 

capiamini 

capiantur 


caperer 

capereris 

caperetur 

caperemur 

caperemini 

caperentur 


Perfect  Subjunctive  Passive 


laudatus*  sim  visus  sim 
laudatus  sis   visus  sis 
laudatus  sit   visus  sit 
laudati*  simus  visi  simus 
laudati  sitis  visi  sitis 
laudati  sint   visi  sint 


con j  unctus  s  im 
conjunctus  sis 
con j  unctus  sit 
conjuncti  simus 
conjuncti  sitis 
conjuncti  sint 


auditus  sim 
auditus  sis 
auditus  sit 
auditi  simus 
auditi  sitis 
auditi  sint 


captus  sim 
c apt us  sis 
captus  sit 
capti  simus 
capti  sitis 
capti  sint 


*laudatus,  laudata,  laudatum,  etc.  sim;  laudati,  laudatae, 
laudata,  etc.  simus,  etc. 


Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Passive 


laudatus  essem 
laudatus  esses 
laudatus  esset 
laudati  essemus 
laudati  essetis 
laudati  assent 


visi  essem   conjunctus  essem 
visi  esses   conjunctus  esses 
visi  esset   conjunctus  esset 
visi  essemus  conjuncti  essemus 
visi  essetis  conjuncti  essetis 
visi  essent  conjuncti  essent 


auditus  essem 
auditus  esses 
auditus  esset 
auditi  essemus 
auditi  essetis 
auditi  essent 


captus  essem 
captus  esses 
captus  esset 
capti  essemus 
capti  essetis 
capti  essent 


313 


C.  Latin  to  English 

And  answering  Jesus  to  them  said:  not  this  have  your  read  what 
did  David  when  was  hungry  he  (himself)  and  those  who  with 

him  were, 
how  he  entered  (into)  the  house  of  God  and  the  shewbread  took 
and  ate  and  gave  to  those  who  with  him  (himself)  were  .  .  . 

(And  answering  Jesus  said  to  them:  have  you  not  read  what 
David  did  when  he  was  hungry  and  those  who  were  with  him; 
how  he  entered  into  the  house  of  God  and  took  the  shewbread 
and  ate  [it]  and  gave  [it]  to  those  who  were  with  him  ...) 

It  should  be  noted  that  a  new  church  parish  in  the  parish 
of  Saint  Veronica  to  the  glory  greater  of  God  and  of  the 

Blessed  Mary 
Virgin  and  of  all  of  the  Saints  was  built. 

(It  should  be  noted  that  a  new  parish  church  was  built  in  the 
parish  of  St.  Veronica  to  the  greater  glory  of  God  and  the 
Blessed  Virgin  Mary,  and  all  the  Saints.) 

As,  with  accustomed  his  persuasion,  to  the  end  of  this 

marriage 
celebration  he  concluded  his  speech,  John  Michael  Rauch, 
schoolmaster,  said,  great  with  rejoicing  and  many 
tears,  that  many  years  in  marriage  to  live  he  wished  and 
many  golden  wedding  anniversaries  also  they  should  see. 

(As,  with  his  accustomed  persuasion,  he  reached  the  end  of 
his  speech  about  this  golden  wedding  celebration,  John 
Michael  Rauch,  schoolmaster,  said,  with  great  rejoicing 
and  many  tears,  that  he  wished  [the  married  couple]  to  live 
many  [more]  years  in  marriage,  and  that  they  should 
see  [many]  more  golden  wedding  anniversaries.) 

Although  an  operation  was  made  (performed) ,  and  the  child 
from  the  womb  of  the  mother  was  removed,  both  the  mother 
and  the  child  died. 

He  asked  (repeatedly)  why  his  father  impregnated  his  mother 
and  wandered  from  his  (own)  parish. 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Notandum  sit:  novum  altare  in  nostra  ecclesia  parochiali 
aedif icatum  est  ad  gloriam  Dei ,  Beatae  Mariae  Virginis ,  et 
omnium  sanctorum. 

Rogavit  (rogabat)  quare  parochus  diocesem  abisset. 


314 


Anno  domini  millesimo  sescentesimo  quinquagesimo  quinto, 
die  vicesimo  tertio  mensis  Aprilis,  clarus  et  illustris 
major  villae  (vici,  pagi)  nostrae  mortuus  est,  et  die 
sequenti  sepultus  est.   Major  fuit  (erat)  huius  villae  per 
viginti  annos  et  fideliter  et  bene  laboravit.   Cum  uxor  eius 
in  partu  mortua  sit,  teimen  pater  unius  filii  fuit  (erat), 
qui  nunc  advocatus  in  curia  regia  est.   Requiescat  in  seincta 
pace! 

Si  hodie  veniat,  bonum  sit.   or: 
Si  hodie  veniret,  bonum  esset. 

Parochiani  pecuniam  donaverunt  (donabant)  ut  parochum  juvent, 
qui  ecclesiam  parochialem  renovabat. 

(N.B.  The  imperfect  is  preferable  here,  since  the  process  of 
renovation  was  ongoing  [the  priest  was  renovating,  rather  than 
renovated] . ) 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

First  Letter  of  the  Name 

Month  and  Day  of  Death 

Day  of  Burial 

Age  of  the  Deceased 

Name,  Surname  and  Condition  (status,  occupation)  of  the 

Deceased  (if  it  is  a  child,  the  name  and  surname  of  the 

parents  and  their  status) 
Place  of  Residence 

Whether  he/she  was  provided  (with  the  last  rites)? 
Burying  (i.e.,  place  of  burial) 
Remarks 

Document  #  2 

Let  it  be  noted  likewise  (that) 

this  is  the  ordinary  form  (forum)  of  to  be  inscribed 

and  if  anything  extraordinary  should  happen, 

it  also  to  the  superiors  ought  to  be  written 

e.g. ,  if  banns  any,  or 

all  from  the  permission  of  the  bishop  or  the  vicar  should  be 

omitted  after  the  marriage  they  (the  banns)  should  be  made 

good  ; 
or  if  with  a  dispensation  of  an  impediment 
diriment  should  be  contracted,  in  which  case  the  de- 
gree ought  expressed  to  be:  Or  if  another 
of  the  spouses  from  another  parish  (so  as  to  become 
absent)  in  his/her  own  also  parish  it  announced 
should  be. 


315 


(Let  it  be  noted  likewise 
that  this  is  the  ordinary  form  of  writing;  and  if  anything 
extraordinary  should  occur,  it  should  also  be  written  to 
the  superiors,  e.g.,  if  any  or  all  marriage  banns  should  be 
omitted  by  [from]  the  permission  of  the  bishop  or  vicar, 
yet  after  the  marriage,  the  omission  of  the  banns  should 
be  made  good,  or  if  [a  couple]  should  contract  marriage 
with  a  dispensation  [because]  of  a  diriment  impediment, 
in  such  a  case,  the  degree  [of  the  impediment]  should  be 
indicated:  Or,  if  one  of  the  spouses  should  be  from  another 
parish  [so  as  to  be  absent  from  his/her  own  parish] ,  then 
[the  marriage]  should  be  announced  in  his/her  own  parish 
also. ) 

Chapter  XIII 

A.  Grammar 

Active 

Present 

humans 

( humantis ,  etc . ) 

tenens 

( tenentis ,  etc . ) 

vivens 
(viventis,  etc. ) 

sepeliens 

( sepelientis ,  etc . ) 

faciens 

( f acientis ,  etc . ) 

Future 

humaturus ,  humatura ,  humaturum 
tentujrus ,  tentura ,  tenturxun 
victurus ,  victura ,  victurum 
sepulturus ,  sepultura ,  sepeltttrum 
f acturus ,  f actura ,  f acturum 

Passive 

Perfect 

humatus ,  humata ,  hiimatvim 
tentus ,  tenta ,  tentum 
victus ,  victa ,  victum 
sepultus ,  sepulta ,  sepultum 
f actus ,  facta ,  factum 


316 


Future 


humandus ,  humanda ,  humcuiduin 
tenendus ,  tenenda ,  tenendum 
vivendus ,  vivenda ,  vivendum 
sepeliendus,  sepelienda,  sepeliendum 
f aclendus ,  f acienda ,  faciendum 


Singular 
Masc.  &  Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom.  baptizans 

Gen.  baptizantis 

Dat.  baptizanti 

Ace.  baptizantem 

Abl .  baptizante  ( i ) 


baptizans 
baptizantis 
baptizanti 
baptizans 
baptizante  (i) 


Plural 


Nom.  baptizantes 

Gen.  baptizatium 

Dat .  baptizantibus 

Ace.  baptizantes 

Abl.  baptizantibus 


baptizantia 

baptizantium 

baptizantibus 

baptizcintia 

baptizantibus 


Active 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 

Present 
Perfect 
Future 


mar i tare 
maritavisse 
mariturus  esse 

videre 
vidisse 
viditurus  esse 


P""'' 


Present   promittere 
Perfect   promississe 
Future    promiturus  esse 


r':>. 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


venxre 
venisse 
venturus  esse 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


capere 
cepisse 
capturus  esse 


Passive 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


maritari 
maritus  esse 
maritum  iri 


317 


Present   videri 
Perfect   visus  esse 
Future     visum  iri 

Present   promitti 
Perfect   promissus  esse 
Future    promissum  iri 

Present   veniri 
Perfect   ventus  esse 
Future    ventum  iri 

Present   capi 
Perfect   captus  esse 
Future    captum  iri 

C.  Latin  to  English 

4th  of  May  1768,  having  been  supplied  a  dispensation  in 

three  banns 
and  dimissorial  letters  (or  a  diitiisscrial  letter)  from  the 

reverend  lord  priest  marriage 
contracted,  Quirinus  Laumen  and  Anna  Cornelia  Heyen. 
The  witnesses  present  truly  were  Christian  Rodegast  and  Reiner 
Fleischer. 

(On  the  fourth  of  May  1768,  after  a  dispensation  was  supplied, 
with  [the  posting  of]  three  banns  and  dimissorial  letters 
[or  a  dimissorial  letter]  from  the  reverend  lord  priest, 
Quirinus  Laumen  and  Anna  Cornelia  Heyen  contracted  marriage. 
The  witnesses  present  were  [truly]  Christian  Rodegast  and 
and  Reiner  Fleischer.) 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  eighty-eight  on  the 

day 
tenth  of  the  month  of  October  at  the  hour  tenth  after 

after  noon,  in  the  womb 
maternal  by  the  midwife  lawful  Maria  Catherina  Hirt,  wife 
(of)  Theobold  Hirt  citizen  and  cooper  in  this  place, 

because  of  imminent 
of  death  danger  and  because  of  necessity  evident,  baptized 
was  a  child,  the  legitimate  daughter  of  Joseph  Bringel, 

citizen  and 
farmer  and  for  the  time  (being,  i.e.,  temporarily)  a  town 

councillor,  and  Magdalena 
Frick,  married  couple  upon  whom  was  placed  by  the  midwife 

the  name 
Susanna,  who,  afterward,  the  baptism  having  been  finished, 

died. 
The  witnesses  present  were:  the  father  above-named  and  the 

midwife. 


318 


who  both  together  with  me  Rudolf  Krietscher,  priest  of  this 

place, 
signed  below. 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  eighty-eight,  on  the 
tenth  day  of  the  month  of  October,  at  the  tenth  hour 
after  noon,  a  child,  the  legitimate  daughter  of  Joseph 
Bringel,  citizen  and  farmer,  and  temporarily  a  town 
councillor,  and  Magdalena  Frick,  married  couple,  was 
baptized  in  the  maternal  womb  by  the  lawful  midwife  Maria 
Catherina  Hirt,  wife  of  Theobald  Hirt,  citizen  and  cooper 
in  this  place,  because  of  imminent  danger  of  death  and 
because  of  evident  necessity,  to  whom  the  name  Susanna 
was  given  [upon  whom  the  name  was  place  Susanna]  by  the 
midwife,  who  died  immediately  after  the  baptism  was 
finished.   The  witnesses  present  were:  the  above-named 
father  and  the  midwife,  both  of  whom,  together 
with  me,  Rudolf  Krietscher,  the  priest  of  this  place, 
signed  below. ) 

In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  ninety  and  on  the  day 

fifteenth 
of  the  month  of  February  in  this  our  church  parish  having 

been  made 
three  banns  of  which  the  first,  on  the  day  thirty-first 
of  January,  the  second,  on  the  seventh  of  this  month,  and 

the  third,  on  the  day 
fourteenth,  and  no  having  been  uncovered  hindrance,  and  with 

the  consent 
of  those  of  whom  it  is  a  concern  having  been  obtained,  in 

the  bonds  of  holy  marriage 
were  joined  Stephen  Francis  Heyer,  of  Jacob  Heyer 
citizen  in  this  place  and  of  the  deceased  Catharina  Anna 

Bilsch 
son  legitimate  born  twenty-four  years  and  eight 
approximately  months  [ago] ,  and  Philippina  Drossel  of  George 

Drossel 
citizen  of  this  place  and  Maria  Philippina  Schmitt  daughter 
legitimate  born  twenty-one  years  and  four  months  ( ago ) ,  by 

me 
Paul  Joseph  Heralt,  priest  of  this  said  place. 
The  (witnesses)  present  were  Adolph  Braun,  schoolmaster 

together  with  the  father 
of  the  groom  and  the  father  of  the  bride.   Adolph  Braun 

signed  below, 
but  the  father  of  the  groom  and  the  father  of  the  bride  said 

that  to  write 
they  did  not  know  (how)  and  thus  marks  their  they  made. 


319 


(In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  ninety  and  on  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  February,  in  this  our  parish 
church,  after  three  marriage  banns  were  posted,  the  first 
of  which  [was  posted]  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  January,  the 
second  [of  which  was  posted]  on  the  seventh  [day]  of  this 
month,  and  the  third  [of  which  was  posted]  on  the  fourteenth 
of  this  month  and  since  no  hindrance  was  uncovered,  and 
since  the  consent  of  those  [of]  whom  it  concerns  was 
obtained,  Stephan  Francis  Heyer,  legitimate  son 
of  Jacob  Heyer,  citizen  in  this  place,  and  of  the  deceased 
Catherine  Anna  Bilsch,  born  twenty-four  years  and  about  four 
months  [ago],  and  Philippina  Drossel ,  legitimate  daughter  of 
George  Drossel,  citizen  of  this  place,  and  Maria  Philippina 
Schmitt,  born  twenty-one  years  and  fours  months  [ago] ,  were 
joined  in  the  bonds  of  holy  matrimony  by  me  Paul  Joseph 
Heralt,  parish  priest  of  this  said  place.   The  witnesses 
present  were  Adolph  Braun,  schoolmaster,  together  with  the 
father  of  the  groom  and  the  father  of  the  bride,   Adolph 
Braun  signed  below,  but  the  father  of  the  groom  and  the 
father  of  the  bride  said  that  they  did  not  know  how  to 
write,  and  so  they  made  their  marks.) 

1805  May,  Martin  of  Caspar  Eislinger,  farmer  (settler,  etc.) 

of  this  (place)  and 
of  Elisabeth  Kangger,  married  couple,  son  legitimate  was  born 
on  the  9th  of  May  at  the  hour  6th  in  the  evening.   The  child 

(boy)  in  the  church  parish 
of  Saint  Vite  at  the  hour  8th  in  the  evening  by  the  priest 

was  baptized. 
The  godparent  (godmother)  was  Maria  Westerin,  commonly 

(called)  Meyer,  wife  of  Michael 
Wester  farmer  in  Oberholzer. 

(May  1805,  Martin,  legitimate  son  of  Caspar  Eislinger, 
farmer  of  this  [place]  and  Elisabeth  Kangger,  married 
couple,  was  born  on  the  ninth  of  May  at  the  sixth  hour 
of  the  evening.   The  child  was  baptized  in  the  parish  church 
of  St.  Vite  at  the  eighth  hour  of  the  evening  by  the  priest. 
The  godmother  was  Maria  Wester,  commonly  called  Meier, 
wife  of  Michael  Wester,  a  farmer  in  Oberholzer.) 

Child  (issue,  offspring)  anonymous  of  Matthew  Nebl , 

blacksmith  from  village  our  and  of  Eva 
Gertrude  Goldhofer,  married  couple,  son  legitimate  and 
first  born  because  of  a  difficulty  of  birth  2  days  lasting 

in  the  womb 
by  the  midwife,  in  art  her  for  a  long  time  very  skilled, 

a  sign  of  life 
perceiving,  was  baptized  about  the  hour  third  before  noon 
on  the  twenty-second  (day)  of  the  month  of  July,  immediately 

died  and  on  the  same  day 
about  the  hour  fifth  carried  to  the  tomb  and  was  buried. 


320 


(An  anonymous  child:  The  legitimate  and  first  born  son  of 
Matthew  Nebl ,  blacksmith,  from  our  village,  and  Eva  Gertrude 
Goldhofer,  married  couple,  because  of  the  difficulty  of  the 
birth,  lasting  two  days,  was  baptized  about  9:00  a.m.  [the 
third  hour  before  noon]  on  the  twenty-second  [day]  of  the 
month  of  July  in  the  womb  by  the  midwife  who  [was]  very 
skilled  in  her  art  for  a  long  time  and  perceived  [perceiving] 
a  sign  of  life;  it  [the  child]  died  immediately  [after 
the  baptism]  and  was  carried  to  the  tomb  and  buried  on  the 
same  day  about  5:00  p.m.  [the  fifth  hour  after  noon].) 

D.  English  to  Latin 

Die  tertio  mensis  Octobris  (8bris,  Vlllbris)  ad  quintam 
horam  vespertinam,  filia  legitima  Martini  Margolin  et  Mariae 
Evae  Faubert  nata  est,  et,  ob  imminens  periculum  mortis, 
ab  obstretice  baptizata  est. 

Tribus  denunciationibus  factis,  prima,  decimo  quarto  Junii, 
secunda,  vicesimo  primo  Junii,  et  tertia,  vicesimo  octo 
Junii,  nulloque  impedimento  detecto,  consensu  mutuo  eorum 
quorum  interest  obtento,  Augustus  Grenz,  laborator  (labororius) 
et  civis  Rankweilensis  (ex  Rankweilense) ,  filius  legitimus 
Willelmi  (Guillelmi)  Thomae  Grenz  etiam  laborator  et  civis 
Rankweilensis  (ex  Rankweilense) ,  et  uxoris  eius  Reginae 
Margarethae  Eberhardt,  et  Penelopea  Mathilda  Siedler,  filia 
legitima  Thomae  Jacobi  Siedler,  dolarii  et  civis  villae 
nostrae,  et  uxoris  eius  Ottiliae  Gertrudae  Falk,  in  vinculis 
sancti  matrimonii  conjuncti  sunt  a  me  Casparo  Kratz,  parocho 
huius  parochiae.   Praesentibus  testibus:  Johanne  Frederico 
Wann,  lignario  et  cive  villae  nostrae,  Thoma  Michaele 
Wolfenstein,  fcibro  et  cive  ex  Grenzweil  (Grenzweilense)  , 
et  Gerhardo  Martino  Grenz  fratre  sponsi,  agricola  et  cive 
Rankweilensis  (ex  Rankweilense).   Omnes  tres  testium  dixerunt 
quod  scribere  nescirent  et  sic  signa  eorum  fecerunt. 

Infante  (puero)  examinato,  obstetrix,  in  arte  sua  peritissima, 
crevit  eum  vixisse  et  eum  baptizavit.   Post  baptismum,  infans 
(puer)  statim  obiit  (mortuus  est)  et  ad  coemeterium  eodem  die 
ablatus  et  sepultus  est. 

Die  tricesimo  Decembris  (Xbris,  10  bris) ,  anno  domini 
millesimo  sescentesimo  vicesimo  quinto,  honesta  et  fidelis 
Maria  Gather ina  Ostwald,  vidua  ma j oris  domini  Roberti 
Sigmundi  Regenkampf ,  dum  vivens  civis  illustrissimus 
(perillustris)  civitatis  Bordenheimensis , 

pie  in  domino  nostro  Jesu  Christo,  unctione  extrema  recepta, 
obiit  (mortua  est) . 

Episcopus  iter  facturus,  duos  parochos  ordinabit. 


321 


E.  Translation:  Parish  Registers 

Document  # 1 

In  the  left  margin:  Caspar  Schmitt  from  Rueveren  and 
Anna  Maria  Gensheimer( in)  born  March  20,  1729 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1763,  on  the  day  17th  of  May  banns 

having  been  published  three,  and  the  1st 
indeed  on  the  Sunday  5th  after  Easter,  the  2nd,  in  the 

Feast  of  the  Ascension  of  Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  the 

3rd  on  the  Sunday  6th 
after  Easter:  which  was  the  15th  of  May,  having  been  made, 

and  no  legitimate  hindrance  having  been  uncovered, 
having  been  taken  moreover  on  the  part  of  the  groom  an  oath 

concerning  the  penance  of  whatsoever  hindrance,  and 
having  been  obtained  because  of  heavy  causes  permission  from 

the  most  reverend  vicarate  (vicar)  of  Speyer,  to  the 

solemnities  of  the  Mass 
I  the  below  written  priest  of  the  church  of  Offenbach  the 

upright  Caspar  Schmitt  from 
Rueveren  of  the  archdiocese  of  Trier,  and  in  the  monastery 

of  Satinpia,  of  Mayenfeld  in  the  village 
of  Matthew  Schmitt  of  blessed  memory  citizen  in  the  same 

place  and  Anna  Maria  born  Oster(in)  married  couple  son, 
and  also  the  upright  Anna  Maria  Gensheimer( in) ,  of  John 

Hermann  Gensheimer, 
citizen  in  Offenbach,  and  Anna  Elisabeth  born  Weber(in) 

married  couple  legitimate  daughter 
I  questioned,  and  with  mutual  their  consent  in  the  presence 

of  me  established,  and  sworn  solemnly  through  (by) 
the  words  concerning  the  present,  in  marriage  I  joined, 

the  witnesses  present  noted  were:  Andrew  Vogler 
shoemaker,  and  John  Sturm,  citizens  (of)  Offenbach.   In  faith. 

Offenbach,  as  above 

(In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1763,  on  the  17th  of  May,  after  the 
publication  of  three  marriage  banns,  and  indeed  the  first 
[bann]  [was  read]  on  the  5th  Sunday  after  Easter,  the  2nd 
[bann]  [was  read]  in  the  Feast  of  the  Ascension  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  and  the  third  [bann]  [was  read]  on  the  6th 
Sunday  after  Easter,  which  was  the  15th  of  May,  and  since 
no  legitimate  hindrance  was  uncovered,  moreover,  an  oath 
was  taken  on  the  part  of  the  groom  regarding  the  penance 
of  any  hindrance  whatsoever  [or,  an  oath  was  taken  by  the 
groom  that  he  had  done  penance  for  any  kind  of  impediment 
from  his  past] ,  and  since  permission  was  obtained  from  the 
most  reverend  vicarate  [vicar]  of  Speyer  due  to  very 
very  important  causes,  in  [between]  the  solemnities  of  the 
mass,  I,  the  undersigned  parish  priest  of  the  church  of 
Offenbach,  questioned  the  upright  Caspar  Schmitt,  from 
Rueveren  in  the  Archdiocese  of  Trier,  and  in  [near]  the 
monastery  of  Satinpia,  in  the  village  of  Maienfeld,  son 
of  the  deceased  Matthew  Schmitt,  citizen  of  the  same  place. 


322 


and  Anna  Maria  born  Oster,  married  couple,  and  the  upright 
Anna  Maria  Gensheimer,  legitimate  daughter  of  John  Hermann 
Gensheimer,  citizen  in  Offenbach,  and  Anna  Elisabeth,  born 
born  Weber,  and  with  their  mutual  consent,  given  in  my 
presence,  and  with  their  solemn  oath  [administered]  by 
the  present  priest,  I  joined  [them]  in  marriage.   The 
witnesses  present  were  Andrew  Vogler,  shoemaker,  and  John 
Sturm,  citizens  in  Offenbach.   In  Faith 

[at]  Offenbach,  as  [indicated]  above) 

Document  #  2 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  ninety 

on  the  day  seventeenth  of  May  properly  before  in  the 

churches 
respective  between  the  solemnities  of  the  masses,  having 

been  made  three,  the  first 
on  the  day  ninth,  the  second  on  the  day  thirteenth,  the 

third  on  the  day 
sixteenth  of  this  month  banns  and  of  this  future 
marriage  having  been  obtained  of  those  of  whom  it  is  a 

concern,  and  having  been  received 
mutual  of  the  groom  as  well  as  the  bride  consent  and  no 
having  been  uncovered  hindrance  in  marriage  were  joined 

Sebastian 
Bringel,  of  Sebastian  Bringel  and  Anna  Maria  Stoffel 
married  couple  and  citizens  in  Gallfingen  son  legitimate  born 
twenty-five  years  and  4  about  months  (ago)  and 
Theresia  Huerster,  of  the  deceased  Conrad  Huerster  and 
Catharina  Bilsch  married  couple  while  they  lived  and  citizens 
in  this  place  daughter  legitimate  born  thirty-eight  about 
years  (ago)  by  me  Francis  Joseph  Hinck,  priest  in  this 
place  (of)  Burnhaupt-le-bas  and  the  witnesses  present  were 

Joseph 
Bringel,  citizen  in  the  aforesaid  Galfingen,  Anton  Huerster, 
John  Huetter,  and  Louis  Vogeleisen,  organist, 
(all)  three  citizens  of  this  place,  who  together  with  me 

signed  below. 
The  groom  however  and  the  bride  duly  by  me  called  that 
they  should  sign  below  declared  that  they  (themselves)  to 

write  did  not  know  (how)  wherefore 
the  accustomed  marks  they  made. 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  ninety,  on  the 
seventeenth  day  of  May,  after  three  marriage  banns  had 
been  previously  and  properly  published  in  the  respective 
churches,  between  the  solemnities  of  the  masses;  the  first  of 
[these  banns]  was  published  on  the  ninth  day,  the  second 
on  the  thirteenth  day,  and  the  third  on  the  sixteenth  day 
of  this  month,  after  the  consent  to  (of)  this  future  marriage 
had  been  obtained  from  those  involved,  from  the  groom  as  well 
as  the  bride,  and  since  no  hindrance  was  uncovered,  Sebastian 
Bringel,  legitimate  son  of  Sebastian  Bringel  and  Anna  Maria 

323 


Stoffel,  married  couple  and  citzens  in  Gallfingen,  [who  was] 
born  about  twenty-five  years  and  4  months  ago,  and  Theresia 
Huerster,  legitimate  daughter  of  the  deceased  Conrad  Huerster 
and  Catharina  Bilsch,  married  couple,  while  they  lived,  and 
citizens  in  this  place,  [who  was]  born  about  thirty-eight 
years  [ago] ,  were  joined  in  marriage  by  me  Francis  Joseph 
Hinck,  priest  in  this  place  of  Burnhaupt-le-bas .   The 
witnesses  present  were  Joseph  Bringel,  citizen  in  the 
aforesaid  Galfingen,  Anton  Huerster,  John  Huetter,  and 
Louis  Vogeleisen,  organist,  all  three  citizens  of  this 
place,  who,  together  with  me,  signed  below.   However,  the 
groom  and  the  bride,  duly  called  to  sign  below  by  me,  stated 
that  they  did  not  know  how  to  write,  wherefore,  they  made 
their  customary  marks.) 

Chapter  XIV 
A .  Grammar 

Gen.  copulandi  docendi  vivendi  audiendi  capiendi 

Dat.  copulando  docendo  vivendo  audiendo  capiendo 

Ace .  copulandum  docendvun  vivendum  audiendum  capiendum 

Abl .  copulando  docendo  vivendo  audiendo  capiendo 

C.  Latin  to  English 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy-eight,  on  the 

day 
truly  the  twenty-seventh  of  April,  after  the  publication  of 

three  banns 
about  the  future  marriage,  between  the  solemnities  of  the 

masses ,  and  no 
having  been  uncovered  hindrance  neither  canonical  nor  civil 

except 
in  the  third  and  fourth  of  consanguinity  degree,  however, 

from  the  bishop 
a  dispensation  was  given  and  with  the  consent  mutual  of 

whom  it  concerns , 
by  me  the  below-written  priest  in  marriage  joined  were, 
the  upright  young  man  Stephen  Taunis  and  the  chaste  virgin 

Petronella  Kramer. 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy-eight,  on  the 
twenty-seventh  day,  truly,  of  April,  after  the  publication, 
between  the  solemnities  of  the  masses,  of  three  marriage 
banns  concerning  the  future  marriage,  and  since  no  hindrance, 
neither  canonical  nor  civil,  was  uncovered,  with  the 
exception  of  consanguinity  in  the  third  and  fourth  degree, 
[for  which]  however  a  dispensation  was  given  by  the  bishop, 
and  the  with  mutual  consent  of  those  concerned,  the  upright 
young  man  Stephen  Taunis  and  the  chaste  virgin  Petronella 
Kramer  were  joined  in  marriage  by  me  the  undersigned  priest. ) 


324 


I,  Matthew  Hinckel,  bishop  in  the  diocese  of  Hochwiller 
give  to  you,  Michael  Furton,  farmer  in  the  parish  of  St. 
Vite,  four  acres  of  plow  land  for  three  years  to  have  and 
to  hold. 

The  vineyard  in  the  place  called  wood  beautiful  to  Frederick 
Torinaldi  for  selling  was  given. 

(The  vineyard  in  the  place  called  beautiful  wood  was  given 
to  Frederick  Torinaldi  to  sell.    Venendo  is  a  gerund,  since 
the  vineyard  was  given  to  Frederick  Torinaldi  for  [the 
purpose  of]  selling.) 

In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  eighty-four  and  on  the 

day  last 
of  the  month  of  December,  at  the  hour  sixth  in  the  morning, 

in  the  cemetery  our  of  this 
place  was  buried  the  body  of  Valentine  Martin,  glass  maker  in 
the  village  our  and  husband  of  the  deceased  Elisabeth 

Margareth 
born  Grapeaux,  in  the  year  of  his  age  fifty-eight  and 
about  ten  months ,  who  yesterday  at  the  third  hour  in  the 

the  morning  piously 
in  the  Lord  died  properly  before  (i.e.,  he  received  the 

sacraments  before  he  died)  the  sacraments  of  penance, 
the  eucharist,  and  unction  extreme  at  home  administered  by 
me  Theodore  Reich  priest  of  this  parish.   The  present 
witnesses  were:  Louis  Bichantz ,  barber,  and  Jacob  Hunger, 
locksmith,  both  of  this  place,  who  together  with  me  signed 

below. 

(In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  eighty-four,  and  on 
the  last  day  of  the  month  of  December,  at  the  sixth  hour 
of  [in]  the  morning,  the  body  of  Valentine  Martin,  glass 
maker  in  our  village,  and  husband  of  the  deceased  Elisabeth 
Margaret  born  Grapeaux,  in  the  year  of  his  age  fifty-eight 
and  about  ten  months,  was  buried.   Yesterday  at  the 
third  hour  of  [in]  the  morning,  he  died  piously  in  the 
Lord  after  he  had  received  the  sacraments  of  penance,  the 
eucharist,  and  extreme  unction,  [which  were]  administered 
at  home  by  me  Theodore  Reich,  priest  of  this  parish. 
The  witnesses  present  were:  Louis  Bichantz,  barber,  and 
Jacob  Bunger,  locksmith,  both  of  this  place,  who,  together 
with  me,  signed  below.) 

Yesterday  Thomas  Little  into  the  court  ecclesiastical  our 

entered 
a  fine  for  the  purpose  of  paying. 

(Yesterday  Thomas  Little  entered  into  our  ecclesiastical  court 
in  order  to  pay  a  fine.   Ad  solvendum:  a  gerund  used  with 
ad  to  express  purpose.) 


325 


D.  English  to  Latin 

Maria  Martha  Brosis  ecclesiam  ad  copulandiun  iniit,  sed 
copulare  non  quivit  propter  rite  paenitentiam  facere  noluit. 

Die  decimo  Augusti,  anno  millesimo  sescentesimo  quadragesimo 
quinto  factis  tribus  denunciationibus ,  et  cum  impedimento 
in  tertio  gradu,  per  quod  autem  dispensatio  data  est,  cum 
mutuo  consensu  eorum  quorum  interest,  Conradus  Breit,  viduus 
et  lignarius  huius  villae  (vici,  pagi)  Breckenbachensis, 
et  Justina  Leopoldina  Lauer,  filia  legitima  Hilarii  Lauer  et 
defunctae  Magdalenae  Rosalindae  Pfort,  ambo  parochiae  Sancti 
Leopoldi  ( Leopoldis ) ,  copulati  sunt. 

Hodie  hora  decima  matutina,  corpus  Emerentianae  Staller 
ad  coemeterium  ad  sepeliendum  delatum  est.   Heri  hora  sexta 
matutina  obiit  (mortua  est) .   Circiter  triginta  annorum, 
et  ancilla  in  domo  decani  nostri  per  duodecim  annos  erat 
(fuit).   Sacramenta  paenitentiae ,  eucharistae  et  unctionis 
extremae  recepit,  postquam  pie  in  domino  obiit  (mortua  est) . 
Requiescat  in  pace!  (in  pacem) . 

Necesse  est  quod  Josephus  Blackwell  ad  curicim  ecclesiasticeun 
veniret  (veniat) ,  finem  ad  solvendum  (gerund). 

Cum  Hermannus  Wild  confessus  sit,  et  paenitentictm  facerit, 
parochus  ei  ignovit. 

E.  Parish  Registers 

Document  #1 

Note:  On  the  day  of  All  Souls,  the  highest 

sacred  (thing)  for  all  the  faithful 

for  the  deceased  celebrates  the  deacon,  on  the  highest 

altar,  and  at  the  same  time  will  celebrate 

the  pastor  on  the  altar  parish,  and  the  canons 

with  the  rest  come  to  the  offering 

on  both  altar (s).   From  where 

it  is  evident  at  once  (that)  since  more  there  are 

Catholics,  all  to  the  offering 

to  have  come.   This  custom  ought  revoked 

to  be.   To  which  end,  ought  to  be  noted 

all  the  dead,  and  ought  to  be  made 

of  them  the  commemoration  in  the  cathedral . 

(Note:  On  All  Souls  Day,  the  deacon  celebrates  a  most  solemn 
feast  day  for  all  the  faithful  for  the  dead  at  the  highest 
altar,  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  pastor  will  celebrate  at 
the  parish  altar,  and  the  canons  come  with  the  rest  to  the 
offering  on  both  altars.   From  where  it  is  immediately 
apparent  [that],  since  there  were  more  Catholics,  everyone 
came  to  the  offering.   This  custom  should  be  revoked.   To 
which  end  [to  avoid  further  congestion  by  revoking  the 


326 


custom  of  having  so  many  people  at  the  altars],  the  dead 
ought  to  be  honored,  and  [but]  their  commemoration  ought  to 
be  made  in  the  cathedral.) 

Document  #  2 

(to  be)  noted,  that  a  new  altar  in 

the  church  at  Holthausen  to  the  glory  of  God,  the  Blessed  Mary 

always  a  Virgin  honor,  in  the  year  1654,  3  August 

in  the  Feast  of  the  Discovery  (of  the  bones  of)  St.  Stephen, 

the  first  martyr 
and  his  comrades  erected  was .   Those  present  were  the  Right 
Reverend  Lord  John  Thier  of  Transaquensis  (Ueberwasser)  church 

deacon, 
the  Reverend  Lord  Everwin  Wermelings,  for  the  Upright  Lord 
John  Heymann,  civic  official  at  Transaquensis,  concerning 

which 
praise  (be)  to  Almighty  God  Amen. 

(To  be  noted,  that  a  new  altar  in  the  church  at  Holthausen 
was  erected  to  the  glory  of  God,  [and]  the  honor  of  the 
Blessed  Virgin  Mary,  in  the  year  1654,  [on  the]  3rd  of 
August  in  the  Feast  of  the  Discovery  of  the  Bones  of  St. 
Stephen,  the  First  Martyr  and  his  Comrades;  those  present 
were  the  Right  Reverend  Lord  John  Thier  deacon  of  the  church 
of  Transaquensis  [Ueberwasser] ,  the  Reverend  Lord  Everwin 
Wermelings,  in  behalf  of  the  Upright  Lord  John  Heymann, 
civic  official  at  Transaquensis,  concerning  which  praise 
be  to  Almighty  God,  Amen.) 

Document  #  3 

In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  eighty-eight  on  the 

day  tenth 
of  the  month  of  October  at  the  hour  tenth  after  noon  in  the 

pains  of  childbirth 
in  the  womb  maternal  by  the  midwife  lawful  Anna  Maria  Bilsch 
wife  of  Theobald  Wolff  citizen  and  cooper  in  this  place  Burn- 
haupt-le-bas  because  of  imminent  of  death  danger  in  obvious 
need  baptized  was  a  child,  son  legitimate  of  Jacob 
Kirscher  citizen,  farmer,  and  for  the  time  deputy  municipal 
and  Magdalena  Kirscher,  married  couple,  upon  whom  placed 
was  by  the  midwife  the  name  Caspar,  who  afterwards  having 

been  under- 
taken the  baptism  dead  born  was;  present  (was)  the  father 

above- 
named  and  the  midwife,  who  both  together  with  me  Francis 
Joseph  Hinck,  priest  of  this  place  above-said  undersigned. 


327 


(In  the  year  one  thousand  seven  hundred  eighty-eight,  on 
the  tenth  day  of  the  month  of  October,  at  the  tenth  hour 
after  noon,  a  child  was  baptized  because  of  imminent  danger 
of  death,  [and]  in  obvious  need,  in  the  pains  of  child- 
birth, [and]  in  the  maternal  womb,  by  the  lawful  midwife 
Anna  Maria  Bilsch,  wife  of  Theobald  Wolff,  citizen  and 
cooper  in  this  place  [of]  Burnhaupt-le-bas ,  the  legitimate 
son  of  Jacob  Kirscher,  citizen,  farmer,  and  temporarily 
town  councillor,  and  Magdalena  Kirscher,  married  couple, 
upon  whom  the  name  Caspar  was  placed  by  the  midwife,  who 
after  the  baptism  was  finished,  was  born  dead;  present  was 
the  above-named  father  and  the  midwife,  both  of  whom, 
together  with  me  Francis  Joseph  Hinck,  priest  of  this 
above-said  place,  signed  below.) 


328 


SYNOPSIS  OF  DECLENSION  AND  CONJUGATION 


Declension 
Nouns 


First  Declension 
(ecclesia,  f.:  church) 


Second  Declension 
(parochus,  m. :  priest) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

ecclesia 

ecclesiae 

parochus 

parochi 

Gen. 

ecclesiae 

ecclesianun 

parochi 

parochorum 

Dat. 

ecclesiae 

ecclesiis 

parocho 

parochis 

Ace. 

ecclesiam 

ecclesias 

parochum 

parochos 

Abl. 

ecclesia 

ecclesiis 

parocho 

parochis 

Voc. 

paroche* 

(If  the  stem  ends  in  -i,  another  -i  is  added  for  the 
vocative,  second  declension  masculine.   Note,  however, 
that  the  two  i's  contract  to  one,  e.g.,  fill:  O  son!) 


Second  Declension 
(magister,  m. :  teacher) 


Second  Declension 
(matrimonium,  n. :  marriage) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

magister 

magistri 

matrimonium 

matrimonia 

Gen. 

magistri 

magistrorum 

matrimonii 

matrimoniorum 

Dat. 

magistro 

magistris 

matrimonio 

matrimoniis 

Ace. 

magistrum 

magistros 

matrimonivun 

matrimonia 

Abl. 

magistro 

magistris 

matrimonio 

matrimoniis 

Third  Declension 

(dxix,  m.  :  duke,  leader) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Nom. 

dux 

duces 

consanguinitas 

Gen. 

due  is 

ducum 

consanguinitatis 

Dat. 

duci 

ducibus 

consanguinitati 

Ace. 

ducem 

duces 

consanguinitatem 

Abl. 

duce 

ducibus 

consanguinitate 

Third  Declension 
( consanguinitas ,  f  , 

relationship ) 

Plural 


blood 


consanguinitates 

consanguinitatum 

consanguinitatibus 

consanguinitates 

consanguinitatibus 


329 


Third  Declension 
(corpus,  n. :  body) 


Third  Declension  I-Stem 
(civis,  m. :  citizen) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

corpus 

corpora 

civis 

cives 

Gen. 

corporis 

corporum 

civis 

civium 

Dat. 

corpori 

corporibus 

civi 

civibus 

Ace. 

corpus 

corpora 

civem 

cives 

Abl. 

corpora 

corporibus 

cive 

civibus 

Third  Declension  I-Stem 
(mare,  n. :  sea) 


Fourth  Declension 

(partus,  m. :  birth,  childbirth) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

mare 

mari  a 

partus 

partus 

Gen. 

maris 

marium 

partus 

partuum 

Dat. 

mari 

maribus 

partui 

partibus  ( ubus ) 

Ace. 

mare 

mari  a 

partus 

partus 

Abl. 

mari 

maribus 

partu 

partibus  ( ubus ) 

Fourth  Declension 
( genu ,  n . :  knee ) 


Fifth  Declension 
(dies,  m.  or  f.:  day) 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

genu 

genua 

dies 

dies 

Gen. 

genus 

genuum 

diei 

dierum 

Dat. 

genu 

genibus 

diei 

diebus 

Ace. 

genu 

genua 

diem 

dies 

Abl. 

genu 

genibus 

die 

diebus 

2.  Adjectives 

First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives 

bonus,  bona,  bonum:  good 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

bonorum 

bonanim 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bono 

bonae 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bono 

bona 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

330 


Irregular  First  and  Second  Declension  Adjectives 
totus,  tota,  totum  (whole,  entire) 
Singular  Plural 


Masc. 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Masc , 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom. 

totus 

tota 

totum 

Gen. 

totius 

totius 

totius 

Dat. 

toti 

toti 

toti 

Ace. 

totum 

totam 

totum 

Abl. 

toto 

tota 

toto 

Abl, 


toti  totae  tota 

totomim  totarum  totorum 

totis  totis  totis 

totos  totas  tota 

totis  totis  totis 

N.B.  The  declension  of  numbers,  most  of  which  are  declined 
like  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension, 
was  considered  in  Chapter  7  and  will  not  be  repeated 
here. 

Third  Declension  Adjectives 

(same  nominative  singular  ending  for  all  three  genders; 
compos,  compotis:  having  control  of,  having  possession  of) 


Singular 
Masc.      Fem. 


Nom .  compos 


compos 


Neuter 


compos 


Plural 

Masc. 

compotes 


Fem. 


Neuter 


compotes    compotia 


Gen.  compotis   compotis  compotis  compotium   compotium  compotium 


Dat.  compoti    compoti    compoti 
Ace.  compotem   compotem  compos 
compoti    compoti    compoti 


compotibus   compotibus  compotibus 
compotes     compotes    compotia 
compotibus   compotibus  compotibus 


Third  Declension  Adjectives 

(same  ending  for  masculine  and  feminine  nominative  singular, 
different  ending  for  neuter;  similis,  similis,  simile:  like) 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

similis 

similis 

simile 

similes 

similes 

similia 

Gen. 

similis 

similis 

similis 

similium 

similium 

similium 

Dat. 

simili 

simili 

simili 

simili bus 

similibus 

similibus 

Ace. 

similem 

similem 

simile 

similes 

similes 

similia 

Abl. 

simili 

simili 

simili 

similibus 

similibus 

similibus 

331 


Third  Declension  Adjectives 

(different  ending  for  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter 
nominative  singular,  acer,  acris,  acre:  sharp,  keen) 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

fem. 

Neut( 

Norn. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 

acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrinm 

acrium 

acrium 

Dat. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

acres 

acres 

acria 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Third  Declension  Adjectives 

(consonant  stem;  one  ending  for  all  three  genders  in  the 
nominative  singular,  vetus,  veteris:  old) 


Singular 
Masc.      Fem. 


Neuter 


Plural 
Masc. 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom .  vetus 

Gen .  veteris 

Dat .  veteri 

Ace .  veterem 

Abl .  vetere 


vetus  vetus  veteres  veteres  vetera 

veteris  veteris  veterum  veterum  veterum 

veteri  veteri  veteribus  veteribus  veteribus 

veterem  vetus  veteres  veteres  vetera 

vetere  vetere  veteribus  veteribus  veteribus 


Comparison  of  Adjectives:  First  and  Second  Declension 

Adjectives 


Regular  (sanctus:  holy) 
Positive       Comparative 

Masc.  &  Fem.    Neuter 


sanctus 

(holy) 


sanctior 

(more  holy) 


sanctius 

(more  holy) 


Superlative 


sanctissimus,  -a,  -um 

(most  holy,  holiest) 


Irregular  (peirvus:  small) 
Positive       Comparative 

Masc.  &  Fem.    Neuter 


Superlative 


parvus 

(small) 


minor 

(smaller) 


minius 

(smaller) 


minimus,  -a,  -um 

(smallest) 


332 


Comparison  of  Adjectives:  Third  Declension  Adjectives 
felix  (happy) 


Positive 


felix 

(happy) 


Comparative 
Masc.  &  Fern. 

felicior 

(happier) 


Neuter 

felicius 

(happier) 


Superlative 


felicissimus,  -a,  -urn 

(happiest) 


First  and  Second  and  Third  Declension  Adjectives  with 
the  Masculine  Nominative  Singular  ending  -er  or  -lis 


Positive 

Masc.     Fem.      Neuter 

aeger ,    aegra ,    aegrum 

(sick) 

facilis,  facilis,  facile 

(easy) 

Superlative 


Comparative 
Masc.  &  Fem. 

aegrior 

(sicker) 
facilior 
(easier) 


Neuter 

agegrius 

(sicker) 
f acilius 

(easier) 


aegerrimus,  -a,  -um 

(sickest) 
facillimus,  -a,  -um 

(easiest) 

Declension  of  Adjectives  in  the  Comparative  Degree 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

Nom.  sanctior 

Gen.  sanctioris 

Dat.  sanctiori 

Ace .  sanctiorem 

Abl .  Scinctiore 


Neuter 

sanctius 

Scinctioris 

sanctiori 

sanctius 

sanctiore 


Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

sanctiores 

sanctiorum 

sanctioribus 

sanctiores 

sanctioribus 


Neuter 

sanctiora 

sanctiorum 

sanctioribus 

sanctiora 

Scinctioribus 


Formation  of  Adverbs  from  Adjectives  of  all  three  Declensions 


bonus  ( good ) 
facilis  (easy) 
similis  (like) 


bene  (well) 

facile  (easily) 

similiter  (likely,  similarly) 


333 


Comparison  of  Adverbs 
Positive  Comparative  Superlative 

optime 

(most  well) 

facillime 

(most  easily) 

similiterrime 

(most  similarly) 

N.B.  Although  adverbs  are  not  declined  for  gender,  number, 
and  case,  and,  therefore,  are  not  technically  part  of 
the  process  of  declension,  the  formation  of  adverbs  in 
the  positive,  comparative  and  superlative  degrees  is 
included  here  for  reference. 


bene 

melius 

(well) 

(more  well) 

facile 

facilius 

(easily) 

(more  easily) 

similiter 

s  imi 1 i ter ius 

(similarly) 

(more  similarly) 

Nom, 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


3 .  Pronouns 

Personal  (ego: 

First 

Singular 

ego 

mei 

mihi 

me 

me 


I,  nos:  we,  tu:  you,  vos:  you  [all]) 

Second  First  Second 

Plural 

tu  nos  vos 

tui  nostri  (nostrum)  vestri  (vestrum) 

tibi  nobis  vobis 

te  nos  vos 

te  nobis  vobis 


Third  (is,  ea,  id:  he,  she  it;  ei,  eae,  ea:  they;  also  the 
demonstrative  pronoun:  this,  that 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.      Fem.       Neuter         Masc.      Fern.      Neuter 


Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

ei  (ii) 

eae 

ea 

eorum 

earum 

eomm 

eis 

eis 

eis 

eos 

eas 

ea 

eis 

eis 

eis 

334 


Possessive  (meus:  my;  noster:  our;  tuus:  your;  vester: 
your  [pi.];  suus:  his/her/its  [own];  their 
[own] ) 


Singular 


Plural 


Masc, 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Masc, 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom. 

meus 

me  a 

meum 

mei 

meae 

mea 

Gen. 

mei 

meae 

mei 

meorxim 

mearum 

meorum 

Dat. 

meo 

meae 

meo 

meis 

meis 

meis 

Ace. 

meum 

meam 

meum 

meos 

meas 

mea 

Abl. 

meo 

mea 

meo 

meis 

meis 

meis 

Voc. 

mi 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

noster 

nostra 

nostrum 

nostri 

nostrae 

nostra 

Gen. 

nostri 

nostrae 

nostri 

nostrorum 

nostrarum 

nostrorum 

Dat. 

nostro 

nostrae 

nostro 

nostris 

nostris 

nostris 

Ace. 

nostrum 

nostram 

nostrum 

nostros 

nostras 

nostra 

Abl. 

nostro 

Singular 

nostra 

nostro 

nostris 

Plural 

nostris 

nostris 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

tuus 

tua 

tuum 

tui 

tuae 

tua 

Gen. 

tui 

tuae 

tui 

tuorum 

tuarum 

tuorum 

Dat. 

tuo 

tuae 

tuo 

tuis 

tuis 

tuis 

Ace. 

tuum 

tuam 

tuum 

tuos 

tuas 

tua 

Abl. 

tuo 

Singular 

tua 

tuo 

tuis 

Plural 

tuis 

tuis 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

vester 

vestra 

vestrum 

vestri 

vestrae 

vestra 

Gen. 

vestri 

vestrae 

vestri 

vestrorum 

vestrarum 

vestrorum 

Dat. 

vestro 

vestrae 

vestro 

vestris 

vestris 

vestris 

Ace. 

vestrum 

vestretm 

vestrum 

vestros 

vestras 

vestra 

Abl. 

vestro 

Singular 

vestra 

vestro 

vestris 

Plural 

vestris 

vestris 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

suus 

sua 

suum 

sui 

suae 

sua 

Gen. 

sui 

suae 

sui 

suorum 

suarum 

suorum 

Dat. 

suo 

suae 

suo 

suis 

suis 

suis 

Ace. 

suum 

suam 

suum 

suos 

suas 

sua 

Abl. 

suo 

sua 

suo 

suis 

suis 

suis 

335 


Demonstrative 

hie,  haec,  hoc  (this,  the  latter) 
Singular  Plural 

Masc.      Fem.       Neuter    Masc. 


Fem. 


ille,  ilia,  illud  (that,  the  latter) 
Singular  Plural 

Masc.      Fem.       Neuter     Masc. 


Fem, 


iste,  ista,  istud  (that,  that  of  yours) 
Masc.      Fem.       Neuter    Masc.      Fem. 


idem,  eadem,  idem  (the  same) 


Neuter 


Nom. 

hie 

haee 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hvmc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

his 

his 

his 

Neuter 


Nom. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 

illius 

illius 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat. 

illi 

illi 

illi 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl. 

illo 

ilia 

illo 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Neuter 


Nom. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

isti 

istae 

ista 

Gen. 

istius 

istius 

istius 

istorum 

istarum 

istorum 

Dat. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istum 

istos 

istas 

ista 

Abl. 

isto 

ista 

isto 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

idem 

eadem 

idem 

eidem 

eaedem 

eadem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 

Dat. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

Ace. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

eosdem 

easdem 

eadem 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 

eodem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

336 


Reflexive 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

mei 
mihi 
me 
me 

Singular 

nostri 
nobis 
nos 
nobis 

Plural 

tui 
tibi 
te 
te 

vestri 
vobis 
vos 
vobis 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

sui 
sibi 
se 
se 

sui 
sibi 
se 
se 

Reflexive 

Posses ives:  meus, 

,  tuus ,  suus 

(see  above) 

Intensive 

(ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum:  myself,  yourself, 
herself /itself ,  themselves) 

himself/ 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

ipse 

ipsius 

ipsi 

ipsum 

ipso 

ipsa 

ipsius 

ipsi 

ipsam 

ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsius 

ipsi 

ipsum 

ipso 

ipsi 

ipsorum 

ipsis 

ipsos 

ipsis 

ipsae 

ipsarum 

ipsis 

ipsas 

ipsis 

ipsa 

ipsorum 

ipsis 

ipsa 

ipsis 

Relative 

( qui ,  quae 

,  quod: 

who,  who,  what  [which]) 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

qui 

cuius 

cui 

quem 

quo 

quae 

cuius 

cui 

quam 

qua 

quod 

cuius 

cui 

quod 

quo 

qui 

quorum 

quibus 

quos 

quibus 

quae 

quarum 

quibus 

quas 

quibus 

quae 

quorum 

quibus 

quae 

quibus 

337 


Interrogative  (quis,  quid:  who?  what?) 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.      Fem.       Neuter     Masc.      Fein, 


Neuter 


Nom, 

quis 

quis 

quid 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quern 

quem 

quid 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quo 

Indef ini 

quo 

te 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

The  following  indefinite  pronouns  are  declined,  with  some 
exceptions,  either  like  quis,  quid  or  qui,  quae,  quod: 


aliquia  aliqua 

quidam  quaedam 

quilibet  quaelibet 

quispiam  quaepiam 

quisquam  quaequam 

quisque  quaequae 

quivis  quaevis 

4.  Participles 


aliquid  (aliquod) 
quiddam  ( quoddam ) 
quidl ibet  ( quodl ibet ) 
quidpiam  (quodpictm) 
quidquam  (quicquam) 
quidque  ( quodque ) 
quidvis  (quodvis) 


some ,  some  one 

a  certain  person/thing 

any  one  you  please 

some ,  some  one 

any  one 

every  one ,  every 

any  one  you  please 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Present  Indicative  Active 

First  Conjugation  (baptizans:  baptizing) 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem.    Neuter  Masc.  &  Fem. 

baptizans       baptizans  baptizeintes 

baptizantis     baptizantis  baptizantium 

baptizanti      baptizanti  baptizantibus 

baptizantem    baptizans  baptizantes 

baptizante  (i)  baptizante  (i)  baptizantibus 

Second  Conjugation  (docens:  teaching) 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

Nom .  docens 

Gen .  docentis 

Dat .  docenti 

Ace .  docentem 

Abl .  docente  ( i ) 


Neuter 

docens 
docentis 
docenti 
docens 
docente  ( i ) 


Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

docentes 

docentium 

docentibus 

docentes 

docentibus 


Neuter 

baptizantia 
bapti  zantivun 
baptizantibus 
baptizantia 
baptizantibus 


Neuter 

docentia 

docentium 

docentibus 

docentia 

docentibus 


338 


Third  Conjugation  (promittens:  promising) 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

promittens 
pr omi  t ten t  i  s 
promittenti 
pr omi  tten tem 


Neuter 

promittens 
pr omi  tten t  i  s 
promittenti 
promittens 


Plural 
Masc.  &  Fem. 


Neuter 


promittentes  promittentia 

promittentium  promittentium 

promittentibus  promittentibus 

promittentes  promittentia 

promittente  ( i )  promittente  ( i )  promittentibus  promittentibus 

Fourth  Conjugation  (sepeliens:  burying) 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

sepeliens 
sepelientis 
sepelienti 
sepelientem 
sepeliente  ( i ) 


Neuter 

sepeliens 
sepelientis 
sepelienti 
sepeliens 
sepeliente  ( i ) 


Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

sepelientes 

sepelientium 

sepelientibus 

sepelientes 

sepelientibus 


Neuter 

sepelientia 
sepel lent ium 
sepelientibus 
sepelientia 
sepel lent ibus 


Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs  (faciens:  doing,  making) 


Singular 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

faciens 
facientis 
f acienti 
facientem 
f aciente  ( i ) 


Neuter 

faciens 

facientis 

facienti 

faciens 

f aciente  ( i ) 


Plural 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

f acientes 

facientium 

facientibus 

facientes 

facientibus 


Neuter 

f acientia 
facientium 
facientibus 
f acientia 
facientibus 


Future  Indicative  Active 

First  Conjugation  (baptizaturus:  going  to  baptize,  about 

to  baptize) 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

baptizaturus 

baptizatura 

bapt  i  z  aturum 

Gen. 

baptizaturi 

baptizaturae 

baptizaturi 

Dat. 

baptizaturo 

baptizaturae 

baptizaturo 

Ace. 

bapt i  z  aturum 

bapt  i  z  atur  cim 

baptizaturum 

Abl. 

baptizaturo 

baptizatura 

baptizaturo 

339 


Plural 

Nom.  baptizaturi 

Gen.  baptizaturorvun 

Dat.  baptizatiiris 

Ace.  baptizaturos 

Abl.  baptizaturis 


bapti  zaturae 
bapt  i  z  atiir  arum 
baptizaturis 
bapti zaturas 
baptizaturis 


bapt  i  z  atur a 
bapt  i  z  a tur orum 
bapti  z  atur  i  s 
bapti z atur a 
bapt  i  z  atur  i  s 


Second  Conjugation  (docturus:  about  to  teach,  going 

to  teach) 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

docturus 

doctura 

docturum 

Gen. 

doc tur i 

docturae 

docturi 

Dat. 

docturo 

docturae 

docturo 

Ace. 

docturxun 

docturam 

docturum 

Abl. 

docturo 

Plural 

doctura 

docturo 

Nom. 

docturi 

docturae 

doctura 

Gen. 

docturorum 

docturarum 

docturorum 

Dat. 

doc tur is 

docturis 

docturis 

Ace. 

docturos 

docturas 

doctura 

Abl. 

doc tur is 

docturis 

docturis 

Third  Conjugation  ( promitturus :  about  to  promise,  going 
to  promise) 


Singular 

Masc. 

Nom .  promitturus 

Gen .  promitturi 

Dat .  promitturo 

Ace .  promitturum 

Abl .  promitturo 

Plural 

Masc. 

Nom .  promitturi 

Gen .  promitturorum 

Dat .  promitturis 

Ace .  promitturos 

Abl .  promitturis 


Fem. 

promittura 

promitturae 

promitturae 

promitturam 

promittura 


Fem. 

promitturae 

promitturarvun 

promitturis 

promitturas 

promitturis 


Neuter 

pr omi  tturum 
promitturi 
promitturo 
pr omi  tturum 
promitturo 


Neuter 

promittura 

promitturorum 

promitturis 

promittura 

promitturis 


340 


Fourth  Conjugation  (sepulturus:  about  to  bury,  going 

to  bury) 


Singular 

Mase. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

sepultvirus 

sepulturi 

sepulture 

sepulturum 

sepultiiro 

Plural 

sepultura 

sepulturae 

sepultiirae 

sepulturam 

sepultura 

sepulturum 

sepulturi 

sepulture 

sepulturum 

sepulture 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

sepulturi 

sepulturonrm 

sepulturis 

sepultures 

sepulturis 

sepulturae 

sepulturarum 

sepulturis 

sepulturas 

sepulturis 

sepultura 

sepulturervun 

sepulturis 

sepultura 

sepulturis 

Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs  (facturus:  about  to  make,  going 

to  make) 

Singular 

Mase.  Fem.  Neuter 

Nom.  facturus  factura  facturum 

Gen.  facturi  facturae  facturi 

Dat.  facture  facturae  facture 

Ace.  facturum  facturam  facturum 

Abl .  facture  f  actiira  f  actiare 

Plural 

Nom.  facturi  facturae  factura 

Gen.  facturerum  facturarum  facturorum 

Dat.  facturis  facturis  facturis 

Ace.  facturos  facturas  factura 

Abl.  facturis  facturis  facturis 


341 


Perfect  Indicative  Passive 

First  Conjugation  (baptizatus:  [having  been]  baptized) 

Singular 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter 


Norn. 

baptizatus 

bapti zata 

baptizatum 

Gen. 

baptizati 

bapti zatae 

baptizati 

Dat. 

baptizato 

bapti zatae 

baptizato 

Ace. 

baptizatiim 

baptizatam 

bapti zatum 

Abl. 

baptizato 

Plural 

bapti zata 

baptizato 

Nom. 

baptizati 

bapti zatae 

baptizata 

Gen. 

bapti zatorum 

bapt  i  z  a  tarxun 

bapt  i  z  a torum 

Dat. 

baptizatis 

baptizatis 

baptizatis 

Ace. 

bapti zatos 

bapti zatas 

baptizata 

Abl. 

baptizatis 

baptizatis 

baptizatis 

Second  Conjugation 

( doctus :  [ having 

been]  taught,  le; 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

doctus 

docta 

doctum 

Gen. 

docti 

doctae 

docti 

Dat. 

docto 

doctae 

docto 

Ace. 

doctum 

doctam 

doctum 

Abl. 

docto 

Plural 

docta 

docto 

Nom. 

docti 

doctae 

docta 

Gen. 

doctorum 

doctarum 

doctorum 

Dat. 

doctis 

doctis 

doctis 

Ace. 

doctos 

doctas 

docta 

Abl. 

doctis 

doctis 

doctis 

Third  Conjugation  (promissus:  [having  been]  promised) 

Singular 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter 


Nom .  promissus 

Gen .  promissi 

Dat .  promisso 

Ace .  promissum 

Abl .  promisso 


promissa 

promissae 

promissae 

promissam 

promissa 


promissum 

promissi 

promisso 

promissum 

promisso 


342 


Plural 

Masc. 

Nom.  promissi 

Gen .  promissorum 

Dat.  promissis 

Ace .  promissos 

Abl .  promissis 


Fem. 

promissae 
pr omi s s arum 
promissis 
promissas 
promissis 


Neuter 

promissa 

promissorum 

promissis 

promissa 

promissis 


Fourth  Conjugation  (sepultus:  [having  been]  buried) 
Singular 


Masc. 


Fem. 


Neuter 


Nom. 

sepultus 

sepulta 

sepultum 

Gen. 

sepulti 

sepultae 

sepulti 

Dat. 

sepulto 

sepultae 

sepulto 

Ace. 

sepultum 

sepultam 

sepultum 

Abl. 

sepulto 

Plural 

sepulta 

sepulto 

Nom. 

sepulti 

sepultae 

sepulta 

Gen. 

sepultorum 

sepultamm 

sepultorum 

Dat. 

sepultis 

sepultis 

sepultis 

Ace. 

sepultos 

sepultas 

sepulta 

Abl. 

sepultis 

sepultis 

sepultis 

Third  Conjugation 

lO-Verbs  ( f actus : 

[having  been]  i 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

f actus 

facta 

factum 

Gen. 

facti 

factae 

facti 

Dat. 

facto 

factae 

facto 

Ace. 

factum 

factam 

factum 

Abl. 

facto 

Plural 

facta 

facto 

Nom. 

facti 

factae 

facta 

Gen. 

facto rum 

factariim 

facto rum 

Dat. 

factis 

factis 

factis 

Ace. 

factos 

factas 

facta 

Abl. 

factis 

factis 

factis 

343 


Future  Indicative  Passive 

First  Conjugation  ( baptizandus :  about  to  be  baptized) 

Singular 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter 


Nom. 

baptizandus 

bapti zanda 

bapti zandum 

Gen. 

baptizandi 

bapti zandae 

baptizandi 

Dat. 

baptizando 

baptizandae 

baptizando 

Ace. 

baptizandixm 

bapti zandam 

baptizandum 

Abl. 

baptizando 

Plural 

bapti zanda 

baptizando 

Nom. 

baptizandi 

baptizandae 

bapti zanda 

Gen. 

bapti  zctndorum 

bapti  zandamun 

baptizandorum 

Dat. 

baptizandis 

baptizandis 

baptizandis 

Ace. 

bapti zandos 

bapti zandas 

baptizanda 

Abl. 

baptizandis 

baptizandis 

baptizandis 

Second  Conjugation 

(docendus:  about  to  be  taught) 

Singular 

Masc, 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

docendus 

docenda 

docendum 

Gen. 

docendi 

docendae 

docendi 

Dat. 

docendo 

docendae 

docendo 

Ace. 

docendixm 

docendam 

docendum 

Abl. 

docendo 

Plural 

docenda 

docendo 

Nom. 

docendi 

docendae 

docenda 

Gen. 

docendorum 

docendarum 

docendorum 

Dat. 

docendis 

docendis 

docendis 

Ace. 

docendos 

docendas 

docenda 

Abl. 

docendis 

docendis 

docendis 

Third  Conjugation  ( promittendus :  about  to  be  promised) 
Singular 

Fem. 


Masc, 


Nom. 

promittendus 

promittenda 

Gen. 

promittendi 

promittendae 

Dat. 

promittendo 

promittendae 

Ace. 

promittendum 

promittendam 

Abl. 

promittendo 

promittenda 

Neuter 

pr omi  ttendum 
promittendi 
pr omi  t tendo 
pr omi  ttendum 
promittendo 


344 


Plural 


Masc. 


Nom .  promittendi 

Gen .  promittendonim 

Dat .  promittendis 

Ace .  promittendos 

Abl .  promittendis 

Fourth  Conjugation 

Singular 

Masc. 

Nom.  sepeliendus 

Gen.  sepeliendi 

Dat.  sepeliendo 

Ace.  sepeliendum 

Abl .  sepeliendo 

Plural 

Nom.  sepeliendi 

Gen.  sepeliendomm 

Dat .  sepeliendis 

Ace.  sepeliendos 

Abl .  sepeliendis 


Fem. 

pr omi  ttendae 
promittendarum 
promittendis 
promittendas 
pr omi  t tend  i  s 


Neuter 

pr omi  t tenda 
promittendorum 
pr omi  t tend  i  s 
promittenda 
promittendis 


(sepeliendus:  about  to  be  buried) 


Fem. 

sepelienda 

sepeliendae 

sepeliendae 

sepeliendam 

sepelienda 


sepeliendae 

sepeliendarum 

sepeliendis 

sepeliendas 

sepeliendis 


Neuter 

sepeliendum 

sepeliendi 

sepeliendo 

sepeliendum 

sepeliendo 


sepelienda 
sepe 1 iendorum 
sepeliendis 
sepelienda 
sepeliendis 


Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs  (faciendus:  about  to  make,  do) 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

faciendus 

facienda 

faciendum 

Gen. 

faciendi 

faciendae 

faciendi 

Dat. 

faciendo 

faciendae 

faciendo 

Ace. 

faciendum 

faciendam 

faciendum 

Abl. 

faciendo 

Plural 

facienda 

faciendo 

Nom. 

faciendi 

faciendae 

facienda 

Gen. 

faciendorum 

faciendarum 

faciendorum 

Dat. 

faciendis 

faciendis 

faciendis 

Ace. 

faciendos 

faciendas 

facienda 

Abl. 

faciendis 

faciendis 

faciendis 

345 


5.  Gerund  (declined  in  the  neuter  singular  only) 


First  Conjugation 
(baptizandi,  etc.; 
of  baptizing) 

Nom. 

Gen.  baptizandi 

Dat.  baptizando 

Ac  c .  bapt i  z andum 

Abl .  baptizando 


Second  Conjugation   Third  Conjugation 


( docendi ,  etc , 

of  teaching) 


docendi 
docendo 
docendum 
docendo 


( promittendi ,  etc . : 

of  promising) 


promittendi 
promittendo 
promittendum 
promittendo 


Fourth  Conjugation  Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs 
( sepeliendi ,  etc . :   ( f aciendi ,  etc . : 

of  burying)         of  making,  doing) 


Nom. 

Gen.  sepeliendi 

Dat.  sepeliendo 

Ace.  sepeliendum 

Abl .  sepeliendo 


f aciendi 
faciendo 
faciendum 
faciendo 


B.  Conjugation  of  Regular  Verbs  (all  four  conjugations) 


copulare 

docere 

promittere 

sepelire 

facere 

(marry 

( teach 

(promise 

(bury 

(make,  do 

1st  conj . ) 

2nd  conj . 

)  3rd  conj . ) 

4th  conj . ) 

3rd-io) 

1.  Present  Indicative  Active 

copulo 

doceo 

promitto 

sepelio 

facio 

copulas 

doces 

promittis 

sepelis 

facis 

copulat 

docet 

promittit 

sepelit 

facit 

copulamus 

docemus 

promittimus 

sepelimus 

facimus 

copulat is 

docet is 

promittitis 

sepelitis 

facitis 

copulant 

docent 

promittunt 

sepeliunt 

faciunt 

2 .  Future 

Indicative 

Active 

copulabo 

docebo 

promittam 

sepeliam 

faciam 

copulabis 

docebis 

promittes 

sepelies 

facies 

copulabit 

docebit 

promittet 

sepeliet 

faciet 

copulabimus 

docebimus 

promittemus 

sepeliemus 

faciemus 

copulabitis 

docebitis 

promittetis 

sepelietis 

facietis 

copulabunt 

docebunt 

promittent 

sepelient 

facient 

3 .  Imperfect  Indicat 

ive  Active 

copulabcim 

docebam 

promittebam 

sepeliebam 

faciebam 

copulabas 

docebas 

promittebas 

sepeliebas 

faciebas 

copulabat 

docebat 

promittebat 

sepeliebat 

faciebat 

copulabamus 

docebconus 

pr omi  ttebamus 

sepe 1 iebamus 

fac iebamus 

copulabatis 

docebatis 

promittebat i  s 

sepeliebatis 

faciebatis 

copulabant 

docebant 

promittebant 

sepeliebant 

faciebant 

346 


4.  Perfect  Indicative  Active 


copulavi 

copulavisti 

copulavit 

copulavimus 

copulavistis 

copul  avemnt 

( copulavere ) 


docui 

docuisti 

docuit 

docuimus 

docuistis 

docuerunt 

( docuere ) 


promissi 

promissisti 

promissit 

promissimus 

promissistis 

promisserunt 

( promissere ) 


5.  Pluperfect  Indicative  Active 


copul aver am 
copul averas 
copul aver at 
copul aver amus 
copulaveratis 
copulaverant 


docueram   promisseram 
docueras   promisseras 
docuerat   promisserat 
docueramus  promissercunus 
docueratis  promisseratis 
docuerant  promisserant 


6.  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active 


copul aver o 

copulaveris 

copulaverit 

copulaverimus 

copulaveritis 

copulaverint 


docuero 

docueris 

docuerit 

docuerimus 

docueritis 

docuerint 


promissero 

promisseris 

promisserit 

promisserimus 

promisseritis 

promisserint 


7.  Present  Indicative  Passive 


copulor 

copularis 

copulatvir 

copulamur 

copulamini 

copulantur 


doceor 

doceris 

docetur 

docemur 

docemini 

docentur 


promittor 

promitteris 

promittitur 

promittimur 

promittimini 

promittuntur 


sepelivi 

sepelivisti 

sepelivit 

sepelivimus 

sepelivistis 

sepeliverunt 

(sepelivere) 


sepeliveram 

sepeliveras 

sepe liver at 

sepeliveretmus 

sepeliveratis 

sepeliverant 


sepelivero 

sepeliveris 

sepeliverit 

sepeliverimus 

sepeliveritis 

sepeliverint 


sepelior 

sepeliris 

sepelitur 

sepelimur 

sepelimini 

sepeliuntur 


feci 

fecisti 

fecit 

fecimus 

fecistis 

fecerunt 

( f ecere ) 


feceram 

feceras 

fecerat 

feceramus 

feceratis 

fecerant 


fecero 

feceris 

fecerit 

fecerimus 

feceritis 

fecerint 


facior 

faceris 

facitur 

facimur 

facimini 

faciuntur 


8.  Future  Indicative  Passive 


copulabor 

copulaberis 

copulabitur 

copulabimur 

copulabimini 

copulabuntur 


docebor 

doceberis 

docebitur 

docebimur 

docebimini 

docebuntur 


promittar 

promitteris 

promittetur 

promittemur 

promittemini 

promittentur 


9.  Imperfect  Indicative  Passive 


copul abar  docebar 

copulabaris  docebaris 

copulabatur  docebatur 

copulabctmur  docebamur 

copulabamini  docebamini 

copul abantur  docebantur 


pr omi  ttebar 

promittebaris 

promittebatur 

promittebamur 

promittebamini 

promittebantur 


sepeliar 

sepelieris 

sepelietur 

sepeliemur 

sepeliemini 

sepelientur 


sepeliebar 

sepeliebaris 

sepeliebatur 

sepeliebamur 

sepeliebamini 

sepel iebantur 


f aciar 
f acieris 
f acietur 
faciemur 
faciemini 
facientur 


f aciebar 
f aciebaris 
f aciebatur 
faciebamur 
faciebamini 
faciebantur 


347 


10.  Perfect  Indicative  Passive 


copulatus  sum* 
copulatus  es 
copulatus  est 
copuJati  sumus 
copulati  estis 
copulati  sunt 


doctus  sum 
doctus  es 
doctus  est 
docti  sumus 
docti  estis 
docti  sunt 


promissus  sum 
promissus  es 
promissus  est 
promissi  sumus 
promissi  estis 
promissi  sunt 


sepultus  sum 
sepultus  es 
sepultus  est 
sepulti  sumus 
sepulti  estis 
sepulti  sunt 


factus  sum 
factus  es 
factus  est 
facti  sumus 
facti  estis 
facti  sunt 


*The  full  declension  of  the  perfect  passive  participle, 
which  is  part  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future 
perfect  indicative  passive  tenses,  is  not  provided  here. 
In  the  paradigms,  copulatus,  copulata,  copulatum 
is  understood  for  the  singular,  and  copulati,  copulatae, 
copulata  for  the  plural . 


11.  Pluperfect  Indicative  Passive 


copulatus  eram 
copulatus  eras 
copulatus  erat 
copulati  eramus 
copulati  eratis 
copulati  erant 

factus  eram 
factus  eras 
factus  erat 
facti  eramus 
facti  eratis 
facti  erant 


doctus  eram 
doctus  eras 
doctus  erat 
docti  eramus 
docti  eratis 
docti  erant 


promissus  eram 
promissus  eras 
promissus  erat 
promissi  eramus 
promissi  eratis 
promissi  erant 


sepultus  eram 
sepultus  eras 
sepultus  erat 
sepulti  eramus 
sepulti  eratis 
sepulti  ereuit 


12.  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive 


copulatus  ero 
copulatus  eris 
copulatus  erit 
copulati  erimus 
copulati  eritis 
copulati  erunt 

factus  ero 
factus  eris 
factus  erit 
facti  erimus 
facti  eritis 
facti  erunt 


doctus  ero 
doctus  eris 
doctus  erit 
docti  erimus 
docti  eritis 
docti  erunt 


promissus  ero 
promissus  eris 
promissus  erit 
promissi  erimus 
promissi  eritis 
promissi  erunt 


sepultus  ero 
sepultus  eris 
sepultus  erit 
sepulti  erimus 
sepulti  eritis 
sepulti  eriint 


348 


13.  Present  Subjunctive  Active 


copulem 

copules 

copulet 

copulemus 

copuletis 

copulent 


doceam 

doceas 

doceat 

doceamus 

doceatis 

doceant 


promittam 

promittas 

promittat 

promittamus 

promittatis 

promittant 


14.  Imperfect  Subjunctive  Active 


copularem 
copulares 
copularet 
copul aremus 
copularetis 
copul arent 


docerem 

doceres 

doceret 

doceremus 

doceretis 

docerent 


promitterem 

promitteres 

promitteret 

promitteremus 

promitteretis 

promitterent 


15.  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active 

copulaverim  docuerim  promisserim 

copulaveris  docueris  promisseris 

copulaverit  docuerit  promisserit 

copulaverimus  docuerimus  promisserimus 

copulaveritis  docueritis  promisseritis 

copulaverint  docuerint  promisserint 

16.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active 

copulavissem   docuissem   promississem 
copulavisses    docuisses   promississes 
copulavisset   docuisset   promississet 
copulavissemus  docuissemus  promississemus 
copulavissetis  docuissetis  promississet is 
copulavissent  docuissent  promississent 

17.  Present  Subjunctive  Passive 


sepelicun 

sepelias 

sepeliat 

sepeliamus 

sepeliatis 

sepeliant 


sepelirem 

sepelires 

sepeliret 

sepeliremus 

sepeliretis 

sepelirent 


sepeliverim 

sepeliveris 

sepeliverit 

sepel iver imus 

sepeliveritis 

sepeliverint 


sepel ivissem 

sepelivisses 

sepelivisset 

sepelivissemus 

sepelivissetis 

sepelivissent 


f aciam 
facias 
f aciat 
f aciamus 
faciatis 
faciant 


facerem 
faceres 
faceret 
facer emus 
f aceretis 
facer en t 


fecerim 

feceris 

fecerit 

fecerimus 

feceritis 

fecerint 


fecissem 

fecisses 

fecisset 

fecissemus 

fecissetis 

fecissent 


copuler 

copuleris 

copuletur 

copulemur 

copulemini 

copulentur 


docear 

docearis 

doceatur 

doceamur 

doceamini 

doceantur 


promittar 

promittaris 

promittatur 

promittamur 

promittamini 

pr omi  tt an tur 


18.  Imperfect  Subjunctive  Passive 

copularer  docerer  promitterer 

copulareris  docereris  promittereris 

copularetur  doceretur  promitteretur 

copularemur  doceremur  promitteremur 

copularemini  doceremini  promitteremini 

copularentur  docerentur  promitterentur 


sepeliar 
sepeliaris 
sepel iatur 
sepel iamur 
sepeliamini 
sepeliantur 


sepel irer 
sepelireris 
sepel ire tur 
sepeliremur 
sepel iremini 
sepelirentur 


f aciar 
f aciaris 
facia tur 
faciamur 
faciamini 
faciantur 


facer er 
f acereris 
f aceretur 
facer emur 
faceremini 
facerentur 


349 


19.  Perfect  Subjunctive  Passive 


doctus  sim 
doctus  sis 
doctus  sit 
docti  simus 
docti  sitis 
docti  sint 


promissus  sim 
promissus  sis 
promissus  sit 
promissi  simus 
promissi  sitis 
promissi  sint 


copulatus  sim 
copulatus  sis 
copulatus  sit 
copulati  simus 
copulati  sitis 
copulati  sint 

f actus  sim 
factus  sis 
f actus  sit 
facti  simus 
facti  sitis 
facti  sint 


20.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Passive 


copulatus  essem   doctus  essem 
copulatus  esses   doctus  esses 
copulatus  esset   doctus  esset 
copulati  essemus  docti  essemus 
copulati  essetis  docti  essetis 
copulati  assent  docti  essent 

factus  essem 
factus  esses 
factus  esset 
facti  essemus 
facti  essetis 
facti  essent 


sepultus  sim 
sepultus  sis 
sepultus  sit 
sepulti  simus 
sepulti  sitis 
sepulti  sint 


promissus  essem 
promissus  esses 
promissus  esset 
promissi  essemus 
promissi  essetis 
promissi  essent 


sepultus  essem 
sepultus  esses 
sepultus  esset 
sepulti  essemus 
sepulti  essetis 
sepulti  essent 


21.  Present  Imperative  Active 


copula          doce       promitte 
copulate       docete    promittite 

sepeli 
sepelite 

fac 
f acite 

22.  Present  Imperative  Passive 

copulare       docere    promittere 
copulamini     docemini   promittimini 

sepelire 
sepelimini 

facere 
facimini 

The  imperative  mood  has  not  been  considered  in  any  detail  in 
this  text,  since  it  was  rarely  used  in  parish  registers  which 
reported  births,  baptisms,  marriages,  deaths,  and  burials.  The 
present  imperative,  active  and  passive,  is  used  to  give  commands 
in  the  second  person  singular  and  plural,  e.g.,  copula!:  you 
(singular)  marry!   copulate:  you  (all)  marry! 

The  present  imperative  active ,  which  is  the  most  common  form 
of  the  imperative,  is  the  present  stem  for  the  second  person 
singular  (formed  by  omitting  the  -re  or  -ere  of  the  present 
infinitive).  Since  the  present  stem  of  third  conjugation  verbs 
ends  in  a  consonant,  an  -e  is  added  to  the  majority  of  such  verbs 


350 


in  the  second  person  singular  (e.g.,  promitte! :  you  promise!). 
The  third  conjugation  io-verb  facere  drops  the  -e  endings,  as  do 
a  few  third  conjugation  verbs. 

The  second  person  plural  present  imperative  active  is  formed 
by  adding  -te  to  the  present  stem.  Note,  however,  that  third 
conjugation  and  third  conjugation  io-verbs  add  an  -i  to  the  -te 
rather  than  an  -e  (e.g.,  facite! :  you  [all]  do!). 

The  present  imperative  passive  is  used  primarily  with  depo- 
nent verbs.  The  second  person  singular  is  identical  to  the 
present  infinitive  (e.g.,  copulare! :  [you]  be  married!),  while 
the  second  person  plural  is  basically  the  same  as  the  second 
person  plural  present  indicative  passive  (e.g.,  copulamini ! :  [you 
all]  be  married! ) 

There  is  also  a  future  imperative  active  and  passive  for  the 
second  and  third  person  singular  and  plural.  This  was  not  fre- 
quently utilized  in  classical  Latin  and  will  not  be  discussed 
here.  For  additional  information  on  this  tense  of  the  impera- 
tive, consult  some  of  the  grammar  books  listed  in  the  selected 
bibliography  at  the  back  of  this  book. 

22.  Participles 

First  Conjugation        Second  Conjugation   Third  Conjugation 

Active 

Present   copulans  docens  promittens 

Future    copulaturus  docturus  promissurus 

Passive 

Perfect    copulatus  doctus  promissus 

Future    copulandus  docendus  promittendus 

Fourth  Conjugation       Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs 

Active 

Present    sepeliens  faciens 

Future    sepulturus  facturus 

Passive 

Perfect   sepultus  factus 

Future     sepeliendus  faciendus 


351 


23.  Infinitives 
First  Conjugation 
Active 


Second  Conjugation    Third  Conjugation 


Present    copulare  docere 

Perfect   copulavisse        docuisse 
Future    copulatiirus  esse   docturus  esse 


Passive 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


copulari 
copulatus  esse 
copulatum  iri 


doceri 
doctus  esse 
doctum  iri 


promittere 
promississe 
promissurus  esse 


promitti 
promissus  esse 
promissum  iri 


Fourth  Conjugation 

Active 

Present   sepelire 
Perfect    sepelivisse 
Future    sepulturus  esse 


Passive 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


sepeliri 
sepultus  esse 
sepultum  iri 


Third  Conjugation  lO-Verbs 


f acere 
fecisse 
facturus  esse 


faci 

factus  esse 
sepultum  iri 


The  Principal  Parts  of  the  Regular  Verbs  Conjugated  Above 

copulo,  copulare,  copulavi,  copulatum 
doceo,  docere,  docui,  doctum 
promitto,  promittere,  promissi,  promissum 
sepelio,  sepelire,  sepelivi,  sepultum 
facio,  f acere,  feci,  factum 

C.  The  Conjugation  of  Irregular  Verbs:  ferre  (to  bear,  carry; 
irregular  third  conjugation) 


Present  Indicative 
Active 


fero 

fers 

fert 

ferimus 

fertis 

ferunt 


2 .  Future  Indicative 
Active 

feram 

feres 

feret 

feremus 

feretis 

ferent 


352 


Imperfect  Indicative 
Active 


4 .  Perfect  Indicative 
Active 


ferebam 

ferebas 

ferebat 

ferebamus 

ferebatis 

ferebant 

5.  Pluperfect  Indicative 
Active 


tuli 

tulisti 

tulit 

tulimus 

tulistis 

tulerunt  ( tulere ) 

6.  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Active 


tuleram 

tuleras 

tulerat 

tuleramus 

tuleratis 

tulerant 


tulero 

tuleris 

tulerit 

tulerimus 

tuleritis 

tulerint 


7 .  Present  Indicative 
Passive 


8 


Future  Indicative 
Passive 


feror 

ferris 

fertur 

ferimiir 

ferimini 

fenintur 


ferar 

fereris 

feretur 

feremxir 

feremini 

ferentur 


Imperfect  Indicative 
Passive 


10.  Perfect  Indicative 
Passive 


ferebar 

ferebaris 

ferebatur 

ferebamur 

ferebamini 

ferebantur 


latus  Slim 
latus  es 
latus  est 
lati  sumus 
lati  estis 
lati  sunt 


11.  Pluperfect  Indicative 
Passive 


12 


Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Passive 


latus  eram 
latus  eras 
latus  erat 
lati  eramus 
lati  eratis 
lati  erant 


latus  ero 
latus  eris 
latus  erit 
lati  erimus 
lati  eritis 
lati  erunt 


353 


13.  Present  Subjunctive 
Active 


14.  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
Active 


feram 

feras 

ferat 

feramus 

feratis 

feretnt 


ferrem 

ferres 

ferret 

ferremus 

ferretis 

ferrent 


15.  Perfect  Subjunctive 
Active 


16.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive 
Active 


tulerim 

tuleris 

tulerit 

tulerimus 

tuleritis 

tulerint 


tulissem 

tulisses 

tulisset 

tulissemus 

tulissetis 

tulissent 


17.  Present  Subjunctive 
Passive 


18.  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
Passive 


ferar 

feraris 

feratur 

feramur 

feramini 

ferantur 


ferrer 

ferres 

ferretur 

ferremur 

ferremini 

ferrentur 


19.  Perfect  Subjunctive 
Passive 


20.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive 
Passive 


latus  sim 
latus  sis 
latus  sit 
lati  simus 
lati  sitis 
lati  sint 


latus  essem 
latus  esses 
latus  esset 
lati  essemus 
lati  essetis 
lati  essent 


21.  Present  Imperative  Active 

far 
ferte 


22.  Participles 
Active 


Passive 


Present    ferens 
Future     laturus 


Perfect 
Future 


latus 
ferendus 


354 


23.  Infinitives 


Active 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


ferre 
tulisse 
laturus  esse 


Passive 

ferri 

latus  esse 
latum  iri 


The  Principal  Parts  of  ferre 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum 

D.  The  Conjugation  of  Irregular  Verbs:  esse  (to  be),  posse 
(to  be  able  [to]),  velle  (to  will,  wish;  irregular  3rd 
conjugation),  nolle  (to  wish  ...  not,  be  unwilling; 
irregular  third  conjugation),  malle  (to  wish  rather, 
prefer;  irregular  third  conjugation),  ire  (to  go; 
irregular  fourth  conjugation) 

1 .  Present  Indicative  Active 


posse 


velle 


nolle 


malle 


stun 

possum 

volo 

nolo 

malo 

eo 

es 

potes 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

is 

est 

potest 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

it 

sumus 

possumus 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

imus 

estis 

potestis 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

itis 

sunt 

possunt 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

eunt 

2 .  Future  Indicative  Active 


ero 

potero 

volam 

nolam 

malam 

ibo 

eris 

poteris 

voles 

noles 

males 

ibis 

erit 

poterit 

volet 

nolet 

malet 

ibit 

erimus 

poterimus 

vol emus 

no 1 emus 

ma 1 emus 

ibimus 

eritis 

poteritis 

voletis 

noletis 

maletis 

ibitis 

erunt 

poterunt 

volent 

nolent 

malent 

ibunt 

3. 

Imperfect  Indicative  Act: 

ive 

eram 

poteram 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

ibcun 

eras 

poteras 

volebas 

nolebas 

malebas 

ibas 

erat 

poterat 

volebat 

nolebat 

malebat 

ibat 

eramus 

poteramus 

volebamus 

nolebamus 

malebamus 

ibamus 

eratis 

poterat is 

volebatis 

nolebatis 

malebatis 

ibatis 

erant 

poterant 

volebcint 

nolebant 

malebant 

ibant 

355 


4 .  Perfect  Indicative  Active 


fui 

potui 

volui 

nolui 

malui 

ii 

fuisti 

potuisti 

voluisti 

noluisti 

maluisti 

isti 

fuit 

potuit 

voluit 

noluit 

maluit 

lit 

fuimus 

potuimus 

voluimus 

noluimus 

maluimus 

iimus 

fuistis 

potuistis 

voluistis 

noluistis 

maluistis 

istis 

fuerunt 

potuerunt 

voluerunt 

noluerunt 

maluenint 

ierunt 

( f uere ) 

( potuere ) 

( voluere ) 

(noluere) 

( maluere ) 

( iere) 

5. 

Pluperfect  Indicative  Act 

ive 

fueram 

potueram 

volueram 

nolueram 

malueram 

ieram 

fueras 

potueras 

volueras 

nolueras 

malueras 

ieras 

fuerat 

potuerat 

voluerat 

noluerat 

maluerat 

ierat 

fueramus 

potueramus 

volueramus 

nolueramus 

malueramus 

ieramus 

fueratis 

potueratis 

volueratis 

nolueratis 

malueratis 

ieratis 

fuerant 

potuerant 

voluerant 

noluerant 

maluerant 

ierant 

6. 

Future  Perfect  Indicative 

Active 

fuero     potuero     voluero     noluero     maluero  iero 

fueris    potueris    volueris    nolueris    malueris  ieris 

fuerit    potuerit    voluerit    noluerit    maluerit  ierit 

fuerimus   potuerimus  voluerimus   noluerimus   maluerimus  ierimus 

fueritis   potueritis  volueritis   nolueritis   malueritis  ieritis 

fuerint   potuerint   voluerint   noluerint   maluerint  ierint 

There  are  no  passive  forms  for  these  verbs.   However,  the 

compounds  of  eo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  such  as 

obire  (to  go  away,  die),  may  have  passive  forms. 

7.  Present  Subjunctive  Active 


sim 

possim 

velim 

nolim 

malim 

eam 

sis 

possis 

velis 

noils 

mails 

eas 

sit 

possit 

velit 

nolit 

malit 

eat 

simus 

possimus 

ve Iimus 

no Iimus 

ma Iimus 

eamus 

sitis 

possitis 

velitis 

nolitis 

malitis 

eatis 

sint 

possint 

velint 

no lint 

ma lint 

eeint 

8. 

Imperfect  Subjunctive  Act 

ive 

essem 

possem 

vellem 

no  Hem 

mallem 

irem 

esses 

posses 

velles 

nolles 

malles 

ires 

asset 

posset 

vellet 

nollet 

mallet 

iret 

essemus 

possemus 

vellemus 

nollemus 

mallemus 

iremus 

essetis 

possetis 

velletis 

nolletis 

malletis 

iretis 

essent 

possent 

vellent 

no 1 lent 

ma 1 lent 

irent 

356 


9.  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active 

fuerim  potuerim  voluerim  noluerim  maluerim  ierim 

fueris  potueris  volueris  nolueris  malueris  ieris 

fuerit  potuerit  voluerit  noluerit  maluerit  ierit 

fuerimus  potuerimus  voluerimus  noluerimus  maluerimus  ierimus 

fueritis  potueritis  volueritis  nolueritis  malueritis  ieritis 

fuerint  potuerint  voluerint  noluerint  maluerint  ierint 


10.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  Active 


fuissem 

fuisses 

fuisset 

fuissemus 

fuissetis 

fuissent 


potuissem 

potuisses 

potuisset 

potuissemus 

potuissetis 

potuissent 


voluissem 

voluisses 

voluisset 

voluissemus 

voluissetis 

voluissent 


noluissem 

noluisses 

noluisset 

noluissemus 

noluissetis 

noluissent 


maluissem   issem 
maluisses    isses 
maluisset    isset 
maluissemus  issemus 
maluissetis  issetis 
maluissent   issent 


11.  Present  Active  Imperative 

esse  nolle  ire 

es  noli  i 

este  nolite         ite 

12.  Participles 

Active 

Present   potens    volens    nolens    iens  ( euntis ,  etc . ) 
Future    futurus  iturus 

N.B.  The  verb  ire  has  a  gerund  eundus,  etc. 

13.  Infinitives 
Active 

Present  esse  posse  velle     nolle     malle     ire 

Perfect  fuisse  potuisse  voluisse  noluisse  maluisse   isse 

Future   futurus  esse  iturus  esse 

( fore ) 

The  Principal  Parts  of  the  Above  Irregular  Verbs 

sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus 
possum,  posse,  potui 
volo,  velle,  volui 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui 
malo,  malle,  malui 
eo,  ire,  ii,  itum  (supine) 


357 


E.  The  Conjugation  of  the  Irregular  Verb  fieri  (to  be  made, 
be  done,  become,  used  as  the  passive  form  of  facere; 
technically,  it  has  no  active  forms) 


Present     2 . 

Future 

3. 

Imperfect 

4 .  Perfect 

Indicative 

Indicative 

Indicative 

Indicative 

fio 

f  iam 

f iebam 

factus  sum 

fis 

fies 

f iebas 

factus  es 

fit 

fiet 

fiebat 

factus  est 

f  imus 

f iemus 

f iebamus 

facti  sumus 

fitis 

fietis 

f iebatis 

facti  estis 

f  iunt 

f  ient 

f iebant 

facti  sunt 

Pluperfect   6. 

Future 

Perfect 

7. 

Present 

8 .  Imperfect 

Indicative 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Subjunctive 

factus  eram 

factus 

ero 

f  iam 

f ierem 

factus  eras 

factus 

eris 

f  ias 

f ieres 

factus  erat 

factus 

erit 

fiat 

f ieret 

facti  eramus 

facti  erimus 

f iamus 

f ieremus 

facti  eratis 

facti  eritis 

f iatis 

f ieretis 

facti  erant 

facti  enint 

f  iant 

f ierent 

9.  Perfect 

10. 

,  Pluperfect 

Subjunctive 

Subjunctive 

factus  sim 

factus 

essem 

factus  sis 

factus 

esses 

factus  sit 

factus 

esset 

facti  simus 

facti  ( 

essemus 

facti  sitis 

facti  i 

essetis 

facti  sint 

facti  ( 

essent 

11.  Imperative   12.  Participles 


fi 
fite 


Perfect  factus 
Future   faciendus 


13.  Infinitives 

Present  fieri 
Perfect  factus  esse 
Future   factum  iri 


The  Principal  Parts  of  fieri 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum 

F.  The  Conjugation  of  the  Deponent  Verbs  conari  (to  try, 
attempt;  first  conjugation),  fateri  (to  confess;  second 
conjugation),  nasci  (to  be  born;  third  conjugation), 
experiri  (to  try;  fourth  conjugation),  mori  (to  die; 
3rd  conjugation  lO-Verb) 


358 


1.  Present  Indicative 
conari        fateri       nasci 


Conor 

conaris 

conatur 

conamur 

conamini 

conantur 


f ateor 
fateris 
fatetur 
f atemur 
f atemini 
f atentur 

Future  Indicative 


nascor 

nasceris 

nascitur 

nascimur 

nascimini 

nascuntur 


experxrx 

experior 

experiris 

experitur 

experimur 

experimini 

experiuntur 


morior 

moreris 

moritur 

morimur 

morimini 

moriuntur 


conabor  fatebor  nascar  experiar 

conaberis  fateberis  nasceris  experieris 

conabittir  fatebitur  nascetur  experietur 

conabimur  fatebimur  nascemur  experiemur 

conabimini  fatebimini  nascemini  experiemini 

conabuntur  fatebuntur  nascentur  experientur 


3 .  Imperfect  Indicative 


conabar 

conabaris 

conabatur 

conabamur 

conabamini 

conabantur 


fatebar 
f atebaris 
fatebatur 
fatebamur 
f atebamini 
f atebantur 


4.  Perfect  Indicative 


conatus  sum 
conatus  es 
conatus  est 
conati  sumus 
conati  estis 
conati  sunt 


fassus  svun 
fassus  es 
fassus  est 
fassi  sumus 
fassi  estis 
fassi  sunt 


nascebar 

nascebaris 

nascebatur 

nascebamur 

nascebamini 

nascebantur 


natus  sum 
natus  es 
natus  est 
nati  siimus 
nati  estis 
nati  sunt 


5.  Pluperfect  Indicative 

conatus  eram  fassus  eram  natus  eram 
conatus  eras   fassus  eras  natus  eras 
conatus  erat   fassus  erat  natus  erat 
conati  eramus  fassi  eramus  nati  eramus 
conati  eratis  fassi  eratis  nati  eratis 
conati  erant  fassi  erant  nati  erant 


experiebar 

experiebaris 

experiebatur 

experiebamur 

experiebamini 

experiebantur 


expertus  sum 
expertus  es 
expertus  est 
experti  sumus 
experti  estis 
experti  svint 


expertus  eram 
expertus  eras 
expertus  erat 
experti  ereimus 
experti  eratis 
experti  erant 


moriar 

morieris 

morietur 

moriemur 

moriemini 

morientur 


moriebar 

moriebaris 

moriebatur 

moriebamur 

moriebamini 

moriebantur 


mortuus  sum 
mortuus  es 
mortuus  est 
mortui  sumus 
mortui  estis 
mortui  sunt 


mortuus  eram 
mortuus  eras 
mortuus  erat 
mortui  eramus 
mortui  eratis 
mortui  erant 


359 


6 .  Future  Perfect 

conatus  ero    fassus  ero   natus  ero 
conatus  eris   fassus  eris   natus  eris 
conatus  erit   fassus  erit  natus  erit 
conati  erimus  fassi  erimus  nati  erimus 
conati  eritis  fassi  eritis  nati  eritis 
conati  erunt  fassi  erunt  nati  erunt 


expertus  ero 
expertus  eris 
expertus  erit 
experti  erimus 
experti  eritis 
experti  emnt 


mortuus  ero 
mortuus  eris 
mortuus  erit 
mortui  erimus 
mortui  eritis 
mortui  erunt 


7.  Present  Subjunctive 


coner 

coneris 

conetur 

conemur 

conemini 

conentur 


fatear  nascar  experiar  moriar 

fatearis  nascaris  experiaris  moriaris 

fateatur  nascatur  experiatur  moriatur 

fateamur  nascamur  experiamur  moriamur 

fateamini  nascamini  experiamini  moriamini 

fatecuitur  nascantxir  experiantxir  moriantur 


8.  Imperfect  Subjunctive 


conarer 

conareris 

conaretur 

conaremur 

conaremini 

conarentur 


f aterer 

fatereris 

fateretur 

fateremur 

fateremini 

faterentur 


nascerer 

nascereris 

nasceretur 

nasceremur 

nasceremini 

nascerentur 


experirer 

experireris 

experiretur 

experiremur 

experiremini 

experirentur 


morerer 

morereris 

moreretur 

moreremur 

moreremini 

morerentur 


9.  Perfect  Subjunctive 


conatus  sim 
conatus  sis 
conatus  sit 
conati  simus 
conati  sitis 
conati  sint 


fassus  sim 
fassus  sis 
fassus  sit 
fassi  simus 
fassi  sitis 
fassi  sint 


natus  sim 
natus  sis 
natus  sit 
nati  simus 
nati  sitis 
nati  sint 


expertus  sim 
expertus  sis 
expertus  sit 
experti  simus 
experti  sitis 
experti  sint 


mortuus  sim 
mortuus  sis 
mortuus  sit 
mortui  simus 
mortui  sitis 
mortui  sint 


10.  Pluperfect  Subjunctive 


conatus  essem 
conatus  esses 
conatus  esset 
conati  essemus 
conati  essetis 
conati  essent 


fassus  essem 
fassus  esses 
fassus  esset 
fassi  essemus 
fassi  essetis 
fassi  essent 


natus  essem 
natus  esses 
natus  esset 
nati  essemus 
nati  essetis 
nati  essent 


expertus  essem 
expertus  esses 
expertus  esset 
experti  essemus 
experti  essetis 
experti  essent 


mortuus  essem 
mortuus  esses 
mortuus  esset 
mortui  essemus 
mortui  essetis 
mortui  essent 


360 


11.  Present  Imperative 

conare     fatere     nascere 
conamlni    fatemini    nascimini 

12.  Participles 
Active 


experire 
experimini 


morere 
morimini 


Present   conans     fatens  nascens    experiens  moriens 

Future    conaturus  fassurus  naturus    experturus  mortuurus 

Passive 

Perfect    conatus    fassus  natus      expertus  mortuus 

Future    conandus   fatendus  nascendus  experiendus  moriendus 


13.  Infinitives 


Present 
Perfect 
Future 


conari 

conatus  esse 
conaturus  esse 


fateri 
fassus  esse 
fassurus  esse 


nasci 

natus  esse 
naturus  esse 


Present    experiri 
Perfect   expertus  esse 
Future    experturus  esse 


morx 

mortuus  esse 
mortuurus  esse 


The  Principal  Parts  of  the  Above  Deponent  Verbs 


Conor 
f ateor 
nascor 
experior 
morior 


conari 

fateri 

nasci 

experiri 

mori 


conatus  sum 
fassus  sum 
natus  sum 
expertus  sum 
mortuus  sum 


Semi -deponent  verbs  such  as  audeo,  audere,  aussus  sum  (dare) 
will  not  be  reviewed  here.  The  conjugation  of  such  verbs  is 
similar  to  the  regular  or  deponent  verbs  whose  paradigms  are 
provided  above. 


361 


LATIN-ENGLISH  WORD  LIST 

Note  that  this  word  list  is  structured  in  a  manner  similar 
to  a  number  of  Latin  dictionaries  and  word  lists  in  that  it 
provides  the  following  information:  for  nouns:  the  nominative 
singular,  the  genitive  singular  (some  dictionaries  list  only  the 
ending),  the  gender  (abbreviated),  and  the  English  definition, 
e.g.,  parochus,  parochi ,  m. :  priest,  parish  priest;  for  adjec- 
tives: the  full  nominative  singular  of  adjectives  of  all  three 
declension  (together  with  the  genitive  singular  of  third  declen- 
sion adjectives  having  the  same  form  for  all  three  genders  in  the 
nominative  singular)  and  the  English  definition,  e.g.,  sanctus , 
sancta,  sanctum:  holy,  parochialis,  parochiale:  parish;  felix, 
felicis:  happy;  for  verbs:  the  principal  parts  of  Latin  verbs  of 
all  four  conjugations,  with  the  conjugation  number  included,  and 
the  English  definition,  e.g.,  copulo,  copulare,  copulavi,  copula- 
tum  (1):  marry;  deponent  verbs  are  listed  as  follows:  nascor, 
nasci,  natus  sum  (dep.  3):  die. 

This  word  list  differs  from  standard  dictionaries  of  classi- 
cal Latin,  however,  in  the  following  ways:  nouns  of  the  first 
declension  also  have  the  medieval  spelling  of  the  genitive  singu- 
lar, without  the  -a  of  the  -ae  diphthong,  in  parenthesis  next  to 
the  classical  genitive  singular  spelling,  e.g.,  avia,  aviae 
(avie) ,  f.:  grandmother.  Although  infrequent,  it  is  possible,  on 
occasion,  to  find  the  medieval  spelling  (with  the  -a  omitted)  in 
parish  register  entries.  In  addition,  some  medieval  variations 
in  spelling  are  also  noted  in  parentheses  so  that  they  can  be 
recognized  if  found  in  parish  registers,  e.g.,  caelum,  caeli,  n.: 
heaven,  sky  (celum).  A  number  of  phrases  such  as  sine  prole 
decessit:  he/she  died  without  issue  are  also  included  in  this 
word  list. 


prep 


+  abl 


(see,  avunculus 


a ,  ab ,  abs , 

from,  by 
abavunculus 

maximus ) 
abavus ,       abavi ,      m.  : 

great-great-grandfather 
abavia,  abaviae  (abavie),  f.: 

great-great-grandmother 
abbas,  abbatis ,  m.:  abbot 

(head  of  an  abbey) 
abbatia,  abbatiae  (abbatie), 

f.:  abbey  (abbacia) 
abdormio,  abdormire,  abdor- 

mivi,  abdormitum  (4):  sleep 

away,  die 
abeo ,  abire,  abii,  abitum 

(irregular  4):  go  away, 

pass  away,  die,  depart 


abjicio,  abjicere,  abjeci, 
abjectum  (3):  throw  away, 
throw  down  (abiicio) 

abjectarius,  abjectarii,  m. : 
carpenter,  woodcarver 

abluo,  abluere,  ablui,  ablutum 
(3):  wash,  baptize 

ablutus,  abluta,  ablutum, 
perf.  pass.  part,  of  abluo: 
washed,  baptized 

abmatertera  (see,  matertera 
maxima) 

abortivus,  abortiva,  aborti- 
vum:  prematurely  born 

abortus,  abortus,  m. :  miscar- 
riage 

abpatruus  (see,  patruus  maxi- 
mus) 


362 


absolutio,  absolutionis ,  f.: 
absolution,  forgiveness, 
remission 

absolvo,  absolvere,  absolvi, 
absolutum  (3):  absolve, 
release 

absque,  prep.  +  abl.:  without 

abstinentia,  abstinentiae 
( abstinentie) ,  f.:  absti- 
nence; Also,  the  practice 
of  a  penance  which  consists 
of  fasting,  or  not  eating 
certain  types  of  food. 

absum,  abesse,  afui:  be  away, 
be  absent 

ac,  atque,  conj . :  and 
academia,         academiae 

(academie),  f.:  university, 
academy 

acatholicus,  acatholica, 
acatholicxim:    non-Catholic 

accido,  accidere,  accidi  (3): 
happen ,    occur 

accidit,  impersonal:  it  hap- 
pens 

acer,  acris,  acre,  adj  .  : 
sharp ,    keen 

acicularius,  acicularii,  m.  : 
needle   maker    (acuarius) 

acolitus,  acoliti,  m. :  aco- 
lyte, the  lowest  rank  in 
ecclesiastical  office 
(Greek) 

acquiesco,  acquiescere,  ac- 
quievi,  acquietum  (3): 
repose,  die,  be  content 
with 

acra ,    acrae    ( acre ) ,    f . :    acre 

actionarius,  actionarii,  m. : 
trader,    peddler 

activus,  activa,  activum: 
active,    current 

actuarius,  actuarii,  m.  , 
judicii:    legal   secretary 

acutiator,  acutiatoris,  m. : 
sharpener    (e.g.,    scissors) 

ad,  prep.  +  ace:  to  toward, 
for,    near 

adamantium  sculptor,  sculpto- 
ris,      m. :    diamond  cutter 

adeo,  adv.:  therefore,  at  this 
time 


adhuc,  adv.:  thus,  still,  yet, 
besides 

adipiscor,  adipisci,  adeptus 
sum  (dep.  3):  get,  gain, 
obtain 

adjuvo,  adjuvare,  adjuvavi, 
adjuvatum  (1):  help,  aid 
( adiuvo ) 

admodum,    adv. :    fully,    highest 

adolescens,  adolescentis , 
adj.:    young    (adulescens) 

adolescens,  adolescentis,  m. 
or  f . :  young  man  or  young 
woman,    adolescent 

adquiro,  adquirere,  adquisivi, 
adquisitum  (3):  acquire, 
get 

adsum,  adesse,  adf ui :  be 
present 

advunbrator ,  adumbratoris ,  m .  : 
artist 

adventus ,  adventus,  m.:  ad- 
vent, arrival.  Advent,  the 
season  just  prior  to 
Christmas;  a  period  of 
preparation  for  the  holiday 
which  begins  on  the  fourth 
Sunday  before   Christmas. 

adversus,  adversa,  adversum: 
towards ,    against 

adverto ,  advertere ,  adverti , 
adversum  (3):  perceive, 
attract,  turn  towards, 
steer 

advocatus ,  advocati,  m.: 
lawyer,  legal  representa- 
tive 

aedicula,  aediculae 

(aedicule) ,  f . :  small 
building,  shrine,  mortuary 
(edicula) 

aedifico,  aedificare,  aedifi- 
cavi,  adificatum  (1):  build 
(edifice) 

aedilis,  aedilis,  m. :  archi- 
tect (Also,  a  public 
official  in  ancient  Rome 
who  served  as  the  superin- 
tendent of  buildings, 
roads,  markets,  theaters, 
and  police,    [edilis] ) 

aeger ,  aegra ,  aegrum:  sick 
(eger) 


363 


aeneus ,  aenea,  aeneum:  bronze 
( eneus ) 

aequalis,  aequale,  adj.:  equal 
(equal is) 

aeradius,  aeradii,  m.:  bell 
founder    ( eradius ) 

aestimo ,  aestimare ,  aestimavi , 
aestimatum  (1):  think, 
estimate,    judge    (estimo) 

aestas ,  aestatis ,  f . :  summer 
( estas ) 

aestus ,  aestus,  m.  :  heat 
( estus ) 

aetas ,    aetatis ,    f . :    age    ( etas ) 

aetatis  suae:  short  for  anno 
aetatis  suae:  in  the  year 
of   his/her   age,    age 

aetatis  circiter:  of  the 
approximate   age    (of) 

aeternitas ,  aeternitatis ,  f , : 
eternity    (etemitas) 

aeternus ,  aeterna,  aeternum: 
eternal    ( e temus ) 

affero,  affere,  attuli,  alla- 
tum  (irregular  3):  bear, 
bring  to,  carry 
affigo,  affigere,  affixi, 
affixum  (3):  affix,  fasten 
to 

affixus,  affixa,  affixum, 
perf .  pass.  part,  of  affi- 
go:   affixed,    fastened  to 

affinitas,  affinitatis,  f.: 
relative  by  marriage;  also, 
affinity  (as  a  diriment 
impediment  to  marriage,  see 
impedimentum  dirimentum) ; 
relationship,  generally 
between  a  husband  and  the 
relatives  of  his  former 
wife  or  a  wife  and  those  of 
her  former  husband.  No 
marriage  is  permitted  with 
any  relation  in  the  direct 
line.  It  is,  however, 
possible  to  obtain  a  dis- 
pensation for  marriage  in 
the  first  or  second  degrees 
of  the  indirect  line  (e.g. , 
cousins).  See  also,  con- 
sanguinitas . 


agnata ,    agnatae    ( agnate ) ,     f  .  : 

blood   relative,    female   line 
agnatus,     agnati ,     m.  :     blood 

relative,    male   line 
agnosco ,     agnoscere ,     agnovi , 

agnotum       (3):       observe, 

acknowledge ,    approve 
agnus,    agni,    m. :    lamb 
agnus    Dei:     the    Lamb    of    God 

(Jesus  Christ) 
ago,     agere ,     egi ,     actum    (3): 

do,     make,     drive,     finish, 

discuss 
actus,     acta,     actum,     perf. 

pass.     part,     of    ago:     done, 

completed,    finished 
agon,      agonis,      m.  :      agony, 

contest    (Greek) 
agonizo,    agonizare,    agonizavi, 

agonizatum      (1):      suffer 

(Greek) 
agricola,  agricolae 

(agricole),    m. :    farmer 
aisamentum,     aisamenti,     n.: 

easement    (use  of   land  owned 

by   someone   else) 
albus,    alba,    album:    white 
alias,    adv.:    also,    or,    other- 
wise,   at,    another 
alibi,     adv.:     elsewhere,     at 

another  time 
alienus,    alieni,    m. :    foreigner 
aliqui,     aliquae,     aliquod: 

some ,    any 
aliguis,     aliquae,     aliquid, 

adj . :    some ,    any 
alius,     alia,     aliud:     other, 

another    (gen.    sing. :    alius, 

dat.    sing. :    ali) 
allege,     allegare,     allegavi , 

allegatum     (1):      accuse, 

allege 
altare,     altaris,     n.:     altar, 

the    altar    upon    which    the 

eucharist  is  placed 
altare    summum:     the    high    or 

highest  altar   in  the  church 

(where    special    masses    and 

other    services    are    cele- 
brated) 


364 


alter,  altera,  alterum:  one 
(of  two),  the  other  (of 
two)  [gen.  sing.:  alterius, 
dat.    sing.:    alteri] ) 

alumna,  alumnae  (alumne),  f.: 
foster  child,  female 
( alumpna ) 

alumnus,  alumni,  m.:  foster 
child,    male    (alumpnus) 

alutarius,  alutarii,  m.: 
tanner 

ambo,  ambae,  ambo,  adj.  pi.: 
both,    two   together 

ambo,    adv. :    both 

amentarius ,  amentarii,  m . : 
harness   maker,    saddler 

amerci amentum,  amerciamenti , 
n.:  amercement  (a  fine 
whose  amount  is  fixed  by  a 
court),    fine,    punishment 

amicus,    amici,    m. :    friend 

amicitia,  amicitiae  (amicite), 
f.:  friendship,  relation- 
ship 

amita,  amitae  (amite),  f.: 
aunt    (father's   sister) 

amita  magna:  great-aunt 
(sister  of   the  grandfather) 

amita  major:  great-great-aunt 
(sister  of  the  great- 
grandfather ) 

amita  maxima:  great-great- 
great-aunt  (sister  of  the 
great-great-grandfather ) 

amplector ,  amplecti ,  amplexus 
sum:    embrace,    grasp,    clasp 

amplius,  adv.:  longer,  more, 
further 

ampullarius,  ampullarii,  m. : 
tinsmith,    plumber 

amputator,  amputatoris,  m. 
arborum:    wood  cutter 

an,    con.:    or,    whether 

analogus ,  analoga,  analogum: 
having  a  similarity  or 
proportion ,    analogous 

ancilla,  ancillae  (ancille), 
f . :    female   servant 

angelus,  angeli,  m. :  angel, 
messenger    (Greek) 

angustus,  angusta,  angustum: 
narrow 


anima,  animae  (anime),  f.: 
soul 

Animam  suam  deo  reddidit: 
He/she  returned  his/her 
soul   to   God    (i.e.,    died). 

Animam  suam  domino  reddidit: 
He/she  returned  his/her 
soul  to  the  Lord  (i.e., 
died) . 

animadversio,  animadversionis , 
f.:    observation,    remark 

annata ,  cinnatae  ( annate )  ,  f  .  : 
yield  from  the  soil  for  one 
year 

annexum,  annexi ,  n.:  annex, 
suburb,    surrounding   area 

anniversarium,  anniversarii , 
n.:  anniversary,  a  special 
day  commemorating  various 
events  such  as  the  anniver- 
sary of  the  consecration  of 
a  bishop,  the  death  of  an 
individual,  etc.  For  the 
latter,  a  special  mass  for 
the  dead  would  generally  be 
celebrated. 

anno  ab  incarnatione ,  see 
cinnus 

anno  domini,    see  annus 

anno  eiusdem  incarnationis, 
see   annus 

anno  gratiae,    see   annus 

annonarius,  annonarii,  m.  : 
grain  merchant 

annus,  anni,  m.  :  year;  einno  ab 
incarnatione:  in  the  year 
from  (since)  the  incarna- 
tion (of  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ);  anno  eiusdem 
incarnationis:  in  the  year 
of  (after)  the  incarnation 
of  the  same  (i.e. ,  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ);  etnno  domini: 
in  the  year  of  the  (our) 
Lord;  anno  gratiae:  in  the 
year  of  grace  (i.e.,  anno 
domini ) 

annus  bissextilis:  leap  year 
(annus  bissextus) 

annuus,  cinnua,  annuum:  yearly, 
annually 


365 


anonymus ,     anonyma,     anonymum: 

unknown,    unnamed,    anonymous 

(Greek) 
ante,    prep.    +   ace:    before 
antea,    adv.:    formerly,    before 

( anthea ) 
in    antea:     for    the     future, 

henceforth    (in   anthea) 
antecedo,     antecedere,     ante- 

cessi ,     antecessum    ( 3 ) :    go 

before,    precede 
antequam,    con j . :    before    (used 

with    the    subjunctive     in 

medieval    Latin) 
antiquarius,     antiquarii,    m.  : 

seller   and   collector   of   old 

books 
antiquus ,     antiqua,     antiquum: 

old,    ancient 
anularius,    anularii,    m. :    ring 

maker    ( emulator ,    annulatro ) 
aper,    apri,   m. :    a  boar 
aperio,       aperire,       aperui , 

apertum   (4):    evident,    open, 

exposed 
apiarius ,     apiarii,     m.  :     bee 

keeper 
apostolus,      apostoli,      m.: 

apostle    (Greek) 
apothecarius ,    apothecarii,    m. : 

pharmacist,       apothecary 

(Greek) 
apparens ,     apparentis,     adj. 

certain,    clear 
apparentia,  apparentiae 

(apparentie) ,     f.:     appear- 
ance,   appearance    in    court 

( apparencia ) 
appello,    appellare,    appellavi, 

appellatum   ( 1 ) :    call ,    name , 

appeal ,    accuse 
appono,     apponere,     apposui, 

appositum   (3):    add,    affix 
apprehendo ,     apprehendere , 

apprehendi ,     apprehensum 

(3):      take      control      of, 

seize,    grasp 
approbo ,    approbare ,    approbavi , 

approbatum   ( 1 ) :    approve    ( in 

business    contracts    of    the 

later     middle      ages,      to 

approve   or   agree   to   a   legal 

transaction) 


apricator,     apricatoris,     m.: 

fuller,    bleacher   of   cloth 
apruator,     apruatoris,     m. : 

someone    who    improves    land 

or    receives    a   benefit    from 

it 
apud,    prep.    +    ace:    near    by, 

at,     with,     among,     at    the 

house   of 
aqua,    aquae    (aque),    f.:    water 

( acqua ) 
aratrum,     aratri ,     n. :     plow 

land,    plow 
arbiter,    arbitri,    m. :    witness 
arbitrium,       arbitrii,       n. : 

j  udgment 
arbor ,    arbor is ,    f . :    tree 
arborator,     arboratoris,     m.: 

tree   farmer 
archiator,     archiatoris,     m. : 

physician    (Greek) 
circhiepiscopus ,    archiepiscopi , 

m. :    archbishop    (Greek) 
archiepresbyter ,    archiepresby- 

teris ,     m.:     chief     priest 

(Greek) 
architectus ,     architecti ,    m. : 

architect    (Greek) 
arcibusarius ,    arcibusarii,    m. : 

sharp   shooter 
arcularius,     arcularii,     m.: 

carpenter       (cl.        Latin: 

casket  maker) 
arcus ,    arcus ,    m . :    bow 
area,    areae    (area),    f.:    plot 

of   land 
argentarius,    argentarii,    m. : 

money  changer 
argentius,    argentia,    argenti- 

um:    silver    (argenteius) 
eirgentum,    argenti,    n.:    silver, 

money 
arma,    armorum,    n.    pi.:    weap- 
ons ,    coats   of   arms 
armamentarius ,     armamentarii , 

m. :    weapon  maker 
armarius,     armarii,     m.:     cow 

herder 
armentarius ,     armentarii,    m. : 

herdsman 
armiductor,    armiductoris ,    m. : 

fencing  master 


366 


armxger,  armigerx,  m. :  squire, 
esquire  (as  a  title  of 
nobility) 

aromatarius,  aromatarii ,  m.: 
druggist  (Greek) 

arpennus,  arpenni,  m. :  a  land 
measure,  ca.  120  feet 
(compare  the  French  arpent) 
often  used  for  vineyards 
( arpennis ,  etc . ) 

arreragium,  arreragii,  n.: 
arrears 

ars ,  artis ,  f . :  art ,  manner 

artopaeus ,  artopaei ,  m . :  baker 
( arthopeus ,  artocopus ) 

artifex,  artificis,  m.:  hand 
worker,  artisan,  architect 

artificium,  artificii,  n.: 
skilled  work  done  by  a 
craftsman,  a  craft  guild 

arvinarius,  arvinarii,  m. :  pig 
butcher 

assectatio ,  assectationis ,  f . : 
attendance 

assensus,  assensus,  m. :  agree- 
ment 

assero,  assere,  asserui, 
assertum   (3):    claim,    assert 

assisa,  assisae  (assise),  f.: 
assize  (ordinance,  legal 
claim,  writ,  tax,  court, 
etc.  ) 

assume,  assumere,  assumpi, 
assumptum  (3):  take,  re- 
ceive 

astringo,  astringere,  as- 
trinxi,  astrictum  (3): 
obligate,    bind,    restrict 

at,  conj . :  but,  moreover 
(ast) 

atavia,  ataviae  (atavie),  f.: 
great-great-great-grand- 
mother 

atavus,    atavi,    m. :    great- 
great-great-grandfather 

aucellator,  aucellatoris,  m.  : 
falconer 

auctoritas,  auctoritatis , 
f . :authority ,  ecclesiasti- 
cal  authority    ( aucthoritas ) 

audeo ,  audere,  ausus  sum 
(semi-dep.    2):    dare 


audio ,    audire ,    audivi ,    auditum 

( 4 ) :    hear 

aufero,  auferre,  abstuli, 
ablatum  (irregular  3): 
carry  away,  remove,  rob 

aureus,  aurea,  aureum:  golden 

auricalicifaber,  auricalicif a- 
bri,  m. :  brass  worker 

aurifaber,  aurifabri,  m.: 
goldsmith  (aurifex,  aurifi- 
cis) 

aurifossor,  aurif ossoris ,  m. : 
gold  miner 

auriga,  aurigae  (aurige),  m.  : 
driver  (e.g.,  of  carts) 

aurigafex,  aurigaficis,  m.: 
wagon  maker 

auris,  auris,  f.:  ear 

avirum,    auri,    n.:    gold 

aut,    conj . :    or 

aut    .     .     .    aut:    either    ...    or 

autem,  adv.:  however,  also, 
moreover 

autximnus,  autumni,  m.  :  autumn 
( autumpnus ;  cl.  Latin: 
auctumnus ) 

auxilium,  auxilii,  n.:  aid, 
help 

avia,  aviae  (avie),  f.:  grand- 
mother 

avunculus,  awinculi,  m.  :  uncle 
( mother ' s  brother ) ; 

avunculus  magnus:  great-uncle 
( grandmother ' s  brother ) 

avunculus  major:  great-great 
uncle  (great-grandmother's 
brother  [see  also  proavun- 
culus] ) 

avunculus  maximus:    great- 
great-great-uncle    (great- 
great-grandmother  '  s 
brother) 

avus,    avi,    m. :    grandfather 

avi ,  avorum,  pi.  of  avus: 
ancestors ,    grandparents 

ayssida,  ayssidae  (aysside), 
f.:  easement  (use  of  the 
land  without  ownership) 
[assida,    assita,    etc.] 


367 


bajulus,     bajuli,     m. :    messen- 
ger,   porter 
ballistarius,    ballistarii,    m. : 

gunmaker,     crossbow    maker, 

crossbowman 
ballivus,    ballivi,    m. :    bail- 
iff,   official 
balneator,     balneatoris,     m. : 

keeper   of    a   bath 
bannum,      banni,      n.:      bann, 

marriage  announcement 
baptismalis,  baptismale,  adj.: 

baptismal 
baptismus ,   baptismi ,   m.  : 

baptism  (Greek)  (baptisma, 

baptismae   [baptisme] ,  f.; 

baptismas ,  baptismatis ,  f . ; 

baptismum,  baptismi,  n. ) 
baptize,  baptizare,  baptizavi, 

baptizatum  (1):  baptize 

( Greek ) 
baptizatus,  baptizata,  bapti- 
zatum, perf.  pass.  part,  of 

baptize:  baptized 
barbitonsor,  barbitonsoris , 

m. :  barber 
barco,  barconis,  m. :  maker  of 

small  boats 
bare ,  baronis ,  m . :  baron 
basilica,         basilicae 

(basilica),  f.:  cathedral 

(Greek) 
beatus ,         beata,         beatum: 

blessed,    fortunate 
benignus,    benigna,    benignum: 

benign,    kindly 
Bellona,     Bellonae    (Bellone), 

f.:     the    Roman    goddess    of 

war,  sister  of  Mars 
bellum,  belli,  n. :  war 
bellus,    bella,    bellum:    pretty, 

handsome ,    charming 
bene,    adv. :    well 
benedico,     benedicere,     bene- 

dixi,       benedictum       (3): 

bless ,    give  benediction 
Benedictinus ,    Benedictini ,    m . : 

a   Benedictine;    a   member   of 

the    Benedictine    order    of 

monks 


benedictio ,  benedictionis ,  f . : 
blessing,  benediction, 
invoking  the  favor  or 
blessing  of  deity  upon  a 
person 

beneficium,  beneficii,  n.: 
benefice;  originally,  a 
grant  of  land  as  a  reward 
for  service.  An  ecclesias- 
tical benefice  was  one 
which  generally  involved  a 
land  grant  or  revenues 
given  in  theory  for  the 
proper  execution  of  the 
religious  duties  of  the 
office  to  which  the  bene- 
fice was  attached  (e.g., 
benefice  of   a  bishop). 

bibliopegus,  bibliopegi,  m. : 
bookbinder  (Greek)  [biblio- 
pega] 

biduum,  bidui,  n.:  two-year 
period 

biennium,  biennii,  n.:  two- 
year  period 

bini,  binae,  bina,  adj.  pi.: 
two 

binus,  bina,  biniim:  two,  two 
apiece,    twofold 

bis,    adv. :    twice 

bladum,  bladi,  n. :  corn,  corn 
field 

bombardarius ,  bombardarii,  m. : 
gunmaker 

bombardicus,  bombardici,  m. : 
rifleman 

bombicinator,  bombicinatoris , 
m. :  silk  weaver 

bonus,  bona,  bonxim:  good 

boni,  bonorum,  m.pl.:  goods 

bractearius,  bractearii,  m. : 
tinsmith,  plumber 

bracteator,  bracteatoris ,  m. : 
goldsmith 

brasiator,  brasiatoris,  m. : 
brewer  (e.g.,  of  beer) 

brevis ,  breve ,  ad j . : 

bubulcularius ,  bubulcularii, 
m.  :  oxherd 

bunarium,  bunarii,  n. :  a  land 
measurement  equal  to  about 
one-quarter  acre 


368 


burgensis,  burgensis,  m.: 

burghess ,    citizen 
bursarius,       bursarii  ,      m  .  : 
pursemaker,    treasurer 


caballarius,  caballarii,  m.: 

groom 
caballus,    caballi,    m. :    horse 
cacubarius ,     cacubarii ,     m  .  : 

tile  maker 
cado,    cadere ,     cecidi,    casum 

(3):    fall 
caduceator,    caduceatoris ,    m.  : 

bridge   builder 
caelebs,       caelebis,       adj . : 

unmarried    (celebs,    coelebs) 
caelebs,    caelebis,    m.  :    bache- 
lor,   single  man 
caelum,    caeli,    n.:    heaven,    sky 

(see   also  coelum) 
caementarius ,    caementarii ,    m. : 

stonemason    ( cementarius ) 
caesareus,  caesarea, 

caesareum:     imperial     (ce- 

sareus ) 
calcarius,      calcarii,      m. 

whipmaker 
calciator,     calciatoris,     m. 

shoemaker    ( calceamentarius 
calcifex,     calcificis,     m. 

chalk  burner 
Calendae,    Calendarum:    Calends, 

the    first   day   of    the    Roman 

month    ( Kalendae ) 
calendarius,    calendarii,    m. : 

book  keeper,    accountant 
caligarius,     caligarii,     m.: 

stocking  maker 
caligator,     caligatoris,     m. : 

boot  maker 
calix,    calicis,    m. :    chalice, 

wine    cup    containing    the 

Eucharist   (Greek) 
calopedarius ,    calopedeirii,    m.  : 

maker      of     wooden      shoes 

( calopidarius ) 
calopedifex,     calopedif icis , 

m. :    maker   of   slippers 
calumnia,  calumniae 

(calumnie),     f.:     slander, 

accusation    (calumpnia) 


cambasius,       cambasii  ,      m.  : 

innkeeper 

camerarius,  camerarii,  m.: 
valet,    groom 

caminarius,  caminarii,  m.: 
chimney   sweep 

caminus ,  camini ,  m.:  road, 
highway  (cl.  Latin:  fur- 
nace,   fireplace) 

campanator,  campanatoris ,  m. : 
bell   ringer 

campus,    campi,    m. :    field 

cancellor,  cancelloris,  m. : 
chancellor 

cancellor  regius:  royal  chan- 
cellor 

candidus,  Candida,  candidum: 
white,  shining,  clear, 
candid 

canicida,  canicidae 

(canicide) ,    m. :    dog   catcher 

caniparius,  caniparii,  m.: 
waiter 

canon,  canonis,  m.:  canon 
(Greek);  some  ecclesiasti- 
cal definitions  of  this 
term  include:  a  list  of 
books  of  the  Bible  accepted 
by  the  church;  the  canon  of 
the  mass,  i.e.,  that  part 
of  the  liturgy  which  re- 
mains unchanged;  monastic 
rule;  a  statute  or  rule 
issued  by  a  council  or 
synod. 

canonice,    adv. :    canonical ly 

canonicus,  canonici,  m.: 
canon,  a  cleric  who  is  a 
member  of  a  cathedral 
chapter;  also  one  appointed 
by  a  bishop  to  assist  in 
divine   services. 

canonicus,  canonica,  canoni- 
cum:  canonical,  of  a  canon 
(rule,  decree,  dogma,  etc., 
ecclesiastical    in   nature) 

Ccintafusor,  cantaf  usoris ,  m.  : 
tin  founder 

capella,  capellae  (capelle), 
f.:  chapel;  a  small  church 
with  an  altar  for  which  a 
chaplain   is   responsible. 


369 


capellanus,  capellani,  m . : 
chaplain 

capio ,  capere,  cepi ,  captum 
(3 ) :    take,    seize 

capitalis,  capitale,  adj.: 
chief,    main,    head 

capitaneus,  capitanei,  m.: 
captain 

capitium,  capitii ,  n.:  hood, 
cowl,    collar    (capicium) 

capitulum,  capituli,  n.: 
chapter,    article  of   inquiry 

caplim    (see   caplinxun) 

caplinum,  caplini ,  n.:  wood 
cutting  service  (part  of  a 
peasant's  obligations  to 
his  lord;  cf . ,  the  French 
corv6  d'abattage)     [caplim] 

Cappuccinus,  Cappuccini,  m. :  a 
Capuchin  friar  (a  branch  of 
the  Franciscan  friars 
founded  in  1529  and  active 
in  preaching  and  missionary 
work) 

Missionarius  Cappucinus:  A 
Capuchin  missionary 

caprarius,  caprarii ,  m.: 
goatherd 

captio,  captionis,  f.:  rent- 
ing,   leasing,    taking 

caput,  capitis,  n.:  head, 
beginning 

carbonarius,  carbonarii,  m.  : 
collier,    charcoal  burner 

carcerarius,  carcerarii,  m. : 
chief   prison   guard 

cardinalis,  cardinalis,  m. :  a 
Cardinal;  originally,  any 
priest  connected  with  a 
church.  Subsequently,  the 
clergy  of  Rome — parish 
priests,  bishops,  and  the 
seven  district  deacons. 
Members  of  this  clergy 
eventually  formed  a  college 
and  became  councillors  to 
the  popes.  In  1179,  the 
right  of  electing  a  new 
pope  was  conferred  upon 
them  exclusively 


carentia,  carentiae 

(carentie) ,  f . :  penance 
accompanied  by  fasting 
Carmelita,  Carmelitae  (Carme- 
lite) ,  m.  or  f.:  a  Carme- 
lite; a  member  of  the 
Carmelite  order  of  monks  or 
nuns  founded  in  about  1154 
A.D.  and  reorganized  sever- 
al times.  The  order  of 
nuns  was  first  established 
in  1452.  (Carmelanus, 
Carmelus ,    etc . ) 

carmen,  carminis,  n. :  song 

carnifex,  carnificis,  m. : 
butcher    (camarius) 

Carnisprivium,  Carnisprivii , 
n.:  The  time  immediately 
prior  to  the  40  day  fast 
period  (Lent);  also,  the 
first   day  of   this   period. 

cciro,    cctmis,    n.  :    flesh 

carpentarius ,  carpentarii,  m. : 
carpenter ,    cartwright 

carropera   (see  ccirropus) 

carropus ,  carroperis ,  n . : 
cartage  (cf.,  the  French 
charroi):  a  toll  on  carts; 
sometimes;  a  service  per- 
formed as  part  of  a  servant 
or  peasant's  duty  to  his 
lord  which  involved  the  use 
of  carts;  usually  found  in 
the  plural   carropera 

carruca,  carrucae  (carruce), 
f.:    plow  team,    plow 

carrucarius,  carrucarii,  m. : 
carter ,    drayman 

carrus,    carri,    m. :    cart 

carta,  cartae  (carte),  f.: 
deed ,    charter 

casarius,  casarii,  m. :  peddler 
(house   to   house) 

caseus,    easel,    m. :    cheese 

castellanus,  castellani,  m. : 
castellan,  holder  of  a 
castle  or  fortified  keep 

casus,  casus,  m.:  case, 
chance,    accident,    fall 

casu:    by  chance 


370 


catalogus,  catalog!,  m.: 
catalog,    list 

cathedra,  cathedrae  (cathe- 
dra), f.:  cathedral,  bish- 
op's  throne,    chair    (Greek) 

catholicus,  catholica,  catho- 
licum:    universal.    Catholic 

caupo,    cauponis,    m. :    innkeeper 

caupona,  cauponae  (caupone), 
f . :    inn 

causa,  causae  (cause)  ,  f .  : 
cause,    case 

ex  causa  +  abl.:  on  account 
of,    for  the   sake   of 

causatio,  causationis,  f.: 
legal    plea 

causidicus,  causidici,  m.: 
lawyer,    advocate 

cause,  causare,  causavi, 
causatum  (1):  cause,  give 
as   a   reason,    accuse 

cautela,  cautelae  (cautele), 
f.:  deceit,  trick,  fraud; 
also,  in  legal  contracts, 
an  additional  guarantee  to 
insure  that  the  terms  of 
the   contract  have   been   met. 

cautio,         cautionis,  f.: 

security,  bond,  caution 
money 

cede,  cedere ,  cessi,  cessum 
(3):    grant,    yield,    cede 

celeber,  Celebris,  celebre, 
adj • :    famous 

celebro ,  celebrare ,  celebravi , 
celebratum  (1):  celebrate; 
nuptias  celebrare:  to 
celebrate  the  nuptials, 
i.e.,  to  marry;  missam 
solemnem  celebrare:  to 
celebrate  a  solemn  mass; 
missas  solenmes  celebrare: 
to  celebrate  solemn  masses 

celer,  celeris,  celere,  adj.: 
swift,    fast 

cellarius,  cellarii,  m.: 
servant  in  charge  of  the 
cellar  or  kitchen 

cenaculum,  cenaculi,  n.: 
dining  room,    upper   room 


censeo,      censere ,     censerui , 

censertum  (2):  assign, 
allot,    appoint    (senceo) 

censor,  censoris,  m.  :  village 
judge  (cl.  Latin:  Roman 
censor,  an  official  who 
took  the  census ,  recorded 
public  moral  offenses, 
supervised  public 

buildings,  and  had  other 
public   duties,) 

cerdo ,  cerdonis,  m.  :  day 
laborer 

cerno ,  cernere ,  crevi ,  cretum 
(3):  discern,  perceive, 
distinguish 

ceroplasta,  ceroplastae 

(ceroplaste) ,  m. :  wax 
chandler  (a  maker  or  seller 
of    tallow  or   wax   candles) 

certamen,  certaminis,  n.  : 
contest 

ceteri,  ceterae,  cetera,  adj . , 
pi . :    others 

certifico,  certificare,  certi- 
ficavi,  certificatum  (1): 
attest,    certify,    determine 

certus ,  carta,  cartum:  cer- 
tain,   fixed,    sure 

chartarius,  chartarii,  m.: 
paper  maker 

chirographum ,  chirographi,  n. : 
chirograph  (something 
written  by  hand — Greek) 

chirothecarius  chirothecarii , 
m. :    glove  maker    (Greek) 

chirurgus,  chirurgi ,  m.  : 
surgeon    (Greek) 

Christus,  Christi,  m.  :  a 
Latinized  form  of  the  Greek 
Christos  =  Christ  (Messiah; 
Anointed   One) 

chymicus,  chymici,  m. :  chem- 
ist,   apothecary    (Greek) 

ciborium,  ciborii,  n.:  a 
canopy  over  a  tomb  or 
altar;  also,  a  vessel 
shaped  roughly  like  a 
chalice  in  which  the  sacra- 
mental  bread   is   kept. 

cibus,    cibi,    m. :    food 


371 


cimeterium    (see   coemeterium) 

cingara,  cingarae  (cingare), 
f.:    gypsy    (female) 

cingarus,  cingari,  m. :  gypsy 
(male) 

cippus,    cippi,    m. :    gravestone 

circa,  prep.  +  ace:  about, 
around ,    round   about 

circiter,  adv.  &  prep.  +  ace: 
about ,    approximately 

circum,    prep.    +  ace:    around 

Cisterciensis,  Cisterciensis, 
m. :  a  Cistercian;  a  member 
of  the  Cistercian  order  of 
monks  founded  in  1098. 
(Sisterciensis,    etc.) 

cite,    adv.:    quickly 

civicus,  civica,  civicum:  of  a 
citizen;    as   a  noun:    citizen 

civis,  civis,  m.:  citizen 
(gen.    pi.:    civiim) 

civitas,  civitatis,  f.:  city, 
citizenship 

clam,  adv. :  privately,  secret- 
ly 

clamatium,    cleimatii,    n.  :    claim 

(clcunacium) 

clamo,  clamare,  clamavi, 
clamatum   ( 1 ) :    claim 

clarus,  Clara,  clanim:  famous, 
illustrious 

clarissimus,  clarissima, 
clarissimum:  most  famous, 
most  illustrious  (superla- 
tive of   clarus) 

claudo,  claudere,  clausi, 
clausum   (3):    close,    enclose 

clausterium,  clausterii,  n. : 
cloister;  an  enclosed  space 
which  usually  constitutes 
the  central  portion  of  a 
monastery;  also,  a  reli- 
gious house  or  the  life  led 
by  members  of  a  monastery 
or  encloistered  convent. 

claustrarius ,  claustrarii,  m. : 
locksmith 

clericus,  clerici,  m.:  a 
cleric,    clergyman 

clericus  parochialis:  parish 
clerk;  an  official  who 
assists   the   priest. 


clericus  regularis:  a  regular 
clerk;  one  who  lives  in  a 
community  under  religious 
rule  but  who  involves 
himself  in  the  work  of  a 
diocese  or  parish  with  the 
clergy  therein,  such  as 
teaching,  rather  than 
devoting  himself  exclusive- 
ly to  the   life  of   a  monk. 

cocus,    coci.    m. :    cook 

coelum,    coeli,    n. :    heaven,    sky 

coemeterium,  coemeterii,  n.: 
cemetery  (cimeterium, 

cimiterium) 

coena ,  coenae  (coene),  f.: 
evening  meal,    supper    (cena) 

coenobium,  coenobii,  n.: 
monastery ,    convent 

coepio,  coepere,  coepi ,  coep- 
tum    ( 3 ) :    begin    ( cepio ) 

cogito,  cogitare,  cogitavi, 
cogitatum    ( 1 ) :    think 

cognatio,  cognationis ,  f.: 
blood  relationship,  blood 
relative 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactum 
(3):    compel,    collect 

cognomen,  cognominis,  n.: 
family  name,  surname,  name, 
nickname 

colligo,  colligere,  collegi, 
collectum  ( 3 ) :  gather 
together,    collect    (conligo) 

colonus,  coloni,  m.  :  settler, 
farmer,  peasant;  also:  1.  a 
hereditary  landholder  or 
serf  who  is  attached  to  the 
land  he  farms;  2.  some- 
times, a  manumitted  or 
freed  serf  who  has  been 
placed  under  the  protection 
of  the  king  or  the  church; 
3 .  in  Germanic  areas  coloni 
were  equal  to  liti  (a  group 
between  freemen  and  serfs) 
or  land  tenants  owing  labor 
service  and  quit-rent;  4. 
sometimes,  a  land  holder 
owing  fixed  obligations;  5. 
inhabitant   of   a   city 

colorator,  coloratoris ,  m. : 
dyer 


372 


collegium,       collegii,       n.  : 

college,    assembly,    communi- 
ty 
colloquor,    colloqui,    collocu- 

tus    sum    (dep.     3):     speak, 

talk 
comes,     comitis,     m.:     count, 

earl    (occasionally:    county) 
comitatus,     comitatus ,     m.: 

county 
comitissa,     comitissae    (comi- 

tisse) ,    f.:    countess 
commater,      commatris,       f.: 

sponsor ,  godmother 
commiseratio ,  commiserationis , 

f.:  pity,  commiseration 
commoror ,  commorari ,  commora- 

tus  sum:  (dep.  1):  live  in 

dwell 
commorcins ,  commorantis ,  part .  : 

living,  residing 
communicatio ,  communicationis , 

f.):  communion,  sacrament 
communicativus ,  communicativa , 

communicativum:    common 
communio,     communionis,     f.: 

community,       fellowship, 

communion,    sacrament 
compareo ,    comparere ,    comparui , 

compartum    (2):    appear,    be 

present 
compater,      compatris,      m.  : 

sponsor,    godfather 
compello,    compellere,    compuli, 

compulsum       (3):       force, 

compel 
compos,     compotis,     adj.:     in 

possession   of 
concede,    concedere,    concessi, 

concessum    (3):     go    away, 

depart,    yield,    concede 
concilium,       concilii,       n.: 

council 
Concilium    Tridentinum:     the 

Council   of  Trent,    which  met 

with  interruptions  between 
1545-1563;    the    decrees    of 

the  Council  of  Trent  served 
as    an    important    basis    for 

the  reform  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  in  the 
sixteenth  century  (Concili- 
um Tridentini) 


concionator,      concionatoris , 

m. :    preacher,    minister 

concipio,  concipere,  concepi , 
conceptum  (3):  conceive, 
comprehend ,    become   pregnant 

concresco,  concrescere ,  con- 
crevi ,  concretum  (  3 )  : 
become   stiff,    thick,    hard 

concretus ,  concreta,  concre- 
tum, perf .  pass.  part,  of 
concresco:  stiffened, 

hardened 

condam   (see,    quondam) 

conditio,  conditionis,  f.: 
condition,  situation;  sub 
conditione:  under  condi- 
tion, conditionally  (e.g., 
an  emergency  baptism  per- 
formed at  home  might  be 
termed  a  baptism  sub  condi- 
tione; in  such  a  case,  and 
if  possible,  the  child 
might  be  re-baptized  in  a 
church . ) 

conditor,  conditoris,  m.: 
pastry  baker 

condo ,  condere,  condidi , 
conditum  ( 3 ) :  honor ,  found , 
make 

condo  testamemtum:  I  make  a 
will 

conditus ,  condita,  conditum, 
perf.  pass.  part,  of  condo: 
honorable,    founded 

confero,  conferre,  contuli , 
collatum  (irregular  3): 
compare,    bestow  upon 

confessio,  conf essionis ,  f.: 
confession;  a  part  of  the 
sacrament  of  penance  during 
which  sins   are  confessed. 

confessor,  confessoris,  m.: 
confessor;  a  priest  who, 
with  the  approval  of  a 
bishop,  hears  confessions 
and  assigns  penance;  also  a 
martyr  who  testified  for 
the  faith. 

confido,  confidere,  confisus 
sum  (semi-dep.  3):  confess, 
acknowledge 


373 


confirmo,  confirmare,  confir- 
mavi,  confirmatum  (l): 
confirm 

confiteor,  confiteri,  confes- 
sus  sum  (dep.  2):  confess, 
acknowledge 

conforto,  confortare,  confo- 
rtavi ,  confortatum  (1): 
comfort  (comforto) 

conjungo,  conjungere,  con- 
junxi,  conjunctum  (3):  join 
together ,  vinite 

conjunx,  conjugis,  m.  or  f.: 
husband  or  wife  (conjux) , 
spouse 

conjuges,  conjugum,  m.  pi.: 
married  couple,  spouses 

Conor,  conari ,  conatus  sum 
( dep .  1 ) :  try 

conquestus,  conquestus ,  m. : 
complaint 

consanguinitas ,  consemguinita- 
tis,  f.:  blood  relation- 
ship, consanguinity,  con- 
sanguinity as  an  impediment 
to  marriage;  in  the  case  of 
the  latter,  such  as  rela- 
tionship in  a  direct  line 
(e.g.,  parents  to  children 
to  grandchildren)  was  a 
diriment  impediment  which 
could  not  be  set  aside  by  a 
dispensation.  In  an  indi- 
rect line,  marriage  in  the 
first  degree  (brother  to 
sister)  would  be  prohibit- 
ed, marriage  in  the  second 
(first  cousins)  and  third 
(second  cousins)  might  be 
permitted  with  a  dispensa- 
tion. 

consensus,  consensus,  m.: 
consent 

consentio ,  consentire ,  consen- 
si,  consensum  (4):  agree, 
consent 

consilium,  consilii,  n.: 
court,  counsel 

consobrina,  consobrinae 
( consobrine) ,  f.:  female 
cousin 

consobrinus,  consobrini ,  m.: 
male  cousin 


consolator,  consolatoris ,  m. : 

a  consoler,  one  who  con- 
soles 

consors,  consortis,  m.  or  f.: 
spouse,  husband  or  wife 

consortium,  consortii,  n.: 
fellowship,  society,  commu- 
nity, association 

consto,  constare,  constiti , 
constaturus  (irregular  1): 
consist,  stand  still,  stand 
firm 

constare  de:  to  consist  of 

consuesco,  consuescere ,  con- 
suevi ,  consuetum  (  3 )  : 
accustom 

consuetudinarius ,  consuetudi- 
nari ,  m.:  a  book  which 
contains  the  "customary," 
the  customs  of  discipline 
and  rules  of  behavior  of  a 
monastery,  religious  order, 
or  cathedral;  also,  a  book 
containing  the  ceremonies 
and  rites  for  services  in 
the  same  organizations. 

consuetus,  consueta,  consue- 
tum, perf .  pass.  part,  of 
consuesco:  customary, 
accustomed 

consul,  consulis,  m.  :  mayor, 
town  councillor  (Also,  one 
of  two  Roman  consuls  who 
were  chosen  each  year  as 
chief  magistrates  of  the 
Roman   Republic. ) 

consultus ,  consulta,  consul- 
tum:  experienced, 

knowledgeable 

consume,  consumer e,  consumpsi, 
consumptum  (  3  )  :  consume , 
destroy,    waste 

consumptus,  consumpta,  con- 
sximpttim,  perf.  pass.  part, 
of  consume:  destroyed, 
wasted 

consuo,  consuere,  consui , 
consutum  (3):  sew,  stitch 
together    ( suo ) 

contineo ,  continere ,  continui , 
contentum  (2):  contain, 
connect 


374 


continens ,  continentis ,  part . : 
containing 

contingo ,  contingere ,  contigi , 
contactum  (  3  )  :  happen  , 
touch 

continuo,  continuare,  conti- 
nuavi  ,  cont.inuat.uiii  (  1  )  : 
continue 

continuus ,  continua ,  continu- 
um:   continual,    consecutive 

contra,  adv.  &  prep.  +  ace: 
against,    opposite 

contractio ,  contractionis ,  f . : 
contract,    marriage  contract 

contraho ,  contrahere,  con- 
traxi ,  contractum  (  3  )  : 
contract  a  marriage, 
contract,  draw  together, 
unite;  Matrimonium  contrax- 
erunt:  they  contracted  (a) 
marriage. 

contrarius,  contraria, 

contrarium:  contrary, 

opposite 

in  contrarium:  on  the  con- 
trary,   on  the  other  hand 

conubium,  conubii,  n.:  mar- 
riage; in  Roman  law,  the 
legal  capacity  or  capabili- 
ty of  a  man  to  marry. 
(connubium) 

convenio ,  convenire ,  conveni , 
conventum  ( 4 ) :  come 

together,     assemble,    meet, 
agree 

conventio,  conventionis,  f.: 
covenant ,    agreement 

conventus ,  conventus ,  m.: 
convent  (cl.  Latin: 

assembly,      corporation, 
company ) 

converto ,  convertere ,  conver- 
si,  conversum  (3):  turn, 
convert,    turn  around 

conversus,  conversa,  conver- 
sum, perf.  pass.  part,  of 
converto :    converted ,    turned 

copulata,  copulatae 

(copulate),     f.:     married 
woman 


copulatio,     copulationis ,     f.: 

marriage 
copulatus,       copulati,       m. : 

married  man 
copulo ,     copulare,     copulavi, 

copulatum   ( 1 ) :    marry 
copulatus,    copulata,    copula- 
tum,   perf.    pass.     part,     of 

copulo:    married 
coqua ,     coquae     ( coque ) ,     f .  : 

cook    (female) 
coquus,    coqui,    m. :    cook    (male) 

[cocus,    coccius,    etc.] 
coram,     prep.     +    abl . :     in    the 

presence   of 
coriarius,       coriarii,       m. : 

tanner 
corpus ,    corporis ,    n . :    body 
corpus    meum    in    coemeterio 

sepelendium:     (and    I    leave) 

my  body   to   be   buried   in   the 

cemetery 
corporaliter,    adv. :    bodily,    in 

person 
corrigarius,    corrigarii,    m. : 

harness  maker 
eras,    adv. :    tomorrow 
crastinus,  crastina, 

crastinum:     tomorrow's,     of 

tomorrow 
credo,      credere,       credidi , 

creditum     (3):     believe, 

trust   in    (+   dat. ) 
creo,    creare,    creavi,    creatum 

( 1 )  :    create ,    make ,    produce 
crof tmannus ,    croftmanni,    m. : 

crofter    (tenant    farmer    in 

England) 
crucigerus,    crucigeri,    m. :    a 

Kreutzer    (a    unit    of    money 

in  Central   Europe) 
cruciatus,     cruciatus,     m. : 

torture,    torment 
crux,    crucis,    f.:    cross,    the 

cross    (of   Jesus   Christ  as   a 

religious   symbol) 
cubiculum,      cubiculi,      n.: 

monastic    cell,     cubicle, 

small  chamber 
cultrarius,     cultrarii,     m,: 

cutler     (cultellifex,     cul- 

tellificis) 
cum,    prep.    +   abl.:    with 


375 


cunctus ,  cuncta,  cunctum: 

whole,  all 

cuparius,  cuparii,  m. :  cooper, 
barrel  maker  (Greek) 

cupio,  cupire,  cupivi,  cupitum 
(4) :  desire,  want 

cuprifaber,  cuprifabri,  m.: 
coppersmith  (cuprarius,  see 
also  faber) 

cura,  curae  (cure),  f.:  care, 
concern 

curator,  curatoris,  m. :  guard- 
ian 

curia,  curiae  (curie),  court, 
ecclesiatical  court,  office 

curia  romcina:  the  Roman  curia, 
the  center  of  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  Roman  Catho- 
lic Church 

curia  regis:  royal  court, 
court  of  the  king 

curriculum  vitae:  life  sketch 

currifex,  currificis,  m.: 
cartwright 

cursor,  cursoris,  m. :  messen- 
ger (cl.  Latin:  runner) 

curtilagium,  curtilagii,  n.: 
curtilage  (a  piece  of 
ground  such  as  a  yard  or 
courtyard  which  is  within  a 
fence  surrounding  a  house ) , 
yard,  courtyard 

custodia,  custodiae,  f.: 
custody,  guardianship 

custodio,  custodire,  custo- 
divi,  custoditum  (4): 
guard,  watch,  keep 

customarius,  customarii,  m. : 
customary  tenant 

custos,  custodis,  m. :  custodi- 
an (cl.  Latin:  guard), 
guardian 

custos  arrestatorum:  prison 
guard 


damnum,  damni,  n.:  damage, 
loss,  injury,  condemnation 
(dampnum) 

datus,  dati,  m. :  date  (also, 
datum ,  dati ,  n . ) 

de,  prep.  +  abl . :  from,  by, 

concerning,    about 


debeo ,  debere ,  debui ,  debitum 
( 2 ) :    owe ,    ought 

decessus,    decessus,    m. :    death 

decet,  impersonal  verb:  it 
becomes,    it  befits 

decipio,  decipere,  decepi, 
deceptum  (3):  deceive, 
cheat 

declare,  declare,  declaravi, 
declaratum  (1):  declare, 
state 

decosto ,  decostare,  descos- 
tavi ,    descostatum    ( 1 ) :    cost 

decretum,  decreti ,  n.:  decre- 
tal, a  papal  letter  written 
in  answer  to  a  specific 
question. 

decumbo ,  decumbere ,  decubui 
(3 )  :    lie   down,    die 

deduco ,  deducere ,  deduxi , 
deductum  (3):  lead,  bring 
down 

defensio,  defensionis,  f.: 
dispute,  argument,  disa- 
greement 

defero,  deferre,  detuli, 
delatum  (irregular  3): 
bear,  carry,  defer,  post- 
pone 

deficio,  deficere,  defeci, 
defectum   (3):    fail,    cease 

defungor,  defungi,  defunctus 
sum    (dep.    3) :    die 

defunctus,  defuncta,  defunc- 
tum,  perf .  pass.  part,  of 
defvmgor:    deceased,    dead 

deinceps,    adv.:    finally,    next 

deinde,  adv.:  thereupon,  then, 
thereafter    (dein) 

dementatus ,  dementata ,  demen- 
tatum:  demented,  mad, 
insane 

denarius,  denarii,  m. :  a  penny 

denata ,  denatae  ( denate ) ,  f . : 
dead  person  (female) 

denatus ,  denati ,  m.:  dead 
person  (male) 

dens,  dentis,  m. :  tooth 


376 


denunciatio,     denunciationis , 
f.:    marriage   bann,    marriage 
announcement    (denuntiatio) ; 
factis    tribus    denunciatio- 
nibus:     after    the    publica- 
tion    of     three     marriage 
banns 
deputalis,     deputalis,     m.: 
deputy,     assistant    deputy, 
town  councillor 
derivo,     derivare,     derivavi , 
derivatum     (1):      divert, 
branch 
desino,       desinere,       desii, 

desitum    (3):    depart,    die 
despondeo ,    despondere ,    despon- 

di ,    desponsum   ( 2 ) :    betroth 
destruo ,    destruere ,    destruxi , 
destructum     (3):     destroy, 
ruin,    pull   down,    dismantle 
desum,    desse,    defui:    be    away, 

be  absent 
desuper,    adv.:    from  above 
detego,     detegere ,     detexi , 
detectum     (3):      uncover, 
reveal,    detect    (especially 
in    connection    with    hin- 
drances     to      marriage); 
nulloque  impedimento  detec- 
to:     and    no    hindrance     (to 
the    marriage)    having    been 
uncovered 
Deus,    Dei,    m. :    God 
devotissime,    adv.:    most  pious- 
ly,    most    devoutly,     most 
devotedly 
dexter,    dextra,    dextrum:    right 

(direction) 
dice,     dicere,     dixi,     dictum 

(3):    say,    tell 
dictito,    dictitcire,    dictitavi, 
dictitatum    (1):    say   often, 
repeat,    reiterate,     assert 
repeatedly 
dictum,      dicti,      n.:      word, 

declaration,    saying 
dies,     diei,    m.     or    f.:     day; 
die:    on   the   day;    die   cras- 
tini:    tomorrow;    die  sequen- 
ti:    on  the   following  day 


didymus ,    didymi ,    m.:     a    twin, 

twin   brother    (Greek) 
didymi,     didymorum,     m.     pi  .  : 

twins 
difficile     est,      impersonal 

verb:    it   is   difficult 
difficilis,    difficile,     adj.: 

difficult 
difficultas,     dif f icultatis , 

f.:    difficulty 
digitus,    digiti,    m. :    finger 
dignus,    digna,    dignum:    worthy, 

deserving 
diligo,     diligere,     dilexi, 
dilectum    (3):    love,    esteem, 
prize 
dilectus,    dilecta,     dilectum, 
perf.    pass.    part,    of    dili- 
go:   esteemed,    beloved 
dilectio,     dilectionis,      f.: 

love,    esteem 
dimidia,    dimidiae    (dimidie), 

f . :  one-half 
dimidius,  dimidia,  dimidium: 
one-half  (adj.);  note  that 
in  classical  Latin,  pars, 
partis,  f.:  part,  piece, 
portion  was  understood  to 
be  linked  to  each  of  these 
adjectives.  Classical 

Latin  fractions  were  formed 
by  combining  dimidia, 
tertia,  etc.  with  pars, 
dimissorius,  dimissoria, 
dimissorium:  When  used  in 
connection  with  litterae  in 
the  plural,  a  dimissory 
letter,  one  which  gives  the 
holder  permission  to  do 
something  out  of  the  ordi- 
nary, as,  for  example,  to 
marry  outside  of  one's  own 
parish.  Also,  a  letter  of 
authorization  and  testimo- 
nial which  might  be  sent  by 
one  bishop  to  another 
regarding  candidates  for 
ordination.  In  Roman  law, 
a  litterae  dimissoriae  was 
an  appeal  to  a  higher 
court. 


377 


dimissorialis,  dimissoriale, 
adj.:  as  a  noun,  pi.: 
dimissorial  letters  (but 
with  litterae,  a  dimissori- 
al letter) 

diocesis,  diocesis,  f.:  dio- 
cese (the  jurisdiction  of  a 
bishop;  in  the  Roman  Em- 
pire, the  jurisdiction  of  a 
magistrate. ) 

discipulus,  discipuli,  m.: 
pupil,  disciple 

discus,  disci,  m. :  plate,  dish 

dispensatio,  dispensationis, 
f.:  dispensation,  permis- 
sion, i.e.,  that  which  can 
set  aside  a  restriction  of 
church  law,  especially  one 
applying  to  marriage, 
ecclesiastical  vows,  absti- 
nence, or  fasting.  Dispen- 
sations can  be  granted  by 
various  ecclesiastical 
officials  including  the 
pope. 

dispone ,  disponere ,  disposui , 
dispositum  (3):  dispose, 
arrange,  distribute 

distribuo,  distribuere,  dis- 
tribui ,  distributum  (  3  )  : 
distribute,  divide 

diu,  adv. :  a  long  time 

dives,  divitis,  adj.:  rich 

divinus,  divina,  divinum: 
divine 

divina,  n.pl.:  divine  things, 
divine  services 

divisa,  divisae  (divise) ,  f.: 
boundary ,  court 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datum  (irregu- 
lar 1) :  give 

doceo ,  docere ,  docui ,  doctum 
( 2 ) :  teach 

doctus,  docta,  doctum,  perf . 
pass.  part.  of  doceo: 
taught ,  learned 

dogma,  dogmatis,  n. :  dogma,  a 
teaching  accepted  as  valid 
or  true,  a  decree  (Greek) 

doleator,  doleatoris,  m.: 
cooper  (doliarius) 

dolor,  doloris,  m.:  grief, 
sorrow,  pain,  anguish 


dolus,  doli,  m. :  trick,  deceit 

domanicum,  domanici,  n. : 
demesne  land  (manorial  land 
owned  by  the  lord  and  not 
possessed  by  tenants ) 

domestica,  domesticae,  f.: 
domestic  servant  (female) 

domesticus ,  domestici,  m.: 
domestic  servant  (male) 

domicilium,  domicilii,  n.: 
house,  domicile 

domicellus,  domicelli,  m.: 
nobleman,  lord  of  a  manor 

Dominiccinus ,  Dominicani ,  m .  :  a 
Dominican,  a  member  of  the 
order  of  Dominican  friars 
founded  in  1220  and  1221. 

domina ,  dominae  ( domine ) ,  f . : 
lady 

dominium,  dominii,  n.:  rule, 
power 

dominus,  domini,  m. :  lord,  the 
Lord  (Jesus  Christ),  master 
(as  a  title) 

domus,  domus,  f.  (irregular): 
house,  family,  home 

in  domo:  at  home 

domi  ( locative  case ) :  at  home 

donatio,  donationis,  f.:  gift, 
deed 

donatio  causa  mortis:  a  dona- 
tion which  cannot  be  re- 
ceived until  after  the 
death  of  the  donor 

donatio  inter  vivos:  a  dona- 
tion made  while  the  donor 
is  still  living 

dono,  donare,  donavi,  donatum 
(1):  dower,  endow,  confer  a 
dowry 

donum,  doni,  n. :  gift 

dos ,  dotis ,  f . :  dowry 

doto,  dotare,  dotavi,  dotatum 
(1):  endow,  provide  with  a 
dowry 

ducatus ,  ducatus ,  m . :  duchy 

duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 

( 3 ) :  lead 
dulcis,  dulce,  adj.:  sweet, 

pleasant 
dum ,  adv.  &  conj . :  while, 
still,  yet,  when,  insofar 
as 


378 


dumtaxat,  adv.:  at  least,  to 

this  extent,  only 
dum  vivens:  while  living 
duplex,  duplicis,  adj.:  double 
duplus,  dupla,  duplum:  double 
dure ,  durare ,  duravi ,  duratum 

(1):  last,  endure,  make 

hard 
durus ,  dura,  durum,  perf . 

pass.  part,  of  duro:  hard, 

difficult 
dux,  duels,  m. :  duke,  leader, 

military  or  naval  commander 
dynastes,  dynastis,  m. :  noble- 
man, ruler  (Greek) 


e,  ex,  prep.  +  ab. :  from,  from 
out  of 

ecclampsia,  ecclampsiae 
(ecclampsie) ,  f.:  convul- 
sions 

ecclampsia  infantis:  convul- 
sions during  pregnancy 

ecclesia,  ecclesiae 

(ecclesie),  f.:  church 
( Greek ) 

ecclesia  filialis:  daughter 
church 

ecclesia  parochialis:  a  parish 
church 

edo ,  edere ,  edidi ,  editum  ( 3 ) : 
give  out,  show,  give  birth 
to 

effectus,  effectus,  m. :  ef- 
fect, purpose,  result 

efflo,  efflare,  efflavi, 
eff latum  (1):  breathe  out, 
blow  out 

ego,    personal   pronoun:    I 

egredio,  egredi,  egressus  sum 
(dep.    3):    go   out,    step  out 

electrus,  electra,  electrum: 
pewter    ( electrius ) 

eleemosyna,  eleemosynae 

(eleemosyne)  ,  f  .  :  aim 
(Greek)  [elemosyna,  hele- 
mosyna ] 

elevatlo,  elevationis,  f.: 
elevation;  the  elevation  of 
the  sacred  elements  of  the 
eucharist   during  the  mass. 


eligo,    eligere,    elegi,    electum 

(3):    choose,    elect    (heligo) 
emendo ,     emendare ,     emendavi , 

emendatum    (1):    compensate, 

make   amends ,    repair 
emereo,       emerere,       emerui , 

emeritum    (2):    retire 
emineo,     eminere,     eminui     (2): 

be     eminent,     conspicuous, 

appear 
emo ,    emere ,    emi ,     emptum    ( 3 ) : 

buy 
emptor,    emptoris, :    buyer 
enim,    adv.:    for,    namely,    truly 
eo,    ire,    ii    (or   ivi) ,    itum:    go 
ephippiarius ,    ephippiarii,    m. : 

saddle  maker    (Greek) 
episcopus,       episcopi,       m.  : 

bishop    (Greek) 
epistula,  epistulae 

(epistule),     f.:     letter, 

epistle 
eques,     equitis,     m.:     cavalry 

soldier,    knight 
equus,    equi,    m. :    horse 
equus,    equa,    equum:    equal 
erga,     prep.    +    ace:     towards, 

in   relation   to 
ergo,     adv.     &     prep.     +     ace. : 

therefore,     because    of,     on 

account   of 
erro ,    errare ,    erravi ,    erratum 

(1):    wander,    stray,    travel 
eruditus,     erudita,     eruditum: 

learned 
escambium,       escambii,       n.: 

exchange    (excambium) 
essendum:     being     (gerund    of 

esse,      a     post-classical 

usage);    essendus,    essenda, 

essendum:     being     (gerund 

used    as    a    present    partici- 
ple;   also    a    post-classical 

usage) 
esurio,    esurire,    esuri,    esuri- 

tum     (4):     be     hungry,     be 

hungry   for 
et,    conj . :    and 
etiam,     adv.:     and     also,     and 

even 
eucharistia,     eucharistiae 

(eucharistie) ,     f.:     eucha- 
rist,   communion,    sacrament 

(Greek) 


379 


euangelium,  euangelii,  n.: 
gospel,  good  news  (evange- 
lixim,    euvangelium,    Greek) 

eveho  evehere ,  evecti ,  evectum 
(3):    carry,    bear   out 

evello,  evellere,  evelli, 
evulsum  (3):  tear  out, 
pluck  out 

evenio ,  evenire ,  eveni ,  even- 
turn  (4):  occur,  happen, 
turn   out 

evictio,  evictionis,  f.: 
entitlement    (evixio) 

evolo,  evolare,  evolavi, 
evolatum    (1):    fly,    fly   away 

evolve,  evolvere,  evolvi , 
evolutum  (3):  roll  out, 
roll  forth,  spread,  study, 
think 

evomo,  evomere,  evomui,  evomi- 
tum    ( 3 ) :    vomit 

exactio,  exactionis,  f.:  tax, 
accusation 

exaltatio,  exaltationis,  f.: 
exaltation,  raising  of 
(e.g.,    of   the   cross) 

examen,  examinis,  n.:  examina- 
tion,   testing 

examino ,  examinare ,  examinavi , 
examinatum  (1):  examine, 
look   at 

exanimis,  exanime,  adj.:  dead, 
lifeless 

excelsus,  excelsa,  excelsum: 
high,    highest 

excidium,  excidii,  n.:  de- 
struction,   overthrow 

exconnnuiiicatio ,  exconununicati- 
onis,  f.:  excommunication; 
removal  from  the  fellowship 
and  sacraments  of  the 
church 

excommunico ,  excommunicare , 
excommunicavi ,  excommunica- 
tvaa    ( 1 )  :    excommunicate 

exemplum  exempli,  n.:  copy, 
transcript,    exact  copy 

exec,  exire,  exii ,  exitum 
(irregular  4):  go  out, 
issue   from,    be   derived   from 

excommunico,  excommunicare, 
excommunicavi ,  excommunica- 
tum    ( 1 ) :    excommunicate 


exemplum    exempli,     n.:     copy, 

transcript,    exact   copy 
exeo,     exire,     exii,     exitum 

(irregular     4):      go     out, 

issue   from,    be   derived   from 
exhalo,     exhalare,     exhalavi , 

exhalatum    ( 1 ) :    breathe   out , 

exhale,    expire,    die 
exhaustus ,     exhausta,     exhaus- 

tum:    emptied  out,    deprived, 

taken   away,    exhausted 
exhibeo,     exhibere,     exhibui , 

exhibitum    (2):     show,     dis- 
play,   exhibit 
exitus,     exitus,     m. :     exit, 

profits,    issue,    revenue 
exordium,    exordii,    n.  :    begin- 
ning 
expectatio ,    expectationis ,    f . : 

expectation 
expeditio,     expeditionis ,     f.: 

campaign,    expedition 
experior,     experiri ,     expertus 

sum    (dep.     4):     experience, 

test,    try 
explico,    explicare,    explicavi, 

explicatum     (1):     unfold, 

explain 
exprimo,    exprimere,    expressi, 

expressum     (3):     express, 

articulate 
exsequia,  exseguiae 

(exsequie) ,     f . :     funeral 

ceremony    (exsequium) 
exspiro ,    exspirare ,    exspiravi , 

exspiratum         (1):         die, 

breathe   out,    expire 
extra,    prep.    +    ace:    beyond, 

outside   of 
extraho,    extrahere,    extraxi, 

extractum     (3):     extract, 

draw  out 
extranea,  extraneae 

(extranee) ,    f.:    foreigner, 

non-resident    (female) 
extraneus ,    extranea ,    extrane- 

um:    foreign 
extraneus,       extranei  ,      m.  : 

foreigner,      non-resident 

(male) 
extremus ,     extrema,     extremum: 

last,    final 


380 


faber,      f abri ,      m.:      maker, 

worker,    smith,    blacksmith 
fciber  armaturae:    drill   maker 
faber  auri:    goldsmith 
faber     clavorum:      locksmith, 

nailsmith 
faber  cultrorum:    knifesmith 
faber  cupri:    coppersmith 
faber   ensiiun:    armorer,    weapon 

maker 
faber      ferrarius:       farrier 

(horseshoe  maker) 
faber   lignarius:    carpenter 
faber    nodorum    metallicorum: 

maker  of  metal  buttons 
faber  serrarius:    sawmaker 
faber  solarius:    cobbler 
faber  veteramentarius :    tinker 
fades,     faciei,     f.:     face, 
appearance,     front;     coram 
facie    ecclesiae:     in    front 
of    the    face    of    the    church 
(where      marriage      banns 
traditionally  were   read) 
facile   est,    impersonal    verb: 

it   is   easy 
facilis,    facile,    adj.:    easy 
facio,     facere,     feci,     factum 

( 3 ) :    make ,    do 
fames ,    f amis ,    f . :    hunger 
familia,    familiae    (familie), 

f . :    family 
familiaris,    familiaris,    m.    or 

f . :    relative 
famula,    famulae    (famule),    f.: 

servant    (female) 
famulus,     famuli,    m. :     servant 

(male),    apprentice 
fateor,     fateri,     fassus    sum 

(dep.    2):    admit,    confess 
fatum,    fati,    n.:    fate 
febris,    febris,    f.:    fever 
felix,    felicis,    adj.:    happy, 

fortunate 
femina,    feminae    (femine),    f.: 

woman 
femineus,    feminea,    femineum: 

female,    feminine 
fenile,    fenilis,    n.:    haystack 
fenum,    feni,    n. :    hay 
feodum,    feodi,    n. :    fief 


feria,     feriae    (ferie),     f.:    A 

day  of  the  week  in  the 
Christian  calendar  during 
which  no  feast  day  was 
observed;  also,  a  day  of 
the  week . 
fero,      ferre,      tuli,      latum 

(irregular  3):  bear,  carry 
festum,  festi,  n.:  feast  day, 
feast,  festival;  feast 
days  were  of  three  types: 
1)  Sunday,  a  commemoration 
each  week  of  the  Resurrec- 
tion of  Christ  which. 
Christians  believe,  oc- 
curred on  the  first  day  of 
the  week;  2)  fixed  or 
immovable  feasts,  which 
were  celebrated  on  the  same 
day  each  year  and  came  to 
include,  among  others, 
Christmas,  Epiphany,  and 
the  commemoration  of  var- 
ious events  in  the  lives  of 
Jesus  Christ,  Mary,  and 
many  saints.  3)  moveable 
feasts,  which  did  not  occur 
on  the  same  day  each  year 
and  were  generally  cele- 
brated according  to  their 
proximity  to  important 
religious  holidays  such  as 
Easter,  Christmas,  Epipha- 
ny,   and  Trinity   Sunday. 

Festum  Ovorum:  the  Feast  of 
the  Eggs;  the  Saturday 
immediately  prior  to  Lent 
(the  forty  day  fasting 
period  before   Easter). 

fidelis,  fidele,  adj.:  faith- 
ful,   loyal 

fideliter,    adv.:    faithfully 

fides,  fidei,  f.:  faith, 
belief 

fide,  fidere,  fisus  sum  (semi- 
dep.    3):    trust 

figulus,    figuli,    m. :    potter 

filia,  filiae  (filie),  f.: 
daughter 

filialis,  filiale,  adj.:  of  or 
relating  to  a  daughter, 
daughter    (as   an   adjective) 


381 


filiaster,  filiastri,  m . : 
stepson,    son-in-law 

filiastra,  filiastrae  (filias- 
tre),  f,:  stepdaughter, 
daughter-in-law 

filiola,  filiolae  (filiole), 
f.:  little  daughter,  god- 
daughter 

filiolus,  filioli,  m. :  little 
son ,    godson 

filius,    filii,    m. :    son 

finis,  finis,  m.  or  f.:  fine, 
end,    boundary,    limit 

fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum  (irreg- 
ular 3):  be  done,  be  made, 
become 

firmitas,  firmitatis,  f . : 
safeguard,  support,  agree- 
ment,   validity,    deed 

flamen,  flaminis,  m. :  priest, 
a   priest   in   ancient  Rome 

fletus,  fletus,  m. :  weeping, 
wailing 

florenus,  floreni,  m.:  a 
Florin  (a  gold  coin  minted 
in   Florence) 

fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxum 
(3):    flow 

focus,  foci,  m.:  hearth, 
fireplace,    home 

foderator,  foderatoris,  m. : 
fuller 

folium,  folii,  n.:  sheet  (of 
paper) ,    leaf 

fens,  fontis,  font,  spring, 
source ,    baptismal   font 

fore  =   futirrus   esse 

forefacta,  forefactae  ( f ore- 
facte) ,  f.:  penalty,  for- 
feiture 

forensis,  forense,  adj.:  not 
belonging  to  a  parish, 
foreign 

f orestrarius ,  forestrarii,  m.  : 
forester 

fortis,  forte,  adj.:  strong, 
brave ,    powerful ,    bold 

forum,  fori,  n. :  Originally,  a 
market  place  or  court  where 
justice  was  dispensed.  In 
ecclesiastical  Latin  this 
refers  to  the  exercise  of 
judicial  power  by  the 
church.      Two   types   of    forum 


were  distinguished:  internal 
forum,  which  referred  to  a 
judgement  made  concerning 
the  spiritual  welfare  of  an 
individual  (as,  for 

example,  in  the  sacrament 
of  penance),  and  external 
form,  which  referred  to 
ecclesiastical  courts  which 
decide  matters  relating  to 
the  public  welfare  of  the 
church.  Also,  a  market 
place. 

fossor,  fossoris,  m. :  grave- 
digger,    miner 

francus,    franca,    francum:    free 

f rater,    fratris,    m. :    brother 

f rater  germanus :  twin  brother , 
brother 

f rater  consanguineus :  step- 
brother   (same   father) 

f rater  uterinus:  stepbrother 
( same  mother ) 

fratres  minores:  Franciscan 
friars;  friars  (from 
fratres)  or  monks  belonging 
to  the  order  of  St. 
Francis,  founded  by  St. 
Francis  of  Assisi,  ca.  1209 
A.D. 

fraternitas,  f raternitatis , 
f.:  brotherhood,  fraterni- 
ty,   brotherhood   of   monks 

fraus,  fraudis,  f.:  fraud, 
penalty 

frigus,    frigoris,    n.:    cold 

f rumentarius ,  frumentarii,  m. : 
vegetable   seller 

frvunentum,    frumenti,    n.  :    grain 

fructus,  fructus,  m. :  fruit, 
harvest 

fruor,  frui,  fructus  sum  (dep. 
3):  enjoy,  have  the  benefit 
of    (+   abl. ) 

fucatus,  f ucati ,  m. :  simula- 
tion 

f ugio ,  f ugere ,  f ugi ,  f ugitum 
(3):    flee    (from),    run  away 

funarius,  funarii,  m. :  rope 
maker 


382 


f undo ,       f undare ,       f undavi , 

fundatum  (1):  found,  estab- 
lish (in  ecclesiastical 
Latin,  as  in  the  founding 
of    an    anniversariuBi) 

fundatio,  fundationis,  f.:  a 
foundation  mass,  a  mass 
celebrated  as  part  of  a 
bequest  given  to  a  parish 
church,  diocese  or  reli- 
gious  order 

fvtnerarius,  fiineraria,  funer- 
ariirm:  of,  or  relating  to, 
a   funeral 

fungor,  fungi,  functus  sum 
(dep.  3):  perforin,  execute 
(+   abl) 

f uturus ,  futura,  futurum: 
future 

furo,  furare,  f uravi ,  furatum 
(1):    steal 


galeator,     galeatoris,     m.: 

helmet  maker 
gallus,    galli,    m. :    a    French- 
man,   a  Gaul 
gaudeo ,    gaudere ,    gavisus    sum 

(semi-dep.    2):    rejoice,    be 

happy 
gaudium,  gaudii,  n.:  joy, 

rejoicing 
gemella,  gemellae  (gemelle) , 

f.:  a  twin  (female) 
gemellae  (gemelle),  gemella- 

rum,  f.  pi.:  twins  (female) 
gemellus,  gemelli,  m. :  a  twin 

(male) ,  twin 
gemelli,  gemellorum,   m.  pi.: 

twins ,  male  twins 
geminus,  gemini,  m. :  a  twin 
gemini,  geminorum,  m.  pi.: 

twins 
gener,  generi,  m. :  son-in-law, 

cousin 
generosus ,  generosa ,  genero- 

sxom:  of  noble  birth 
genitor,  genitoris,  m. :  father 
genitores,  genitorvun,  m.  pi.: 

parents 
gens,  gentis,  f.:  clan,  tribe, 

male   line 


genu,    genus,    n. :    knee 

genus,  generis,  n. :  type, 
kind,  birth,  descent, 
origin 

geometres ,  geometrae  ( geome- 
tre) ,    m. :    surveyor    (Greek) 

germana,  germanae  (germane), 
f . :    sister 

germanus ,    germani ,    m . :    brother 

gigno ,  gignere ,  genui ,  genitum 
(3):  beget,  bear,  produce, 
be  born 

gloria,  gloriae  (gloria),  f.: 
glory 

gloria  in  excelsis  Deo:  glory 
to  God  in  the  highest,  a 
part  of  the  mass  based  upon 
the   Gospel   of    Luke 

gradale,  gradalis,  n.:  a 
"gradual,"  a  group  of 
antiphons  (chants  sung 
originally  by  two  choirs) 
generally  taken  from  the 
Psalms  and  sung  after  the 
first  prayer  in  the  mass. 
( graduale ) 

gradus ,  gradus ,  m . :  degree  ( as 
in  the  degree  of 

consanguinity  which 

prohibits   a   marriage   with- 
out a  dispensation) 

granarius,  granarii,  m.: 
warehouse  keeper  (especial- 
ly of   grain) 

grassarius,  grassarii,  m.: 
oiler,    seller   of   oil 

gratia,  gratiae  (gratie),  f.: 
grace,  the  Grace  of  Christ 
(through  which  many  Chris- 
tians believe  that  mankind 
may  be  saved  from  sin  and 
death);  also,  a  gift, 
gratitude  for  a  gift 
(gracia) 

gravamen,  gravaminis,  n. : 
grievance ,    in j  ury 

graviditas,  graviditatis,  f.: 
pregnancy 

gravis,  grave,  adj.:  heavy, 
severe 

graviter,  adv.:  severely, 
heavily 


383 


gubernator,  gubernatoris ,  m.  : 

governor  (cl.  Latin: 
steersman,  helmsman) 
gubemo ,  gubernare ,  gubemavi , 
gubernatum  (1):  govern, 
direct,  control  (cl.  Latin: 
steer   a   ship) 


H 


habeo,  habere,  habui ,  habituin 
(2):  have,  hold;  se  habere 
male:  to  be  badly  off,  be 
sick 

habitans,  habitantis,  m.  or 
f.:    resident,    inhabitant 

habitator,  habitatoris,  m. : 
inhabitant,  resident, 

tenant 

habito,  habitare,  habitavi , 
habitatum  (1):  dwell, 
reside,    live   in 

haeretica,  haereticae  (haere- 
tice) ,  f.:  heretic  (female) 
[heretica] 

haereticus,  haeretici,  m.: 
heretic    (male)    [hereticus] 

hastis,  hastis,  f.:  spear 
( hasta ) 

hebdomada,  hebdomadae  (hebdo- 
made) ,  f.:  a  week  (Greek); 
the  week  in  the  Christian 
calendar  came  to  consist  of 
Sunday,  the  day  of  rest 
transferred  from  the  Jewish 
Sabbath  to  the  first  day  of 
the  week  to  commemorate  the 
Resurrection;  the  Jewish 
fasts  of  Tuesday  and  Thurs- 
day were  transferred  to 
Wednesday  (the  day  of  the 
betrayal  of  Christ)  and 
Friday  (the  day  of  the 
Crucifixion).  Thursday 
celebrated  the  Ascension 
and  the  institution  of  the 
Eucharist,  and  Saturday  was 
eventually  dedicated  to  the 
Blessed  Virgin  Mary. 

helvetia,  helvetiae 

(helvetie),     f.:     a    Swiss 
(female) 


helvetius,     helvetii,     m. :     a 

Swiss    (male) 
hereditatio,     hereditationis , 

f.:    inheritance 
heres,    heredis,    m.    or   f.:    heir 
heri,    adv.:    yesterday 
heroice,    adv.:    heroically,    as 

a  hero 
heu,    interjection:    alas!    woe!, 

oh !    whew ! 
hie,     haec,     hoc     (gen.     sing: 

huius,    dat.    sing.:    huic) , 

pronoun  or  pronominal  adj . : 

this ,    the   latter 
hiems,     hiemis,     f.:     winter 

( hiemps ) 
hinc,    adv. :    hence 
hodie,    adv. :    today 
homo,    hominis,    m. :    man,    human 

being 
honestus ,     honesta,     honestum: 

honorable,    honest,    upright 
hora ,    horae    ( here ) ,    f . :    hour 
hordeum,    hordei,    n.:    barley 

(ordeum) 
horologarius,    horolagarii,    m. : 

clockmaker 
hortulanus,     hortulani,     m. : 

gardener    ( hortularius ) 
hortus ,    hortus ,    m . :    garden 
hospes,     hospitis,    m. :    host, 

innkeeper 
hospitium,      hospitii,      n.: 

residence,    hospice,    hospi- 
tal,   household    (hospicium) 
hostis,    hostis,    m. :    enemy   (cl. 

Latin:     an    enemy    of     the 

Roman    city-state    rather 

than    a   personal    enemy;    see 

also   inimicus) 
hujas,    hujatis,    adj.:    of   this 

place,       local,       native, 

indigenous    (huias) 
humo,    humare,    humavi,    humatum 

( 1 ) :    bury 
humatus ,     humata,     humatum, 

perf.    pass.    part,    of   humo: 

buried 
hundredum,       hundred! ,      n.: 

hundred    (a   county   division 

in  medieval   England) 
humilis,     humile,     adj.:     low, 

humble 


384 


hydrops,  hydropsis,  m. :  dropsy 

I 

ictm   (jam)  ,    adv.  :    already,    now 
ibi,     adv. :     there,     in    that 

place 
ibidem,     adv. :     in    the    same 

place 
idem,  eadem,  idem,  adj .  & 
pronoun:  the  same;  eodem 
anno:  in  the  same  year; 
eodem  die;  on  the  same  day; 
eodem  mense:  in  the  same 
month 
ideo,     adv.:     there,     on    that 

account 
idoneus,     idonea,     idoneum: 
pleasing,     suitable,     fit, 
proper    ( ydoneus ) 
idus,    iduixm,    f.:    the    Ides,    in 
the    Roman    calendar,     the 
fifteenth  day   of   the  months 
of      March,       May,       July, 
October;    the   thirteenth  day 
of   all   other  months 
igitur,    adv.:    therefore,    then, 

accordingly 
ignis,    ignis,    m. :    fire 
ignosco,     ignoscere,     ignovi , 
ignotum    ( 3 ) :    grant    pardon 
to,    forgive    (+  dat.) 
ignotus,     ignota,     ignotum, 
perf.    pass.    part,    of   ignos- 
co :    unknown 
ille,    ilia,    illud    (gen.    sing: 
illius,    dat.    sing.:    illi) , 
adj.    &    pronoun:    that,    the 
former 
illegitimus,        illegitima, 

illegitimxim:    illegitimate 
immediatus,     immediata,     imme- 

diatum:    immediate 
imminens,     imminentis,     adj.: 
imminent,  impending, 

threatening 
immobilia,    immobilium,    n.    pi.: 

real   estate,    property 
impatientia,     impatientiae 
(  impatiente)  ,     f.:     impa- 
tience 
impatienter,    adv.:    impatiently 


impedimentum,    impediment i,    n.: 

hindrance,  impediment 

(e.g.,  to  a  marriage)  [cl. 
Latin  pi.:  baggage];  nul- 
logue  detecto  impedimento 
matrimonio:  and  no  hin- 
drance to  the  marriage 
having  been  revealed 
impedimentum  consanguinitatis : 
hindrance  to  a  marriage 
caused  by  a  blood  relation- 
ship 
impedimentum  consanguinitatis 
in  secundo  (tertio,  etc.) 
gradu:  hindrance  to  a 
marriage  caused  by  a  blood 
relationship  in  the  second 
(third,  etc.)  degree,  e.g., 
second  cousins 

impedimentum  dirimentum:  a 
diriment  hindrance  or 
impediment;  an  external 
fact  or  circumstance  which 
might  invalidate  or  forbid 
a  marriage.  Such  might 
include,  for  example, 
marriage  partner  or  part- 
ners under  legal  age, 
previous  marriage,  marriage 
between  Catholic  and  non- 
Catholic,  affinity  (see 
under  affinitas) ,  consan- 
guinity (see  under  consan- 
guinitas) ,  spiritual  ties 
(e.g. ,  between  the  sponsor 
or  godparent  and  a  baptized 
child),  and  legal  ties. 
Some  diriment  impediments 
could  be  set  aside  by  a 
dispensation   in   canon   law. 

imperator,  imperatoris,  m.  : 
emperor 

imperatrix,  imperatricis ,  f.: 
empress 

imperium,  imperii,  n. :  empire, 
power   of   command 

impero,  imperare,  imperavi, 
imperatum  (1):  give  order 
to,    command    (+  dat.) 

imperitus,  imperita,  imperi- 
tum:    unskilled 

imperium,    imperii,    n. :    empire 


385 


impono ,  imponere,  imposux , 
impositum  ( 3 ) :  impose ,  put 
upon,    place   upon 

impositus,  imposita,  imposi- 
tum, perf .  pass.  part,  of 
impono:  imposed,  placed 
upon ,    given 

cui  nomen  impositum:  upon  whom 
the  name  was  placed  (to 
whom  the  name  was   given) 

impraegno ,  impraegnare,  im- 
praegnavi,  impraegnatum 
(1):  impregnate,  make 
pregnant    ( impregno ) 

in,  prep.  +  abl .  or  ace:  in, 
inside,    on,    at,    into 

incamatio ,  incamationis ,  f  .  : 
the  Incarnation,  the  as- 
sumption by  Jesus  Christ  of 
a  human  nature;  His  appear- 
ance in  human  (bodily) 
form. 

inchoatus ,  inchoata ,  inchoa- 
tum:    begun 

incipio,  incipere,  incepi, 
inceptum    ( 3 ) :    begin 

inceptus,  incepta,  inceptum, 
perf.  pass.  part,  of  inci- 
pio:   begun 

incola,  incolae  (incole),  f.: 
inhabitant,    resident 

inconcussus,  inconcussa, 
inconcuss\im:    unshaken,    firm 

incrementium,  incrementii,  n.: 
Land  which  has  been  recent- 
ly cultivated  or  on  which 
cultivation  has  recently 
begun. 

inde,    adv.:    thence,    thereafter 

indictio ,  indictionis ,  f . :  the 
indiction:  A  fifteen-year 
tax  cycle  in  the  Roman 
Empire,  used  also  for 
dating  medieval   documents. 

indulgentia,  indulgentiae 
( indulgentie ) ,  f.:  an 
indulgence;  the  remission 
of  punishments  for  sins. 
Such  a  remission  can  apply 
either  to  a  living  individ- 
ual or  to  a  soul  living  in 
purgatory.  Indulgences 
have  been  granted  under 
special     conditions,     and 


were   originally   rewards    for 

meritorious    service     (such 

as,    for  example,    going   on   a 

crusade) . 
ineo ,     inire,     inii,     initum 

(irregular    4):     enter,     go 

into 
infans,    inf antis ,    m.     (or    f.): 

child,    infant 
infantia,  infantiae 

(infantie),     f.:      infancy, 

childhood 
inf antulus ,     infantuli,     m.: 

infant,    little   child 
infero,       inferre,       intuli, 

illatum     (irregular     3): 

bring     into,      introduce, 

inflict 
infidelis,     infidele,     adj.: 

unfaithful ,    untrue 
infirmarius,     infirmarii,    m. : 

hospital   orderly 
infra,    adv.    &    prep.    +    ace: 

adv.:     below,     underneath; 

prep.:    below,    under,    later 
inf rascriptus,     inf rascripta, 

infrascriptum:    undersigned, 

written  below 
ingenium,    ingenii,    n.:    trick, 

plot,    malice,    reason 
ingenuilis,    ingenuile,    adj.: 

characteristic    of    a    free- 
man,    free;     also,     a    land 

holding,    a    free    or   mostly 

free  holding. 
ingenuus,    ingenui,    m. :    freeman 
ingravesco,     ingravescare , 

ingravescavi ,  ingravescatum 

(1):    become  heavy,  be 

oppressed,  be  burdened 
ingredior,  ingredi,  ingressus 

sum  (dep.  3):  go  in,  enter 
ingressus,  ingressus,  m.: 

entrance,  entry,  right  of 

property  entry,  dues  paid 

to  entry  property 
inhumatus,  inhumata,  inhuma- 

tum:  unburied 
inimicus,  inimici,  m. :  enemy 

(cl.  Latin:  personal  enemy) 
initium,  initii,  n. :  beginning 
ab  initio:  from  the  beginning 


386 


iniuria,     iniuriae    (iniurie), 

f.:    injury,    wrong,    offense 
inquiete,    adv. :    restlessly 
inscribo ,    inscribere ,    inscrip- 

si,     inscriptum    (3):     write 

in,    inscribe 
installarius,    installarii,    m.  : 

miner 
institor,     institoris,     m.  : 

grocer    (cl.    Latin:    peddler) 
instituo,     instituere,     insti- 

tui  ,         institutum        ( 3 )  : 

establish,    setup 
ins tnimen turn,    instrumenti,    n. : 

instrument,  document, 

finished   draft   of    a   notari- 
al  contract 
instrvunentum  publicum:    a   draft 

made    by    a    public    official 

such   as   a   notary 
instruo ,    instruere ,    instruxi , 

instructum    (3):     instruct, 

arrange ,    prepare 
insuper,     adv.:    moreover,     in 

addition ,    above ,    over 
integer,     Integra,     integrum: 

whole,    entire,    fresh 
inter,    prep.    +   ace:    between, 

among 
interest,    impersonal   verb:    it 

concerns,    it    is    of    impor- 
tance 
interpello,     interpellare, 

interpellavi ,    interpellatum 

(1):     complain,     interrupt, 

call,    call   upon      in 
interpositum,      interposita, 

interpositum:     interposed, 

placed  between 
interrogo ,    interrogare ,    inter- 

rogavi ,     interrogatum    ( 1 ) : 

question,    interrogate 
intersum ,    interesse ,    inter fui : 

be   present   at,    take   part   in 
intestatus,    intestata,    intes- 

tatum:      intestate     (died 

without    making     a     valid 

will) 
intra,    prep.    +    ace:    within, 

during 
intro,       intrare,      intravi, 

intratum    (1):     enter,     go 

into,    register 


introductio,     introductionis , 

f.:    introduction 
introitus,     introitus,     m.: 

entry,    appearance    in   court, 

first    prayer     in    the    mass 

book 
intronizo,    intronizare,    intro- 

nizavi,     intronizatum     (1): 

marry,    wed 
intumesco ,    intumescere ,    intu- 

mui    ( 3 ) :    swell    up 
invenio,     invenire,      inveni, 

inventum    (4):    find,    discov- 
er 
ipse,     ipsa,     ipsum,     adj.     & 

pronoun:       he,       she,       it; 

himself,  herself,  itself 
ira,  irae,  f.:  anger,  wrath 
is,    ea,     id,     adj.     &    pronoun: 

he,    she,    it;    this,    that 
iste,     ista,     istud,     adj.     & 

pronoun :    this 
ita,    adv.:    so,    thus 
item,    adv. :    likewise 
iter,    itineris,    n.:    journey, 

trip 
iter  facere:    to   take   a   trip 
itertun,    adv.:    again 


jaceo,    jacere,    jacui,    jacitu- 

rus  (2):  lie,  recline,  lie 
down    ( iaceo ) 

jacio,  jacere,  jeci,  j actum 
( 3 ) :    hurl ,    throw    ( iacio ) 

janitor,  janitoris,  m.  :  door- 
keeper, porter,  janitor, 
the  lowest  of  the  minor 
ecclesiastical   orders 

jejuno,  jejunare,  jejunavi, 
jejunatum  (1):  fast  ( ieiu- 
no) 

jejunium,  jejunii,  n.:  a  fast 
( ieiunium) 

Caput  Jejunii:  Ash  Wednesday 
(first  day  of  the  observ- 
ance of  the  40  days  of  Lent 
during  which  ashes  [gener- 
ally of  palms]  are  marked 
on  the  forehead  in  the  form 
of  a  cross;  a  moveable 
feast   day) 


387 


Jesus,  Jesus,  m. :  a  Latinized 
form  of  the  Greek  lesous : 
Jesus  ( in  Hebrew  and  Arama- 
ic, Joshua  [English  spell- 
ing]); irregular  declen- 
sion--gen.:  Jesu,  dat.: 
Jesu,  ace.:  Jesum,  abl.: 
Jesu) 

jubeo,  jubere,  jussi,  jussum 
( 2 ) :    order ,    command   ( iubeo ) 

jubilaeus,  jubilaei,  m. :  fifty 
years,    jubilee 

judex,    judicis,    m. :    judge 

judicium,  judicii,  n.: 
judgment,  trial,  court, 
lawsuit,    tribunal 

jungo,  jungere,  junxi,  junctum 
(3):  join,  unite,  marry 
( iungo ) 

junior,  comparative  of  juve- 
nis:    younger,    junior 

juramentum,  juramenti,  n.: 
oath    ( iur amen turn) 

juratus,  jurata,  juratum: 
legal ,    lawful 

jure,  adv. :  legally,  lawfully 

jure,  jurare,  juravi,  juratum 
(1):  swear,  take  an  oath 

jus,  juris,  n.:  law,  right, 
legal  statute 

jus  civile:  civil  law 

jusjurandum,  jusjurandi,  n.: 
oath 

justiciarius,  justiciarii,  m. : 
judge,  justice 

justifico,  justificare,  justi- 
ficavi,  justificatum  (1): 
execute,  acknowledge  a  bill 
as  correct,  justify 

justitia,  justitiae 
( justitie) ,  f.:  justice 

Justus,  justa,  Justus:  just, 
legal,  lawful 

juvat,  impersonal  verb:  it 
pleases  (iuvat) 

juvenis,  juvenis,  m.  or  f.: 
young  man  or  young  woman, 
young  person  ( iuvenis ) 

juvo,  juvare,  juvavi,  juvatvim 
( 1) :  help,  assist 

juxta,  adv.  &  prep.  +  ace: 
close  to,  next  to  (iuxta) 


Kalendae ,  see  Calendae 
I. 

Icibor,  labi,  lapsus  sum  (dep. 

3):  glide,  slip,  slide, 

fall  down 
labor,  laboris,  m.:  work, 

labor 
laborator,  laboratoris,  m.: 

worker,  day  laborer 
laboriosa,  laboriosae,  f.: 

worker  (female) 
laborius,  laborii,  m. :  worker, 

laborer,  manual  laborer 
laboro,  laborare,  laboravi, 

laboratum  (1):  work,  labor, 

toil 
labrum,  labri,  n. :  lip 
lacrima,  lacrlmae  (lacrime), 

f . :  a  tear 
lactarius,   lactarii,   m.: 

seller  of  milk 
lacuna,  lacunae  (lacune),  f.: 

gap,  hole,  cavity 
laetitia,         laetitiae 

(laetitie),  f.:  joy,  de- 
light ( letitia ) 
laginarius,  laginarii,  m.  : 

potter,  bottle  maker 
lagena,  lagenae  (lagene),  f.: 

a  gallon 
laminarius,  laminarii,  m.: 

lead  smith 
lana,  lanae  (lane),  f.:  wool 
laniator,  laniatoris,  m.: 

butcher 
lanifex,  lanificis,  m. :  armor- 
er, weapon  maker 
lanius,  lanii,  m. :  butcher 
lapidarius,   lapidarii,  m.: 

stone  mason 
lapis,  lapidis,  m. :  a  stone 
lapsus,  lapsus,  m.:  slip, 

fall,    error 
largior,    largiri,    largitus  sum 

(dep.      4):     give     freely, 

bestow  abundantly 
latus,  lata,  latum:  wide 
laus,  laudis,  f.:  praise 


388 


lavo,  lavare,  lavavi,  lautum 
(1):  wash,  baptize 

lautus,  lauta,  lautum,  perf . 
pass.  part.  of  lavo: 
washed,  baptized 

lavacrum,  lavacri,  n.:  laver, 
ewer,  wash  basin,  font, 
baptism  (lavacrium) 

lectulum,  lectuli,  n.:  bed, 
sickbed 

lectus,  lecti,  in.:  bed 

lectus  funerarius:  funeral 
bed,  coffin 

legalis,  legale,  adj.:  legal, 
lawful 

legatum,  legati ,  n.:  legacy, 
inheritance 

lego,  legare,  legavi,  legatum 
(1):   bequeath,   donate, 
leave 
lego,  legere,  lexi,  lectum 
( 3 ) :  read 

levo,  levare,  levavi,  levatum 
(1):  raise,  lift  up,  raise 
up  from  the  baptismal  font, 
i.e.,  act  as  a  godparent 

levans,  levantis,  m.  or  f.: 
godparent  (the  one  raising 
the  child  from  the  baptis- 
mal font) 

levcintes,  m.  pi.:  godparents 

levis,  leve,  adj.:  light 

lex,  legis,  f.:  law,  statute 

libellus,  libelli,  m. :  accusa- 
tion (usually  written) 

liber,  libri,  m. :  book,  regis- 
ter 

liber  baptizatorum:  baptismal 
register 

liber  defunctonim:  register  of 
the  deceased 

liber  matrimoniorum  (copulato- 
rum) :  marriage  register 

liber  sepultorum:  burial 
register 

liber  baro ,  liberi  baronis, 

m. :  baron,  free  baron 
liber  rusticus,  liberi  rusti- 

ci,  m. :  free  peasant 
liberi,  liberorum,  m.  pi.: 

children,  freemen 
liber,  libera,  liberum:  free 


libet,  impersonal  verb:  it  is 

pleasing 
Libitina,         Libitinae 

(Libitine),  f.:  the  Roman 

goddess   of    the    dead 
libitinarius ,      libitinaria, 

libitinarium:     dead;     as     a 

noun:    a   dead   person 
libra,     librae     (libre),     f.: 

pound    (money   and  weight) 
licentia,  licentiae 

(licentie),     f.:     approval, 

permission,    ecclesiastical 

permission 
licet,    impersonal   verb:    it    is 

permitted,    it   is    allowed 
licite,    adv. :    lawfully 
lictor,     lictoris,     m.:     town 

official     (cl.      Latin:      a 

lictor,    one   who    attended    a 

Roman  magistrate) 
ligata,    ligatae    (ligate),    f.: 

wife 
ligatus,    ligati,    m. :    husband 
lignarius,       lignarii,      m.: 

carpenter,    joiner,    cabinet 

maker 
lignarius,    lignaria,    lignari- 

um:      relating      to      wood, 

forest 
ligniam,    ligni,    n.:    wood 
ligo,    ligare,    ligavi,     ligatum 

(  1  )  :      bind  ,       tie  ,       join, 

unite ,  marry 
linifex,  linificis,  m.  :  linen 

weaver 
lis,  litis,  f.:  law  suit 
litania,  litaniae  (litanie), 

f.:  litany  (Greek),  a  type 

of    prayer    sung    or    recited 

by    a    deacon,     priest,     or 

cantor. 
linteo,    linteonis,    m.  :    weaver 

(especially   of    linen) 
litterae    (littere),     littera- 

rum,        f.       pi.:        letter, 

epistle 
liturgia,  liturgiae 

(liturgie),     f.:     liturgy, 

divine     service,      public 

worship 
loculifex,     loculificis,     m.: 
casket  maker 


389 


loculus,  loculi,  m. :  a  little 

box,  coffin 
locus,  loci,  m. :  place 
loci,  locorum,  m.  pi.:  related 

spaces ,  neighbors 
longaevus,  longaeva,  longae- 

vum:  aged,  old,  long  (as  in 

long-lived) 
longe,    adv. :    far  off 
longo  tempore:    for  a   long  time 
longus,    longa,    longvun:    long 
loquor,     loqui,     locutus    sum 

(dep.    3):    speak 
lorarius,    lorarii,    m. :    saddler 
ludimagister ,      ludimagistri , 

m. :    schoolmaster,    teacher 
lumen,     luminis,     n.:     light, 

candle 
lustrvun,    lustri,    n.:    period  of 

five  years 
lux,    lucis,    f-:    light;    prima 

luce:    at  first  light 


H 


madef acio ,  madef acere ,  madef e- 

ci,  madef actum  (3):  make 

wet,  moisten,  soak 
madef actus ,  madef acta ,  made- 

f actum,  perf.  pass.  part. 

of  madef acio:  soaked,  made 

wet 
magis,    adv. :    more 
magister,       magistri,       m.: 

teacher,      master      (as      a 

title) 
magistratus,    magistratus,    m. : 

magistrate 
magnopere,    adv. :    greatly 
magnus,    magna,    magnum:    large, 

great 
major,     majoris,     m.:     mayor 

( maior ) 
major,    majoris,    adj.:    greater 

(comparative    of    magnus) 

[maior] 
male,    adv. :    badly,    excessively 
maleator,     maleatoris,     m.: 

blacksmith 
malignus,    maligna,    malignum: 

evil,    bad 
malo,    malle,    malui    (irregular 

3):    prefer,    wish   rather 


malus,    mala,    malum:    bad,    evil 

mandatum,  mandati ,  n.:  order, 
mandate ,    commandment 

manduco ,  manducare ,  manducavi , 
manducatixm  ( 1 )  :  eat ,  gorge , 
swallow  rapidly 

mane,    adv. :    in  the  morning 

maneo ,  manere,  mansi,  mansum 
(2):    remain,    dwell 

mcinuop>era    (see  meinuopus ) 

manuopus ,  manuoperis,  n. : 
manual  labor  (manus  opus) 
required  as  part  of  the 
service  a  peasant  might  owe 
to  his  lord;  usually  found 
in   the   plural   manuopera. 

mansio,  mansionis,  f.:  dwell- 
ing place,    room,    mansion 

mansus,  mansus,  m. :  piece  of 
land,  manor,  manse, 

dwelling,  house,  homestead, 
homestead  plus  land, 
independent  estate,  manori- 
al holding,  a  manor  (i.e., 
manor  house,  dependent 
holdings,  land,  etc.) 
(mansus,  mansi;  mansum, 
mansi) 

manus ,    mcinus ,    f  .  :    hand ,    band 

manus  mortuus :  mortmain 
(possession  of  property  by 
a  religious  or  other  corpo- 
ration; property  left  to 
such  a  corporation  for  use 
in  perpetuity. ) 

manu  propria:  (signed)  by 
one's   own  hand 

marca,  marcae  (marce),  f.: 
coin,    silver  money,    mark 

marchio,  marchionis,  m.: 
district  count 

mare,  maris,  n. :  sea 

marita,  maritae  (marite) ,  f.: 
wife,  married  woman 

marito,  maritare,  maritavi , 
mciritatum  ( 1 ) :  marry 

maritus,  mariti,  m. :  husband, 
married  man 

mariti,  maritorum,  m.  pi.: 
married  couple 

masculinus,  masculina,  mascu- 
linum:  male,  masculine 


390 


masculus,  mascula,  masculum: 
male,  masculine 

mater ,  matris ,  f . :  mother 

mater  meretrix:  mother  of  an 
illegitimate  child 

maternus ,  materna,  maternum: 
maternal,  mother's  side  of 
a  family 

matertera ,  materterae  ( mater- 
tere) ,  f.:  aunt  (mother's 
sister) 

matertera  magna:  great-aunt 
(grandmother's  sister) 

matertera  maior:  great-great- 
aunt  (great-grandmother's 
sister) 

matertera  maxima:  great-great- 
great-aunt  (great-great- 
grandmother's  sister) 

matricula,  matriculae  (matri- 
cule) ,  f.:  parish  register 

matrimonium,  matrimonii,  n.: 
marriage,  matrimony 

matrina,  matrinae  (matrine) , 
f .  :  godmother 

mature ,  adv . :  soon ,  too  soon , 
prematurely 

matutinus ,  matutina ,  matuti- 
num:  morning  (as  an 
adjective),  of,  or  pertain- 
ing to,  the  morning,  early 
in  the  morning 

maximus,  maxima,  maximum: 
greatest  (superlative  of 
magnus ) 

medicus,  medici,  m. :  physician 

medius,  media,  medium:  middle 

melio,  melius,  adj.:  better 
(comparative  of  bonus) 

mendicus,  mendica,  mendicum: 
poor,  indigent 

mendicus ,  mendici ,  m . :  beggar 

mensa,  mensae  (mense),  f.: 
table 

mens ,  mentis ,  f . :  mind 

mense:  in  the  month  (of) 

mensis,  mensis,  m. :  month;  ab 
hoc  mense:  from  this  month 
(on) 

mercator,  mercatorxs,  m.: 
merchant,  trader 

mercenarius,  mercenarii,  m. : 
day  laborer 


meretrix,  meretricis,  f.: 
prostitute,  harlot 

meridianus,  meridiana,  merid- 
ianum:  noon,  midday  (as  an 
adjective),  of,  or  relating 
to,  midday 

meridies,  meridiei,  m.  or  f.: 
noon;  ante  meridiem:  before 
noon  (a.m.);  post  meridiem: 
after  noon  (p.m. ) 

metallarius,  metallarii,  m.: 
miner 

meus ,  mea  meum:  mine  (posses- 
sive adj  .  ) 

miles,  militis,  m.:  soldier, 
knight 

miles  gregarius:  private 
soldier,  mercenary 

minime,  adv. :  least 

minimus,  minima,  minimum: 
least,  little,  small 
(superlative   of   parvus) 

ministeriales ,  ministerialixim, 
m.  pi.:  vassals,  ministers, 
officials 

mirabilis,  mirabile,  adj.: 
wonderful ,    marvelous 

mirus,  mira,  mirum:  wonderful, 
astonishing 

miser,  misera,  miserum:  miser- 
able,   wretched,    unfortunate 

miserabilis,  miserabile,  adj . : 
miserable,  wretched,  de- 
plorable 

miseratio,  miserationis ,  f.: 
pity,    compassion 

miseret,  impersonal  verb:  it 
is  a  pity  to  (me,  etc.),  I, 
etc.,    pity    (me  miseret) 

misericordia,  misericordiae 
(misercordie)  ,  f.:  mercy, 
amercement  (punishment  by  a 
fine  in  an  amount  fixed  by 
the   court) 

miserrime, .adv.:  miserably, 
poorly,  very  miserably, 
verby  poorly 

missa,     missae     (misse),     f.: 

mass 
missa  cotidiana:    daily  mass 


391 


missa  sollemnis:  a  solemn 
mass,  also  called  a  high 
mass,  characterized  by  the 
appearance  of  a  deacon  and 
sub-deacon  to  assist  the 
priest  or  other  official 
celebrating  the  mass. 

missae  sollemnes:  solemn 
masses 

missa  de  requie  (requiem):  a 
requiem  mass,  a  mass  for 
the  dead,  which  takes  its 
name  from  the  opening  words 
of   the   introit. 

mitto,  mittere,  missi,  missum 
( 3 ) :    put,    place 

mixtus,  mixta,  mixtum:  mixed 
(e.g.,  a  marriage  between 
Catholic   and  Protestant) 

modius,  modii,  m. :  a  measure, 
sometimes,  a  bushel;  a 
measure  of  land,  the  amount 
of  land  sown  with  a  modius 
of  grain 

mode,    adv.:    now,    only,    lately 

mola,  molae  (mole),  f.:  mill 
stone,    mill 

molitor,    molitoris,    m. :    miller 

monacha,  monachae  (monache) , 
f . :    nun 

monachus ,    monachi ,    m . :    monk 

moneo ,  monere ,  monui ,  monitum 
(2):    warn,    advise,    summon 

monetarius ,  monetarii,  m.  : 
money,  coins,  a  minter  of 
coins 

monetarius,  monetaria,  mone- 
tarium:  of,  or  relating  to, 
money  or  coins 

monialis,    monialis,    f.:    nun 

mens,    mentis,    m. :    mountain 

monumentum,  monumenta ,  n.: 
tomb ,    monument 

morbus,    morbi,    m. :    disease 

moribundus,  moribunda,  mori- 
bundum:    dead 

morior,  mori ,  mortuus  sum 
(dep.    3):    die 

mortuus,  mortua ,  mortuum, 
perf .  pass.  part,  of  mori- 
or:   dead,    deceased 

mors ,    mortis ,    f . :    death 


mortalis,  mortale,  adj . : 
mortal 

mos ,  moris,  m. :  custom,  man- 
ner; more  novo:  by  the  new 
style  (of  dating,  i.e.,  the 
Gregorian  calendar);  more 
vetere:  by  the  old  style 
(of  dating,  i.e.,  the 
Julian  calendar) ;  pro  more: 
according  to   custom 

mox,  adv.:  soon,  then,  there- 
upon 

mulier,  mulieris,  f.:  woman, 
wife 

multus,  multa,  multum:  many, 
much 

multum,    adv. :    many 

mundus,  mundi,  m. :  world 

munio,  munire,  munivi,  munitum 
(4):  fortify,  strengthen, 
fortify  with  the  last 
rites ;  omnibus  sacramentis 
defunctorum  (morienbundo- 
rum)  rite  munitus/a:  having 
been  properly  fortified 
(i.e.,  provided  with)  all 
of  the  sacraments  of  the 
dead  (for  the  dead) 

mureirius,  murarii,  m.  :  mason 

murus,  muri,  m. :  wall 

mutuus,  mutua,  mutuum:  mutual, 
common;  muto  consenu:  by 
mutual  (common)  consent 


N 


narro,      narrare,      narravi, 

narratum   (1):    relate,    tell 
nascor,    nasci,    natus   sum   (dep. 

3 ) :    be   born 
natus,     nata,     natum,     perf. 

pass.    part,    of   nascor:    born 
natales,     natalium,     m.     pi.: 

birth 
natalis,    natale,    adj.:    of,    or 

relating  to,    birth,    natal 
nativitas,     nativitatis,     f.: 

birth,    especially  the  birth 

of  Christ,    the  Nativity 
nauclerus,      naucleri,      m.: 

ferryman,    pilot    (ship) 
naufragium,     naufragii,     n.: 

shipwreck 


392 


nauta,  nautae  (naute),  in.: 
sailor 

navis,    navis,    f.:    ship 

ne,  conj . :  lest,  so  that  .  .  . 
not 

nee  (neque),  conj.:  neither, 
and  not 

nee  .  .  .  nee:  neither  .  .  . 
nor 

neeesse  est,  impersonal  verb: 
it   is   necessary 

necessitas,  necessitatis,  f.: 
necessity;  necessitate 
baptismo:  (baptized  by 
means  of)  an  emergency 
baptism 

neenon,  adv.:  and  also,  and 
indeed 

neeto,  neetere,  nexi,  neetum 
(3):    bind,    connect 

negligentia,  negligentiae 
(negligentie)  ,  f.:  negli- 
gence ,    neglect 

negotiator,  negotiatoris ,  m.  : 
merchant    ( commerce ) 

negotium,  negotii,  n.:  busi- 
ness 

nemo,  neminis ,  m.  or  f.:  no 
one 

neophyta,  neophytae 

(neophyte),       f.:       newly 
baptized   female    (Greek) 

neophytus ,  neophyti ,  m . :  newly 
baptized  male    (Greek) 

neosponsa,  neosponsae  (neos- 
ponse),  f.:  newlywed 
(female,    Greek  and  Latin) 

neosponsus,  neosponsi,  m.: 
newlywed  (male,  Greek  and 
Latin) 

nepos,  nepotis,  m. :  grandson 
nephew 

nepos  ex  filia:  daughter's  son 
(grandson  from  the  daugh- 
ter's  side) 

nepos  ex  filio:  son's  son 
(grandson  from  the  son's 
side) 

nepos  ex  fratre:  nephew  (from 
the  brother's   side) 

nepos  ex  sorore:  nephew  (from 
the  sister's   side) 


neptis,  neptis,  f.:  grand- 
daughter,   niece 

neptis  ex  filia:  daughter's 
daughter  (granddaughter 
from  the   daughter's    side) 

neptis  ex  filio:  son's  daugh- 
ter (granddaughter  from  the 
son's   side) 

neptis  ex  fratre:  niece  (from 
the   brother's   side) 

neptis  ex  sorore:  niece  (from 
the   sister's   side) 

nescio,  nescire,  nescivi, 
nescitum  (4):  not  to  know, 
be  ignorant  (of);  se  nes- 
cire: with  the  reflexive 
se:  he  himself,  she  herself 
does  not  know,  they  them- 
selves  do  not  know 

netrix,  netrieis,  f.:  seam- 
stress 

neuter,  neutra,  neutrum: 
neither  (gen.  sing.:  neu- 
trius,    dat.    sing. :    neutri) 

nisi,  conj.:  unless,  except, 
if   not 

noceo,  noeere,  nocui ,  noeitum 
(2):  do  harm  to,  harm  (+ 
dat.  ) 

nodarius,  nodarii,  m. :  button 
maker 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui  (irregular 
3):    be  unwilling,    not  wish 

nomen,    nominis,    n. :    name 

nomen  nescio:  name  unknown 
(literally:  I  do  not  know 
the  name. ) 

non,    adv.:    not,    no 

nondum,    adv. :    not  yet 

norma,  normae  (norme),  f.: 
standard,  rule,  norm;  juxta 
normam:  according  to  the 
rule,    norm 

nos,    personal   pronoun:    we,    us 

nosco,  noscere,  novi,  notum 
(3):  know  (be  acguainted 
with) 

notus ,  nota,  notum,  perf . 
pass.    part,    of   nosco:    known 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum, 
possessive   adj . :    our 

notarius,    notarii,    m. :    notary 


393 


noto ,  notare ,  notavi ,  notatvun 
( 1 ) :  note ,  make ,  denote 

notus,  noti,  m. :  illegitimate 
ma 1 e  ( gno thus ) 

novena ,  novenae  ( novene ) ,  f . : 
a  cycle  of  prayers  covering 
a  nine-day  period 

noverca ,  novercae  ( noverce ) , 
f • :  stepmother 

novercus,  noverci,  m. :  stepfa- 
ther 

novicus,  novici,  m. :  novice, 
beginner,  monastic  novice, 
i.e.,  a  member  of  a  monas- 
tery or  religious  order 
with  a  probationary  status 
who  follows  the  rules  of 
the  order  but  is  not  yet 
admitted  to  full  member- 
ship. 

novicus,  novica,  novicum: 
harmful 

nevus,  nova,  novum:  new;  de 
novo:  anew,  from  the  begin- 
ning 

nox,  noctis,  f.:  night;  nocte: 
at  night 

nubo,  nubare,  nubavi,  nubatum 
( 1 ) :  marry 

nudius  tertius:  three  days 
earlier  (nunc  dies  tertius) 

nullus,  nulla,  nullum:  no, 
none  (gen.  sing. :  nullius; 
dat.  sing.:  nulli) 

nunc ,  adv • :  now 

nuncupo ,  nuncupare ,  nuncupavi , 
nuncupatum  (1):  name,  call 
by  name,  announce  orally 

nundinator,  nundinatoris ,  m. : 
seller  at  a  market  or  fair 

nunguam,  adv. :  never 

nuntius,  nuntii,  m.: 

messenger,  papal  legate 
(usually  accredited  to  a 
civil   government    [nuncius] ) 

nuper,  adv.:  lately,  newly 
dead  (may  also  be  used  to 
indicate  a  former  resident 
of   a  town  or  village) 

nuptialis,  nuptiale,  adj.:  of, 
or   relating  to,    marriage 

nurus,  nurus,  f.:  daughter-in- 
law 


ob,  prep.  +  ace:  on  account 
of,    for,    according   to 

obdormio,  obdormire,  obdor- 
mivi,  obdonnitum  (4):  fall 
asleep,    die 

obeo,  obire,  obii,  obitum 
(irregular  4):  die,  depart, 
go   away 

obitus,  obitus,  m. :  death 

oblata,  oblatae  (oblate),  f.: 
a  female  oblate  (see  obla- 
tus) 

oblatio,  oblationis,  f:  offer- 
ing, oblation 

oblatus,  oblati,  m. :  an 
oblate,  a  child  dedicated 
to  a  monastery  by  its 
parents;  also,  a  lay  person 
living  in  a  monastery 
without  taking  the  full 
religious  vows. 

obligatio,  obligationis,  f.: 
obligation,    debt 

oblitum,  obliti,  n. :  oblation, 
offering  (may  also  refer  to 
an  offering  made  for  masses 
for   the   dead    [oblatum] ) 

obstetrix,  obstetricis,  f.: 
midwife 

obtineo,  obtinere,  obtenui , 
obtentum  (2):  obtain, 
possess    (optineo) 

obventio,  obventionis,  f.: 
revenue ,    income    ( obvencio ) 

occasus,  occasus,  m.  :  sunset, 
setting,    downfall 

occasus  soils:    sunset 

occido,  occidere,  occidi, 
occisum   (3):    kill,    slay 

occurro,  occurrere,  occurri, 
occursxim   ( 3  )  :    occur ,    happen 

oculus,    oculi,    m. :    eye 

odiiim,    odii,    n.  :    hate 

oeconomus ,  oeconomi ,  m.: 
farmer,  estate  owner,  lord 
of  a  manor,  innkeeper, 
economist  (Greek;  also, 
economus ) 

offero,  offerre,  obtuli, 
oblatum  (irregular  3): 
offer,    bring,    bestow 


394 


officium,    officii,    n.:    office, 

duty,    position 
officium    divinum    altaris:     a 

worship    service     (divine 

service)     at     the     church 

altar 
of f ertorium,     offertorii:     an 

offering    of    money    placed 

upon     the     church     altar; 

also,    the   offertory,    a   part 

of   the   mass. 
oleum,    olei,    n. :    oil 
oleum   sanctum:    holy    oil    used 

for    anointing    the    sick    as 

part  of   the    last   sacraments 

or   rites. 
olim,     adv.:     once,     formerly, 

deceased 
olla,    ollae    (olle),     f.:    jar, 

pot 
omitto,     omittere,     omissi, 

omissum    (3):     omit,     leave 

out 
oBinino,    adv.  :    entirely,    wholly 
omnipotens ,    gen .    omnipotentis : 

almighty,    all   powerful 
oninis,    omne,    adj.:    all,    every 
onero,      onerare,      oneravi , 

oneratum   (1):    load,    burden, 

oppress 
operarius,    operarii,    m. :    day 

laborer,    hand  worker 
operatio,     operationis,     f.: 

operation 
opilio,    opilionis,    m.  :    sheep- 
herder 
opticus,    optici,    m. :    optician, 

maker   of   glasses 
optima,    adv. :    best,    most  well 
optimus,     optima,     optimum: 

highest,    best    (superlative 

of   bonus) 
opto,    optare,    optavi,    optatum 

(1):    wish   for,    desire,    hope 

for,    choose,    elect 
oportet,     impersonal    verb:     it 

is   necessary 
opus,    operis,    n. :    labor,    work, 

deed 
oratorium,      oratorii,       n.: 

oratory,     chapel,     chapel 

next    to    a    church,     parish 

church 


orba,    orbae    (orbe),    f.:    orphan 

( female ) 
orbus,    orbi ,    m. :    orphan    (male) 
ordinarius,     ordinaria,     ordi- 

narivun:    ordinary,    regular 
ordinatio,    ordinationis ,     f.: 

decree,    regulation,    ordina- 
tion,   ordinance 
ordino,     ordinare,     ordinavi , 

ordinatum      (1):      ordain, 

arrange,    appoint 
ordo,    ordinis,    m. :    rank,    rule, 

order,    an   order   of    monks    or 

nuns,    a   religious   order 
organista,     organistae    (orga- 

niste),    m.:    organ    builder, 

organist 
origo,    originis,     f.:    origin, 

birth 
orior,     ori ,     ortus    sum    ( dep . 

4):    rise,    arise,    be   born 
oriundus,    oriunda,    oriundum: 

originating   from,    born 
oro ,    orare ,    oravi ,    oratum   ( 1 ) : 

ask,    pray,    beg 
ortus,      ortus,      m.  :      birth, 

origin,    dawn 
OS ,    oris ,    n . :    mouth 
ostendo,    ostendere,    ostendi , 

ostentum    (3):    show,    exhib- 
it,   display 
ovis ,    ovis ,    f . :    sheep 
ovis   matrix    (gen.:    matricis) : 

a  female  sheep,    ewe 
ovo ,    ovare ,    ovavi ,    ovatum    ( 1 ) : 

celebrate,    exult 
ovum,    ovi,    n.:    egg 


pacto ,      pactare,      pactavi , 

pactatum       ( 1 ) :       make       a 

contract,     contract,     join 

together,    bargain 
pactum,     pacti ,     n.:     contract 

( pacta ,    pactae ,    f . ) 
paedagogus ,     paedagogi ,     m.: 

teacher,      tutor      (Greek) 

[ pedagogus ] 
paenitentia,      paenitentiae 

(paenitentie)  ,    f.:    penance 

(penitentia) 


395 


paenitet,  impersonal  verb:  I, 
etc.,    regret    (me   paenitet) 

pagina ,  paginae  ( pagine ) ,  f . : 
page  (of  a  book,  register, 
etc.  ) 

pagus ,  pagi,  m . :  village, 
district 

palam,  adv.:  openly,  publicly 

palatium,  palatii,  n.:  palace 
(palacium) 

panis,  panis,  m. :  bread 

pannifex,  pannificis,  in.: 
cloth  worker 

pannitonsor,  pannitonsoris , 
m. :  cloth  cutter 

pannus,  panni,  m. :  cloth 

papa,  papae  ( pape ) ,  m.:  the 
pope 

par,  paris,  adj.:  equal 

paratorium,  paratorii,  n.: 
drapes,  tapestry  (paratto- 
rium,  preatorium,  paratu- 
ria) 

parens,  parentis,  m.  or  f.: 
parent 

parentes ,  parentium,  m.  pi.: 
parents 

peirentes  spirituales:  spiritu- 
al parents,  godparents, 
sponsors 

pareo,  parere,  parui,  paritum 
(2):  be  obedient  to,  obey 
(+  dat. ) 

pariochialis,  parochiale, 
adj.:  parish  (as  an  adjec- 
tive),   parochial 

pariter,  adv. :  equally,  also 

paro,  parare,  paravi,  paratum 
(1):  prepare,  furnish, 
provide 

parochia,  parochiae 

(parochie) ,    f.:    parish 

parochialis,  parochiale,  adj.: 
parish,  parochial 

parochiana,  parochianae 
(parochiane) ,  f.:  parish- 
ioner (female) 

parochianus,  parochiani,  m. : 
parishioner  (male) 

parochiani,  m.  pi.:  parishion- 
ers 

parochus,  parochi,  m. :  priest, 
parish  priest 


pars ,  partis ,  f . :  part 
parsona ,  parsonae ,  f . :  parson 
partus,  partus,  f.:  birth, 

childbirth 
parum,   adv. :   a  little,   a 

little  past  (of  time) 
parvulus,  parvula,  parvulum: 

very  small,  little 
parvus,  parva,  parvum:  small, 

little 
Pascha,  Paschae  (Pasche),  f.: 

Easter  Sunday 
pastio ,  pastionis ,  f . :  pannage 
(land  or  grain  set  aside  for 

feeding  animals  [usually 

pigs]);  sometimes,  a  wooded 

area  set  aside  so  that  pigs 

could  feed  on  acorns  from 

the  oak  trees . ) 
pascua,  pascuae  (pascue),  f.: 

pasture  (pascuum) 
passim,  adv.:  here  and  there, 

continuously 
pastor,     pastoris,     m.: 

shepherd,  pastor,  parish 

priest 
pastor  anserum:  gooseherd 
pastor  ovium:  sheepherder 
pastor  pecorum:  cattle  herder 
pastor  porcorum:  pig  herder 
patella,  patellae,  f.:  pan 
pateo,  patera,  patui  (2):  be 

open ,  evident 
pater,  patris,  m. :  father 
patres,  patrum,  m.  pi.:  fore- 
fathers ,  ancestors 
paternus,  paterna,  paternum: 

paternal 
patet,  impersonal  verb:  it  is 

known,  evident,  open,  plain 
patientia,  patientiae,  f.: 

patience 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum  (dep. 

3):  suffer,  undergo 
patria,  patriae  (patrie),  f.: 

fatherland,  native  land 
patrimonium,  patrimonii,  n.: 

patrimony,  inheritance 
patrina,  patrinae  (patrine) , 

f . :  godmother 
patrinus,  patrini ,  m.  :  godfa- 
ther 
patrini,  m.  pi.:  godparents 


396 


patronus,  patroni,  m. :  protec- 
tor, patron 

patuerlis,  patuerlis,  m . : 
cousin  (from  father's 
brother) 

patruus ,  patrui ,  m.:  uncle 
(father's  brother) 

patruus  magnus :  great-uncle 
(grandfather's   brother) 

patruus  maior:  great-great- 
uncle  (great-grandfather's 
brother) 

patruus  maximus:    great-great- 
great-uncle    (great-great- 
grandfather's  brother) 

paulatim,  adv.:  gradually, 
little  by   little 

pauper,    pauperis,    adj . :    poor 

pauperitas ,  pauperitatis ,  f . : 
poverty 

pax,    pacis,    f.:    peace 

peccamen,  peccaminis,  n.  (see 
peccatum) 

peccatum,    peccati,    n.:    sin 

pecia,  peciae  (pecie),  f.: 
portion,    piece 

pectenarius,  pectenarii,  m. : 
comb  maker 

pellifex,  pellificis,  m.: 
tanner,    furrier 

pellis,    pellis,    f.:    skin,    hide 

penes,  prep.  +  ace:  in  the 
possession   of 

penulatus,  penulata, 

penulatum:    lined   with    fur, 
furred 

penultimus ,  penultima ,  penul- 
timvun:    next  to   last 

per,  prep.  +  ace:  through,  by 
means   of,    by,    for 

perapsis,  perapsidis,  f.: 
platter,  dish  (parapsis, 
paropsis) 

percutio,  percutere,  percussi, 
percussum  ( 3 ) :  strike ,  hit , 
beat,    pierce 

perdo,  perdere,  perdidi, 
perditum  (3):  lose,  be 
destroyed 

perditus,  perdita,  perditum, 
perf.  pass,  part  of  perdo: 
lost,    ruined,    destroyed 


perendie,    adv.:    the    day    after 

tomorrow 
pereo,    perire,    perii,    peritum 

(irregular    4):    perish,    die 
perfecte,     adv.:     completely, 

perfectly 
perfero,     perferre,     pertuli, 

perlatum     (irregular     3): 

bear,    suffer,    endure 
perficio,    perficere,    perf eci , 

perf ectum    ( 3 ) :    complete ,    do 

thoroughly 
pergamentar ius ,    pergamentar i  i , 

m. :    parchment  maker 
periculum,       periculi,       n.  : 

danger 
peripneumonia,    peripneumoniae 

(peripneumonie)  ,    f.:    pneu- 
monia,   pleurisy    (Greek) 
peritus,     perita,     peritum: 

skilled 
pennuto ,    permutare ,    jjermutavi , 

permutatum    ( 1 ) :     exchange , 

change 
perpetuus ,    perpetua ,    perpetu- 

um:    perpetual;    in  perpetuo: 

forever,     perpetually     (in 

perpetutim) 
persolvo,     persolvere,     per- 

solvi,    persolutum   (3):    pay 
persuadeo ,    persuadere ,    persua- 

si,     persuasum     (2):     make 

sweet   to,    persuade    (+   dat. ) 
pertica,    perticae    (pertice), 

f.:     perch     (a    measure    of 

land  in  England) 
pes,    pedis,    m. :    foot 
pestis,    pestis,    f.:    plague, 

pestilence 
peto,    peter e,    petii    (petivi), 

petitum   (3):    inquire,    seek, 

ask,    request,    demand 
pharmacopolius,    pharmacopolii, 

m. :    pharmacy    (Greek  origin) 
pictor,    pictoris,    m. :    painter 
pie,    adv.:    piously 
pie    in    domino    obiit:     he/she 

died  piously   in   the   Lord 
pietas,    pietatis,     f.:    piety, 

devotion,     charity,     alms, 

mercy 


397 


piget,      impersonal     verb:      it 

repents      (me,      etc. ) ,      it 

displeases  (me,  etc.)/  I# 

etc.,  repent,  I,  etc.,  am 

displeased 
pileator,  pileatoris,  m. :  hat 

maker 
piscator,  piscatoris,  m.: 

fisherman 
pistor,  pistoris,  m. :  baker 
pitantia,  pitantiae,  f.:  an 

extra  allowance  for  monks 

(pittantia,  pittancia) 
plus,  pia,  plum:  devout,  pious 
pius  (locus):  a  holy  place 
plango,  plangere,  planxi, 

planctum  (3):  mourn,  wail, 

weep,  beat,  strike 
planto,  plantare,  plantavi, 

plantatim  ( 1 ) :  plant 
planus,  plana,  planum:  wide, 

open ,  level 
platea,  plateae  (platee),  f.: 

street  (Greek) 
plenus,  plena,  plenum:  full, 

full  of 
plerusque,  pleraque,  pler- 

umgue:  very  many,  a  large 

part 
plurimus,  plurima,  plurimum: 

most 
plus,   pluris,   adj.:   more 

(comparative  of  multus) 
pluvia,  pluviae  (pluvie) ,  f.: 

rain 
pocillator,  pocillatoris,  m. : 

bartender 
poena,  poenae  (poene),  f.: 

penalty,  punishment,  pain 

( pena ) 
poeta,  poetae  (poete),  m.: 

poet 
polentarius,  polentarii,  m. : 

maker  of  malt 
pollex,  pollicis,  m. :  an  inch, 

thumb,  big  toe 
pono,  ponere,  posui ,  positum 

(3) :  put,  place 
pontifex  maximus:  a  chief 

priest  in  ancient  Rome;  a 

title  of  the  pope  (ponti- 
fex, pontificis,  m. ) 


pontif icatus ,   pontif icatus , 

m.  :  pontificate 

porcus,  porci,  m. :  pig 

porta,  portae  ( porte ) ,  f.: 
gate;  extra  portam:  beyond 
the  gate  (of  the  church  or 
the  city,  where  the  poor 
were  often  buried) 

portarius,  portarii,  m. :  door 
keeper 

posamentarius ,  posamentarii , 
m. :  maker  or  seller  of  gold 
lace,  haberdasher 

possideo,  possidere,  possedi, 
possessum  (2):  possess, 
have,  hold,  inherit 

possum,  posse,  potui:  can,  be 
able  (to) 

post,  prep.  +  ace. :  after 

postea,  adv.:  thereafter, 
afterwards 

postguam,  adv. :  after 

postridie,  adv.:  on  the  day 
after,  a  day  later 

potens,  potentis,  adj.:  power- 
ful 

potentia,  potentiae 

( potentie ) ,  f . :  power 

potestas ,  potestatis ,  f.: 
power 

potior,  potiri ,  potitus  sum 
(dep.  4):  obtain,  get 
possession  of  (+  abl.) 

potus ,  potus ,  m . :  drink 

prae,  adv.  and  prep.  +  abl.: 
before 

praebendarius ,  praebendarii, 
m. :  a  prebend,  a  canon  or 
cathedral  chapter  member 
who  lives  from  a  prebend  (a 
donation  for  the  sustenance 
of  cathedral  members [pre- 
bendarius] ) 

praeceptor,  praeceptoris ,  m. : 
teacher  (preceptor) 

praeceptor  humanorum  studio- 
rum:  school  director 

praecipio ,  praecipere ,  praece- 
pi,  praeceptum  (3): 
instruct,  teach  (precipio) 

praeclarus,  praeclara,  prae- 
clarum:  famous,  illustrious 
( preclarus ) 


398 


praecontractus ,  praecontrac- 
tus ,  m. :  precontact  (e.g., 
a  pre-nuptial  agreement 
[ precontractus ] ) 

praedictus ,  praedicta,  prae- 
dictum:  aforesaid 

( predictus ) 

praedilectus ,  praedilecta, 
praedilectum:  favorably 
disposed  (toward),  well- 
1 o ved ,    ( predi lectus ) 

praef actus,  praef ecti ,  m.: 
magistrate    (pref actus) 

praefactus  axcubiarum:  ser- 
geant major,    policeman 

praefactus  in  dome  castigator- 
iaa:    prison  warden 

praefactus   laborum:    foreman 

praefactus  postamtae:    postman 

praefactus  tribunalium  sau 
staurae:    tax   administrator 

praefactus  urbis:    mayor 

praefactus  vigiliarum  civi- 
camm:  overseer  of  the  city 
watch 

praafor,  praafari,  praef atus 
sum  (dep.  1):  say  before- 
hand, tell  in  advance 
( prefer ) 

praef atus,  praef ata,  praafa- 
tum,  perf.  pass.  part,  of 
praefor:  aforesaid 

( pref atus ) 

praef arc,  praaferre,  praetuli, 
praalatum  (irregular  3): 
prefer,  bear  before  (prafa- 
ro) 

praehabito,  praehabitare , 
praahabitavi ,  praahabitatum 
(1):  supply,  furnish,  offer 
( prahabito ) 

praahabitus,  praehabita, 
praahabitum,  perf.  pass, 
part,  of  praahabito:  pre- 
sented, offered,  shown 
( prahcibitus ) 

praalatus,  praalati,  m.: 
prelate,  an  ecclesiastical 
official 


praemitto,  praemittere,  prae- 
missi,  praemissum  (3):  send 
before,  publish  previously 
(marriage   banns)     [pramitto] 

praenobilis,  praenobila,  adj.: 
right  honorable,  noble 
(prenobilis) 

praenominatus ,  praanominata, 
praenominatum:  aforenamed 
( prenominatus ) 

praescriptum,  praescripti ,  n.: 
task,    rule    (prescriptum) 

praescriptus ,  praescripta, 
praescriptum:  outlined, 
prescribed    (prescriptus) 

praesens ,  praesentis,  adj.: 
present    (presens) 

praesentibus :  in  the  presence 
of  (witnesses),  the  (wit- 
nesses) being  present,  by 
these   presents    (documents) 

praesto ,  praestara ,  praastavi , 
praestatum  (1):  show, 
profess,  pledge,  lend 
(presto);  praestara  jura- 
mentum:    to   take   an   oath 

praeter,  adv.  and  prep.  + 
ace:  past,  beyond,  besides 
( preter ) 

praeterea,  adv.:  moreover, 
besides    (pratara) 

praetor,  praetoris,  m. :  mayor, 
magistrate  (cl.  Latin:  one 
of  several  Roman  magis- 
trates who  administered 
justice) 

praetorium,  praetorii,  n.: 
courthouse    (pretorium) 

praavius,  praavia,  praevium: 
preceding,  going  before 
( previus ) 

pratum,  prati,  n.:  meadow, 
meadow   land 

precarium,  precarii,  n.:  plea, 
boon,    precarial   grant 

premo,  premere,  pressi,  pras- 
sum  (3):  press,  suppress, 
oppress 


399 


presbyter,  presbytri ,  m . : 
elder  (Greek);  in  the  early 
Christina  church,  an  office 
virtually  synonymous  with 
bishop.  Subsequently, 
however,  the  bishop  assumed 
a  greater  authority. 

presto,  prestare ,  prestavi , 
prestatum  (1):  profess, 
pledge,  show,  lend 

pretium,  pretii ,  n.:  price 
(precivun) 

prex ,  precis ,  f . :  prayer 

pridie,  adv. :  the  day  before 
yesterday 

primum,  adv. :  first,  firstly, 
at  first 

primus,  prima,  primum:  first, 

prior,  prioris,  m. :  prior,  the 
assistant  to  the  abbot  in  a 
monastery 

priorissa,  priorissae  (prio- 
risse) ,  f.:  prioress 

prius,  adv.:  before,  previous- 
ly 

privigna,  privignae 

(privigne) ,    f.:    stepdaugh- 
ter 

privignus,  privigni,  m.: 
stepson    (of   a  father) 

pro,  prep.  +  abl  .  :  for, 
before,  as  far  as,  in 
behalf  of 

proamita,  proamitae 

(proamite),    f.:    great-aunt 
(sister  of   grandmother) 

proavia,  proaviae  (proavie) , 
f . :    great-grandmother 

proavunculus ,  proavunculi,  m. : 
great-uncle  (brother  of 
grandmother ) 

proavus,  proavi ,  m.:  great- 
grandfather 

probo,  probare,  probavi, 
probatum   ( 1 ) :    approve 

proclamatio,  proclamationis, 
f . :    marriage  bann 

procurator,  procurator is ,  m. : 
proxy,  governor,  proxy 
lawyer 


professio,     prof essionis ,     f.: 

profession,      declaration, 

confession 
progener ,       progeneri ,      m.  : 

grandson-in-law     (grand- 
daughter's  husband) 
progenitus ,    progenita , 

progenitum:    first  born 
prohibeo ,    prohibere ,    prohibui , 

prohibitum    (2):     prohibit, 

hold  back 
proles,     prolis,     f.:     child, 

offspring    (sex   unspecified) 
proles    spuria:     illegitimate 

child 
promatertera    (see,     matertera 

maior) 
promitto,     promittere,     pro- 

missi,       promissum       (3): 

promise 
pronepos ,     pronepotis ,     m.: 

great-grandson 
proneptis,     proneptis ,     f.: 

great-granddaughter 
pronirrus ,    pronurus ,    f .  :    grand- 
daughter-in-law    (grandson's 

wife) 
propatruus      (see,      patruus 

maior) 
prope,    prep.    +   ace. :    near 
propinator,    propinatoris ,    m. : 

tenant   farmer 
propinquus ,    propinqua ,    propin- 

guum:    neighboring,    near 
proprius ,     propria,     proprium: 

private,    one's   own 
propter,     prep.     +    ace.:     on 

account  of ,  because  of 
propter  aetatem:  on  account  of 

age 
prosocer  ( see ,  socer  magnus ) 
prosocrus  (see,  socrus  magna) 
protomartyr,  protomartyr,  m. : 

the   first  martyr,   St. 

Stephen  (Greek) 
prout,  adv.:  just  as,  as 
proventus ,  proventus ,  m.: 

income ,  revenue 
provideo ,  providere ,  provisi , 

provisum   (2):   provide, 

foresee 


400 


provincia,      provinciae,      f.: 

province;      a      number      of 

dioceses    in   close   geograph- 
ic  proximity;    a   province    in 

the   Roman   Empire. 
proximitas,    proximitatis,    f.: 

next     of     kin,     neighbor, 

nearness,    vicinity 
pubes ,    pubis ,    f . :    youth ,    young 

adult 
pudeo ,    pudere ,    pudui ,    puditum 

( 2 ) :    to   be   ashamed 
pudet,     impersonal     verb:     it 

shames    (me,    etc.),    I,    etc., 

am   ashamed 
pudicus ,     pudica,     pudicum: 

chaste 
puella,    puellae    (puelle) ,    f.: 

girl 
puellula,  puellulae 

(puellule),    f.:    little  girl 
puer,    pueri,    m. :    boy,    child 
puera,     puerae     (puere),     f.: 

girl 
puerperium,     puerperii,     n.: 

childbirth 
pulvinarium,    pulvinarii,    n. : 

pillow,    cushion 
punio,    punire,    punivi    (punii), 

punitum    ( 4 ) :    punish 
pupilla,    papillae    (pupille), 

f.:    orphan    (female) 
pupillus,    pupillis,    m. :    orphan 

(male) 
purgatus,    purgata,    purgatum: 

baptized,    purged 
putredo,      putredinis,      m.: 

rottenness,         foulness, 

putrefaction    (putridiis) 


Q 


quadraplex,     quadraplicis, 

adj . :    quadruple 
quadriduum,     quadridui ,     n.: 

period  of   four  days 

quadrupliciter,  adv. :  quadru- 
ple,   four-fold 

quam,  adv.:  how,  than  (in 
comparisons) 

quamdiu,  adv.:  so  long  as,  as 
long  as,    until 


qucunvis ,    adv .    &    con  j  .  :    as    much 
as     possible,     very    much, 
however  much,    although 
quando,    adv.    &    conj . :    when? 
quantumcumque ,    adv.:     as    much 

as 
quantus ,    quanta,    quantum:     as 

long   as 
quapropter,     adv.:     wherefore, 

on   account   of 
quare,    adv.:    why? 
quarteriumium,    quarterii,    n.: 
a       quarter,        one-fourth 
(quartarium) 
quasi,    adv.:    almost,    as    if 
quatenus,    adv.    &    conj.:    as    far 
as,      sure,       since,       that 
(often    used    in    place    of 
quod    plus    the    subjunctive 
in   medieval    Latin) 
--que,     enclitic     conj.:     and 
(added    at     the     end     of     a 
word ) 
queo,     quire,     quii,     quitum 

(irregular  4):    be   able 
queror,     queri ,     questus     sum 

(dep.    3):    complain,    lament 
qui,    quae,    quod,    adj.     &    pro- 
noun :    who ,    which ,    what 
quicumque,     quaecumque,     quod- 
cumque:  whatsoever, 

whichsoever 
quidam,     quaedam,     quoddam:     a 

certain   person   or   thing 
quilibet,    quaelibet,    quodlibet 
(quidlibet):  anyone 

(anything)     you     please, 
anyone  anything 
quindena,  quindenae 

(quindene),    f.:    a    fifteen- 
day  period 
quis,     quid,     interrogative 

pronoun:    who?   which?   what? 
quisquam,    quaequam,    quidquaro: 

anyone ,    anything 
quisque,     quaeque ,     quodque 
(quidque) :    every,    everyone, 
everything 
quo,    adv.:    whereby,    so   that 
quoad,    adv.:    with    regard    to, 

concerning 
quod,    conj.:    because,    on    the 
ground   that,    that 


401 


quomodo ,     adv. :     how,     in    what 

way 
quondam,     adv.:     formerly,    the 

former,    the   late 
quoniam,    adv.:    whereas,    since 
quoque,    adv. :    also 
quotidie,     adv.:    daily,    every 

day 
quousque,    adv. :    how   long,    how 

far,    until 


ratio ,    rationis ,    f . :    reason 

ratione,    by  reason    (of) 

recipio,  recipere,  recepi , 
receptum  (3):  receive, 
accept 

rector,  rectoris,  m. :  rector, 
school  director,  pastor  or 
parish  priest;  also,  the 
head  of  a  church  which  is 
not  a  parish  or  one  used 
for  divine  services  (such 
as  a  church  for  pilgrims). 
A  cleric  who  is  in  charge 
of  a  seminary  or  college  is 
also   a  rector. 

regina,  reginae  (regine),  f.: 
queen 

regio,  regionis,  f.:  region, 
district,    area 

registrum,  registri,  n.: 
register 

regius,    regia,    regium:    royal 

regnum,  regni,  n.:  kingdom, 
reign 

rego,  regare,  regavi,  regatum 
(1):  guide,  regulate, 
direct 

regressus,  regressus,  m.: 
compensation 

relicta,  relictae  (relicte), 
f.:  widow,  survivor  (fe- 
male) 

relictus,  relicti,  m. :  widow- 
er,   survivor    (male) 

relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui, 
relictum  (3):  abandon, 
leave  behind 


relictus,     relicta,     relictum, 

perf.    pass.    part,    of    relin- 
quo: left  behind, 

abandoned,    surviving 
remaneo ,     remanere ,     remansi, 

remansum     (2):     remain,     be 

left 
remitto ,     remittere,    remissi, 

remissum     (3):     give    back, 

remit,    let  go,    forgive 
removeo ,     removere ,     removi , 

remotum    ( 2 ) :     remove ,     take 

out 
renatus ,     renata ,     renatum: 

baptized 
renovo ,     renovare ,     renovavi , 

renovatum       (1):       renew, 

renovate,    beautify 
reparator,     reparatoris,     m.: 

repairer 
reparator    platearum:     street 

repairer 
reparator  tegularum  in  tectis: 

roofer,     repairer    of    roof 

tiles 
requiesco,  requiescere, 

requievi,     requietum     (3): 

rest,    repose;    requiescat  in 

pace:        rest       in       peace! 

(requiescat  in  pacem) 
res,    rei,    f.:    thing,    matter 
resignatus,    resignata,    resig- 

natum:    resigned 
respectus,     respectus,     m.: 

adjournment,    postponement 
respondeo ,    respondere ,    respon- 

si,    responsum    (2):    answer, 

respond 
respublica,     respublicae,     f. 

Christiana:     the    Christian 

commonwealth     (i.e.,     the 

body  of   Christianity) 
restiarius,     restiarii,     m.: 

rope  maker 
retiarius,    retiarii,    m. :    maker 

of  nets 
reticulator ,    reticulatoris ,    m . 

tibialium:    stocking  maker 
retineo,     retinere,     retinui , 

retentum    (2):    hold,    retain 
retro,     adv.     &    prep.     +    ace: 

backwards ,    behind 


402 


reus,    rei,    m. :    defendant 

reverendus ,  reverend! ,  m.: 
reverend 

reverendus  admodum:  right 
reverend    (as    a   title) 

revoco ,  revocare,  revocavi , 
revocatum  (1):  call  back, 
revoke 

rex,    regis,    m. :    king 

rite,  adv.:  properly,  duly, 
according  to  the  proper 
ritual 

ritualis,  rituale,  adj.:  of  or 
relating  to  ritual;  as  a 
noun:    ritual 

ritus,  ritus,  m. :  rite,  cere- 
mony; de  ritu  sanctae 
matris  ecclesiae:  according 
to  the  rite  of  the  holy 
mother   church 

roboro,  roborare ,  roboravi, 
roboratiiin  ( 1 )  :  strengthen , 
make   firm 

robur,  roboris,  m. :  authority, 
force,  power  (cl.  Latin: 
oak  tree    [robor] ) 

robustus,  robusta,  robustum: 
powerful,  hard,  firm,  solid 
(like   an   oak   tree) 

roda,  rodae  (rode),  f.:  rood 
(a   land  measure    in   England) 

rogo,  rogare,  rogavi,  rogatum 
(1) :    ask,    request 

rota,    rotae    (rote),    f.:    wheel 

rotarius,  rotarii,  m. :  cart- 
wright,    wheelwright 

rotula,  rolutae,  f.:  fringe, 
border,    roll,    record 

rotulus,  rotuli,  m.:  roll, 
record 

ruber,    rubra,    rubrum:    red 

rubius,    rubia,    rubium:    red 

rusticus,  rustici,  m. :  peas- 
ant,   farmer 


sacramentaliter ,  adv. :  accord- 
ing to  the  sacrament  (i.e., 
the  proper  ecclesiastical 
ritual) 

sacellanus,  sacellani,  m.: 
chaplain 


sacellum,  sacelli,  n.:  sanctu- 
ary,   chapel 

sacer,    sacra,    sacrum:    sacred 

sacerdos,  sacerdotis,  m. : 
priest,    bishop 

sacramentum,  sacramenti ,  n.: 
sacrament 

sacrificium,  sacrificii,  n.: 
sacrifice 

sacrosancta,  sacrosanctorum, 
n.  pi.:  holy  objects  (as, 
for  example,  a  copy  of  the 
gospels)  used  to  touch  when 
taking   an   oath 

saeculum,  saeculi,  n.:  age, 
eternity,  world,  a  genera- 
tion (seculum);  in  saecula 
saeculorum:  forever  and 
ever 

saepius,  adv.:  rather  fre- 
quently 

salarius,  salarii,  m.:  salt 
merchant 

salcerium,  salcerii,  n.:  salt 
cellar,    salt  holder 

salto,  saltare,  saltavi, 
saltatum    ( 1 ) :    dance 

saltuarius,  saltuarii,  m.: 
forest   keeper,    hunter 

salutatio,  salutationis ,  f.: 
greeting,    salutation 

saluto,  salutare,  salutavi, 
salutatum  (1):  greet,  save, 
protect 

salvatio,  salvationis,  f.: 
salvation 

salvator,  salvatoris,  m.: 
savior 

sanctif icatio,  sanctif icatio- 
nis,  f.:  sanctif ication , 
the  process  of  becoming 
holy 

sancta,  sanctae  (sancte),  f.: 
saint    (female) 

sanctus,  sancta,  sanctum: 
holy,    sacred 

sanctus,  sancti ,  m.:  saint 
(male) 

sane,    adv.:    sensibly,    really, 
surely,    certainly,    exceed- 
ingly 
sanguis,    scuiguinis,    m.  :    blood 


403 


sanies,     saniei ,     f.:     blood, 

diseased     blood,      bloody 

matter 
sanitas,        sanitatis,        f.: 

health,    good  sense,    sanity 
sano,    sanare,    sanavi,    sanatum 

( 1 ) :    heal ,    cure ,    restore   to 

health 
sanus,     sana,     sanum:    healthy, 

sane 
sartor,    sartoris,    m. :    tailor 
satis,    adv. :    enough 
sator,    satoris,    in.:    gardener 
saucerium,      saucerii,      n.: 

saucer   for  holding   salt 
scabinus,    scabini,    in.  :    notary, 

juror 
schola,    scholae    (schole),    f.: 

school 
scientia,  scientiae 

(scientie),    f.:    knowledge 
scilicet,    adv. :    namely,    to   be 

sure 
scindo,       scindere,       scidi , 

scissum     (3):     cut,     rend, 

tear  asunder,    split 
scio,     scire,     scivi,     scitum 

(4):    know,    understand,    know 

how  to 
scorifex,     scorificis,     m.: 

tanner 
scorta ,    scortae    ( scorte ) ,    f . : 

unmarried  mother,    whore 
scriba,    scribae    (scribe),    m. : 

scribe,    secretary,    notary 
scribo,     scribere,     scripsi , 

scriptum   ( 3 ) :    write 
scriniarius,    scriniarii,    m. : 

carpenter 
scriptum,    scripti,    n.:    writ- 
ing,   document 
se,    sese,    reflexive    pronoun: 

himself,    herself,    itself 
secundum ,    adv .    &   prep .    +   ace . : 

according    to,     afterwards, 

after 
sed,    conj . :    but 
sedes,    sedis,    f.:    seat,    resi- 
dence,   place 
sellator,     sellatoris,     m.: 

saddler,  saddle  maker 
semel,  adv.:  once 
semper,  adv. :  always 


senator,  senatoris ,  m. :  sena- 
tor, town  councillor 

senex,  senis,  m. :  old  man 

senex,  senis,  adj.:  old 

senicula,  seniculae 

(senicule),  f.:  a  little 
old   lady,    an   old   lady 

seniculus,  seniculi,  m.:  a 
little   old  man,    an   old  man 

senior,  senioris,  adj.:  older, 
senior 

sententia ,  sententiae  ( senten- 
tie) ,    f.:    sentence,    opinion 

sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensum 
(4):    feel,    perceive,    sense 

sepelio,  sepelire,  sepelivi 
(sepelii),  sepultum  (4): 
bury 

sepultus,  sepulta,  sepultum, 
perf .  pass.  part,  of  sepe- 
lio:   buried 

septimana,  septimanae  ( septi- 
mane ) ,    f . :    a  week 

sepultor,  sepultoris,  m. 
mortuorum:    grave  digger 

sepultvira,  sepulturae  (sepul- 
ture),   f.:    burial 

seguens ,  sequentis,  adj.: 
following 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum 
(dep.    3 ) :    follow 

seriatim,  adv. :  in  order,  one 
after   another 

serrarius,  serrarii,  m.: 
locksmith 

sertor,  sertoris,  m. :  basket 
maker 

servilis,  servile,  adj.:  1. 
relating  to  a  class  of 
holdings  originally  granted 
to  serfs;  2.  a  measure  of 
land;  3.  land  held  by  a 
serf  rather  than  a  free 
man;    4.    servile 

servo,  servare,  servavi, 
servatum  (1):  preserve, 
protect 

servus ,  servi ,  m.:  serf, 
servant,    slave 

sesquipedalis ,  sesquipedale, 
adj . :  a  foot  and  one-half 
long 


seu,    conj 


or,    or   if 


404 


seu  .  .  .  seu:  whether  .  .  . 

or 
sexus,  sexus,  m. :  sex 
si,  conj . :  if 
sic,  adv.:  thus,  so,  yes 
sicut,  adv.:  as,  just  as 
sigillum,  sigilli,  n.:  seal 
signum,  signi,  m. :  sign,  mark, 

the  sign  of  the  cross 
silva,  silvae  (silve),  f.: 

wood,  forest 
silvarius,   silvarii,   m .  : 

forester 
similis,  simile,  adj.:  like 
simplex,  simplicis,  adj.: 

single 
simplus,  simpla,  simplum: 

single 
simul,  adv.:  together,  at  the 

same  time 
simul  ac  (atque):  as  soon  as 
sine,  prep.  +  abl.:  without 
singularis,  singulare,  adj . : 

one  at  a  time,  single, 

alone 
singuli,  singulae,  singula, 

pi.:   single,   a   single 

person  or  thing,  each  one 
sinister,  sinistra,  sinistrum: 

left    (direction) 
sisto,      sistere,      sistiti, 

sistitum    ( 3 ) :    represent 
sitis,    sitis,    f.:    thirst 
situs,    sita,    situm:    situated, 

located 
sive,    conj . :    or,    or   if 
smigmator,     smigmatoris,     m. : 

soap    boiler,     soap    maker 

(Greek  origin) 
sobrina,    sobrinae    (sobrine), 

f.:    cousin    (on   the   mother's 

side — female) 
sobrinus,    sobrini,    m. :    cousin 

(on  the  mother's 

side — male) 
socer,    soceri,    m. :    father-in- 
law 
socer  magnus:    grandf ather-in- 

law 
socer    maior:     great-grandf a- 

ther-in-law 
socer    maximus:     great-great- 
grandfather- in-  law 


socius,  socii,  m. :  apprentice, 
comrade,    associate 

socrinus,  socrini,  m.  :  broth- 
er-in-law   (female    side) 

socrus,  socrus,  f.:  mother-in- 
law 

socrus  magna:  grandmother-in- 
law 

socrus  maior:  great- 

grandmother-in-  law 

socrus  maxima:  great-great- 
grandmother-  in-  law 

sol,    solis,    m. :    sun 

solemnia,  solemnium,  n.  pi.: 
rites,  performance  (sollem- 
nia,    sollempnia) 

solemnicatio,  solemnicationis, 
f.:  marriage  (sollemnica- 
tio,    sollempnicatio) 

solemnitas,  solemnitatis,  f.: 
solemnity,  celebration 
(sollemnitas,    sollempnitas ) 

solemnitates ,  f.  pi.:  solemni- 
ties, the  most  important 
feast  days  in  the  church 
calendar,  such  as  Christmas 
and  Easter,  (sollempni- 
tates ) 

solemniter,  adv.:  solemnly, 
duly    (solempniter) 

soleo,  solere,  solitus  sum 
(semi-dep.  2):  be  accus- 
tomed 

solidus,  solidi,  m. :  shilling, 
gold  coin,    ducat 

soldus  turonensium:  a  shilling 
of  Tours  (a  French  royal 
currency) 

solus,  sola,  solum:  alone, 
single  (gen.  sing.:  solius; 
dat.    sing. :    soli) 

solvo,  solvere,  solvi,  solutum 
(3):    pay 

soror,    sororis,    f.:    sister 

soror  consanguinea :  stepsister 
(same   father) 

soror  uterina:  stepsister 
(same  mother) 

sororius,  sororii,  m.  :  broth- 
er-in-law (sister's  hus- 
band) 

spargo,  spargere,  sparsi, 
sparsum    ( 3 ) :    scatter 


405 


spatium,  spatii,  n.:  space, 
place    (spacium) 

spes ,    spei ,    f . :    hope 

spiritus,  spiritus,  m. :  spir- 
it,   breath 

Spiritus  Sanctus:  the  Holy 
Spirit 

sponsa,  sponsae  (sponse),  f.: 
bride,    betrothed 

sponsus ,  sponsi,  m. :  groom, 
betrothed 

stannarius,  stannarii,  m. :  tin 
founder 

statim,    adv. :    immediately 

static,  stationis,  f.:  sta- 
tion,   place   of    abode 

statue,  statuere,  statui , 
statutum  (3):  appoint, 
ordain,    decide 

status,  status,  m.:  state, 
condition,  status,  invento- 
ry,   legal   property  rights 

status  animarum:  An  annual 
report  submitted  to  the 
ordinary  of  a  diocese,  or 
another  ecclesiastical 
unit,  by  the  parish  priest 
on  the  size  of  the  parish, 
number  of  members ,  etc .  In 
certain  parishes,  this 
report  included  the  names 
of  family  heads,  their 
wives,  children,  and, 
sometimes,  their  parents 
and   grandparents. 

stipendium,  stipendii,  n.: 
wages ,    stipend 

stipulans,  stipulantis,  m. : 
legal  stipulant  (i.e.,  one 
of  the  parties  involved  in 
a   legal   contract) 

stipulatio,  stipulationis ,  f.: 
oral  (legal)  agreement  in 
Roman   law 

stirps,  stirpis,  f.:  clan, 
tribe ,    group 

sto,  stare,  steti ,  staturus 
(irregular  1):  stand, 
standby,    assist 

stomachus ,  stomachi ,  m.  : 
stomach 


strenuus ,     strenua,     strenuum: 

honorable     (for    nobility), 

active,    vigorous,    strenuous 
studeo,    studere ,    studui    (2): 

be   eager   for,    desire,    study 

(+   dat. ) 
studiosus,       studiosi,      m.: 

student 
studium,  studii,  n.  : 

eagerness,    interest,     zeal, 

study 
stupratus ,     stuprata ,     stupra- 

tum:     pregnant    out    of    wed- 
lock 
stupratus,       stuprati ,      m.: 

father    of    an    illegitimate 

child 
suada ,     suadae     ( suade ) ,     f.: 

persuasion 
sub,     prep.     +    abl.     or    ace.: 

under,    beneath,    below 
subito,    adv. :    suddenly 
subscribe,     sxibscribere ,     sub- 

scripsi,     subscriptvun    (3): 

write  below,    undersign 
subscriptus,        subscripta, 

subscriptum,     perf.     pass. 

part,    of    subscribe:    under- 
signed,   written   below 
subsigne,    subsignare,    sxibsig- 

navi ,    subsignatum   ( 1 ) :    mark 

or   sign   below 
siibulcus,    subulci,    m.  :    swine- 
herd 
successer,     successeris,     m.: 

successor 
suffragium,     suffragii,     n.: 

prayer 
sum,    esse,    fui,    futurus:    be 
summa,     summae     ( summe ) ,     f.: 

sum,    highest  point 
summus,    summa,    siimmum:    highest 
(superlative     of     superus: 

upper,    higher,    high) 
sume,    sumere,    sumpsi,    sumptum 
(3):      take     down,     chose, 

obtain 
super,    prep.     +    abl    +    ace: 

above ,    over 
superius ,    adv . :    above 
superstes ,    superstitis ,    adj . : 

surviving,    still   living 


406 


suppleo,  supplere,  supplevi , 
suppletum  (2):  complete, 
finish,    fill   up,    make   good 

supra,  adv.  &  prep.  +  ace: 
above,    beyond,    before 

supradictus,  supradicta, 
supradictum:    above   said 

supranominatus ,  supranominata , 
supranominatum:    above   named 

suprascriptus ,  suprascripta, 
suprascriptum:  above  writ- 
ten 

suscipio,  suscipere,  suscepi, 
susceptum  (3):  undertake, 
take  up,  raise,  raise  up, 
lift  up,  raise  from  the 
baptismal  font  (i.e.,  act 
as   a   godparent) 

susceptor,  susceptoris,  m.: 
godparent    (male) 

susceptores,  m.  pi.:  godpar- 
ents 

susceptrix,  susceptricis ,  f.: 
godparent    (female) 

sustineo ,  sustinere ,  sustinui , 
sustentum  (2):  support, 
sustain 

sutor,  sutoris,  m. :  cobbler, 
shoemaker 

suus ,  sua,  suum,  reflexive 
adj.  &  pronoun:  his,  her, 
its   own,    their   own 

synax,  synacis,  f.:  communion, 
the  eucharist,  the  sacra- 
ment   (Greek) 

synodus ,  synodi ,  m.:  synod 
(Greek);  a  periodic  meeting 
of  officials  principally  to 
deal  with  administrative 
affairs. 


tabellarius,    tabellarii,    m. : 

messenger 
tabellio,      tabellionis,     m.: 

notary,    scribe 
taberna,     tabernae    (taberne), 

f  .  :    tavern ,    inn 
tabemaculum,    tabernaculi,    n.: 

tent,    dwelling  place,    place 
where   the   sacrament   is   kept 


taceo,    tacere,    tacui ,    taciturn 

(2):     be    silent,     say    noth- 
ing,   be    still,    be   quiet 

taedet,  impersonal  verb:  it 
disgusts  (me,  etc.),  I, 
etc. ,    am  disgusted 

talis,  tale,  adj.:  such,  of 
such   a   kind 

tarn,    adv.:    so,    thus 

tarn  .  .  .  quam:  so  .  .  .as, 
as  .  .  .  as ,  both  .  .  .  and 

tamen,  adv. :  nevertheless 

tcuidem,  adv.  :  at  last,  finally 

tantum,  adv. :  only 

tantus ,  tanta ,  tantum:  so 
much,    so   great,    as    much    as 

tector,    tectoris,    m. :    roofer 

tectum,    tecti ,    n.:    roof 

tegularius,  tegularii,  m.: 
brick   maker 

telatextor,  telatextoris ,  m.  : 
linen  weaver 

teleonarius,  teleonarii,  m. : 
tax  collector 

tellus,    telluris,    f.:    earth 

tempus,  temporis,  n. :  time;  eo 
tempore:  at  this  time;  illo 
tempore:  at  that  time;  pro 
tempore:  for  (during)  the 
time,  temporary;  nunc 
temporis:  of  the  present 
time;  tunc  temporis:  of  the 
former   time; 

tempus  clausum:  literally:  a 
closed  time;  a  certain  time 
or  times  of  the  year  during 
which  marriages  were  not 
performed.  These  were 
generally  periods  of  pen- 
ance  or   solemn   worship. 

tenementum,  tenementi ,  n.: 
holding,  territory,  juris- 
diction, feudal  territory, 
land   tenure 

teneo ,  tenere ,  tenui ,  tentum 
( 2) :    have,    hold 

ter,    adv.:    three   times,    thrice 

terminus,  termini,  m.:  end, 
boundary,    limit 

terni ,  ternae,  terna ,  pi.: 
three   each 

terra,  terrae  ( terre ) ,  f.: 
land,    earth 


407 


testamentum,  testament!,  n.: 

will,  testament  (in  England 

often  listing  only  personal 

property,  not  land) 
testator,  testatoris,  m . : 

testator,    one  who   is   making 

a  will 
testatrix,    testatricis,    f.:    a 

female  testator 
testis,     testis,     m.     or     f . : 

witness 
testor,    testari,    testatus    sum 

(dep.    1):    witness    (verb) 
textor,    textoris,    m. :    weaver 
textus ,     textus ,     m.:     text, 

document,    charter 
thesaurus,       thesauri,       m.: 

treasury,      store     house, 

treasure   house    (Greek) 
timeo,    timere,    timui    (2):    fear 
tinctor,    tinctoris,    m. :    dyer 
tinctus,     tincta,     tinctum: 

dipped,    baptized 
toga,    togae,    f.:    cloak,    gown, 

outer    garment,     dressing 

gown 
tensor ,    tonsoris ,    m . :    barber 
tot,     indeclinable     adj . :     so 

many,    as  many 
totiens,    adv.:    so   often 
totus ,     tota,     totum:     whole, 

entire    (gen.    sing:    totius; 

dat.    sing. :    toti) 
trado,       tradere,       tradidi , 

traditum   ( 3 ) :    give  up ,    hand 

over,    deliver 
trans,    prep.    +  ace:    across 
transeo,     transire,     transii, 

transitum   ( irregular   4 ) :    go 

over,    cross,    pass   over 
transfero,    transferre,    trans- 

tuli,    translatum   (irregular 

3):    bring   across,    transfer 
tremendus ,     tremenda ,     tremen- 

dum:     fearful,     dreadful, 

terrible,    tremendous 
tribulatio ,    tribulationis ,    f . : 

suffering,     tribulation, 

affliction 
triduum,    tridui,    n.:    three   day 

period 


trigemini ,  trigeminorum,  m. 

pi . :  triplets 

trinitas,  trinitatis,  f.:  the 
Holy  Trinity 

triplex,  triplicis,  adj . : 
triple 

tripulus,  tripula,  tripulum: 
triple 

tritavia,  tritaviae 

( tr itavie )  ,  f  .  : 

great-great-great-great 
grandmother 

tritavus ,    tritavi,    m. :    great- 
great-great-great- 
grandfather 

tritor,  tritoris,  m. :  thresher 

turn,  adv. :  then 

tumulo,  tumulare,  tumulavi, 
tumulatum    ( 1 ) :    bury 

tumulus,  tumuli,  m.:  tomb, 
burial   mound 

tunc,    adv. :    then 

tutela,  tutelae  (tutele),  f.: 
guardianship;  sub  tutela: 
under  guardianship 

tutor,  tutoris,  m. :  guardian 

tuus ,  tua,  tuum,  possessive 
adj.  &  pronoun:  your  (sing. 
&  familiar) 


U 


ubi ,  adv . :  where ,  when 
libique,  adv.  :  everywhere 
ullus,  ulla,  ullum:  any  (gen. 
sing.:  ullius;  dat.  sing.: 
ullius) 
ultimus,  ultima,  ultimum:  last 
ultra,  prep.  +  ace:  beyond 
ultra,  adv.:  more  than,  beyond 
umquam,  adv.:  ever 
una,  adv. :  together 
una  cum:  together  with 
una  mecum:  together  with  me 
unctio,  unctionis,  f.:  anoint- 
ing, unction 
unctio  extrema:  extreme  unc- 
tion (The  anointing  of  the 
sick  with  holy  oil  as  part 
of  the  last  sacraments  or 
rites  for  the  dying. ) 
unda ,  undae  ( vinde )  ,  f  .  :  wave 
unda  baptismata:  baptism 


408 


unde,  adv.:  wherefore,  where- 
upon 
unicus  unica,  unicum:  unique, 

one  of  a  kind 
unigena,  unigenae  (unigene), 

f.:  only  born  (daughter) 
unigenitus ,  unigenita , 

unigenitum:   only  born 

(adj.) 
unigenitus,  unigeniti,  m.: 

only   born   (son);   when 

applied  to  Jesus  Christ  in 

Christian  theology,  the 

only  begotten  of  God 
universalis,    universale: 

universal,  all 
universus ,  universa,  univer- 

sum:  all,  whole,  entire 
unus ,  una,  unum:  one,  a,  an 

(gen.  sing.:  unius;  dat. 

sing. :    uni) 
usque ,    adv .    &   prep .    +   ace . :    as 

far    as,     all    the    way    (up) 

to,  until 
usus,  usus,  in.:  use 
usufructus,  usufructus,  m. : 

usufruct  (use  of  the  land 

but  not  ownership;  also, 

the  right  to  the  products 

of  the  land. ) 
ut,  adv.  &  conj . :  as,  that, 

therewith 
ut  infra:  as  below 
ut  supra:  as  above 
utencilium,  utencilii,  n.: 

utensil,    appurtenance 

(utens ilium) 
uter,  utra,  utrum:  which  (of 

two;  gen.  sing.:  utrius; 

dat.  sing.:  utri) 
uterque ,  utraque ,  utrumque : 

each  of  two,  both 
uterus,  uteri,  m. :  womb,  belly 
utilis,  utile,  adj.:  useful 
utilitas,  utilitatis,  f.: 

benefit,  utility,  advantage 
utinam,  conj.:  if  only,  would 

that 
utor,  uti,  usus  sum;  (dep.  3): 

use,  enjoy,  experience  (+ 

abl.  ) 
utpote,  adv.:  as  if,  inasmuch 

as,  seeing  that 
uxor,  uxoris,  f.:  wife 


uxoratus ,  uxorata ,  uxoratum: 

married 


vacca,    vaccae    (vacce) ,    f.:    cow 
vacuus,    vacuae,    vacuum:    empty 
vade  mecum:  handbook 

(literally:    go   with   me) 
vagabundus ,     vagabundi ,     m.: 

vagabond,    tramp,    wanderer 
vago ,    vagare ,    vagavi ,    vagatum 

( 1 ) :    wander 
valeo,    valere,    valui    (2):    be 

well,    farewell 
vallatum,     vallati,     n.:     sur- 
rounding wall 
validus,     valida,     validum: 

valid,    effective 
variolae,    variolarum,     f.    pi.: 

smallpox,    pox 
vasa,       vasorum,        n.        pi.: 

equipment,  utensils, 

receptacles,    war  materials 
vassus,     vassi,     m.:     servant, 

vassal 
vastus,    vasta,    vastum:    empty, 

deserted,    vast 
vector,    vectoris,    m.  :    carter, 

driver,    wagoner 
veho,     vehere,     vexi ,     vectum 

(  3  )  :    carry 
vel,    conj . :    or 

vel    .     .    .    vel:    either    ...    or 
velut,    adv.:    just   as,    even   as 
venator,    venatoris,    m. :    hunter 
venditio,     venditionis,      f.: 

sale    (vendicio) 
vendo,      vendere,      vendidi, 

venditum    (3):    sell 
venio,    venire,    veni,     ventum 

( 4 ) :    come 
venter,     ventris,     m.:     womb, 

belly 
ver,    veris,    n.:    spring 
verbum,    verbi,    n.:    word 
vere,    adv.:    truly,    rightly,    in 

truth 
Veritas ,    veritatis ,    f . :    truth 
vernus,    vema,    vernum:    spring- 
like,   vernal 


409 


vero,    truly 

verto,  vertere,  versi,  versum 
(3):    turn,    direct 

verus,    vera,    verum:    true 

versus,  adv.  &  prep.  +  ace: 
toward,  in  the  direction 
of,    facing 

vespere,    adv. :    in   the   evening 

vespertinus,  vespertina, 
vespertinum:  evening  (as  an 
adjective)  of,  or  relating 
to,    the   evening 

vespillo,  vespillonis,  m .  : 
grave   digger 

vaster,  vestra,  vestrum, 
possessive  adj.  &  pronoun: 
your    (plural   &   polite) 

vestis,  vestis,  f.:  vestment, 
clothing 

vestigium,  vestigii,  n.: 
footstep,    footprint 

vestura,  vesturae  (vesture), 
f . :    crop 

vetula,  vetulae  (vetule) ,  f.: 
old  woman 

vetus,    veteris,    adj . :    old 

via,    viae    (vie),    f.:    road,    way 

viaticum,  viatici,  n.:  commun- 
ion given  to  someone  in 
imminent  danger  of  death  or 
to  soldiers  prior  to  bat- 
tle; this  can  be  given 
prior  to  extreme  unction  as 
part  of  the  last  sacraments 
or   rites. 

vicaritus,  vicaritus,  m.: 
vicarate  or  vicariate,  the 
office  and  jurisdiction  of 
a  vicar 

vicarius,  vicarii,  m.:  a 
representative,  one  takes 
another's   place; 

vice,  vicem,  vices,  adv.:  for 
the   sake   of,    in   place   of 

vicinia,  viciniae  (vicine), 
f . :    neighborhood 

vicinus,    vicini,    m. :    neighbor 

vicis  (gen.  sing.;  nom.  is 
omitted  in  cl.  Latin; 
vicem:  ace.  sing,  vice: 
abl.  sing.):  change,  time, 
in  turn,    alternately 


vicus,    vici,    m. :    village 

videlicet,    adv. :    namely 

video,  videre,  vidi ,  visum 
(2) :    see 

videor,  videri,  visus  sum 
(dep.    2 ) :    seem 

videtur,  impersonal  verb:  it 
seems 

vidua,  viduae  (vidue) ,  f . : 
widow 

viduus,    vidui,    m. :    widower 

vietor,    vietoris,    m. :    cooper 

vigilia  vigiliae:  The  day 
before  a  feast  day,  during 
which  acts  such  a  fasting 
or  penance  are  undertaken 
in  preparation  for  the 
feast. 

vilis,  vile,  adj.:  cheap, 
worthless,    vile 

vilissimus,  vilissima,  vilis- 
simum:  most  vile,  most 
worthless 

villa,  villae  (ville),  f.: 
village,    villa,    town 

villanus,  villani,  m. :  villag- 
er,   villein 

vinarium,  vinarii,  n.  : 
vineyard 

vinarius,  vinarii,  m.:  wine 
merchant 

vinco,  vincere,  vici,  victum 
(  3  )  :    conquer 

vinculum,  vinculi,  n.:  bond, 
chain 

vinea,  vineae  (vinee),  f.: 
vineyard 

vinum,    vini,    n. :    wine 

vir,    viri,    m. :    man 

virgo,  virginis,  f.:  virgin 

viridis,  viride,  adj.  green 

virtuosus,  virtuosa,  virtuo- 
sum,  adj.:  upright,  honora- 
ble 

virtus,  virtutis,  f.: 
strength,  virtue 

vis,  vis,  f.:  power;  pi. 
vires,  etc.:  strength 

vita,  vitae  (vite) ,  f.:  life 

vitriarius,  vitriarii,  m.: 
glass  maker 

vitricus,  vitrici,  m.  :  stepfa- 
ther 


410 


vitulus,     vituli,     m . :     calf 

(vitulius) 
vivo,     vivere,     vixi,     victum 

(3):    live,    be   alive 

vix,    adv. :    scarcely 

voco ,  vocare ,  vocavi ,  vocatum 
(1):    call 

volo,  velle,  volui  (irregular 
3 ) :    wish,    want 

voluntas,  voluntatis,  f.:  will 
(individual  will);  in 
England,  a  will  involving 
real  estate  as  opposed  to 
chattel    or   personalty   only. 

vos,    pronoun:    you    (pi.) 

votum,  voti,  n. :  vow 

vox,  vocis,  f.:  voice 

vulgo,  adv. :  commonly,  gener- 
ally 

vulgus ,  vulgi ,  m. :  common 
people,    public 


vulnus,    vulneris,    n.:    a   wound 
vultus,     vultus,     m. :     face, 
countenance 


w 


warecta,  warectae  (warecte), 

f.:  land  lying  fallow 


xenodochium,  xenodochii,  n.: 

hospital,  senior  citizens 
center,  hostel  (Greek) 


zona,  zonae  (zone),  f. 

die,  belt  (Greek) 


gir- 


411 


ABBREVIATIONS 


Abbreviation 

aet. 

an. 

A.C. 

ace. 

A.D. 


h.m. 

hebdom. 

her. 

hon. 


ibid, 
i.e. 


Latin 

aetas  ( aetatis ) 
annus  ( anno ) 
Anno  Christi 
acatholicus/a 
Anno  Domini 


a.q.i.C. 

anima  guiescat  in 

Christo 

arm. 

armiger 

B.A. 

Bacc  a 1 aureus 

Artium 

B.M.V. 

Beatae  Mariae 

Virginis 

c. 

centum 

ca. 

circa 

Chro.  (Xro) 

Christo 

cf . 

confer 

com. 

comitatus  ( comitatu ) 

D.  (d.) 

Dominus  ( Domino ) 

D.  ph. 

Doctor  philosophiae 

dat. 

datvim 

dno. 

domino 

d.s.p. 

decessit  sine  prole 

dr. 

doctor 

dux. 

duxit  ( duxit 

matrimonium) 

ecce. 

ecclesia  (ecclesiae) 

e.g. 

exempli  gratia 

ex  cath. 

ex  cathedra 

fam. 

familia 

fil. 

filius,  filia 

glor .  mem . 

gloriosae  memoriae 

G.  &  P. 

Gratiam  et  Pacem 

h. 

hora 

h.a. 

hoc  anno,  huius  anni 

hoc  mense,  huius  mensis 

hebdomada  ( hebdomas ) 

heres 

honestus ,  honesta , 

honoris ,  honorem 

ibidem 
id  est 


English 

age  ( of  age ) 

year  (in  the  year) 

in  the  year  of  Christ 

non-Catholic 

in  the  year  of  the 

( our )  Lord 
may  his/her  soul  rest 

in  Christ 
squire,  esquire 
Bachelor  of  Arts 

of  the  Blessed  Virgin 

Mary 
one  hundred 
about,  approximately 
in  Christ 
compare 

county  (in  the  county) 
The  Lord;  by,  from, 

with,  etc.,  the  Lord 
Doctor  of  Philosophy 
given 
by,  from,  with,  etc., 

the  Lord 
died  without  issue 
doctor 
he  led  (into  marriage, 

i.e.,  he  married) 
the  church,  of /from 

the  church 
for  example 
from  the  throne 
family 

son ,  daughter 
of  glorious  memory 
Grace  &  Peace 

(ace.  case) 
hour 
in  this  year,  of 

this  year 
in  this  month, 

of  this  month 
week 
heir 

upright,  honest,  of 
honor ,  honor 

(ace.  case) 
in  the  same  place 
that  is 


412 


Abbreviation 

Latin 

i.f. 

in  fidem,  in  fine, 

ipso  facto 

I.N.D. 

In  Nomine  Dei /Domini 

I. N.D.N. 

In  Nomine  Domini  Nostri 

I.N.S.T. 

In  Nomine  Sanctae 

Trinitatis 

it. 

item 

jun. 

junior 

juv. 

j  uvenis 

Iv. 

levantes ,  levatores 

m. 

magister 

M.A. 

Magister  Artium 

mat.. 

mater ,  matema ,  matrina 

max. 

maximus 

M.D. 

Medicinae  Doctor 

mor. 

moralis,  morbus,  morbo 

mort. 

mortuus ,  mortua 

mut.  mut. 

mutatis  mutcindis 

n. 

non 

N.B. 

nota  bene 

nc. 

nunc 

n.n. 

nomen  nescio 

nome. 

nomine 

not. 

notandum ,  notatum 

Ob. 

obiit 

o.m.s. 

omnibus  moribundorum 

sacramentis 

ob.s.p. 

obiit  sine  prole 

par. 

parentes ,  parochus 

p.m. 

pontifex  maximus 

p.m. 

post  meridiem 

pomer . 

pomeridiana 

( postmer  idicina ) 

pomerid. 

see  above 

P.S. 

Post  Scriptum 

qz 

que 

q.e.d. 


(id)  quod  erat 
demonstreindum 


English 

in  faith,  at  the  end, 
by  the  fact  itself 
in  the  name  of  God/ 

of  the  Lord 
in  the  name  of  our 

Lord 
in  the  name  of  the 

Holy  Trinity 
likewise,  again,  item 
junior 

young  man,  bachelor 
godparents 
teacher,  master 
Master  of  Arts 
mother,  maternal, 

godmother 
largest 

Doctor  of  Medicine 
moral,  disease,  by, 

from,  with,  etc. 
disease 

dead  (male  or  female) 
the  things  to  be 

changed  having 

been  changed 
not,  no 
note  well 
now 
name  unknown 

( I  do  not  know 
the  name ) 
in  the  name  (of) 
a  thing  to  be  noted, 

a  thing  noted 
died 
with  all  of  the 

sacraments  of  the 

dead  (provided) 
died  without  issue 
parents,  pirest 
chief  priest  (a  title  of 

of  the  pope ) 
after  noon 
afternoon 


postscript 

and  (enclitic  attached 

to  another  word) 
(that)  which  was  to  be 

demonstrated 


413 


Abbreviation 

r, 

.d. 

r. 

,d. 

p. 

R. 

.1. 

P. 

r. 

,r. 

s. 

•  d. 

,n. 

s.p. 

s.p. 
s.p. 1. 

stupr . 

suscept . 

ut  sup. 

ux. 

V.  (vid. ) 

verb .  sap . 

viz. 

X  (Xtus) 


Latin 

reverendus  dominus, 
reverendo  domino 

reverendus  dominus 

pater 
requiescat  in  pace 

(in  pacem) 
reverendissimus 

sanctissimus  dominus 

noster 
scuictissimus  pater 

sine  prole 

sine  prole  legitima 

stuprata 

susceptores 

ut  supra 

uxor 

vide 

verbxam  sapientibus 

videlicet 

Christus 


English 

reverend  lord,  by, 
with,  from,  etc.  the 

reverend  lord 
the  reverend  lord 

father 
may  he/she  rest  in 

peace! 
the  most  reverend 

(right  reverend) 
our  most  holy  lord 

most  holy  father 
(i.e. ,  the  pope ) 

without  issue 

without  legitimate 
issue 

ravished,  defiled 

godparents 

as  above 

wife 

see 

a  word  to  the  wise 

namely 

Christ 


414 


SELECTED  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Grammars 


Allen,  Joseph  and  Greenough,  James  B.   New  Ijatin  Granmar  for 

Schools  and  Colleges.   Reprint  ed.   New  Rochelle,  New  York: 
Caratzas  Bros.,  1975;  from  the  1903  ed.   (classical  Latin 
grammar ) 

Betts,  Gavin.   Latin.   Teach  Yourself  Books.   Suffolk:  Hodder 
&  Stoughton,  1986.   (a  good  introduction  to  classical 
Latin  grammar) 

Blaise,  Albert.   Manuel  de  Latin  Chretien.   Turnhout:  Brepols, 
1986;  reprint  of  the  1955  ed. 
(a  handbook  of  ecclesiastical  Latin  grammar  and  vocabulary) 

Chase,  Alston  Kurd.   A  New  Introduction  to  Latin.   Wellesly 
Hills,  Mass.:  Independent  School  Press,  1969. 
(a  good  review  of  classical  Latin  grammar) 

Colby,  John  K.   Review  Latin  Grammar.   New  York  and  London: 
Longman,  1971. 
(a  useful  review  of  the  basics  of  classical  Latin  grammar) 

Collins,  John  F.   A  Primer  of  Ecclesiastical  Latin.   Catholic 
University  of  America  Press,  1985. 

(An  extensive  grammar  based  upon  the  Christian  fathers  and 
the  Vulgate;  designed  for  Roman  Catholic  seminary  students, 
but  a  useful  supplement  to  classical  Latin  grammar.) 

Gildersleeve,  Basil  L.  and  Lodge,  Gonzales.   Gildersleeves  Latin 
Grammar.   Reprint  ed.   New  York:  St.  Martins,  1971;  from 
the  1894  ed.   (a  standard  reference  grammar  for  classical 
Latin) 

Goldman,  Norma  and  Nyenhuis,  Jacob.   Latin  via  Ovid:  A  First 
Coiirse.   Detroit:  Wayne  State  University  Press,  1982. 
(a  very  good  classical  Latin  grammar  based  upon  the  writings 
of  Ovid  [Publius  Ovidius  Naso,  43  B.C. -17  A.D.,  a  famous 
Roman  poet] ) 

Goldman,  Norma  and  Szymanski,  Ladislas.   English  Grammar  for 
Students  of  Latin.   Ann  Arbor,  Michigan:  The  Olivia  and 
Hill  Press,  Inc.,  1983.   (reviews  English  grammar  and 
provides  a 'Latin  example  of  each  point) 

Gooder  Eileen  A.   Latin  for  Local  History.   2nd  ed.   London 

&'New  York:  Longmans,  1978.   (based  upon  sources  pertaining 
to  English  local  history,  medieval  period;  brief  paleographic 
note  in  the  second  edition.) 


415 


Jensen,  C.  Russell.   A  Later  Medieval  Latin  Grammar:  Based  upon 
Wills,  Land  and  Court  Records,  and  other  Documents  of 
Interest  to  Family  and  Local  Historians.   Salt  Lake  City: 
Vita  Nova  Books,  P.O.  Box  520546,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84152 
( forthcoming ) 

.   Latin  for  Family  Historians  and  Genealogists.   Brigham 

Young  University.  Department  of  Independent  Study.  206 
Harman  Continuing  Education  Building.  Provo,  Utah  84602 
(correspondence  study  course) 

.   Parish  Register  Latin:  An  Introduction.   Salt  Lake  City: 

Vita  Nova  Books,  P.O.  Box  520546,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84152, 
1988.   Revised  ed.  1991. 

Lowe,  J.  E.   Church  Latin  for  Beginners.   London:  Barnes,  Oates 
&  Washburne,  19  30. 

McLaughlin,  Eve.   Simple  Latin  for  Family  Historians.   Birmingham: 
Federation  of  Family  History  Societies,  1979. 

Nunn,  H.  P.  V.   An  Introduction  to  Ecclesiastical  Latin.   Cambridge: 
At  the  University  Press,  1927. 

Plater,  William.   A  Grammar  of  the  Vulgate.   Oxford:  At  the 
Clarendon  Press,  1926. 

(as  the  title  suggests,  based  upon  the  Vulgate,  but  very 
useful  for  ecclesiastical  Latin  grammar  and  vocabulary; 
apparently  out  of  print) 

Temple,  Robin  Edgel.   Latin  for  Genealogical  Research:  A  Primer 

for  Record  Latin.   Masters  Thesis,  Brigham  Young  University, 
1977. 

Ullman,  B.  L.  et  al.   Latin  for  Americans:  First  Book.   New  York: 
The  Macmillan  Co.,  1962.   (a  high  school  Latin  text  which 
introduces  the  student  to  Latin  grammar  and  vocabulary  slowly, 
carefully,  and  enjoyably) 

.   Latin  for  Americans:  Second  Book.   New  York:  The  Macmillan 

Co.,  1962.   (a  continuation  of  the  first  volume;  reviews 

and  completes  basic  Latin  grammar  then  proceeds  to  a  condensed 

version  of  Caesar's  De  Bello  Gallico  [the  Gallic  Wars] . ) 

Wheelock,  Frederic  M.   Latin:  An  Introductory  Course  Based  on 

Ancient  Authors.   New  York:  Barnes  &  Noble,  many  editions, 
(perhaps  the  standard  introduction  to  classical  Latin  grammar) 

B.  Dictionaries,  Glossaries,  and  Lexica 

Andre,  Jacques.   Dictionnaire  etymologique  de  la  langue  latxne: 

Histoire  des  mots.   4th  ed.  Paris:  Editions  Klincksieck,  1985. 
(a  dictionary  of  Latin  word  origins;  Latin-French) 


416 


Baxter,  J.H.   Medieval  Latin  Word-List  from  British  and  Irish  Sources. 

London:  Oxford  University  Press,  n.d. 

Blaise,  Albert.   Lexicon  Latinitatis  Medii  Aevi  praesertim  ad 
res  ecclesiasticas  investigandas  pertinens.   Turnhout: 
Brepols,  1975. 

(a  dictionary  of  medieval  Latin  with  an  ecclesiastical 
emphasis;  Latin-French) 

Bumpus ,  John  S .   A  Dictionary  of  Ecclesiastical  Terms .   London : 

T.  Werner  Laurie,  1910;  reprint  ed.   Gale  Research  Co.,  1969. 

Chevin,  M.   Dictionnaire  Latin-Fran^ais  des  noms  propres  de  lieux. 

Paris,  1887.   (Latin-French  dictionary  of  place  names; 
ecclesiastical  emphasis) 

Corradini,  Francisco,  ed.   Lexicon  Totius  Latinitatis.   4  Vols. 
Padua:  Typis  Seminarii,  1864-1887. 

(mainly  classical  Latin  usages;  entry  explanations  also  in 
Latin) 

Dahmus ,  Joseph.   Dictionary  of  Medieval  Civilization.   New  York: 
Macmillan,  1984. 

DuCange,  Charles  du  Fresne.   Glossarium  Mediae  et  Infinae 
Latinitatis.   6  Vols.   Paris,  1844. 

(a  medieval  Latin  glossary  covering  largely  French  usages, 
entry  explanations  in  Latin  and,  occasionaly  French) 

Egger,  Carl.   Lexicon  Nominum  Locorum.   Civitas  Vaticana: 

Officia  Libraria  Vaticana,  1977.  (a  lexicon  of  place  names, 
rather  brief) 

Lexicon  Nominum  Virorum  et  Mulierum.   2nd  ed.   Rome: 
Societas  Libraria  "Studium,"  1963. 

(a  lexicon  of  Latinized  given  names  with  Italian,  Spanish, 
French,  German,  and  English  equivalents) 

Ellis,  William,  ed.   Ainsworth's  Latin  Dictionary.   Reprinted 
from  the  Folio  Edition  of  1752.   With  Numerous  Additions, 
Emendations,  and  Improvements  by  Rev.  B.W.  Beatson.   London: 
Frederick  Westley  and  A.H.  Davis,  1886. 
(English-Latin,  Latin-English,  classical  emphasis) 

Graesse,  Benedict,  Plechel.   Orbis  Latinus:  Lexikon  lateinischer 
geographischer  Namen.   3  vols.  Braunschweig:  Klinkhardt  & 
Bierman,  1971. 
(an  extensive  lexicon  of  Latin  geographic  names;  Latin-German) 

Habel,  E.  and  Groebel,  F.   Mittellateinisches  Glossar.   Paderborn: 
Gerdinand  Schoeningh,  n.d. 
(a  glossary  of  medieval  Latin;  Latin-German) 


417 


Lachat,  P.   "Lateinische  Bezeichnungen  in  alten  Kirchenbuechern. " 
Der  Schweizer  Familienforscher ,  XXIV  (1957):  65-86. 
(a  survey  of  Latin  terms  found  in  Swiss  parish  registers; 
text  in  German) 

Lampe,  Karl,  et  al.   Latein  I  fuer  den  Sippenforscher.   2nd  ed. 

Limburg/Lahn :  C.  A.  Starke,  1965. 

(Latin  with  emphasis  upon  parish  register  and  genealogical 
vocabulary;  Latin-German) 

.   Latein  II  fuer  den  Sippenforscher.   2nd  ed.   Limburg/Lahn: 

C.  A.  Starke,  1965. 

(occupations,  geographical  and  place  names;  Latin-German) 

Latham,  R.  E. ,  ed.   Dictionary  of  Medieval  Latin  from  British 
Soiirces.   Fasicule  I,  A-B,  Fasicule  II,  C,  Fasicule  III, 
D-E,  Fasicule  IV,  F-H.  London:  Published  by  the  British 
Academy  by  Oxford  University  Press,  1975-1989. 

.   Revised  Medieval  Latin  Word  List  from  British  and  Irish 

Sources.   London:  Oxford  University  Press,  1965;  reprinted  1973 

Lewis,  Charleton  T.   An  Elementary  Latin  Dictionairy.   London: 
Oxford  University  Press  (many  editions) 
(classical  Latin) 

Mittellateinisches  Woerterbuch  bis  zum  ausgehenden  13,  i.e., 
dreizehnten  Jahrhundert .   Munich:  Beck,  1967. 
(medieval  Latin  dictionary  covering  usages  through  the 
thirteenth  century;  Latin-German) 

Morris,  Janet.   A  Latin  Glossary  for  Family  and  Local  Historians. 

Birmingham:  Federation  of  Family  History  Societies,  1989. 

Niermeyer,  Jan  Frederick.   Mediae  Latinitatis  Lexicon  Minus. 
Leiden:  E.  J.  Brill,  1976. 

(medieval  Latin,  principally  from  French  and  Belgian  areas; 
Latin-French-English) 

The  Oxford  Latin  Dictionary.   4  Vols.   London:  Oxford  University 
Press,  1968-1982. 
(classical  Latin) 

Purvis,  J.  S.   Dictionary  of  Ecclesiastical  Terms.   London: 
Thomas  Nelson  &  Sons,  1962. 

Richards,  George  C.   A  Concise  Dictionary  to  the  Vulgate  New 
Testament.   London:  Samuel  Bagster  &  Sons,  1934. 
(useful  background  for  ecclesiastical  Latin;  apparently 
out  of  print) 

Simpson,  D.  P.   Cassell's  New  Latin  Dictionary.   New  York: 
Funk  &  Wagnalls,  many  editions, 
(classical  Latin) 

418 


Sleumer,  Albert.   Kirchenlateinisches  Woerterburch .   Limburg/Lahn : 
Gebrueder  Steffen,  1926.   (a  dictionary  of  ecclesiastical 
Latin;  Latin-German;  possibly  out  of  print) 

Souter,  Alexander,  comp.   A  Glossary  of  Later  Latin  to  600  A.D. 

Oxford:  At  the  Clarendon  Press,  1964. 

Simpson,  Elizabeth.   Latin  Word-List  for  Family  Historiems. 

(no  publisher  or  publishing  date  provided) 

Traupman,  John  C.   The  New  College  Latin  and  English  Dictionary. 

New  York:  Bantam  Books,  1966. 

(a  good,  inexpensive  paperback  dictionary  of  classical  Latin) 

Treixler,  Gustav.   "Latein  in  Kirchenmatriken. "   Sudetendeutsche 
Familienforschung,  I-III,  V  (1928-1932):  I,  25-29,  60-61, 
127-129,  175;  II,  12-13,  III,  15-16;  V,  30,  105. 
(A  list  of  Latin  terms  freguently  encountered  in  the  parish 

registers  of  the  Sudetenland — now  part  of  Czechoslovakia. 

Text  in  German . ) 

C.  Paleography  and  Abbreviations 

Bischoff ,  Bernard.   Latin  Palaeography:  Antiquity  and  the  Middle 
Ages.   Trans.  Dahibhi  6  Croinin  &  David  Ganz .   Cambridge: 
Cambridge  University  Press,  1990. 
(a  very  good  introduction  to  the  subject) 

Boyle,  Leonard  P.   Medieval  Latin  Paleography:  A  Bibliographic 
Introduction.   Toronto:  University  of  Toronto  Press,  1984. 

Capelli,  A.   Dizionario  di  abbreviature  latine  ed  italiane.   Milan: 
Ulrico  Hoepli,  1967. 

(Perhaps  the  standard  work  on  Latin  abbreviations;  introduction 
in  Italian.   There  is,  however,  an  English  translation  of 
Capelli 's  introduction  available  under  the  following  title: 
The  Elements  of  Abbreviation  in  Medieval  Latin  Paleography. 
University  of  Kansas  Libraries,  1982.) 

Chassant,  L.  A.   Dictionnaire  des  abreviations  latxnes  et 
francaises.   New  York,  Georg  01m,  1970. 

Paleographie  des  chartes  et  des  manuscrits  de  Xle  au 
XVIIe  siecle.   Geneva:  Slatkin  Reprints,  197  2. 

Grun,  Paul  A.   Schuessel  zu  Alten  und  Neuen  Abkuerzungen .  Vol.  6: 
Grundriss  der  Genealogie.   Limburg/Lahn:  C.  A.  Starke,  1966. 
(abbreviations,  Latin  and  German;  introductory  text  in  German; 
very  useful  for  one  letter  abbreviations  such  as  d.s.p 
[decessit  sine  prole:  died  without  issue]) 

Hector,  L.  C.   The  Handwriting  of  English  Documents.   London: 
Edward  Arnold,  1958. 


419 


Jenkinson,  Hilary.   Later  Court  Hands  in  England  from  the 
Fifteenth  to  the  Seventeenth  Century.   London:  Oxford 
University  Press,  1960. 

Jensen,  C.  Russell.  Latin  Paleography:  An  Introduction.   Vita  Nova 
Books,  P.O.  Box  510546,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84152. 
(forthcoming) 

Johnson,  A.  F.   "The  Classification  of  Gothic  Types."   The  Libreiry, 
Vol.  IX,  Series  4  (1929):  357-380. 

Kopp,  Ulrich  Friedrich.   Lexicon  Tironianum.   Osnabrueck:  Otto  Zelle: 
1965.   (a  lexicon  of  the  Tironian  notes,  a  system  of  shorthand 
abbreviations  first  attributed  to  Cicero's  freeman  scribe  Tiro) 

Martin,  Charles  Trice.   The  Record  Interpreter:  A  Collection  of 

Abbreviations,  Latin  Words  and  Names  used  in  English  Historical 
Manuscripts  and  Records.   2nd  ed.   London:  Stevens  &  Sons,  1910 

Morison,  Stanley.  Politics  and  Script.  The  Lyell  Lectures,  1957. 
Ed.  and  compiled  by  Nicolas  Barker.  Oxford:  At  the  Clarendon 
Press,  1972. 

Parkes,  M.  B.   English  Cxirsive  Book  Hands,  1250-1500.   Oxford: 
At  the  Clarendon  Press,  1969. 

/  /   / 

Pelzer,  Auguste.   Abreviatxons  Latines  Medievales:  Supplement 

au  Dizionario  di   Abbreviature  Latine  ed  Italiane  de  Adriano 

Capelli.   2nd  ed.   Louvain:  Publications  Universitaires , 

1966. 

(a  supplement  to  Capelli 's  book  of  medieval  Latin 

abbreviations ,  based  largely  upon  documents  in  the  Vatican 

archives;  text  in  French) 

'       .  -         . 

Stiennon,  Jacques.   Paleographie  du  moyen  age.   Paris:  Armand 

Colin,  1973.   (medieval  Latin  paleography;  text  in  French) 

Sturm,  Heribert.   Unsere  Schrift:  Einfuehrung  in  die  Entwicklung 
ihrer  Stilformen.   Neustadt:  Degener  &  Co.,  1961. 
(An  introduction  to  German  paleography  which  includes  many 
examples  of  later  medieval  Latin  scripts.   Text  in  German.) 

Thompson ,  Edward  Maunde .   An  Introduction  to  Greek  and  Latin 
Paleography.   New  York:  Burt  Franklin,  1965;  reprint  ed. 

Thompson,  S.  Harrison.   Latin  Bookhands  of  the  Later  Middles  Ages 
1000-1500.   Cambridge:  Cambridge  University  Press,  1969. 

Traube,  Ludwig.   Nomina  Sacra.   Darmstadt:  Wissenschaf tliche 
Buchgesellschaft,  1967.   (a  reprint  of  Traube 's  famous 
collection  of  early  Christian  abbreviations;  from  the  190  3 
edition) 


420 


Wright,  Andrew.   Court-Hand  Restored,  or  the  Student's  Assistcint 
in  Reading  old  Deeds,  Charters,  Records,  etc.   London: 
Reeves  &  Turner,  1879. 

D.  Other  Useful  Works 

Amelotti ,  Mario  and  Costamanga ,  Giorgio.   Alle  Origini  del  notariato 
Italiano.   Studi  storici  sul  notariato  Italiano.   Vol.  II. 
Rome:  Consiglio  nazionale  de  notariator,  1975. 
(a  study  of  the  origins  of  Italian  notaries;  text  in  Italian) 

Auffroy,  H.   Evolution  du  Testament  en  France  des  origins  au 
Xllle  siecle.   Paris,  1899. 

(on  the  origins  of  the  will  in  France  from  the  beginning  to 
the  thirteenth  century;  text  in  French) 

Beeson,  Charles  H.   A  Primer  of  Medieval  Latin:  An  Anthology  of 
Prose  and  Poetry.   Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  19  25. 

Berger,  Adolf.   Encyclopedic  Dictionairy  of  Roman  Law.   Philadelphia: 
The  American  Philosophical  Society,  reprinted  1980. 
(useful  reference  for  legal  terms  encountered  in  medieval 
documents  such  as  notarial  records) 

Brezzi,  Paolo  and  Lee,  Egmont,  eds.   Sources  of  Social  History: 
Private  Acts  of  the  Late  Middle  Ages.  Toronto:  Pontifical 
Institute  of  Mediaeval  Studies,  1984. 

(contains  a  number  of  useful  articles  on  notarial  records  and 
marriage  contracts;  text  in  English,  Italian  or  French) 

Brinkmann,  Hermann.   Alte  und  Neue  Zeitrechnung.   Goerlitz:  C.  A. 
Starke,  1939. 

(ancient  and  modern  methods  for  determining  dates,  feast  days, 
etc . ;  text  in  German ) 

Brittain,  F.   Latin  in  Church:  The  History  of  its  Development. 

Alcuin  Club  Tracts  XXVIII,  London:  A.  R.  Mowbray  &  Co.,  1933, 
1955. 

Broc,  J.  et  al.   Testaments  provenc^aux  du  moyen  age:  Documents 

pale'ographiques .   Marseilles:  Institut  historique  de  Provence, 
n.d.   (photocopies  of  actual  wills  from  the  14th  and  15th 
centuries,  from  the  former  region  of  Provence;  includes  a 
Latin  transliteration  and  a  French  translation  of  each  will) 

Browne,  R.  A.   British  Latin:  Selections  A.D.  500-1400.   Oxford: 
Basil  Blackwell,  1954. 

Bukke,  Inger  M.  and  Thomsen,  Finn,  comp.   Feast  Day  Calendar  for 
Denmark,  Norway,  Sweden,  and  Protestant  Germany.   Bountiful, 
Utah:  Thomsen 's  Genealogical  Center,  1980. 

Cheney,  C.  R.  Handbook  of  Dates  for  Students  of  English  History. 

London:  Royal  Historical  Society,  1978. 

421 


Dewindt,  Edwin  B.   Land  and  People  in  Holywell-cmn-Needingworth: 
Structures  of  Teniire  and  Patterns  of  Social  Organization  in 
cin  East  Midlands  Village  1252-1457.   Toronto:  Pontifical 
Institute  of  Mediaeval  Studies,  1971. 
(Chapter  III  contains  some  very  interesting  information  on 

the  reconstitution  and  linkage  of  non-noble  families  using 

a  variety  of  later  medieval  sources.) 

Gibson,  J.  S.  W.   Wills  and  Where  to  Find  Them.   Sussex:  Phillimore 
&  Co.,  1974.   (contains  a  brief  glossary  of  important  legal 
terms ) 

Giry,  A.   Manuel  de  Diplomatique.   Reprint  ed.   New  York:  Burt 
Franklin,  1966;  from  the  1896  ed. 
(very  useful  for  Julian  and  Gregorian  calendars) 

Grotefend,  H.   Taschenbuch  der  Zeitrechnung  des  Deutschen 

Mittelalters  und  der  Neuzeit.   Hannover:  Verlag  Hahn'sche 
Buchhandlung,  1971. 

(a  handbook  of  dates,  calendars,  feast  and  saints'  days; 
text  in  German) 

Hammond,  Mason.   Latin:  A  Historical  and  Linguistic  Handbook. 

Cambridge:  Harvard  University  Press,  1976. 

Jensen,  C.  Russell.   The  Role  of  the  Notary  in  European  Family 
Life.   World  Conference  on  Records.   Salt  Lake  City,  1980. 

Lynch,  H.  Joseph.   Godparents  and  Kinship  in  Early  Medieval 
Europe.   Princeton:  Princeton  University  Press,  1986. 
(good  background  on  the  origin  and  development  of  godparents 
and  their  functions) 

Norberg,  Dag.   Manuel  pratxqiie  de  latin  medieval.   Paris;  Editions 
A.  &  J.  Picard,  1968. 
(a  manual  or  handbook  of  medieval  Latin,  rather  general) 

Pryor,  John  H.   Business  Contracts  of  Medieval  Provence:  Selected 

Notulae  from  the  Cartulary  of  Giraud  Amalric  of  Marseilles  1248 

Toronto:  Pontifical  Institute  of  Mediaeval  Studies,  1981. 
(contains  a  glossary  of  many  terms  found  in  notarial  contracts 

from  Provence,  as  well  as  a  number  of  transliterated  notarial 

contracts  redacted  by  Giraud  Amalric) 

Sheehan,  Michael  M.   The  Will  in  Medieval  England:  from  the 

Conversion  of  the  Anglo-Saxons  to  the  End  of  the  Thirteenth 
Centviry.   Toronto:  Pontifical  Institute  of  Mediaeval  Studies, 
1963. 

Strecker,  Karl.   An  Introduction  to  Medieval  Latin.   Dublin: 
Weidman,  1968. 


422 


INDEX 


Abbreviation  of  numbers,  24  3 
Abbreviation,  types  of 
Contraction,  240 

Examples  of,  240-241 
Stenographic  characters, 
240 

Examples  of,  242-243 
Suspension,  240 

Examples  of,  240-241 
Abbreviations 

Key  to  those  used  in  this 
book ,  XX 

One  or  more  letters  with 
a  period,  416-418 
Ablative,  see  Case 
Accents ,  xi 
Accusative,  see  Case 
Adjectives 

Agreement  with  nouns,  16 
Attributive,  16 
Comparison  of,  164-166, 
338 

Declension  of  the 
comparative,  3  39 
Defined,  xiv,  16 
Demonstrative,  158 
First  and  second  declension 
adjectives:  declension  of, 
17,  336 

Irregular  first  and  second 
declension  adjectives 

Declension  of,  18,  336 
Listed  in  dictionaries,  17 
Possessive,  157 
Predicate  adjectives,  16 
Third  declension  adjec- 
tives, 47-49,  337-338 
Listed  in  dictionaries, 
49 
Used  in  place  of  a  noun,  16 
Adverbs 

Defined,  xiv,  162 
Comparison  of,  166-167, 
339 

Formation  of,  162-164,  339 
Ae  diphthong ,4,9 

Abbreviation  of,  4,  243-244 
Alphabet 

Classical,  vii-x 
Ecclesiastical,  x-xi 


Apposition,  xiv 
Articles 

Defined,  xiv 
Lack  of  in  Classical 
Latin,  4 
Case,  1,  2 

Ablative,  2 
Ablative,  uses  of 

Ablative  absolute,  147, 

194 

Uses  of  in  parish 
registers,  194-198 

Accompaniment  with  cum, 

148 

Agency  with  the  passive 

voice,  146 

Cause  with  a  preposi- 
tion, 147 

Comparison,  147 

Locative  (place  in 

which),  148 

Manner  with  or  without 

cum ,  147 

Means ,  with  or  without  a 

preposition,  147 

Place  from  which  with  a 

preposition,  146 

Separation  with  or 

without  a  preposition, 

147 

Time  when  or  within 

which,  101,  146 

With  deponent  verbs  such 

as   utor,  147 

With  prepositions,  146 
Accusative,  2 
Accusative,  uses  of 

Direct  object,  226 

Duration  and  extent  of 

time,  101,  226 

Indirect  statement,  226 

With  prepositions,  226 
Dative,  2 
Dative,  uses  of 

Agent,  225 

Indirect  object,  225 

Possession,  225 

Reference,  225 

Reference  and  purpose, 
225 


423 


with  adjectives,  225 
With  verbs,  222-223,  225 
Defined,  xv 
Genitive,  2 
Genitive,  uses  of 
Description,  224 
Genitive  of  the  whole 
with  milia,  97 
Objective  genitive,  224 
Partitive  genitive,  224 
Possession,  224 
Predicative  genitive,  224 
With  adjectives,  224 
With  causa,  2  24 
With  verbs,  225 
Locative,  3,  148 
Nominative,  2 
Vocative,  3,  5 
Classical  and  Medieval  Latin 
Difference  between,  244- 
246 
Clause 

Defined,  xv 
Cognate 

Defined,  xv 
Conditional  sentences,  xv 
Conjugation 
Defined,  xv 
See  also.  Verbs 
Conjunctions 

Defined,  xv 
Dates  in  Latin  documents , 

102-106 
Dative,  see  Case 
Days  of  the  week,  99-100 
Declension 

Defined,  xv 
See  also  Nouns 
Discourse,  xv 
Duration  of  time,  with  or 
without  a  preposition, 
102 
Eg,  ire,  ii,  itum 
Compounds  of,  222 
Conjugation  of,  220-222, 
357-358 

Principal  parts  of,  359 
Feast  Days,  269-275 
fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum 
Conjugation  of  216-219, 
359-360 
fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum 

Conjugation  of,  212-213, 
360-361 


Gender ,  xvi 
Genitive,  see  Case 
Gerund,  26 

Declension  of,  209 
Defined,  xvi,  26,  209 
Verbal  noun,  209 
Gerundive 

Defined,  xvi 
Gregorian  calendar 

Dates  of  adoption,  106-107 
Handwriting,  236 
Caroline,  236 
Gothic,  237-238 
Italic,  236 

Reading  parish  registers, 
suggestions  for,  238-239 
Impersonal  verbs,  223-224 
Indirect  statement,  xv 
Tense  sequence  of 
infinitives  in,  199-200 
With  infinitive,  199 
With  quod  plus  the 
subjunctive,  181,  199 
Infinitives 

Defined,  xvi,  26,  189 
Tenses  and  voices  of,  198- 
199 
Inflection 

Defined,  xvi,  1 
Of  Latin  verbs,  24 
Julian  and  Gregorian  calen- 
dars, 106 
Key,  grammar  and  translation 
exercises 
Chapter  I 

Grammar,  288 
Translation,  288-290 
Chapter  II 
Grammar,  290 
Translation,  290-291 
Chapter  III 

Grammar,  291-292 
Translation,  292-294 
Chapter  IV 

Grammar,  294-295 
Translation,  295-296 
Chapter  V 

Grammar,  296-297 
Translation,  297-299 
Chapter  VI 

Grammar,  299-300 
Translation,  300-304 


424 


Chapter  VII 

Grammar,  305 

Translation,  305-307 
Chapter  VIII 

Grammar,  307-308 

Translation,  308-310 
Chapter  IX 

Grammar,  310-311 

Translation,  311-314 
Chapter  X 

Grammar,  315 

Translation,  315-316 
Chapter  XI 

Grammar,  316-318 

Translation,  318-320 
Chapter  XII 

Grammar,  320-321 

Translation,  321-324 
Chapter  XIII 

Grammar,  324-325 

Translation,  326-331 
Chapter  XIV 

Grammar,  3  31 

Translation,  331-334 
Latinized  given  names 
Female,  260-268 
First  and  second  declen- 
sion, 7 

First  declension  female 
given  names ,  7 
First  declension  male 
given  names ,  8 
Male,  247-260 
Second  declension  male 
given  names ,  8 
Third  declension,  46 
Third  declension  male 
given  names,  46 
Third  declension  female 
given  names,  46-47 
Latinized  place  names,  149 
Locative,  see  Case 
Male,  malle,  malui 

Conjugation  of,  357-359 
Principal  parts  of,  359 
Medieval  spelling 

Genitive  singular,  dative 
singular,  &  nominative 
plural  of  first  declension 
nouns ,  9 

Classical  &  medieval 
spelling,  245-246 
Months  of  the  year,  100-101 


Mood 

Defined,  xvi ,  25 

Indicative,  25 

Infinitive,  26 

Imperative,  25 

Subjunctive,  25,  173-177 
Defined,  173 
Uses  of  178-182 
Tenses  of,  173 
Nolo,  nolle,  nolui 

Conjugation  of,  357-359 

Principal  parts  of,  359 
Nominative,  see  Case 
Nouns 

Declension,  1 

Defined,  xvii,  1 

Fifth  declension,  145,  336 

First  and  second  declen- 
sion, 1,  3 

First  declension,  3-4,  335 

Fourth  declension,  143-145, 

336 

Gender,  1 

Defined,  xvi,  1 

Number,  1-2 

Defined,  xvii,l 

Second  Declension,  5-7,  335 

Stems ,1,3 

Substituted  for  personal 

pronouns,  29 

Third  declension,  42-46, 

335 

I-Stem  nouns  of  the  third 

declension,  44-46,  336 
Number,  xvii,  24 
Numbers,  98 

Cardinal  &  ordinal: 

definition  of,  96 

Declension  of  cardinal 

numbers,  96-97 

Declension  of  ordinal 

numbers,  97-98 

1-1000,  cardinal  &  ordi- 
nal, 98-99 

1-1000,  cardinal  &  ordinal, 
98-99 

Object,  xvii 
Parish  register  entries 

Examples  of , 

Birth,  276-279 
Marriage,  280-283 
Death,  284-287 
Parish  register  Latin 

Blend  of  classical,  medie- 


425 


val,  and  ecclesiastical 

Latin,  iii 
Participles,  27,  189-193 

Declension  of,  192-193, 

343 

Defined,  xvii,  27,  189 

Tenses  and  voices  of, 

190-193 

Tenses  of  relative  to  main 

verb,  194 

Translation  of,  193 
Periphrastic 

Active,  193 

Passive,  193 
Person,  xvii,  24 
Phrase 

Defined,  xviii 
Place,  determination  of  in 

Latin,  148 
Possum,  posse,  potui,  3  3 

Combination  of  sum  and 

potis,  3  3 

Conjugation  of,  33-34,  82- 

83,  175,  177,  357-359 

Principal  parts  of,  359 

With  complementary  infini- 
tive, 3  3 
Predicate 

Defined,  xviii 
Prepositions,  65 

Ablative  prepositions,  65 

Accusative  prepositions,  66 

Defined,  xviii 

Prepositions  taking  both 

ablative  and  accusative,  66 
Pronouns,  27-28 

Defined,  xviii,  155 

Demonstrative,  158-160, 

341-342 

Indefinite,  343 

Interrogative,  162-163, 

343 

Intensive,  161 

Personal,  155-157,  339-340 

Possessive,  157,  340-341 

Reflexive,  160-161,  342 

Reflexive  possessive,  161, 

342 

Relative,  162,  343 
Roman  Numerals,  99 
Root 

Defined,  xix 
Sentence 

Defined,  xix 


Stem 

Defined,  xix 
Subject 

Defined,  xix 
Suffix 

Defined,  xx 
Sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  31 

Conjugation  of,  32-33,  81, 

175,  177,  356-359 

Perfect  indicative  active 
used  to  form  the  perfect 
indicative  passive,  129 

Present  indicative  active 
used  to  form  the  perfect 
indicative  passive,  124 

Principal  parts  of,  359 
Supine 

Defined,  26 
Syntax 

Defined,  xx,  35 

Latin,  35-36 
Tense 

Defined,  xx,  25 

Future,  25 

Future  perfect,  25 

Imperfect,  25,  30 

Present,  25 

Perfect,  25 

Pluperfect,  25 
Tense  sign 

Future  indicative  active 
First  conjugation,  29 
Fourth  conjugation,  61 
lO-Verbs,  6  3 
Second  conjugation,  29 
Third  conjugation,  59 

Imperfect  indicative  active 
First  conjugation,  30 
Fourth  conjugation,  61-62 
lO-Verbs,  64 
Second  conjugation,  30 
Third  conjugation,  59 
Verbs 

Compound  verbs  formed 

with  prepositions,  67 

Conjugated  for  person, 

number,  tense,  mood,  and 

voice,  24 

Conjugation 

Defined  xv,  1,  24 

Deponents 

Active  forms  of,  131 
Conjugation,  examples  of, 
131,  361-363 


426 


Defined,  130 

Principal  parts  of,  130, 

364 

With  ablative,  13  3 

First  Conjugation,  27-30 
Conjugation  of,  27-30, 
76-77,  115-116,  125, 
127-128,  173-177,  190, 
198,  210,  343,  345,  347, 
349,  351-356 

First  two  principal  parts 

of,  36 

Four  principal  parts  of, 

133,  356 

Listed  in  dictionaries, 
133-134 

Fourth  conjugation,  58,  60- 

62 

Conjugation  of,  60-61, 

79-80,  117-118,  126-127, 

129,  173-177,  191,  198, 

210,  344,  346,  348,  350- 

356 

Thematic  vowel  with,  6  2 

lO-Third  conjugation,  62- 
65 

Conjugation  of  63-65, 
80,  117-119,  127-129, 
173-177,  192,  198,  210, 
344,  346,  348,  350-356 

No  emphatic  or  progres- 
sive Latin  forms,  25 

Perfect  passive  participle 
Declension  of,  124,  125 
Verbal  adjective,  124, 
125,  129 

Fourth  principal  part  of 
the  Latin  verb,  124 


Perfect  system  active, 

69-70 

Perfect  system  passive,  124 

Second  conjugation,  27-30 
Conjugation  of,  27-30, 
78,  116,  126-128,  173- 
177,  191,  198,  210,  344- 
345,  347,  349,  351-356 

Semi-Deponent  Verbs,  132 

Stem 

present,  2  3 
perfect,  76 

Third  conjugation,  58-60 
Conjugation  of,  58-60, 
78-79,  117-118,  126-128, 
173-177,  191,  198,  210, 
344-356 

Present  stem  of,  58 
Tense  sign,  future,  59 
Thematic  vowel  with,  59- 
60 

Third  principal  part,  82 

Time  sequence  of  perfect 

system  active,  80-81 
Vocative,  see  Case 
Voice 

Defined,  xx,  26 
Active,  26 
Passive,  115 

Baptismal,  marriage,  and 

burial  entries  generally 

in,  115 
Vole,  velle,  volui 

Conjugation  of,  214-215, 

356-358 


427